Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

41st Annual Convention; San Antonio, TX; 2015

Program by Day for Sunday, May 24, 2015


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Special Event #107
Board Coordinators Meeting
Sunday, May 24, 2015
7:00 AM–8:00 AM
Executive Board Room (CC)
Chair: Martha Hübner (University of Sao Paulo)
Presenting Authors:

Closed Meeting of the ABAI Board Coordinators and the Council Presidents.

Keyword(s): Board Coordinators, Council Presidents
 
 
Business Meeting #115
Introduction to BACB Certification
Sunday, May 24, 2015
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
207B (CC)
Chair: Christine L. Ratcliff (BACB)
Presenting Authors:

This meeting will cover important components of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), including information on BACB credentials, eligibility requirements, approved course sequences, examination administration, and applying for examination. This meeting is intended for individuals who are planning to become certified.

Keyword(s): BACB, BCaBA, BCBA, certification
 
 
Business Meeting #116
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 24, 2015
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
205 (CC)
Chair: Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Florida)
Presenting Authors:
The business meeting will review annual events and initiatives for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, presented by the current editor.
 
 
Business Meeting #117
Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 24, 2015
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
206A (CC)
Chair: Matthew T. Brodhead (Purdue University)
Presenting Authors:

To discuss the activities of the SIG over the past year as well as to create action items for the coming year.

Keyword(s): Ethics, SIG
 
 
Business Meeting #118
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 24, 2015
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
201 (CC)
Chair: J. Adam Bennett (Eastern University)
Presenting Authors:

This will be the business meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB-SIG). The mission of the EAHB-SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB-SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention. (2) The Student Paper Competition: The competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research. (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior.

Keyword(s): EAHB, Human Operant
 
 
Special Event #118a
ABAI Program Committee Meeting
Sunday, May 24, 2015
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
209 (CC)
Domain: Theory
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of I)
Keyword(s): Program Committee
 
AAB - Applied Animal Behavior
MEGAN E. MAXWELL (Pet Behavior Change, LLC), Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom)
 
AUT - Autism
JENNIFER N. FRITZ (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Intercare Therapy, Inc.)
 
BPH - Behavioral Pharmacology
PAUL L. SOTO (Texas Tech University), Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
 
CBM - Clinical, Family, Behavioral Medicine
SCOTT T. GAYNOR (Western Michigan University), Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University)
 
CSE - Community Interventions; Social and Ethical Issues
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (University of Nevada, Reno), Angela Sanguinetti (University of California, Irvine)
 
DDA - Developmental Disabilities
ANJALI BARRETTO (Gonzaga University), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
 
DEV - Human Development
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
 
EAB - Experimental Analysis of Behavior
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage)
 
EDC - Education
CYNTHIA M. ANDERSON (Appalachian State University), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
 
OBM - Organizational Behavior Management
SIGURDUR OLI SIGURDSSON (Florida Institute of Technology), Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth)
 
PRA - Practice
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), John M. Guercio (AWS)
 
SCI - Science
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University)
 
TBA - Teaching Behavior Analysis
NICOLE LUKE (Surrey Place Centre), Amoy Kito Hugh-Pennie (Western University)
 
TPC - Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues
MARLEEN T. ADEMA (Independent Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D)), Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas)
 
VRB - Verbal Behavior
BARBARA E. ESCH (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
 
 
Paper Session #123
Applying ABA to Improve Pedestrian and Cyclist Safety in Urban Areas
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:20 AM
204B (CC)
Area: CSE
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
 
Playing in Traffic: Behavioral Analyses of Pedestrian and Cyclist Safety in Urban Environments
Domain: Applied Research
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University), Emma Lockwood (Temple University), Elizabeth Decina (Temple University)
 
Abstract: Non-motorist injuries and fatalities are increasing in the USA. There were 34,080 fatal motor vehicle traffic crashes in the United States in 2012, 5,307 involved pedestrians and 677 involved bicyclists. Pedestrian errors cause 59% of motorist pedestrian accidents. Car/bicycle conflicts due to poor road design comprise the vast majority of these accidents. Two studies and a behavioral and traffic engineering analysis of pedestrian and cyclist accidents conducted in collaboration with traffic engineers in the 4th largest urban area in the USA were conducted. One study revealed that a pedestrian feedback intervention that was effective in other studies did not change illegal crossings but decreased near misses, partially replicating previous research. Another showed that buffered bicycle lanes reduced motorist/bicyclist conflicts. A behavioral analysis of previous studies of traffic safety showed that these studies were conducted in suburban and small town settings, and that they may not readily generalize to large urban environments, where the bulk of non-motorist injuries and fatalities occur.
 
 
 
Paper Session #124
Application of Matching Law to Pitch Selection in Professional Baseball
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:20 AM
207A (CC)
Keyword(s): Baseball
Chair: David J. Cox (STE Consultants, LLC)
 
Application of Matching Law to Pitch Selection in Professional Baseball
Domain: Basic Research
DAVID J. COX (University of Florida)
 
Abstract: The generalized matching law (Baum, 1974, 1979) has consistently done well in quantifying and predicting preference in concurrent schedule research. In addition, the generalized matching law has described well environmental events of social interest. These socially significant topics have included problem behavior (Borrero & Vollmer 2002; Symons et al. 2003; Borrero et al. 2010), educational/academic settings (Martens, Lochner, & Kelly 1992; Mace et al. 1994; Mace et al. 1996), social dynamics (Borrero et al. 2007; McDowell & Caron 2010), sports (Reed, Critchfield, & Martens 2006; Romanowich et al. 2007; Alferink et al. 2009; Stilling & Critchfield 2010), etc. This study sought to extend the generalized matching law to professional baseball. Data on five professional baseball pitchers were taken during the 2014 Major League Baseball season. These data were analyzed to determine whether pitch selection could be accounted for with the generalized matching equation. Seven specific variations in game situations were also analyzed to determine if these variations would manifest as changes in the equation's fitted parameters of bias and sensitivity. Finally, degree of matching and pitcher effectiveness and efficiency were analyzed to determine the extent to which matching may be beneficial for a pitcher. Results and future areas of research are discussed.
 
Keyword(s): Baseball
 
 
Symposium #125
Generalization Assessment and Tactics to Promote New Repertoires: An examination of peer mediated differential reinforcement and peer tutors in the classroom.
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Ballroom C2 (CC)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ginette Wilson-Bishop (Advances Learning Center)
Abstract: The Effects of Peer-mediated Momentary Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior on the On-task Behavior of Elementary Students with Autism Authors: ERIN C. MCLOUGHLIN, Ronald F. Allen, Judah B. Axe, Robert Volpe This study examined the effects of peer-mediated momentary DRO on the on-task behavior of students with autism. A reversal design was used across two dyads of first- and second-grade students, each consisting of one target child with autism and one trained peer who did not have autism. The training process included direct instruction, modeling, and role-play with feedback to achieve the peers mastery of the m-DRO procedure. The results of the study show that peer-implemented m-DRO is an effective strategy to improve on-task behavior of young students with autism. Manding for Play with Peer Tutors and Planning for Generalization Authors: JAMIE REED Children with autism typically display noticeable deficits in social and language skills. Most treatment for improving language skills involves an adult therapist and the target child. While this method is effective, seldom do the skills generalize to novel peers or adults. Research has demonstrated successful generalization through the use of peer tutors, in such cases where a peer is trained to implement the teaching program. The current study investigates the use of peer tutors in improving social behavior by manding for play in a social skills groups setting. The Role of Assessment: Generalization beyond the training environment Authors: ASHLEY RODMAN, Katherine Corey A review of generalization assessments conducted with students participating in a social skills group at ALC has demonstrated that skills learned in the instructional setting can generalize to the natural environment. Schedules of reinforcement in both the social skills group and natural settings, and the potential implications for generalization are discussed. Results suggest that after participating in social skills groups, students social responses are maintained by peer-mediated schedules of reinforcement in the natural environment. Methods for effectively programming for generalizastion and recommendations regarding motivational factors, environmental manipulations, and increased opportunities for social skill responses are also reviewed.
Keyword(s): Generalization, Assessment
 
The Effects of Peer-mediated Momentary Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior on the On-task Behavior of Elementary Students with Autism
ERIN MCLOUGHLIN (Advances Learning Center), Ronald F. Allen (Simmons College), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), Robert Volpe (Northeastern University)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of peer-mediated momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior (m-DRO) on the on-task behavior of students with autism. A reversal design was used across two dyads of first- and second-grade students, each consisting of one target child with autism and one trained peer who did not have autism. The independent variable was the trained peers' implementation of the m-DRO procedure. The training process included direct instruction, modeling, and role-play with feedback to achieve the peers' mastery of the m-DRO procedure. The dependent variable was the on-task academic behavior of an elementary-aged student with autism, measured as percentage of intervals of on-task behavior. Baseline levels of on-task behavior were low for the target children, and levels increased with the introduction of the peer's use of m-DRO. A reversal to baseline conditions for both target children showed that on-task behavior decreased to levels similar to baseline. Subsequent implementation of the intervention resulted in a return to high levels of on-task behavior. The on-task behavior and treatment integrity data for the trained peers remained high across all phases. The results of the study show that peer-implemented m-DRO is an effective strategy to improve on-task behavior of young students with autism.
 
Manding for Play with Peer Tutors and Planning for Generalization
JAMIE REED (Advances Learning Center), Ginette Wilson-Bishop (Advances Learning Center)
Abstract: Children with autism typically display noticeable deficits in social and language skills. Most treatment for improving language skills involves an adult therapist and the target child. While this method is effective, seldom do the skills generalize to novel peers or adults. Research has demonstrated successful generalization through the use of peer tutors, in such cases where a peer is trained to implement the teaching program. The current study investigates the use of peer tutors in improving social behavior by manding for play in a social skills groups setting.
 
The Role of Assessment: Generalization beyond the training environment
ASHLEY RODMAN (Advances Learning Center), Katherine Frances Corey (Advances Learning Center), Katherine A. Johnson (Advances Learning Center)
Abstract: A review of generalization assessments conducted with students participating in a social skills group at ALC has demonstrated that skills learned in the instructional setting can generalize to the natural environment. Schedules of reinforcement in both the social skills group and natural settings, and the potential implications for generalization are discussed. Results suggest that after participating in social skills groups, students’ social responses are maintained by peer-mediated schedules of reinforcement in the natural environment. Methods for effectively programming for generalizastion and recommendations regarding motivational factors, environmental manipulations, and increased opportunities for social skill responses are also reviewed.
 
 
Symposium #126
CE Offered: BACB
Empirically Identifying Consequences for Clinical Application
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Ballroom C1 (CC)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Various pre-assessments have been developed to increase the efficacy of consequences delivered during intervention. For example, stimulus preference assessments, demand assessments, and stimulus avoidance assessments have been found useful in predicting the effects of consequences for promoting effective behavior change. The current symposium includes three papers describing procedures for empirically deriving and systematically evaluating various consequences, including positive reinforcers, negative reinforcers, and punishers. In the first paper, preference assessment outcomes from independent and combined arrays of three stimulus categories, including edible items, leisure items, and forms of attention, will be reviewed. The author will also share reinforcer assessment data depicting the relative reinforcing efficacy of items from each stimulus category. The author of the second paper will describe a study including a demand assessment and a subsequent negative reinforcer assessment. The potential utility of a progressive-ratio schedule for determining the relative efficacy of negative reinforcers will be discussed. In the third paper, the author will present data from a retrospective review of over 30 stimulus avoidance assessments. The potential utility of 5-min versus 10-min session durations and the effects of using a latency measure will be discussed.

Keyword(s): negative-reinforcer assessment, preference assessment, reinforcer asssessment, stimulus-avoidance assessment
 
Assessment of the Preference and Reinforcing Efficacy of Attention Relative to Edible and Leisure Items
NICOLE GOLDBERG (Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Hailee Stuesser (The New England Center for Children), Maureen Kelly (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Identifying reinforcers is a critical step for developing skill acquisition programs for individuals with intellectual disabilities. A number of preference assessment formats have been used for identifying preferences, particularly with edible and leisure items. However, few studies have systematically evaluated individual preferences for attention in individuals with an autism spectrum disorder. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the preference and reinforcing efficacy of edible items, leisure items, and forms of attention. Three individuals with an autism spectrum disorder participated. Independent and combined preference assessments of three stimulus categories, including edible items, leisure items, and forms of attention, were conducted. Next, a reinforcer assessment was conducted to determine the relative and absolute reinforcing efficacy of the top-ranked items from each stimulus category. Results showed that edible items were more preferred than leisure items and attention, and leisure items were more preferred than attention. Results of the reinforcer assessment indicated that edible items consistently functioned as more potent reinforcers than leisure items and attention. However, the reinforcing efficacy of leisure items and attention varied across participants.
 

A Comparison of the Efficiency of Stimulus Avoidance Assessments

KERRI C. SUITER (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Faith Cawthon (Marcus Autism Center), Christina Simmons (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Reinforcement-based strategies alone are not always sufficient to produce clinically significant reductions in problem behavior. In such situations, the addition of a response-reduction procedure to reinforcement-based strategies may be required (Fisher, Piazza, Bowman, Hagopian, & Langdon, 1994). A stimulus avoidance assessment, which consists of the time-based application of potential reductive procedures, has been shown to be an effective means of determining the appropriate procedure to reduce problem behavior (Fisher, Piazza, Bowman, Kurtz, Sherer, & Lachman, 1994). However, very little research on this assessment has been conducted since its original publication. This current paper consisted of a retrospective chart review of over 30 stimulus avoidance assessments. Assessments were evaluated as 5 minute and 10 minute sessions to determine if the same procedure would have been selected using a shorter session duration. In addition stability of series and latency of the first avoidant movement/negative vocalization were evaluated using 5 minute and 10 minute session duration to determine the minimum number of series needed and if latency would be a viable alternative measure of adverseness. The results will be discussed in terms of the impact of each of these components on efficiency the assessment.

 

Demand Assessment for Quantifying the Value of Negative Reinforcers Using a Progressive Ratio Schedule with a Fixed Positive Reinforcer

MEGAN KLIEBERT (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Ally Coleman (Marcus Autism Center), Yoshiko Smith (Marcus Autism Center), Kerri C. Suiter (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Several studies have used progressive ratio (PR) schedules to evaluate the efficacy of positive reinforcers (e.g., Roane, Lerman, & Vorndran, 2001). Yet there are no direct assessment procedures for quantifying the value of negative reinforcers. The current study used breakpoints when responding on PR schedules for various tasks to quantify the value of negative reinforcement in the form of escape from those tasks. Following a demand assessment that ranked demands by latency to first instance of problem behavior, high- and low-aversive demands were selected for inclusion in a PR assessment. During the PR assessment, participants earned access to a highly-preferred edible or leisure item on increasing schedules of reinforcement. Higher breakpoints were observed for the low-aversive task and lower breakpoints were observed for the high-aversive task. These preliminary results suggest that this method of quantifying reinforcer value may be well suited for the purpose of determining the value of escape/avoidance of various negative reinforcers. Implications of these results will be discussed, including the possibility that the PR assessment could assist in developing effective treatments for problem behavior maintained by escape/avoidance.

 
 
Symposium #127
CE Offered: BACB
Getting What You Want and Wanting What You Need: Some Extensions of Functional Analysis
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
217B (CC)
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (St Cloud State University)
CE Instructor: Marianne L. Jackson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional Analysis (FA) technology has been widely used to identify the functional variables of severe behavior, particularly in individuals with developmental and intellectual disabilities. Recent research has allowed for further examination of the length, order, and content of conditions used, but much of the procedure has remained relatively untouched and has been utilized exclusively with special populations. In this symposium we examine methodological changes to FAs that address these issues. The first paper will discuss the use of abolishing operations in functional analyses and latency to first response as the primary dependent measure. The second paper discusses the narrow use of FAs in the treatment of severe behavioral excesses. Recent research has demonstrated the use of FAs with behavioral deficits such as exercise. This symposium will discuss the use of FAs to identify the variables maintaining the exercise behavior of children and the effects of peer involvement. Broader implications will be discussed.

Keyword(s): Abolishing Operations, Functional Analysis, Physical Exercise
 

Getting What You Want: Using an Abolishing Operation to Improve the Efficiency of Functional Analysis Methodology

MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno), Tiffany Gonzales (California State University, Fresno), Erin Paulsen (California State University Fresno)
Abstract:

Functional Analysis (FA) has been repeatedly shown to be an effective method of identifying the variables maintaining severe behavioral excesses. Dangerous or harmful behaviors present difficult issues concerning the use of functional analysis methodology as this involves the repeated occurrence of the behavior within each of the conditions. Recent research has examined variables to increase the efficiency of FAs, thereby reducing the risks of repeated instances of the behavior. One such investigation has suggested latency to first response as a primary dependent measure in FAs and examined the possibility of ending conditions after this first response, In this study we extend the research by examining the use of abolishing operations to reduce the likelihood of the target behavior during the maintaining test conditions. Furthermore we use latency to first response as the dependent measure and examine the efficiency of this approach when it is combined with the antecedent control of an abolishing operation. Implications of this method will be discussed

 

The Effects of Peers on Children's Physical Activity: A Functional Analysis

TIFFANY GONZALES (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Amanda N. Adams (California Autism Center & Learning Group)
Abstract:

In the United States, 16.9% of children and adolescents from the ages of 2 to 19 are considered to be obese and one-third of children and adolescents are considered to be overweight or obese (Ogden et at., 2012). Although physical activity alone may not solve the obesity epidemic, it has the potential to mitigate some of the health risks that individuals are facing. In this study, we examined whether the presence of a peer in the experimental conditions containing alone, attention, and adult interactive play consequences would affect levels of physical activity in three preschool aged children. The experimental conditions were examined with a multielement design with an initial baseline and follow up to the most effective treatment. The experimental conditions included attention contingent on MVPA, interactive play contingent on MVPA, and alone. Results suggest that the inclusion of peers in these conditions altered the primary maintaining variables of the childrens exercise behavior from attention to interactive play.

 
 
Symposium #128
Contingency Management for Smoking in Vulnerable Populations
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
008A (CC)
Area: BPH/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rachel Cassidy (Brown University)
Abstract: Extending the reach of contingency management (CM) for smoking to vulnerable populations and increasing the effectiveness of CM were among the goals of the current studies. The first study examined predictors of smoking abstinence in college students, and found that heavy drinking days were negatively associated with abstinence. A second study found that extended exposure to CM maintained initial gains in smoking abstinence among opioid-maintained smokers. Results from a third study indicated that increasing the reinforcer magnitude increased the effectiveness of CM for pregnant smokers. In sum, CM continues to show promise for reducing smoking in vulnerable populations.
Keyword(s): Contingency Management, Health Behavior, Smoking, Vulnerable Populations
 
Contingency Management for College Student Smokers: Predictors of Abstinence During Treatment
RACHEL CASSIDY (Brown University), Suzanne Colby (Brown University), Damaris Rohsenow (Brown University), Jennifer Tidey (Brown University), Peter Monti (Brown University), Nancy Barnett (Brown University), Mollie Patrick (Brown University)
Abstract: College student (N=110) daily smokers were randomized to a three-week smoking contingency management intervention or a noncontingent control. Breath carbon monoxide samples were taken twice daily. Participants earned $5 per sample. Participants in the noncontingent group received these payments just for providing a sample. During the first week, participants in the contingent group were paid for smoking reductions, with only abstinence (CO ≤ 5 ppm) receiving incentives thereafter. Participants in the contingent group had significantly more abstinent days (β= .48, t = 5.9, p <.0001). Greater baseline motivation to quit and lower baseline nicotine dependence were associated with more abstinent days (controlling for condition; β= 1.83, t = 2.3, p <.03; β = -.443, t = -2.3, p < .03). In the contingent group, more heavy drinking days predicted fewer abstinent days (controlling for dependence and motivation; β= -.228, t = -1.07, p <.03). Future contingency management interventions for smoking in this population may benefit from addressing heavy drinking.
 
Using Financial Incentives to Sustain Smoking Abstinence in Opioid-Maintained Patients
ANDREW MEYER (University of Vermont), Stacey C. Sigmon (University of Vermont)
Abstract: Prevalence of cigarette smoking among opioid-maintained patients is more than 3-fold that of the general population and associated with significant morbidity and mortality. Our group has developed a behavioral-economic intervention to promote smoking cessation in this challenging population. The current study evaluated whether ongoing maintenance with contingent reinforcement was necessary for sustaining initial smoking abstinence. During Weeks 1-2 (Phase 1), participants provided daily breath CO and urinary cotinine specimens and earned voucher-based incentives contingent on biochemically-verified smoking abstinence. On Day 14, participants were randomized to Extended Contingent (EC) or Extended Noncontingent (EN) groups for Weeks 3-12 (Phase 2). EC participants continued receiving vouchers contingent on abstinence; EN participants received vouchers independent of smoking status and yoked to the EC group. Sixty-three participants were enrolled and randomized (34.4 yrs old, 41% male, 18.2±9.5 cigs/day). At the end of Phase 1, 61.9% of participants were smoking-negative. In Phase 2, EC participants achieved significantly greater levels of smoking abstinence than EN (46.7% vs. 23.5% negative samples, respectively; p=0.023). These results replicate the favorable initial abstinence outcomes seen in our prior studies with opioid-dependent smokers. They also suggest the need for ongoing, intermittent reinforcement of abstinence to sustain the abstinence achieved early on.
 
Contingency Management for Pregnant Smokers: Tailoring the Incentive Value to Smoking Rate
RYAN REDNER (University of Vermont), Stephen T. Higgins (University of Vermont)
Abstract: Cigarette smoking is the leading cause of preventable adverse outcomes in pregnancy. While prior trials of financial incentives during pregnancy were promising there is ample room for improvement. The primary predictor of poor treatment outcomes is number of cigarettes smoked per day during pregnancy. The objective of this study was to test whether an efficacious incentives intervention could be improved by providing increased incentive amounts for women smoking at higher rates. Thirty-seven pregnant smokers from local obstetrics practices in the Burlington, VT area were recruited and randomized to the incentive or best-practice condition. Women assigned to the incentive condition received incentives if they were biochemically verified as abstinent. Women with a baseline smoking rate of 10 or more were eligible to earn twice the standard incentive value. Currently, 7 of 13 (54%) of women in the voucher condition and 2 of 19 (11%) in the best-practice condition were biochemically verified as abstinent at the early pregnancy assessment (p = 007). At the same time point 2 of 4 women receiving the higher magnitude vouchers were abstinent. Preliminary results indicate that the increase in incentive value increases the effectiveness of an already effective treatment for smoking cessation among pregnant women.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #128a
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Emotional Agility: The Science and Applications

Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Texas Ballroom Salon A (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Steven R. Lawyer, Ph.D.
Chair: Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University)
TODD B. KASHDAN (George Mason University)
Dr. Todd B. Kashdan is a world recognized authority on the science of well-being, strengths, relationships, stress, and anxiety. He uses cutting-edge science to help people function optimally in life and business. He is professor of psychology and senior scientist at the Center for the Advancement of Well-Being at George Mason University. He has published more than 150 scholarly articles and authored Curious? Discover the Missing Ingredient to a Fulfilling Life, Designing Positive Psychology, Mindfulness, Acceptance, and Positive Psychology, and his new book, The Upside of Your Dark Side: Why Being Your Whole Self --Not Just Your 'Good' Self--Drives Success and Fulfillment. His research has been featured in several media outlets, including The New York Times and The Washington Post, and he blogs for The Huffington Post and Psychology Today.
Abstract:

Being able to understand, verbalize, and distinguish felt experiences is a key component of psychological interventions. Until recently, there has been an absence of empirical research on the particular value of emotion differentiation on healthy and unhealthy outcomes. Dr. Kashdan will review research in clinical, social, and health psychology that offers insights into the transdiagnostic adaptive value of putting feelings into words. The ability to precisely describe and differentiate emotions has been recently shown to alter the association between negative emotions and emotion regulation difficulties as varied as binge drinking, aggression, neural reactivity to rejection, self-injurious behavior, and the severity of anxiety and depressive disorders. These findings shed light on how negative emotions and stressful experiences can be transformed by how people label and distinguish what they are feeling. Implications for the study of emotions and emotion regulation, and psychological treatment will be discussed.

Target Audience:

Psychologists and behavior analysts.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of presentation, participants should be able to: (1) define and talk about emotion clarity and differentiation; (2) understand the problems of focusing on the intensity and negativity of emotions; and (3) learn how targeting emotion clarity can improve the effectiveness of anxiety interventions.
Keyword(s): emotion, intervention, verbal behavior
 
 
Symposium #129
Expanding the Reach of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy: A Grab at FAP Measurement Utility, Therapist Training, and an Untapped Treatment Population.
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Texas Ballroom Salon C (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lindsey Knott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is a relatively new contextual behavior therapy that has become increasingly popular for those interested in treating problematic behaviors associated with interpersonal relating and intimacy. FAP researchers have developed idiographic measurement techniques to assist therapists in assessing interpersonal behaviors of interest, termed clinically relevant behaviors (CRB). These techniques are proposed to be useful for identifying CRB, providing routes to discuss function of behavior, and potentially tracking changes over time. It is also common for therapists trained in FAP to be encouraged to take a similar approach to their own areas of interpersonal functioning with the idea that it would help them to be more interpersonally effective. This increase in interpersonal effectiveness would then theoretically assist therapists in shaping client behavior in session. Presently, the research is lacking in studies examining the ability of FAP measurement techniques to predict actual behavior as well as in studies that examine the impact of FAP trainings on therapists’ interpersonal repertoire. Through this symposium we provide a sample of research that seeks to address these gaps and further provide evidence for the application of FAP in a clinical setting.
Keyword(s): FAP, Measurement, Therapy, Training
 
The FIAT-Q's and Functional Assessment of Depression's Predictive Ability in a Simulated Social Interaction Task
DANIEL W. MAITLAND (Western Michigan University), Rebecca Rausch (Western Michigan University), Kellie Reynolds (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: A common Characteristic of most contemporary behavior therapies is a focus on the function of behavior instead of the topography (Hayes, 2004). Given this focus on the function of behaviors, it would be valuable for researchers and therapists to have access to an assessment tool that allows for effective communication about possible functions of behavior in social interactions and within diagnoses. Two such attempts at developing this tool is the Functional Idiographic Assessment Template Questionnaire (FIAT-Q) (Callaghan, 2006) and the Functional Assessment of Depression measure (Darrow & Follette, 2011). While the FIAT-Q and FAD have face validity, their ability to predict interpersonal behavior in day to day life has yet to be established. The current study will evaluate the strength of the FIAT-Q and FAD for predicting interpersonal skills via the Simulated Social Interaction Test (SSIT; Curran & Monti, 1982). Additionally, convergent validity of the FIAT-Q, FAD, and a measure of psychological distress (the Outcome-45; Lambert, et al, 1996) will be assessed to investigate the claim that interpersonal functioning has a role in psychological distress (Hortowitz, 2004).
 
The Impact of Training in Functional Analytic Psychotherapy on Therapists’ Target Behaviors
LINDSEY KNOTT (Western Michigan University), William Norwood (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Chad Wetterneck (Rogers Memorial Hospital)
Abstract: Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is a behavior therapy that utilizes the therapeutic relationship to shape client maladaptive, interpersonal responding into more functional behavior. FAP assumes that to some degree clients and therapists enter into therapy with the interpersonal repertoire exhibited in their personal lives. A focus of FAP trainings is to increase therapists’ awareness of their own maladaptive behavior and offer opportunities to engage in alternative more functional behaviors. The current pilot study evaluated two FAP trainings composed of three hour sessions for up to eight weeks. Data was collected at three baseline points and each weekly session for ten participants. We hypothesized that therapists would demonstrate increased use of functional and decreased use of maladaptive out-of-session behaviors. Further, we hypothesized that increased use of out-of-session functional behaviors would be associated with changes on specific items on the Functional Idiographic Assessment Template Questionnaire (FIAT- Q). Results indicated partial support for increase in desirable out-of-session behavior as well as in associated changes on FIAT-Q items related to these behaviors. This study represents an attempt to examine the impact of FAP training on therapist interpersonal behaviors. Implications and future directions will be discussed.
 
Functional Analytic Psychotherapy for Nursing Home Residents: A Single-Subject Design
SONIA SINGH (Bowling Green State University), William J. O'Brien (Bowling Green State University)
Abstract: Nursing home residents report significantly higher rates of depression and a diminished quality of life. They are also exposed to social contingencies that support inactivity, passivity, and atypical communication patterns (e.g., medical symptom talk). Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is a third-wave behavioral therapy designed to modify behavior via interaction between therapist and client. The effects of FAP have not been evaluated for depressed nursing home residents. The current study assesses the effects of FAP on the nursing home residents using a single-subject AB design. The study consists of a 2-week baseline phase followed by a 4-week FAP treatment phase. Participants will complete pre-treatment and post-treatment measures of depression, psychological inflexibility, and self-compassion. Additionally, each session will be recorded and coded to measure changes in clinically relevant behaviors. Using the reliable change index, we hypothesize post-treatment levels of depressive symptoms and psychological inflexibility will be significantly lower than pre-treatment levels and self-compassion will be higher. Further, using time series analyses, we predict that in-session occurrence of adaptive clinically relevant behavior will increase while maladaptive clinically relevant behaviors will decrease. At this time, participants (n = 3) have completed pre-treatment measures and are within the baseline phase of the study.
 
 
Symposium #130
CE Offered: BACB
Diagnosing and Treating Ethical Problems in ABA: What they are and how we can address them organizationally.
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
204A (CC)
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University)
Discussant: Devon Sundberg (Behavior Analysis Center for Autism)
CE Instructor: Adam Ventura, M.S.
Abstract: The dramatic increase in the number of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder has greatly amplified the need for Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services. This, in turn, has led to the development of more behavior analysis businesses. With this surge in start-ups, a need has arisen for more discourse in the arena of business ethics, as many ABA company owners and administrators struggle with difficult staffing and financial decisions every day, which may impact the efficacy of their clients' treatment. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) Guidelines for Responsible Conduct for Behavior Analysts is designed to address ethical issues at the individual level. However, organizations that are remunerated for services that individual behavior analyst provide roam largely unaccountable through the landscape of applied behavior analysis. In this symposium, we will discuss some unethical individual and organizational practices and suggest a possible solution that will help to galvanize our community toward unified ethical practices.
Keyword(s): Business, Ethics, Organization
 
The Malaise of ABA
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University)
Abstract: In the procession of challenging ethics cases that come my way I am detecting a sense that something is not right about our profession, a malaise is setting in. Behavior analysts are abandoning or sleeping with clients, agencies are choosing to maximize profits rather than optimize services; professionals who should know better are supporting fad and fraud treatments; supervisors are looking the other way rather than directly observing their trainees and profit-centered training programs are anxious to enroll naïve students by the thousands, whether qualified or not, into online programs producing a steady stream of poorly prepared next-gen behavior analysts who are then desperate to find someone, anyone to provide the least costly “supervision.” In this presentation I will describe some ethics cases that represent what appears to be a warning signal to our field. It appears that our Code of Ethics may not be sufficient to cure what ails us.
 

PrognosisHopeful: A Code of Ethics for Behavioral Organizations (COEBO)

ADAM E. VENTURA (World Evolve, Inc.)
Abstract:

Operating on an organization in order to change the culture is a delicate process, requiring only the most skilled and steady hands to accurately and safely graft new protocol. Unfortunately, behavior analysts often times struggle with establishing policies and procedures that are ethical in nature but that also avoid causing deleterious effects on the body of their companies. Structural arteries within a behavioral organization can be convoluted as each department serves as a life sustaining organ that must work in concert with regulatory bodies, ethical standards, and smart business practices to maintain the blood-flow of the organization. To help navigate the complexities of this process, a primer has been developed. A code of ethics designed to help guide practitioners and administrators as they perform surgery on their businesses. In this symposium, we will discuss what a Code of Ethics for Behavioral Organizations (COEBO) is and how it can help breathe life into your organization.

 
 
Symposium #131
CE Offered: BACB
Translational Evaluations of Common Classroom Contingencies
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
214C (CC)
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jolene R. Sy (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
CE Instructor: Jolene R. Sy, Ph.D.
Abstract: Classroom behavioral procedures are typically derived from controlled laboratory studies with nonhuman animals. Such studies can isolate relevant variables. Equally important is applied research, which might highlight clinical issues that should further be studied in the lab. For example, in some classrooms, students are given a choice between a larger, immediate reinforcer (talking with friends) followed by a delayed punisher (needing to complete unfinished work during recess), or a smaller, immediate reinforcer (teacher praise for completing worksheets) not followed by delayed punishment. To the extent that choices such as these are common in classroom environments, self-control should be studied under similar arrangements. Likewise, implementation of a Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DRO) schedules to reduce problem behavior (out-of-seat) might also adventitiously reinforce "other" behavior (raising hand). To strengthen DRO interventions in classroom settings, it is important to understand the effect of DROs on "other" behavior. Finally, applied research on the Good Behavior Game (GBG) suggests that the GBG may not be implemented with integrity by others. Thus, it is important to modify the GBG in such a way as to compensate for decreases in treatment integrity. Taken together, these studies highlight the interplay between basic and applied behavioral research.
Keyword(s): classroom, group contingencies, self-control, translational research
 
The Effects of a Mild Delayed Verbal Punisher on Choice of an Immediate Reinforcer by Children with Autism
Jolene R. Sy (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Leonard Green (Washington University), OLIVIA GRATZ (Saint Louis University), Thea Ervin (Saint Louis University), Kathleen Mack (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Self-control can be examined by evaluating how different combinations of immediate and delayed consequences affect preference. Woolverton et al. (2011) found that nonhuman animals were more likely to choose an immediate reinforcer that also produced a delayed punisher as the delay to the delivery of the punisher increased. The purpose of the current effort was to examine the choices of individuals diagnosed with autism under similar contingencies and determine whether adding a signal and increasing the length of the signal to a delayed mild verbal punisher would increase self-control (i.e., selection of a smaller reward not followed by a delayed punisher). Results were idiosyncratic across children. For one child, increases in magnitude of the reinforcer cancelled the punishing effects of a “no” statement. For another child, self-control was more likely when the signal lasted the entire duration of the delay. Consistent findings were not found for the third child, for whom other variables (e.g., self-instructions) appeared to have more of an influence on his choice behavior. Findings highlight the need to evaluate self-control under a variety of arrangements.
 
An Evaluation of the “O” in DRO
JESSICA BECRAFT (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Joshua Jessel (Western New England University), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) has often been considered a negative-punishment technique with little to no emphasis on the possible strengthening effects on “other” behavior. We included two responses (target and other) across three treatment schedules (DRO, extinction, and fixed-time [FT]) in a human-operant preparation to determine the extent to which reinforcer presentation at the completion of the DRO interval could strengthen other responding. A computer program arranged for unsignaled changes in contingencies to a target response while never providing reinforcers for the other response. All 13 college-student participants exhibited more other responses than target responses during at least one exposure to DRO. Although there was a slight increase in other behavior during the extinction condition, overall rates of other responding were never higher than that of the target response. Furthermore, 7 of 13 participants never emitted the other response during the FT condition. The findings provide some support for the response-strengthening effects of DRO.
 
Effects of the Good Behavior Game with Students Diagnosed with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders Under Varying Levels of Treatment Integrity
Olivia Gratz (Saint Louis University), Jolene R. Sy (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University), THEA ERVIN (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a class-wide behavior management strategy that requires the class to be divided into teams, the development of simple rules, and contracting contingencies for breaking or following those rules. Previous research has found the GBG to be effective with a variety of age groups. The purpose of the present study was to conduct a systematic replication of Donaldson et al. (2011) by extending the game to four classrooms with participants diagnosed with emotional or behavioral disorders and to describe the relationship between treatment integrity and the efficacy of the GBG. We found that the GBG was more effective when criteria for winning the game was made more stringent to compensate for decreases in treatment integrity.
 
 
Symposium #132
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group Distinguished Contributions Award: Celebrating the Contributions of Dr. Deisy de Souza
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
007A (CC)
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: J. Adam Bennett (Eastern University)
Discussant: Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group invites you to formally recognize the contributions of Dr. Deisy de Souza. Dr. de Souza's interests have long focused on the investigation of acquisition of symbolic relations, the development of equivalence-based instruction to teach reading and writing skills, providing services to individuals who benefit little from traditional schooling (children with protracted histories of school failure, children with intellectual disabilities, illiterate adults, etc.), and investigating the acquisition of symbolic functions by auditory stimuli in individuals with cochlear implants. Drs. Todorov and Kledaras, longtime friends and colleagues of Dr. de Souza's will review and reflect upon Dr. de Souza's career and her many contributions toward advancing our understanding of complex human behavior. Subsequently, Dr. de Souza will deliver an address in which she will review the current state of her research program with an eye toward future directions. Please join us to appreciate and celebrate the contributions of Dr. Deisy de Souza.

Keyword(s): Equivalence-Based Instruction, Stimulus Equivalence, Verbal Behavior
 
Dr. Deisy de Souza: Honoring a Lifetime of Achievement in Behavior Analysis
JOANNE KLEDARAS (Praxis, Inc.)
Abstract: Deisy de Souza is Professor Titular at the Psychology Department, Federal University of São Carlos (UFSCar), Brazil. She obtained her Ph.D. in experimental psychology at University of São Paulo (USP), under the direction of Carolina Bori, and held a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Maryland Baltimore County, under the supervision of Charlie Catania. She has conducted animal research on choice behavior and on avoidance of aversive events. Over the past 25 years Dr. de Souza has worked with a research team to investigate the acquisition of symbolic relations and develop equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to teach reading and writing skills. She was responsible for the implementation of centers of research and teaching for beginning readers, providing services for individuals that benefit little from regular schools (children with protracted histories of school failure, children with intellectual disabilities, illiterate adults, etc.), thus creating opportunities for testing experimental teaching programs, and for the investigation of processes involved in the acquisition of academic concepts and skills. She has also participated in pioneering studies applying the stimulus equivalence paradigm to investigate the acquisition of symbolic functions by auditory stimuli in previously deaf children who have benefited from the use of cochlear implants.
 

Deisy de Souza: Researcher and Teacher

JOAO CLAUDIO TODOROV (Universidade de Brasilia)
Abstract:

Some persons are just irreplaceable. There is nobody such as Deisy de Souza in Brazilian behavior analysis. She excelled in research and teaching. She has also generously devoted a significant part of her time to strengthen academic departments, undergraduate and graduate programs, scientific societies, and professional journals. Behavior analysis in Brazil would be significantly poorer without Deisy's contribution. Along her career she created and led no less than two graduate programs, one undergraduate program, and an Institute for Science and Technology. And these are just a few of her contributions to the management of behavior analysis. Surprisingly, she also had time to conduct and publish wonderful research in several areas, with international significance in the field. Her many students are now spread through the whole country, prepared to continue Deisy's work and lead Brazilian Behavior Analysis. Nevertheless, Deisy will hopefully keep doing innovative research and teaching many more students for a long time.

 
 
Symposium #133
Operant Conditioning in Invertebrates
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
007B (CC)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Christopher Dinges (Oklahoma State University)
Abstract: Although behaviorists often seek to generalize the principles of behavior to a diverse range of species, invertebrates seldom receive much attention in behavioral research. This is unfortunate as invertebrates are excellent candidates for research in behavior analysis for several reasons. First, invertebrate research is often less expensive and less restrictive in methods than research conducted with traditional vertebrate organisms. Second, invertebrates are practical subjects for classroom experiments and hands-on student exercises due to small size, low cost and low maintenance. Finally, many species, such as the honey bee, have significant roles in agriculture and the ecosystem. In this symposium, four presentations will discuss operant conditioning in invertebrates. The first talk describes two studies: the first demonstrates operant control of preferred stimuli on the arbitrary responses of Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches in an automated operant chamber; the second demonstrates control of water deprivation as a motivating operation for maze completion in the American Red Claw Crayfish. The second talk describes a study demonstrating the reversal of the negative phototaxic reflex of brown planaria in a place preference assay. The third talk describes a study demonstrating the effects of master-yoked role reversal in a place preference assay in honey bees. The presentations will relate the findings to the behavioral ecology of the subject species, and compare and contrast the trends in invertebrate learning with what is commonly observed in traditional vertebrate organisms.
Keyword(s): Invertebrates, Maze Learning, Operant Conditioning, Place Preference
 
Recent Developments in Invertebrate Operant Learning Using Cockroaches and Crayfish
KELTI OWENS (Southern Illinois University), Ashley Shayter (Southern Illinois University), Brian Morgan (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The field of contemporary behavior analysis was developed largely through operant experiments conducted with vertebrate organisms, such as rats and pigeons. Expenses and ethical considerations surrounding their use, however, have led to the elimination of these laboratories in many universities. Recent developments in invertebrate operant research have provided an alternative to vertebrate operant laboratories that provide a less expensive option, as well as belie many of the ethical consideration surrounding their use. The present discussion will highlight two studies that were conducted with cockroaches and crayfish, as well as discuss the utility of invertebrate research more generally. The first study demonstrated the operant control of preferred stimuli on the arbitrary responses of Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches in an automated operant chamber. The second study demonstrated the control of water deprivation as a motivating operation for maze completion in the American Red Claw Crayfish. The implications of these data and avenues for future research are discussed.
 
Conditioned Place Preference in Invertebrates
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), Linda Muckey (South Dakota State University), Nick Thompson (South Dakota State University), Shafiqur Rahman (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: The process of establishing a conditioned place preference (CPP) is a partiality, on the part of laboratory animals, to spend more time in an environment in which a psychoactive drug or other reinforcer had been experienced, relative to an environment in which a placebo or no other reinforcer had been localized. This conditioned preference is the result of a drug functioning as an unconditioned stimulus in the process of classical conditioning, but some theorists regard CPP as being a respondent-operant interaction. The CPP protocol involves three phases, pretest or baseline, conditioning and posttest. In pretest, the animal is allowed to move about an enclosure in which distinctive contextual cues are differentially placed in specific portions or locations in the enclosure. The time spent in the different areas of the apparatus is measured as a dependent variable. In conditioning, the animal is confined to one portion of the enclosure and is exposed to a psychoactive drug or other reinforcer. Following this, the animal is again given free access to the entire enclosure and the time spent in the area in which the reinforcer had been experienced is measured relative to the time spent herein in pretest. If the animal spends more time in the reinforcer-paired area in posttest relative to pretest, a conditioned preference for the place in which the reinforcer had been found is said to be established. The CPP procedure has been used with a number of different species, both vertebrate and invertebrate; amongst the invertebrate species, crayfish, fruitflies and planaria have been used as subjects. In the present study, the natural preference for dark/un-illuminated environments exhibited by planaria was reversed by the pairing of a 1% and a 2% sucrose solution with a brightly-lit environment. The pretest environment in this case was a petri dish, filled with water, half covered with a dark covering for a five-minute pretest. The conditioning consisted of placing the planaria in another petri dish, placed on white paper, under illumination by a 60 watt bulb but with the sucrose solutions in place of water for a 30 minute period. The planaria are then returned to the same context as used in pretest. In data collected so far, the majority of the subjects exposed to the 1% and the 2% sucrose solution have their dark preference reversed to be a preference for the light. The dark preference is not altered by exposure to water vehicle in the majority of the subjects.
 
Aversive Conditioning in Honey Bees: Influence of Master/Yoked Role Reversal in Place Preference Conditioning
CHRISTOPHER DINGES (Oklahoma State University), Chris Varnon (Oklahoma State University), David Craig (Oklahoma State University), Charles I. Abramson (Oklahoma State University), Arian Avalos (University of Puerto Rico), Tugrul Giray (University of Puerto Rico)
Abstract: Honey bees provide an advantageous animal model to investigate the interplay between brain and behavior. The following investigation sets the stage for stress protein analysis as it relates to situation control in a master (control)/yoked (no control) paradigm. In this study, we subject honey bees to a place preference assay by way of signaled punishment. Two bees were run in tandem, one master and one yoked. Master animals were shocked upon entering the incorrect side of a shuttle box paired with either blue or yellow. Yoked animals are shocked when the master is shocked and have no control of shock administration. Sessions are divided into three trials and following the first trial, the honey bees’ master/yoked roles are reversed. Treatment honey bees’ performance more closely mimicked that of baseline (no shock) performance when master/yoked roles were reversed when compared to sessions that did not include role reversals. Following each session, bees were labeled and frozen for later analysis of heatshock protein expression.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #134
CE Offered: BACB

Using Data to Identify the Function of Academic Behavior

Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Lila Cockrell Theatre (CC)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D.
Chair: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
MATTHEW K. BURNS (University of Missouri)
Matthew K. Burns is the associate dean for research for the College of Education and a professor of school psychology at the University of Missouri. He has published more than 150 articles and book chapters in national publications, and has co-authored or co-edited 12 books. He is also the editor of School Psychology Review and past editor of Assessment for Effective Intervention. Dr. Burns is one of the leading researchers regarding the use of assessment data to determine individual or small-group interventions and has published extensively on response to intervention, academic interventions, and facilitating problem-solving teams. In addition, Dr. Burns also was a practicing school psychologist and special education administrator before becoming an academic, and served on the faculty of the University of Minnesota for 10 years and Central Michigan University for five years.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are frequently involved when a student's behavior becomes so severe that in-depth analysis and understanding are needed. However, there is considerably more research to guide the analysis for behavior problems than for academic problems. This presentation will provide a framework to analyze difficulties in reading at the small-group (tier 2) and individual (tier 3) levels. Data will be presented from three studies (n ~200 to 600) to demonstrate that targeting the academic intervention based on the function of the behavior was more effective at tier 2 than using a general evidence-based intervention. Moreover, data from 15 students with the most severe reading problems will be provided to support the framework at tier 3.

Keyword(s): academic behavior, assessment, functional
 
 
Panel #135
21 and Over...What Now? Challenges and Opportunities in Adult Treatment Settings
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
201 (CC)
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jason S. Rockwell (Queens College, CUNY)
RISHI CHELMINSKI (Services for the Underserved)
JENNIFER MORRISON-DIALLO (Kings County Hosptial Center)
TERENCE G. BLACKWELL (Services for the UnderServed)
Abstract:

Implementing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-based services in novel adult treatment settings requires significant changes to staff culture and practices. The discussion will highlight the successes and roadblocks experienced by a New York City residential agency, and a psychiatric hospital treatment team that have been moving in this direction. The agency provides residential and day services for approximately 270 adult consumers. The treatment team serves the adult inpatient units (160 beds) providing individualized behavioral plans to reduce challenging behaviors such as physical aggression, hyper-sexualized behaviors, and verbal aggression. The presenters will discuss the ongoing process of adapting their organizations’ procedures, standards, and culture to meet those recommended by the field of Applied Behavior Analysis, while navigating a changing financial and regulatory landscape. This discussion may be informative to other practitioners wishing to implement ABA-based treatments within their own adult services settings.

Keyword(s): Acute treatment, Adult services, Disseminating ABA, Residential services
 
 
Paper Session #136
Behavior-Based Safety Applications in Northern Italy
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
202AB (CC)
Area: OBM
Keyword(s): Behavior, Safety
Chair: Fabio Tosolin (A.A.R.B.A.)
 

The Hanging Fruit of Behavioral Safety Applications: Improving the Precision of Outputs Through a Behavior-Based Quality Process

Domain: Applied Research
Maria Gatti (A.A.R.B.A.), Alessandro Valdina (A.A.R.B.A.), FABIO TOSOLIN (A.A.R.B.A.), Paola Silva (A.A.R.B.A.), Morgan Aleotti (A.A.R.B.A.)
 
Abstract:

Several companies discover the potential of behavioral technologies thanks to the application of behavioral safety. Those companies start asking to spread the mission of their behavior-based safety process to other business results, such as Environment's ones and Qualitys ones that are usually managed by the same department, i.e. by the same people. The protocol to design the behavior-based quality process follow the same steps of the safety one: assessment, pinpointing, measurement rules and tools definition, consequence planning, training and coaching of observers and leaders, baseline registration, goal-setting and follow up. The paper presents the preliminary results obtained in couple of applications in facilities of north-eastern Italy. One belongs to a company in the manufacturing and installation of architectural envelopes and interior systems. The other is a plastic maker with 55 operators that has to deal with contaminations of the products in the bags sent to final client: the pinpointing highlighted that these unwanted results (29 non conformances reported by clients in 18 months) are due to inaccurate behaviors. The company decided to train and to reward a group of 19 employees (both workers and leaders) to observe the accurate behaviors with a checklist on a daily basis, to give mostly positive - feedback to the colleagues observed, and to analyze the cause of the eventual inaccurate behaviors. The target behaviors are the following ones 1. Cleaning the floor with vacuum cleaner or broom-pallet; 2. Cleaning cutters, vibrating screen centrifuges and silos crevices with compressed air; 3. Checking the granule and the presence of "chains"; 4. Closing the hoppers; 5. Putting in order the vacuum cleaner after its use. The last behavior is the most important for removing the aversive contingencies (i.e. looking for the vacuum cleaner) that reduces the likelihood of the first behavior. The behavior based quality-safety process aims to cut a 30% of costumer disputes and 50% of the severity index in 2 years: after a 3 weeks baseline, during the first month of observation and feedback, some of the above quality behaviors increased even without having been explicitly targeted with goal-setting and rewards in this first part of the project (i.e. the leadership of the company preferred to focus goals and reward on behavior related the injury severity/frequency rather than quality ones).

 
The First Italian Research On The Efficacy of a B-BS Process in Healthcare Sector
Domain: Applied Research
FABIO TOSOLIN (A.A.R.B.A.), Maria Gatti (A.A.R.B.A.), Paola Silva (A.A.R.B.A.), Alessandro Valdina (A.A.R.B.A.)
 
Abstract: The effectiveness of a B-BS process in workplaces is proven by many experiments, both in Italy and in the rest of the world, but in our country the protocol has never been applied and tested in the healthcare sector. For this reason the Italian National Insurance Company (INAIL) has financed AARBA to carry on an experimental research in 2 medical centers of excellence in the north of Italy: the Dentistry Department of the Galeazzi Orthopedic Institute in Milan and the Department of Hospitalization and Operating Rooms of the Oncological Reference Center (CRO) in Aviano. During the trial, contingent consequences to safe/at risk behaviors of doctors, dentists, hygienists, nurses and health workers used were: feedback (saying to the observed person the outcome of the measurement and describing him or the avoided or the occurred risks), verbal reinforcers (congratulating observed workers for the safe behaviors) and symbolic reinforcers (token economy to get some prizes). In addition, extinction schedules were used for some low risk behaviors observed. Institute 1 - After 5 weeks of treatment based on feedback and verbal reinforcers delivered on a daily basis by researchers to the workers of the Institute 1, the frequency of all the a17 behaviors treated has increased. (Chart 1) Statistical analysis carried out with the Test C to rule out that the performance of this time series was due to chance. Institute 2 - The researchers wanted to prove that using the token economy on safe behaviors coupled with the feedback, it’s possible to reach higher levels of safe behaviors rather than using only the token economy on safe behaviors, the token economy on unsafe behaviors and the token economy coupled with the feedback on unsafe behaviors. After 3 weeks of treatment based on token economy for safe (green token) and unsafe (red token) behaviors, linked or not with the feedback, delivered on a daily basis by researchers and workers themselves to the workers in the Institute 2, the frequency of the 3 observed behaviors has increased more in the condition token+feedback on safe behavior. The B-BS process in the Institute 2 is ongoing, to prove that using the B-BS process in the health system is possible to reduce the number of accidents and incidents in the workplaces and not only to increase the number of safe behaviors. Results will be available for the conference.
 
Keyword(s): Behavior, Safety
 
 
Panel #137
CE Offered: BACB
Translating, Intrepreting, Authoring, and Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
213AB (CC)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka, Ph.D.
Chair: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
MARI URAMOTO (Children Center Inc.)
SHARON CHIEN (Seek Education, Inc.)
KOJI TAKESHIMA (Autism Consultation Room)
Abstract:

Today, behavior analysts are faced with the task of making the science of behavior meaningful, efficient, and effective for non-English speakers. Translation of English textbooks, articles, and resources for treatments has become one of the biggest challenges for behavior analysts around the world. How do you adapt early intervention programs and program delivery for children diagnosed with autism when the translated material is not available? How do you pioneer the establishment of non-English BACB-approved curricula outside English-speaking countries? MulitABA SIG presents the panel discussion drawing examples from BACB's globalization initiatives, VB-MAPP translation, and case studies of bilingual intervention, in languages such as Japanese, Russian, and French. The behavior analysts are presented as translators, interpreters, and authors with sufficient cultural and linguistic competence to achieve consistent treatment outcomes and/or educate the target population. We invite the audience to share their qualitative experiences that will further enlighten how international, multicultural, and ?authentic? our field has become.

Keyword(s): culture competence, globalization, translation
 
 
Invited Paper Session #138
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

The Role of Atomic Repertoires in Generalized Operants and Observational Learning

Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
006AB (CC)
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: David C. Palmer, Ph.D.
Chair: Francesca degli Espinosa (EABA)
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College)
With bachelor's degrees in geology and English, Dr. David C. Palmer was devoting his post-graduate years to avoiding the draft when he chanced to pick up a copy of Walden Two from a friend's bookshelf. It changed the direction of his life. He promptly read the rest of the Skinner canon and spent the next decade trying to start an experimental community and preaching radical behaviorism to anyone who would listen. Eventually, he took some classes with Beth Sulzer-Azaroff, who persuaded him to apply to graduate school. Despite the predictions of bookies, he was admitted and began working with John Donahoe. He was happy in grad school and would be there still if the University of Massachusetts had not threatened to change the locks. He has spent the past 26 years as the token behaviorist at Smith College. During that time, he co-authored, with Donahoe, Learning and Complex Behavior, a book which attempts to integrate adaptive network simulation with experimental analysis and verbal interpretation of complex cases. He continues to puzzle about the interpretation of memory, problem-solving, and, particularly, verbal behavior and the behavior of the listener. He still thinks Skinner was right about nearly everything.
Abstract:

When the explicit training of a class of responses of one topography leads to the emission of one or more response classes of different topography, we speak of generalized operants. The empirical demonstration of such generalized classes is taken as evidence that the concept can be included in the conceptual toolkit of the behavior analyst without further analysis and that it can be used to explain other examples of emergent behavior. Dr. David C. Palmer will argue that this conclusion is unjustified. He will suggest that atomic repertoires can explain the relevant behavior economically, with no need to invent new explanatory terms. Furthermore, they offer a possible interpretation of the phenomenon of delayed observational learning.

Target Audience:

Anyone with an interest in parsimonious interpretations of complex behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to: (1) describe the conditions under which we commonly speak of generalized operants; (2) cite an example in behavior analysis in which generalized operants are used as an explanation; (3) state why the concept of generalized operants is an inadequate explanation for the emergence of untrained behavior.
Keyword(s): atomic repertoires, concepts, generalized operants, observational learning
 
 
Symposium #139
CE Offered: BACB
Conceptual, Applied, and Investigative Considerations in Verbal Behavior
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
217A (CC)
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Genevieve M. DeBernardis, M.A.
Abstract: Verbal behavior continues to be an important topic within behavior analysis. Indeed, to the extent that language seems to be the sources of much conceptual debate, both historically and more recently, it is not surprising that the topic remains central to current theory, research, and practice issues. In this symposium we address several independent, though thematically related issues in verbal behavior. The first paper, by Meindl, Miller, and Ivy, considers the extent to which Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior was formal, as contrasted with functional, in nature. In particular, the definitions of Skinner’s verbal operants are considered, and their completeness is evaluated. The second paper, by Fryling, elaborates on a distinction central to interbehaviorism, the distinction between constructs and events. Skinner’s verbal operants are considered from this perspective, and research on the functional independence of Skinner’s verbal operants is considered. Finally, a number of implications for further research and practice are provided, especially considering the long-term goal of language intervention for individuals with deficient language repertoires. The last paper, written by DeBernardis and Hayes, addresses a line of research on derived relational responding, specifically that which employs a tool called the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). The origins of this tool are considered, as are recent variations of this research instrument. Recent research on this topic is considered, and, the extent to which the IRAP, including its more recent reiterations, measures what it purports to measure are considered. Recommendations for further research and practice are suggested.
Keyword(s): Interbehaviorism, Relational Responding, Verbal Behavior, Verbal Operants
 
On the formal versus functional categorization of verbal operants: Examining Skinner’s conceptualization of verbal behavior
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (The University of Memphis), Neal Miller (University of Memphis), Jonathan W. Ivy (Mercyhurst University)
Abstract: In Verbal Behavior (1957), Skinner attempted to offer a functional account of human language and made a point of contrasting his approach with the more traditional formal accounts available at the time. Rather than focus on the structure or mechanics of language (formal aspects of language), Skinner attempted to identify the conditions that gave rise to those behaviors. Although Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior has been influential, some aspects of his analysis continue to be debated and interpreted in various ways due to perceived ambiguities in his account. In this paper we argue that with regards to verbal behavior in general, and the specific verbal operants, Skinner took a largely formal approach which has led to some confusion. We contend that his definitions may be incomplete, and we critically examine the way Skinner distinguished between verbal from nonverbal behavior and his definitions of the various verbal operants (e.g., tacts, intraverbals, textual behavior). Finally, we suggest possible future directions in response to the issues raised.
 
Constructs, Events and Skinner’s Verbal Operants
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: There has been much discussion over Skinner’s 1957 analysis of verbal behavior within the behavior analytic community. While Skinner’s analysis has led to a good amount of research, for some, Skinner’s analysis has been considered insufficient because it has not led to an analysis of language that applies to the full range of human language situations. To the extent that Skinner’s analysis is uniquely characterized as a functional analysis, some have suggested that his analysis is upheld or supported when verbal operants are found to be functionally independent. This paper describes and elaborates upon a distinction embraced by interbehaviorists, the distinction between constructs and events. Skinner’s verbal operants are considered from this perspective, and the extent to which what we know about the verbal operants supports Skinner’s analysis as a comprehensive analysis of verbal behavior is considered. Conceptual implications are highlighted, as are implications for further applied research and practice, even in areas where Skinner’s analysis has been assumed to be especially useful. In particular, the long-term goal of language intervention is emphasized and the strengths and limitations of Skinner’s approach are highlighted.
 
Investigative Considerations in Verbal Behavior
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: One approach to the investigation of verbal relations has been through derived relational responding. Various iterations of investigative approaches have led to the use of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) which is thought to reveal the strength of verbal relations. Through assessing consistent and inconsistent blocks of word relation responses, it is believed that this procedure can be used to measure an individual’s implicit attitude and beliefs on a variety of topics. In addition to this, the IRAP applies levels of complexity to this assessment, which requires quick and accurate responses to consistent and inconsistent relations between the target stimulus relations of interest. The origins of this tool are considered, as are recent variations of this research instrument. Recent research on this topic is considered, and, the extent to which the IRAP, including its more recent reiterations, measures what it purports to measure are considered. Recommendations for further research and practice are suggested, as well as conceptual considerations for what constitutes verbal behavior.
 
 
Symposium #140
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Skill Acquisition and Derived Relational Responding in Children with Autism
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
217D (CC)
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Megan St. Clair (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Discussant: Richard James May (Swansea University)
CE Instructor: Richard James May, Ph.D.
Abstract: Ample research has been published on teaching relatively simple skills to children with autism. However, relatively little research has focused on teaching complex skills and skills that inherently involve the emergence of untrained performances. This symposium brings together four such recent studies. The first paper, by Megan St. Clair, consists of an experiment that taught children with autism to play friendly tricks on others, a skill that involves planning and socially appropriate deception. The second paper, by Jenny Fischer, presents a study on the use of video modeling to teach pronouns to children with autism, a basic prerequisite skill for perspective taking. The third paper, by Erin Paulsen, presents a study on the role of fluency training on the acquisition of deictic relations and perspective taking skills. The fourth paper consists of a study that taught relational framing skills to children with autism and then assessed for generalization to natural language samples. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Richard May.
Keyword(s): autism, perspective taking, RFT
 
Teaching Children with Autism How to Play Friendly Tricks on Others
MEGAN ST. CLAIR (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Angela M. Persicke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have deficits in a variety of social skills. In particular, previous research has documented that children with autism have deficits in identifying deception and playfully deceiving others. The ability to identify deception in others is an important skill to prevent bullying and other forms of inappropriate peer interactions. In addition, the ability to playfully deceive others is an important social skill in everyday positive peer relationships. To our knowledge, no previous research has evaluated procedures for teaching playful deception to children with autism. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate a multiple exemplar training package, including rules, modeling, practice, and feedback (e.g., praise and error correction), for teaching children with autism to use deceptive skills to play friendly tricks on others.
 
Using Video Modeling to Teach First and Second Person Pronouns to Children with Autism
JENNY FISCHER (Cascade Behavioral Intervention), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract: Children with autism often display delays in language acquisition, including delayed or atypical use of personal pronouns such as I, you, me, mine, and yours. Pronouns present particular instructional challenges because they are deictic, changing form depending on whether the child is speaker or listener. Observing others engaging in speaker and listener responses with pronouns may help children with autism learn to use and comprehend deictic pronouns. A multiple baseline design across the pronoun pairs me/you, I/you, and mine/yours was used to study the effectiveness of video models and video prompts in teaching children to use and comprehend personal pronouns. Maintenance of skills and generalization to novel stimuli and instructors were also assessed. The results suggest that video models may be effective in teaching certain learners to use personal pronouns. Not all participants benefitted from the video modeling procedure, however, suggesting that further research on prerequisite skills for video modeling and pronoun acquisition is warranted.
 
The Role of Fluency in the Acquisition of Deictic Relations and Theory of Mind
ERIN PAULSEN (California State University Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Amanda Mortimer (CSU, Fresno), Dena Mendoza (BEST Consulting, Inc.)
Abstract: Those who do not acquire age-appropriate social skills have deficits that affect their everyday functioning. The development of social skills is directly related to the ability to share another’s perspective (Weil, Hayes, & Capurro 2011). It is well documented that individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) tend to have pervasive deficits in perspective-taking, which leads to larger problems related to social skill deficits later in life. Three approaches have been taken toward the study of perspective-taking skills in children with ASD: a developmental approach, a traditional behavioral approach, and an alternative behavioral approach from the area of Relational Frame Theory (RFT). The current study focuses on the relational approach. Children with ASD received training on deictic relations using the Barnes-Holmes Protocol. The protocol was used to train 3 relational frames (I-YOU, HERE-THERE, NOW-THEN) at 3 complexity levels (simple, reversed, double reversed) at both a mastery criterion and then a fluency criterion. After training on each complexity level, a set of untrained ToM probes was administered in the absence of reinforcement to assess any changes following deictic relations training to a mastery and then fluency criterion. Scores on the Barnes-Holmes protocol probes increased, however there was no consistent increase in untrained ToM scores across the study.
 
 
Symposium #141
CE Offered: BACB
Characterizing and Improving Physical Activity Behaviors of Individuals with Autism and other Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
214B (CC)
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Justin Lane (University of Kentucky)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Ledford, Ph.D.
Abstract: Individuals with disabilities are at risk for engaging in fewer appropriate leisure activities and less moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) than individuals without disabilities, beginning in early childhood and persisting through adulthood. These tendencies can result in long-term health and social difficulties. The focus of this symposium is on the description of typical physical activity and engagement behaviors for individuals with developmental disabilities and the use of behavioral interventions to improve these behaviors, with a focus on behaviors and interventions that are socially valid. Participants were young children or adolescents with autism or Down syndrome and implementers included graduate students and classroom teachers, all of who were BCBAs or were seeking certification as behavior analysts. Results suggest that several commonly-used interventions (structured activities, provision of choice, video modeling, prompting) can be modified for use in playground settings. Implications will be presented for individual studies, and the discussant will examine overarching implications for researchers and practicing behavior analysts.
Keyword(s): basketball, engagement, physical activity, playground
 
Employing Behavior Analytic Procedures to Teach an Adolescent with Autism to Play Basketball
BAILEY COPELAND (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Erica Karp (Vanderbilt University), Crystal Finley (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center Behavior Analysis Consulting Services), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Although teaching skills that address individual deficits in isolation may be clinically valid, time and resource constraints commonly contacted by behavior analysts call for ingenuity when programming therapy that optimizes reinforcement in a client’s life. Thus, when possible, behavior analysts should prioritize teaching skills that have the potential to address multiple deficits simultaneously. Many times, individuals with autism have difficulty interacting socially. These individuals are also likely to live sedentary lifestyles and to participate in few, if any, socially valid recreational activities. Despite the fact that a functional basketball-playing repertoire is valued in our society and has the potential to ameliorate each of the above-mentioned deficits, no research has outlined a behavior-analytic strategy for teaching this sport. In our investigation, we taught a 13-year-old male diagnosed with autism how to play basketball. During Phase 1, we employed discrete-trial training to establish proficiency with nine fundamental basketball skills (i.e., recruiting attention, conditional discriminations when passing a ball, dribbling, shooting, etc.). During Phase 2 we used a forward chaining procedure to establish specific sequences of these component skills that are appropriate for playing offense and defense, and for participating in a full-court basketball drill. Results, limitations, and future directions are discussed.
 
Using Teacher Implemented Playground Interventions to Increase Engagement, Social Behaviors, and Physical Activity for Young Children with Autism
COLLIN SHEPLEY (Oconee County Schools), Justin Lane (University of Kentucky), Sarah Kroll (University of Georgia), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Children with disabilities are at risk for engaging in less moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) when compared with typically developing children. Increased MVPA in typical contexts for less-active children with ASD may be a socially valid outcome resulting in improved physical health and increased opportunities for social interactions. In this study, a classroom teacher implemented two interventions in the context of an alternating treatments design. Physical activity, engagement, and social behaviors were monitored for two young children with autism spectrum disorders. Engagement and social behaviors increased during a structured choice (SC) intervention condition. MVPA was variable within and across conditions, but appropriate physical activity (e.g., physical activity that was associated with engagement) was highest during the SC condition. Results suggest teacher-mediated activities have moderate effects on MVPA and substantial effects on engagement and interactions.
 
Differences in Engagement, Physical Activity, and Teacher Play for Young Children with and without Autism
Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University), KATHLEEN ZIMMERMAN (Vanderbilt Univeresity)
Abstract: Little is known about the physical activity behaviors of young children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), although some research indicates that older children with ASD engage in less moderate-to-vigorous physical activity when compared to children without ASD. In preschool, playground activities are often much less structured than other times of the day, which may increase the likelihood of unengaged behaviors and stereotypy for children with ASD. The purpose of this study was to describe the occurrence of and contingencies between engagement, physical activity, and teacher play for 3-5 year olds with and without ASD. Data collection is ongoing, but early data suggest children with ASD spend less time in proximity to peers and less time engaged in appropriate and active behaviors. Teacher behaviors were variable across children. Results suggest playgrounds might be a reasonable settings for service delivery for children with ASD; teacher behaviors potentially associated with increased engagement and MVPA will be discussed.
 
Increasing Physical Activity for Children with Down Syndrome during Typical Recess Activities
JENNY WU (May Institute), Erin E. Barton (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University), Mark Wolery (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Individuals with Down syndrome have increased risk for low physical activity and related problems (e.g., overweight status, asthma, high blood pressure). Few behavioral interventions have been assessed for increasing activity for young children; none have focused on children with Down syndrome. In this study, two graduate students implemented a video modeling intervention to increase physical activity for young children with Down syndrome. Results, evaluated in the context of an A-B-A-B design, suggest increased moderate-to-vigorous physical activity across all three participating children. Implications will be discussed, including those related to the use of mobile devices in non-classroom settings and the need for further research to increase appropriate behaviors on the playground for children who cannot imitate video models.
 
 
Symposium #142
CE Offered: BACB
A Further Evaluation of Caregiver Training Models to Teach Implementation of Behavioral Assessment and Treatment
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
214D (CC)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa)
CE Instructor: Amanda Zangrillo, Psy.D.
Abstract: In this symposium, we will present four investigations related to parent training, pertaining specifically to the role of caregivers in the implementation of assessment and treatment. The paper by Greer and colleagues examines the effects of discriminative control developed during therapist-implemented response restriction, functional communication training sessions and the transfer of treatment effects to the caregiver during caregiver-conducted treatment. The paper by Luczynski et al. conducted a randomized clinical trial to evaluate a 20-hour, web-based, E-Learning program for training parents in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention protocols. Zarcone and colleagues evaluated parent-training approaches aimed at implementation of functional analysis and behavioral interventions to reduce severe problem behavior and implementation of a modified version of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy. Last, Smith et al. conducted a randomized-clinical trial comparing a parent training program and a parent education program. The overall theme and implications of these studies will be discussed and summarized by Dr. David Wacker.
Keyword(s): autism, behavioral assessment, behavioral treatment, parent training
 
Using Response Restriction During Functional Communication Training to Promote Rapid Transfer of Treatment Effects
BRIAN D. GREER (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Katie Lichtblau (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe Meyer Institute), John Lamphere (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Fisher, Greer, and Querim (under review) found that functional communication responses (FCRs) come under rapid discriminative control when schedule-correlated stimuli used in the initial training context are introduced in other contexts. The current investigation extends this work by evaluating the transfer of treatment effects to a caregiver when response restriction (RR) was used during functional communication training (FCT) for one girl’s destructive behavior (i.e., aggression and self-injurious behavior). Functional analysis results from therapist- and caregiver-conducted sessions suggested that destructive behavior was maintained by both attention and escape. The caregiver conducted baseline sessions during the treatment evaluation while therapists implemented FCT. Once rates of destructive behavior decreased and levels of correct FCRs increased during RR FCT, the schedule of reinforcement was successfully thinned to produce a more manageable treatment for implementation by the caregiver. The caregiver was then trained to implement RR FCT. Rapid transfer of the effectiveness of RR FCT was observed during caregiver-conducted RR FCT sessions, despite the caregiver’s long history of reinforcement of the girl’s destructive behavior. Results are discussed in terms of the ability of arbitrary stimuli to exert strong discriminative control over responding and the utility of this discriminative control on the transfer of treatment effects.
 
Preliminary Results of a Randomized Clinical Trial of a Web-based Program for Training Parents with a Child with an Autism Spectrum Disorder
Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), MYCHAL MACHADO (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Aaron D. Lesser (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Stephanie A. Hood (Briar Cliff University), Andrew Blowers (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Maegan Pisman (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Megan E Vosters (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Estimates indicate that autism affects about 1 in 68 American children. Research has shown that Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions (EIBI) is effective when implemented by appropriately trained and supervised technicians. In additional to services provided by technicians, parents often contribute to their child’s EIBI programming by extending teaching opportunities throughout the day. However, few empirically supported programs are available for training parents that include performance-based measures. We are conducting a randomized clinical trial to evaluate a 20-hour, web-based, E-Learning program for training parents in EIBI protocols. The two primary dependent variables are the Behavioral Implementation Skills for Play Activities (BISPA) and the Behavioral Implementation Skills for Work Activities (BISWA). To date, 10 participants have completed pretest and posttest assessments on these measures, three in the treatment group and seven in the control group. Mean component skills implemented correctly on the pretest and posttest for the treatment and control groups for the BISPA were 4.0%, 6.1%, 89%, and 0%, respectively. For the BISWA, the results were 23.6%, 16.9%, 100%, and 27.3%, respectively. The results provide strong preliminary support for the efficacy of our web-based program, which can be delivered to parents anywhere in the world that has broadband Internet access.
 
Training Across the Continuum of Parent-child Interaction: Functional Analysis, Behavioral Treatment, and Positive Parenting Skills
Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Roy Justin Boyd (Kennedy Krieger Institute (NBU-OP)), JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that parents of children with intellectual disability can effectively implement functional analysis (FA) and behavioral interventions to reduce severe problem behavior, and implement strategies to improve parent-child interactions. We summarize results from three studies of complementary parent training approaches. In Study 1, caregivers of children with severe problem behavior were trained to conduct FAs when staff-conducted FAs were questionable. Results indicated that parent-conducted FAs effectively determined behavioral function. In Study 2, parent-implemented treatments based on FA results were demonstrated to effectively reduce problem behavior by 96%. In Study 3, we examined the effects of a modified version of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT), an evidence-based treatment program designed to improve parent-child interactions. Baseline data were collected with each caregiver, and then operationally defined positive and negative interactions skills were taught using a multiple baseline design across skills and participants. Results indicated that all caregivers were able to learn each skill, and for some children there was a collateral reduction in problem behavior. Implications for future research will be discussed.
 
Parent Training in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Disruptive Behavior: A Randomized Trial
TRISTRAM SMITH (University of Rochester Medical Center), Karen Bearss (Emory University), Luc Lecavalier (Ohio State University), Cynthia R. Johnson (University of Pittsburgh), Naomi Swiezy (IU School of Medicine), Denis Sukhodolsky (Yale University), Lawrence Scahill (Emory University)
Abstract: Many single-subject studies show that parents can learn to use applied behavior analytic strategies to reduce disruptive behavior displayed by their children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). To integrate these strategies into an exportable, cost-effective intervention, we developed a parent training (PT) program that includes 11 core sessions (each 60 to 90 minutes in duration, delivered 1:1 with the primary caregiver), two booster sessions, two home visits, and two optional sessions. We then conducted a randomized clinical trial comparing PT and a parent education program (PEP; 12, 1:1 informational sessions on ASD characteristics, services, and supports plus one home visit). Participants were 180 children, age 3-6 years, with ASD and disruptive behavior, at six universities: Emory, Rochester, Ohio State, Pittsburgh, Indiana, and Yale. After 24 weeks, independent evaluators, blind to group assignment, rated 69% of PT children and 40% of PEP children as “much” or “very much improved.” In addition, PT children improved more than PEP children on the parent-rated Aberrant Behavior Checklist-Irritability subscale (effect size = 0.71) and Home Situations Questionnaire (effect size = 0.52). An analogue behavioral assessment of parent-child interaction was also administered (data analysis underway). Overall, PT appeared efficacious in reducing disruptive behavior in our sample. Keywords: autism, parent training, problem behavior, behavioral assessment
 
 
Symposium #143
CE Offered: BACB
Stimulus Control and Older Adults: Basic and Applied Research on the Impact of Stimuli
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Texas Ballroom Salon E (Grand Hyatt)
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Dawn Seefeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Paige Raetz (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Jonathan C. Baker, Ph.D.
Abstract: Researchers have shown that as individuals age, stimulus control in both operant and respondent learning is impacted (Baker & LeBlanc, 2014). The impact of stimulus control can be seen in the areas of behavioral excesses and behavioral deficits. This symposium includes basic and applied research related to stimulus control and older adults. Talks will include research on stimulus equivalence and recognition among older adults with neurocognitive disorder, transferring stimulus control from one verbal operant to a deficit verbal operant for older adults with aphasia and/or neurocognitive disorder, the role of discriminative stimuli in functional analyses of disruptive vocalizations among older adults with neurocognitive disorder, and the impact of differing delays in a delayed match to sample task on remembering behavior among older adults with neurocognitive disorder.
Keyword(s): neurocognitive disorder, older adult, Stimulus control
 
The Effects of Different Step Sizes in a Titrating Delayed Matching-to-Sample Procedure in a Patient with Neurocognitive Disorder
HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sc), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: A delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS) procedure has shown to be useful for investigating aspects of remembering or short-term memory. The DMTS procedure can either be arranged as fixed and titrating delays. In a fixed arrangement, the delay value is held constant, while in the titrating arrangement the delay values change as a function of number of correct and incorrect responses in a block of responses. The purpose of the present experiment was to compare the effects of different step sizes, 100 ms and 500 ms, by employing a titrating delay procedure in a patient with dementia. The main findings showed that smaller a step size (100 ms) was more effective in producing longer delays between sample and comparison than a longer (500 ms) step size.
 
Using Stimulus Equivalence to Teach Face and Relationship Recognition to Older Adults with Dementia
JELISA SCOTT (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Taylor Sweatt (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Tarah Bowser (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Individuals with dementia benefit from behavior analytic interventions (Bougeios, 1993; Brenske, Rudrud, Schulze, & Rapp, 2008). Stimulus equivalence preparations have been successfully employed to teach name-to-face matching in other clinical populations (Cowley, Green, & Braunling-McMorrow, 1992). In this study, we employed a pretest-train-posttest experimental design to assess whether using a stimulus equivalence preparation with an 82-year old male with dementia would result in his recognizing faces and remembering relationships as demonstrated through speaker responses, such as saying the name or relation and listener responses, like pointing to the correct picture card. The results demonstrate that the stimulus equivalence preparation was successful in establishing face and relationship recognition. Emergence to the mastery criterion was demonstrated for all but one of the untrained relations. The results are considered using the Naming Theory.
 
Effects of Programmed Discriminative Stimuli Used in a Functional Analysis on Language Disruptions of Elderly Adults with Neurocognitive Disorder.
DANIEL LARRABEE (Southern Illinois University), Dawn Seefeldt (Southern Illinois University), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Behavior problems such as language disruptions are increasing in conjunction with the population of elderly adults with dementia in nursing homes. However, few studies have included analyses appropriate for adults with dementia. In the current study, a multi-element functional analysis was conducted with three elderly adults who exhibited language disruptions to determine whether the inclusion of programmed discriminative stimuli increased differential responding. Once differential responding was achieved, a functionally derived intervention was created and the impact on target behaviors was be examined. Implications for using discriminative stimuli during functional analyses are discussed.
 

Evaluating Transfer of Stimulus Control Methods for Verbal Behavior Interventions with Older Adults

BRIDGET MUNOZ (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Allison Chamberlain (Southern Illinois University), Dawn Seefeldt (Southern Illinois University), Kathleen Fairchild (Rehabilitation Institute Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Baker, LeBlanc, and Raetz (2008) published a behavioral conceptualization of aphasia and proposed an assessment and treatment model for use with older adults. Several studies (Gross, Fuqua, & Merritt, 2013; Oleson & Baker, 2014; Trahan, Donaldson, McNabney, & Kahng, 2014) have since begun to assess and intervene on verbal behavior deficits among older adults with aphasia as well as neurocognitive disorder. Although one approach to remediating verbal behavior deficits is through a transfer of stimulus control from one verbal operant to another, to date no research has evaluated transfer of stimulus control methods for older adult populations. This talk will present data from older adults with aphasia and/or neurocognitive disorder where treatments (developed using the assessment approach proposed by Baker et al., 2008) incorporated a transfer of stimulus control component and an evaluation of the efficacy and efficiency of different methods.

 
 
Symposium #144
Recent Advances in Behavioral Safety
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
203AB (CC)
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Allison King (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Four presentations on behavioral safety will be given. First, a study evaluating the Performance Diagnostic Checklist- Safety, which is an informant assessment method, will be presented. The results fo the study show that the PDC-Safety was useful to identify the variables responsible for poor safety-related performance among a landscaping crew at a university. Second, a study examining the observer effect to increase safe performance in a human service setting will be presented. When observing others did not increase safe performance, a number of other interventions were applied. Direct feedback was effective to increase safe performance. Next, a study on safety comments on behavioral safety forms will be delivered. Training was used to increase comments. Finally, a model describing important factors in the BBS process will be presented. The type and accuracy of peer observations and peer presence are two factors considered to be important in the model. Examples of the use of the model in a variety of settings will be provided.
 
Identifying the Variables Contributing to At-risk Performance: Initial Evaluation of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Safety (PDC-Safety)
BRANDON MARTINEZ-ONSTOTT (Florida Tech), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Safety (PDC-Safety) is an informant-based assessment tool derived from the Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC), which has been used to identify variables contributing to poor employee performance. The PDC-Safety focuses on pinpointing variables that contribute to the occurrence of safe and at-risk behaviors. In this study, the PDC-Safety was evaluated to identify specific variables contributing to unsafe equipment usage by three members of a landscaping crew at a private university. Participants were between the ages of 30 and 50 years of age and had been working at the university for 3- 15 years. Based on PDC-Safety results, a treatment consisting of graphed feedback was implemented. Results show that the treatment was effective for all three participants. The results are discussed in terms of the use of the PDC-Safety to identify poor safety performance before implementing an intervention in a variety of settings with a variety of specific safety targets.
 
The Observer Effect and its Impact on Glove Use Compliance in a Human Service Setting
ALLISON KING (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Research on the application of behavior-based safety methods to improve safety-related behaviors of employees working in human service settings is limited. The current study addressed this issue by targeting behavior specialists’ correct use of gloves in a center-based autism treatment facility. The current study also investigated the observer effect phenomenon by examining the extent to which behavior specialists, who observed and evaluated fellow behavior specialists’ correct glove-use, increased their own correct glove-use. Results showed that observing and collecting data on fellow behavior specialists’ glove-use improved one participant’s correct glove-use from 0% during baseline to an average of 80% after observing others. For the other two participants, observing and evaluating fellow behavior specialists’ correct glove-use and providing the observed behavior specialists with performance feedback did not improve the participants’ correct glove-use; their correct-glove use did not improve until a supervisor delivered performance feedback to them about their own correct glove-use.
 

Assessing the Efficicacy of Training Targeting Contextual Comments in Behavioral Safety Observations

DANIELLE KRETSCHMER (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Abstract:

This study examines the efficacy of a training program on participants' ability to produce context-rich comments on Behavioral Safety observation forms. Comments that provide contextual information about observed behaviors can be valuable in behavioral safety programs. Comments with greater depth about the context maintaining observed behaviors allow analysts to make better-informed decisions regarding empirically based, safety interventions. They also help to facilitate the immediate feedback intervention that occurs between the observed and the observer. Behavioral training methods were used in the initial and subsequent training sessions in a train the trainer format. Training was provided to safety representatives of workgroups within two regional divisions of a petroleum company in a multiple baseline design. These representatives then delivered training to the general workforce. Training included guided practice and feedback on writing effective comments. Observation forms from a companys Behavioral Safety Process were analyzed prior to and after the training delivery to assess improvements in contextual comments.

 

A Model of Driving Factors of Safety Observations in BBS Processes

MARLIES HAGGE (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The observation process, which is the core part of each BBS process, includes the employees by focusing on increasing safe behaviors. The observer effect is the key to what makes employee observations successful in changing safety performance. The effect states that an observer improves their own safety performance due to having evaluated observed behavior. Knowing which variables influences employees' safety performance is crucial in running a (cost) effective BBS process. The type and accuracy of observations are two main factors that are related to the observer effect. Additionally, the importance of peer presence will be discussed as an important driver that is related to the value that safety observations provide. A model based on current research will be developed to assist with the understanding of the different factors of safety observations. Different factors and driving variables are important for peer and self-observations. The relevancy and the support of the different arguments will be analyzed and recommendations for further research and applications will be made.

 
 
Symposium #145
CE Offered: BACB
Certification, Licensure, and Autism Insurance Law
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
214A (CC)
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Marc D'Antin (Brohavior)
Discussant: Gina Green (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts)
CE Instructor: Lea June, M.A.
Abstract:

A great deal of interest from funding entities, consumers, employers, and practitioners has occurred as a result of the demand for applied behavior analysis (ABA) services over the last several years. We are currently in an era of substantial growth in numbers of certified professionals and training programs in the United States (US). Funding sources like government agencies and health insurance plans prefer to exercise some oversight of credentialed professionals and are reasonably reluctant to pay for those who are not credentialed. As changes continue to occur very quickly, it is a very important time to be generally educated in these areas. Over the past year, licensure efforts have been fast paced, Autism Speaks has been extremely active in getting insurance laws passed in the US, and the international certification program of behavior analysis by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. (BACB) in conjunction with laws and regulations recognizing this credential has served a role in many licensure and insurance coverage efforts. The symposia presented today will cover all of these areas and then additionally provide graduate and recent graduate student perspectives on these issues.

Keyword(s): Insurance Law, legislation, licensure, public policy
 
What is Professional Certification?
MELISSA NOSIK (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Professional certification and licensure are similar means of credentialing professionals but there are also important differences to how they are established and managed. This presentation will describe the role of professional certification by private organizations within a discipline. Whereas state and national governments regulate many disciplines through systems such as licensure, which is written into statute, professional certification programs are typically operated by the discipline itself and are generally voluntary. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) currently operates the professional certification program for applied behavior analysis. The BACB’s certification programs are accredited by the National Commission for Certifying Agencies (NCCA), an organization that establishes best practices and legally defensible standards for organizations that issue professional credentials. We will provide descriptions in this presentation of the core mechanics of the BACB’s certification programs, how standards are generally developed in adherence with NCCA standards, and the current role of the BACB’s credentials and standards in existing US licensure laws.
 

Public Policies on the Practice of ABA: Status and Implications

CHARNA MINTZ (Imagine)
Abstract:

Public policies affecting the practice of applied behavior analysis (ABA) are proliferating rapidly. They include but are not limited to: laws to license or otherwise regulate practitioners of ABA; other laws and regulations recognizing credentialed behavior analysts as qualified service providers; laws requiring certain private health plans to cover ABA services for people with autism; and policies governing coverage of ABA services by public health plans (Medicaid, TRICARE). The Association of Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA) has worked (and is currently working) with policymakers, regulators, behavior analysts, and consumers on many of those policies. An overview of current laws, regulations, and policies is provided, and their impact on current and future ABA practitioners and the field as a whole is discussed. Some emerging trends in the types of policies being adopted as well as successful and unsuccessful advocacy tactics are described. Finally, some suggestions for training behavior analysts to work in the public policy arena are offered.

 
Public Policies on the Coverage of ABA: Status and Implications
LORRI SHEALY UNUMB (Autism Speaks)
Abstract: In 2004, the New York Times wrote that “no disability claims more parental time and energy than autism.” Families dealing with autism face many hardships, not the least of which is financial hardship. One reason for the financial hardship is the failure of the health insurance industry to cover treatments for, and sometimes even diagnosis of, autism. As recently as the turn of the millennium, it was widely accepted that health insurance did not cover even the standard treatments for autism. Since 2007, there has been a fast-moving national movement toward autism insurance reform. More than 35 states have now enacted legislation requiring insurers to cover autism interventions, including ABA. In this session, we will examine the language of the new autism insurance laws, including a comparison of their key terms and features. We will learn about the different types of public and private health insurance plans, with a particular emphasis on recent activity in Medicaid policies. We will address the interrelationship between autism insurance laws and provider credentials and qualifications. Finally, we will discuss potential pitfalls that consumers may face when attempting to utilize benefits.
 

An Introduction to Certification, Licensure, and Autism Insurance Law for Graduate Students and New Professionals

LEA JUNE (Brohavior), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Brohavior)
Abstract:

Established disciplines show stability in training programs, number of licensed or certified professionals, and changes to professional standards are often minimal. Contrary to this, behavior analysis is in an era of substantial growth, evidenced by changes in several areas: new training programs around the world, new legislation for licensing behavior analysts and in autism insurance laws in the US, and changes in standards at the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Consequently, it becomes important for professionals in the field, including graduate students, to be proactive with respect to these changes. First, staying current with respect to BACB standard changes and state specific licensure and insurance billing within the US. Secondly, involvement and support of these efforts with the guidance of local leaders on the matter, if there are no local leaders, becoming a leader with the guidance and support of our national professional organizations. In this presentation we will describe suggestions for (a) educational institutions to incorporate this information into curriculum (while maintaining BACB curriculum requirements) and (b) new graduates and professionals to find information on these topics as they pursue their behavior analysis careers in different parts of the world and country.

 
 
Symposium #146
CE Offered: BACB
Bring Out the Big Guns: Influencing Large-Scale Change with Behavior Science
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
007C (CC)
Area: TPC/CSE; Domain: Theory
Chair: Tara M. Grant (Saint Louis University)
Discussant: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute)
CE Instructor: Tara M. Grant, M.S.
Abstract:

Global threatening events, including overconsumption of material goods, toxic human societies, and modern warfare are seemingly amenable to systematic change through a behavior analytical approach. An analysis of the systems within which large-scale cultural phenomena are selected for perpetuation is an alluring area of research for behavior analysts. This symposium will detail the conceptual underpinnings of an effective science of intentional cultural change. A historical summary and interpretation of large-scale implementation of behavior analysis will be provided for consideration and resources for further pursuit of knowledge will be provided. Researchers will present descriptive analyses of metacontingencies influencing the aggregate products of rates of safe driving and child welfare outcomes in Brazil. The challenges behavior analysts face when developing valid approaches to the experimental analysis of cultural change will be outlined and recommendations for future explorations will be presented.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): large-scale change, metacontingency, selecting systems, social policy
Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, practitioners, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: Forthcoming
 

A Brief History of Large-Scale Behavior Analysis

RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Brohavior), Lea June (Brohavior)
Abstract:

Students of behavior analysis contact few opportunities to acquire knowledge surrounding the history of the field of large-scale behavior analysis. This gap in the students repertoire may be the result of few standards in place within the overarching teaching institutions and certification systems that target this particular skill set. As a result, students of behavior analysis are often left on their own to not only learn the history of the field of large-scale behavior analysis, but to also identify available resources. We have found that individuals who successfully contact this information come to find the value in historical knowledge of such behavioral approaches to examining large-scale behavioral phenomena. The aim of this presentation is to provide a quick review of the history and resources available to the behavioral neophytes who are interested in learning more about the history of large-scale behavior analysis.

 
Break it Down, Splice it, Dice it, and Then Zoom Out.
TARA M. GRANT (Brohavior), Dominique Stedham (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: As cultural practices of multiple individuals have outcomes of their own, a behavioral account of culture cannot be conducted by examining the behavior of individuals (i.e., aggregate products; Glenn, 1988, Malott et al., 2006). In order to resolve this issue, the concept of metacontingency has been submitted as a unit of analysis of cultural selection. A metacontingency is comprised of aggregate products that are the observable events resulting from interlocking behavior of two or more individuals. With metacontingencies as the unit of analysis aggregate products tend to be measured as the dependent variable in most empirical investigations of cultural pheonmena; as such, aggregate products remain the focus of cultural interventions. We propose that an effective analysis of behavior on a cultural-level includes deliberate delineations between individual and group behavior. We will discuss the implications of a reductionist approach to analyzing the interlocking behaviors among individual organisms, by emphasizing the integral role selecting systems play in a cultural analysis. We submit a description of methodology that adheres to a conceptually systematic analysis of cultural behavior.
 
A Cultural Behavior Analysis of Social Policy Change
ROBERTA LEMOS (Universidade de Brasilia), Joao Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia)
Abstract: The behavior analysis of cultural practices using field observations is a potential method to describe the people's behaviors in groups. Metacontingencies (i.e., interlocking behavioral contingencies leading to aggregate products selected by cultural environment consequences) and macrobehaviors (i.e., multiple independent behavioral contingencies producing a cumulative social effect) can be observed in a large set of data from public organizations involved in the public policy making process. This study discusses two settings that do not require manipulated
experimentation where such metacontingencies and macrobehaviors are observed: (1) the legal setting under which formal control is established and (2) the public arena under which natural experiments occurs. First, we present an analysis of legal texts designed to protect children and adolescents in Brazil and official records of the judiciary system dealing with children and adolescents in Brasília, Brazil. Second, we explore examples such as the reconstitution of behavioral processes that changed the cultural practices of drivers and pedestrians in Brasília, Brazil and the Brazilian conditional cash transfer program called Bolsa Família. The study of public policy-making practices as a means to understand cultural practices is a promising area of behavioral research
 
Experimental Analyses of Behavioral Strategies to Influence the Adoption of Effective Social Policies
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute)
Abstract: Presently, gaps in a conceptually systematic methodology for an analysis of cultural, large-scale behavior may lead to substantial challenges to conducting empirically validated work focused on cultural change. Behavior analysts have identified what appear to be some fairly useful concepts supporting a functional contextual analysis of the actions of groups and organizations. These concepts also consider the behavior of individuals within the organizations of concern. However, very little empirical research has been forthcoming. This presentation will focus on the issues inherent to the present methodology and suggest a line of work involving the experimental analysis of strategies that increase the probability of effective social-policies being adopted and carried out in a systematic manner. Social policies that select aggregate products, such as increases in measures of wellbeing, for perpetuation seem pivotal to achieving the change in organizational practices that are needed to have significant impact on the wellbeing of entire populations.
 
 
Symposium #147
CE Offered: BACB
Preferences Across Species: Who Knew?
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
008B (CC)
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Terri M. Bright, Ph.D.
Abstract: Applied Animal Behavior Analysts avail themselves of the same science as other Behavior Analysts, and knowledge of a non-human animal’s potential and preferred stimuli is essential in changing their behavior. For captive animals, being able to interact with preferred stimuli can also keep them mentally healthy. The research presented here represents multiple species, from tortoises to snakes to domestic cats, and preferences are discovered through experimentation that could then be used as environmental enrichment, and/or as reinforcers. Operant thermoregulation with snakes will be discussed, as will the predictions of zoo staff of possible reinforcers for their charges, and research on cats who live in animal shelter offices will show whether they prefer scent enrichment, a conspecific, or a human lap.
Keyword(s): animal enrichment, animal preference
 
Operant Conditioning in Snakes: Temperature Change as a Reinforcer
CHRIS VARNON (Oklahoma State University), David Craig (Oklahoma State University), Aaron Place (Northwestern Oklahoma State University), Christopher Dinges (Oklahoma State University)
Abstract: Relatively little research has been conducted on snake learning with research on operant conditioning being particularly limited. This is unfortunate, as our understanding of learning would greatly benefit by studying species like snakes that are different than traditional pigeon and rat subjects from which much of our knowledge of learning was derived. A better understanding of snake learning would also benefit human-snake interactions in captivity and nature. This is particularly important considering the venomous defensive bite of many snake species. Our research leads us to suggest that operant thermoregulation may be a good paradigm for snake research and training. Snakes may not consistently respond for food or water. However, snakes and other ectotherms must constantly maintain body temperature by selecting appropriately cool or warm environments. In our method, a lever press or infrared beam break response of a warm snake is reinforced by a brief reduction of ambient temperature. The presentation will discuss our previous research with the rattlesnakes Crotalus atrox and C. horridus, the effectiveness of and alternatives to the operant thermoregulation procedure, types of responses in snakes, and the applicability of this procedure to other species.
 
Preference Assessments in the Zoo: Enrichment Efficacy, Keeper Validity, and Species Generality
LINDSAY MEHRKAM (University of Florida), Nicole R. Dorey (University of Florida)
Abstract: Environmental enrichment is widely used as a welfare strategy in captive animal management. However, it is debated as to whether an animal’s preference for an enrichment strategy is any indicator of its efficacy. In addition, few studies have evaluated effective environmental enrichment strategies for non-mammalian species. In Study 1, we compared the results of an observational evaluation of enrichment efficacy with the results of a paired-stimulus preference assessment for three Galapagos tortoises. Preference predicted efficacy for promoting species-typical behavior (1/3 subjects), activity levels (2/3 subjects), and enclosure use (2/3 subjects), but not conspecific interactions (0/3 subjects). The aim of Study 2 was to conduct preference assessments across six different species and to comparing the agreement from these results to zoo personnel predictions of animals’ enrichment preferences. Four out of six species demonstrated systematic preferences for a specific enrichment item. Overall, zoo personnel, regardless of experience level, were significantly more accurate at predicting less preferred enrichment items than highly preferred enrichment items and tended to make the same predictions for all individuals within a species. These results suggest that preference assessments may be a useful, efficient husbandry strategy for identifying viable enrichment items at both the individual and species levels.
 

When Cats Aren't Lions or Tigers: Enrichment of Cats Quarantined in an Animal Shelter

TERRI M. BRIGHT (Simmons College and Massachusetts Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals), Allison Thibeault (MSPCA/Angell Animal Medical Center)
Abstract:

Homeless cats living in an animal shelter have a predictable schedule of eating and interacting with conspecifics (if such a room and appropriate cats are available), as well as with staff, caretakers, and the public. At the MSPCA in Boston, the average stay for such a cat is 13 days. However, if a cat is brought to the Shelter with a wound of unknown origin, that cat must be quarantined for six months at the Shelter, per state rabies law, and may not be transferred. These cats are known, in Shelter parlance, as office cats, as they spend their quarantine period living in a staff office. One could argue that a process of enrichment, as is used in zoos for big felids, might be appropriate for an office cat. In this study, we looked at whether scent enrichment, such as is done for zoo cats, would elicit the same sort of behavior from office cats, that of sniffing and interacting with scent jars. We then compared this condition with the cats behavior when an office person and/or another cat were also present.

 
 
Symposium #148
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies to Teaching Children Diagnosed with Autism to Learn Various Skills and Reducing Competing Behaviours
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
217B (CC)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Natalie P. P. Croteau (Community & Child Resources)
Discussant: Francisco J. J. Barrera (Private Consultant Practice)
CE Instructor: Natalie P. P. Croteau, M.A.
Abstract: This symposium includes 2 single case studies conducted with children with autism. Skill acquisition is a focal point in working with children in an applied setting. In the 1st study the aim was to reduce vocal stereotypy that was interfering with skill acquisition. A RIRD procedure and a stimulus control procedure were combined to maximize treatment effects as demonstrated in previous literature. Of the 3 stereotypic behaviours exhibited by the learner, the procedure was implemented on the most frequently displayed stereotypic behaviour, in this case, vocal stereotypy. Results showed a reduction in all 3 types of stereotypy, even when not targeted directly. A parent training component was added to transfer the procedure to the home environment. In the 2nd study learners were taught to tie their shoes by replicating the methodology used in previous literature and adding a within stimulus prompt to focus the learners’ attention to the relevant stimulus. The treatment procedure included a total task presentation consisting of modeling and imitation, the use of within-stimulus prompts, and reinforcement of each successive step within the chain. In both studies the interventions resulted in behaviour change, maintenance and generalization of skills.
 
Multicomponent Procedure to Reduce Stereotypic Behaviours
NATALIE P. P. CROTEAU (Community & Child Resources)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with Autism enter intensive behavioural programs to learn skills that aim to increase the trajectory of learning. Given the importance of maximizing acquisition, behaviours that interfere with acquisition are challenging. One of the significant challenges for clinicians is addressing behaviours that interfere with acquisition, such as stereotypic behaviour. When a child is engaged in stereotypical behaviours they are less responsive and acquisition of new tasks is challenging. Skill acquisition is very important for children diagnosed with autism given that they have deficits in their development. The purpose of this study was to use stimulus control procedures and the response interruption and redirection (RIRD) techniques to reduce automatically reinforced stereotypical behaviours of a child diagnosed with Autism. It is an extension of prior empirical studies that successfully implemented discrimination training to reduce stereotypy. The clinical team assessed which form of stereotypy was highest and only implemented the multicomponent procedure when the learner exhibited vocal stereotypy. The vocal stereotypy consisted of any instance of non-contextual or nonfunctional speech, including repetitive grunts, unrelated words or phrases. Results showed lower levels of all forms of stereotypy and the procedure was generalized to the home environment.
 
Teaching shoe tying to child with autism
ERICA F. FRANCO (Adventure Place)
Abstract: In previous generations it was imperative that children learn to tie their shoes before kindergarten. Today there is a wide variation in shoe design (i.e., velcro shoes, zip up shoes, slip on shoes, flip flops), making mastering the skill of shoe tying at a young age less important. The authors aim to teach 2 learners diagnosed with autism to tie their shoelaces. Methodologies taken from an earlier study (Matson, Taras, Sevin, Love & Fridley, 1990) with some adaptations included a total task presentation consisting of modeling and imitation and reinforcement of each successive step within the chain. A within-stimulus prompt was added to the procedure to bring attention to the relevant feature of the stimulus necessary to acquire the task. This prompt was also added to enable a least intrusive methodology. Both children learned to tie their shoes and generalized to various shoe types and demonstrated maintenance of this skill at a 3 month follow up.
 
 
Symposium #149
Treating Problematic Characteristics of Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Grand Ballroom C2 (CC)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Aaron D. Lesser (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract:

Individuals with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder exhibit characteristics that may interfere with learning opportunities, prohibit skill acquisition, and affect daily sleep. This symposium includes a project designed to compare the independent and additive effects of faded bedtime with response and melatonin on delayed sleep onset (Lesser, Luczynski, Loughrey, Rodriguez, and Fisher). The obtained results suggest that melatonin is an effective treatment for delayed sleep onset. Kidder and Sassi conducted a study to determine whether lag schedules of reinforcement and teaching procedures are necessary to promote response variability. The data indicate that both lag schedules and teaching procedures are necessary to achieve response variability. Zabala, Fernand, and Vollmer evaluated procedures to assess problem behavior when interrupting ritualistic behavior. Implications for progressing through the assessment as well as what conditions should be included in the analysis are discussed. Faulty stimulus control may occur when teaching occurs in the context of irrelevant stimuli. Mitteer, Luczynski, and Kronfli evaluated the effects of background stimuli on the acquisition and generalization of tacts. The results of the study have implications for teaching tact relations which is an early-learner skill.

Keyword(s): lag schedules, routines, sleep onset, tacts
 
The Independent and Combined Effects of Faded Bedtime with Response Cost and Melatonin on Sleep Onset Latency for Children with Autism: A Preliminary Analysis
AARON D. LESSER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tara Olivia Loughrey (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Sleep disturbance affects up to 68% of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (Richdale & Schreck, 2009). Of these children that exhibit sleep disturbance, 51% are referred for treatment of delayed sleep onset (Krakowiak, Goodlin-Jones, Hertz-Picciotto, Croen, & Hansen, 2008). We compared the independent and additive effects of faded bedtime with response cost (FBRC) and melatonin on delayed sleep onset for four children (37-55 months) with autism; children were randomized in dyads to receive either FBRC or melatonin as the first treatment. To date, four children participated for whom delayed sleep onset was the primary sleep disturbance. We scored each night using momentary time-sampling 10 min to measure the children’s sleep disturbance. All data were obtained from the children’s homes and transferred via a secure internet connection, and all procedures were implemented by the caregivers. We observed moderate (mean 25 min) to large (mean 56 min) decreases in sleep onset latency for three children with melatonin. By contrast, FBRC did not decrease sleep latency for two children and, when FBRC was introduced for a third child following melatonin, an additive effect of FBRC was not observed. These preliminary results suggest that melatonin is an effective treatment for delayed sleep onset.
 

Establishing Response Diversity in Leisure and Daily Routines in Individuals with Autism

AIMEE KIDDER (New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

One of the defining characteristics of autism spectrum disorders is difficulty tolerating variations in established routines (Hertzig & Shapiro, 1990). This study evaluates the use of lag reinforcement schedules and training procedures to promote response variability in two adolescent males diagnosed with autism. During baseline, reinforcement was delivered contingent on trial completion, regardless of response topography (variability). During lag reinforcement sessions, reinforcement was delivered contingent on the task arrangement differing from that of the previous trial. Investigators used a multiple baseline across responses with reversal design to assess the effects of treatment and possible generalization across responses. Data show that response topography was invariant during all baseline sessions. Introduction of the lag schedule alone was ineffective in promoting variability until a training procedure that consisted of pre-session forced exposure (physical guidance to complete varied topographies of the target response) or within-session physical prompts were introduced in conjunction with the intervention. To date, the lag schedule with training has resulted in increased variability for the three targeted responses and generalization to four alternate tasks has been noted across the two participants; topographies of three other responses are unchanged. Interobserver agreement data have been collected for 36.9% of sessions and equal 100%.

 

Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior Maintained by Access to Routines

Jonathan K Fernand (University of Florida), KARLA ZABALA (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

One of the defining characteristics of an autism diagnosis is behavior that is inflexible, repetitive, and described often as resistant to change. Recent research has demonstrated the flexibility in altering standard functional analysis conditions to identify functions of behavior that occur under idiosyncratic antecedent and consequent relations. Further, current empirical data support these stereotypic topographies are often maintained by some source of automatic reinforcement. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate procedures to assess problem behavior when interrupting the ritualistic behavior displayed by three children with autism. All participants engaged in repetitive item manipulation as well as aggression when routines were interrupted. Functional analysis conditions were similar to those arranged in previous publications (e.g., Rispoli et al., 2014) and clear outcomes were obtained for all participants. Future functional analysis developments with regard to routine-oriented behaviors are discussed. Specifically, how to progress through the assessment as well as what conditions to be included in the analysis are discussed in relation to the purpose of the assessment to be conducted.

 
 
Symposium #150
Evaluating the Use of Auditory Feedback to Enhance Athletic Performance
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Texas Ballroom Salon C (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This symposium has three papers discussing research evaluating the use of immediate auditory feedback (sometimes referred to as TAGteach) for enhancing athletic performance across three sports. The auditory feedback (AF) in these studies is delivered with a clicker much like the ones used in animal training. The first paper evaluated AF delivered by peers in a multiple baseline across dance movements to enhance dance performance among teenage dancers. The second study used a multiple baseline across participants to evaluate AF for enhancing performance of individuals performing Judo moves. The third paper used a multiple baseline across yoga postures to evaluate AF to increase proficiency in yoga poses. In each study, the target behaviors improved with the introduction of the AF intervention. John Stokes, who has used AF to enhance the effectiveness of pass-blocking skills among high school football players, will be the discussant and will comment on each of the papers.

Keyword(s): auditory feedback, feedback, sports
 
Evaluating the Use of Auditory Feedback to Enhance Dance Movements
MALLORY J. QUINN (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Takema James (University of South Florida), Aracely Abreu (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This study evaluated the use of auditory feedback (AF) to enhance dance performance by 13 to 16 year old girls attending dance classes. The girls were put into pairs and each girl was taught to provide AF to enhance dance movements of her partner. The effectiveness of peer-implemented AF was evaluated in a multiple baseline across behaviors design. The results showed that the dance movements improved each time a peer implemented AF for that movement.
 

Evaluating Auditory Feedback for Teaching Yoga Postures to Novice Yoga Practitioners

Jessica Andrews (University of South Florida), RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study utilized a new teaching technology, TAGteach, to aide in skill acquisition of novice yoga practitioners. The current study focused on teaching three beginner asanas (poses). The intervention included breaking down the asanas into task analysis steps and using a clicker as auditory feedback for each correctly completed step. The intervention, evaluated in a multiple baseline across behaviors design, increased the percentage of correctly performed steps for all three poses.

 
Using Auditory Feedback to Improve the Performance of Judo Moves
TAYLOR FERGUSON (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This study evaluated the effectiveness of auditory feedback for improving a judo technique. One set of techniques taught in judo are standing throws, which require a partner to receive the technique (uke.) These throws require specific skills to successfully implement the technique. Auditory feedback was evaluated within a multiple baseline across participants design to increase skills for one specific standing throw, ippon seoi nage (one armed shoulder throw.) The skills were scored on a seven item checklist. All participants improved their performance on ippon seoi nage at a quicker pace than what was observed during baseline.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #151
CE Offered: BACB

The Dynamic Planetary Context for Behavior Analysis

Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Lila Cockrell Theatre (CC)
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Angela Sanguinetti, Ph.D.
Chair: Angela Sanguinetti (University of California, Irvine)
ROBERT GILMAN (Context Institute)
Robert C. Gilman, Ph.D., is a renowned theoretician on the topic of sustainability. His early career was devoted to the physical sciences. He received his bachelor's degree in astronomy from the University of California at Berkeley in 1967 and his Ph.D. in astrophysics from Princeton University in 1969. He taught and did research at the University of Minnesota, the Harvard Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, and served as a research associate at NASA's Institute for Space Studies. In the 1970s, Dr. Gilman changed his focus when he decided that "the stars could wait, but the planet couldn't." His on-the-ground sustainability efforts have included co-founding the Global Ecovillage Network, developing the Context Institute, serving as city councilman in Langley, WA, and working with the American Institute of Architects on issues regarding sustainability and the built environment. Dr. Gilman is currently immersed in applying the breadth of his knowledge to creating a core curriculum for 21st Century change agents.
Abstract:

Where is the momentum of history taking us? What can demographic, economic, technological, environmental, and cultural trends tell us about our possible futures? What role might the science and practice of behavior analysis play in shaping that future? In this talk, Dr. Robert Gilman will address these questions from his perspective as a former astrophysicist who has spent the past 36 years exploring the possibilities for 21st century sustainable cultures. Central to this perspective is the idea that humanity is now involved in a cultural transformation as profound as the shift out of hunting and gathering and into agriculture and cities that happened roughly 5,000-10,000 years ago. The gracefulness of this transition depends on human behavior. Behavior analysts are uniquely equipped to steer global culture toward a future that is necessarily characterized by sustainability if they situate their science and practice in the context of a whole-systems understanding of our rapidly changing societal and natural environment. This talk is designed to provide that broad context, outlining important characteristics of a more sustainable future that can be promoted by all behavior analysts, regardless of whether their work explicitly focuses on issues of sustainability.

Keyword(s): cultural history, sustainability, systems theory
 
 
Invited Tutorial #152
CE Offered: PSY
Discounting of Delayed and Probabilistic Gains and Losses: Carving Discounting at its Joints
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
006AB (CC)
Area: EAB/SCI; Domain: Basic Research
PSY CE Offered. CE Instructor: Leonard Green, Ph.D.
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
Presenting Authors: : LEONARD GREEN (Washington University), Joel Myerson (Washington University)
Abstract:

People discount the value of delayed or uncertain outcomes, and the same hyperboloid mathematical function describes both delay and probability discounting. Partly for this reason, discounting of delayed outcomes and probabilistic outcomes often is assumed to reflect similar decision-making processes. However, we will show that several manipulations differentially affect how steeply people discount delayed and probabilistic outcomes, as well as the parameters of the discounting function. In addition, we will show that with respect to discounting, losses are not simply the opposite of gains. Finally, we will present data from individuals with medial temporal lobe damage to argue that mental time travel is not required for discounting delayed and probabilistic outcomes. In summary, this tutorial will highlight the similarities and differences between the discounting of delayed and probabilistic gains and losses, as well as the implications of our recent neuropsychological findings for understanding the mechanisms involved (and not involved) in discounting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

General ABAI attendees, both applied and basic researchers and graduate students

Learning Objectives:
  1. Participants will be able to describe and provide examples of the discounting of delayed and of probabilistic rewards, and state a similarity and a difference in their discounting.
  2. Participants will be able to describe the discounting of gains and losses, and state a similarity and a difference in their discounting.
  3. Participants will be able to discuss the relation of discounting to issues of impulsivity and self-control.
 
LEONARD GREEN (Washington University), Joel Myerson (Washington University)
Leonard Green received his undergraduate degree from the City College of New York (CCNY) and his Ph.D. from the State University of New York at Stony Brook. After completing post-doctoral research, he ventured west of the Mississippi (despite thinking he still was east of the river) where he is a professor of psychology at Washington University in St. Louis and director of undergraduate studies. His research concerns choice and decision-making in rats, pigeons, and people, with a particular interest in models of self-control, impulsivity, choice and decision-making. He is one of the developers of "behavioral economics," a transdisciplinary field that combines the experimental methodology of psychology with the theoretical constructs of economics. He is co-author of the book Economic Choice Theory: An Experimental Analysis of Animal Behavior, served as editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, is on the Advisory Board of The Psychological Record, and on the Editorial Board of the Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Learning & Cognition. He served on the Executive Board of Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior and was president and chairman of the board of Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Dr. Green is a Fellow of ABAI and Association for Psychological Science, and president-elect of Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of APA.
Keyword(s): Delay discounting, Gains-Losses, Mental time, Probability discounting
 
 
Panel #152a
CE Offered: BACB
Successes and Challenges in Providing Applied Behavior Analytical Services in Kenya as the First Board Certified Behavior Analyst
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
209 (CC)
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Pooja Panesar, M.Ed.
Chair: Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Consultants)
JACQUELINE KINYUA (Kaizora Consultants)
MOLLY OLA (Global Autism Project)
MARY E. BRADY (University of Massachusetts Boston)
Abstract:

Kenya is a developing country located in Africa where Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) is a concept that is just about budding. Through collaborations with the Global Autism Project and University of Massachusetts, Pooja Panesar just received her qualification from the Behaviour Analyst Certification Board (BACB) this year. She has been running a centre for students with autism and other developmental disorders since 2009 and this panel's purpose is to discuss all the challenges faced in Kenya along with the progress that has been made since 2009. As a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst (BCBA) providing ABA services in Kenya, many challenges arise such as grey areas in ethics, staff hiring and training challenges and even just Individual Education Plan (IEP) approvals from parents with children who are mainly cared for by ayahs. Mainstream education in Kenya is a business in competition that does not always accept students with disabilities (especially severe), but Kaizora Consultants has managed forming a collaboration with a mainstream school to encourage integration. Join us in a discussion on some of these successes and challenges in providing ABA services as a BCBA in Kenya.

Keyword(s): autism, Kenya
 
 
Panel #153
PDS EVENT: Advice From the Recently Hired in Academia
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
211 (CC)
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ryan C. Speelman (Southern Illinois University)
AMY K. LOUKUS (Oregon Institute of Technology)
ALBERT MALKIN (McMaster University)
JEN PORTER (George Brown College)
Abstract:

Entering the professional world of academia will be the biggest career challenge to date for newly christened PhD s and individuals seeking careers at colleges and universities. The application and interview process may be challenging as job descriptions and expectations may vary widely between departments and universities. This professional development series event will provide a broad sense of how to gain a faculty position and what is expected once that goal is achieved. The format will consist of a discussion on a variety of questions posed to the panel by the chair followed by a question and answer sessions with the audience. Topics will include the application and interview process, networking, job descriptions/expectations, challenges facing the newly hired in academia, teaching, teaching strategies, research, service, time allocation, and differences between assistant/adjunct faculty and tenure track positions. The goal of this event will be to prepare individuals entering the world of professional academia with the information they need to be successful.

 
 
Symposium #154
CE Offered: BACB
Experimental Analysis of Organizational Strategies to Improve Service Delivery
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
202AB (CC)
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Allison Serra Tetreault (Community Living Opportunities )
CE Instructor: Allison Serra Tetreault, Ph.D.
Abstract: Human services organizations are tasked with the job of continually providing high-quality services while decreasing costs and professional time invested in providing those services. The talks presented here analyze three different approaches for addressing these concerns. Our first speaker will discuss an analysis of best-practice data collection techniques for accurately representing the occurrence of behavior. This talk will be followed by an assessment of the effects of an electronic data collection system for increasing graphing by clinicians. Timeliness and cost-savings will also be discussed. The symposium will conclude with talk that describes a large-scale, performance-based bonus system for increasing the completion of job duties by management staff at three levels of service delivery for adults with I/DD. Effects on job satisfaction and on staff retention will be discussed.
Keyword(s): data collection, electronic graphing, organizational behavior, performance management
 
Comparison of Discontinuous Time Sampling Methods in Residential Services for Students with Autism
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children), Ashleigh Gilman (The New England Center for Children), Megan Lindsey (The New England Center for Children), Leslie Quiroz (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Time sampling procedures are often necessary for measuring behavior in applied settings. This study aimed to determine the relative accuracy of a variety of sampling procedures. Six student records of stereotypic and self-injurious behavior were collected and continuous measures were calculated. Then momentary time sampling (MTS) and partial interval recording (PIR) using intervals of 20 s , 5 min, 10 min, 15 min, and 30 min. Seven hours of video recording were collected for each student record analyzed. These videos were collected at the same hour during a regularly scheduled school day. The percentage of occurrences using each time sampling method was compared to the true level of occurrence. Percentage error for each interval size was also calculated. Results indicated that for some records all sampled intervals produced relatively accurate records. However, the smallest interval size, 20 s was the most accurate while MTS was generally more accurate than PIR. Interobserver agreement was collected across at least 33% of video samples across all participants and was above 87% for all samples.
 
The Effects of Electronic Data Collection on Accuracy and Completeness of Clinician Graphs and Organizational Return on Investment
JOSHUA SLEEPER (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Jonathan Mueller (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health - Monterey Bay), Daniela Fazzio (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Paige Raetz (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Behavior analysts rely on frequent access to graphed data to facilitate data-based clinical decision making and enhance their programming. Several electronic data collection products have been created and marketed in the last several years. These products suggest that electronic data collection and analysis (e.g., graphing, comparison of performance to criterion) offer several advantages to manual data collection (i.e., paper and pencil) and analysis (e.g., entry into a spreadsheet and manual creation and updating of graphs). To date, there are few systematic evaluations of the impact of electronic data collection and analysis tools on the everyday efforts of practicing clinicians. Thus, potential product consumers do not have a clear idea of the potential return on the investment (ROI) of purchasing and implementing an electronic data collection tool. We evaluated the effects of the Catalyst data collection system on Clinician time and graph accuracy and completeness with three Clinicians employed in a large human services agency serving individuals with autism and/or developmental delays. For each clinician, a multiple baseline design across consumers was employed. Two of the three clinicians also had a constant series control consumer for each implementation (i.e., a dyad with one consumer who received Catalyst and one who never did). During baseline, graphs were seldom completely accurate and updated as of the designated time for the supervisor to examine the file. When Catalyst was implemented for a consumer, the accuracy metric increased to 100% at all checks for all consumers without any corresponding increase in clinician hours. No changes were observed for any consumers with whom Catalyst was not used (i.e., constant series control) (see sample graph for one Clinician below). A comprehensive index of return on investment was calculated using various costs of implementation (e.g., equipment, estimated license per consumer, time for creating the individual Catalyst user accounts and programs) and observed and estimated savings (e.g., clinician and administrative time, increased frequency of clinical decision-making). These results are discussed in terms of strategies for systematically evaluating the costs and benefits of organizational efforts to use technology to enhance staff performance in human service settings.
 
A Performance-Based Bonus System for Increasing Completion of Essential Job Duties
Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), ALLISON SERRA TETREAULT (Community Living Opportunities), Michael Strouse (Community Living Opportunities), Yolanda Hargett (Community Living Opportunities), Kristen Carrigan (Community Living Opportunities), Jamie Price (Community Living Opportunities)
Abstract: Community-based, residential services for adults with I/DD often require staff to perform a wide range of essential job duties including meeting basic safety requirements (e.g., acceptable water temperatures), completing staff training, and developing behavior and skill acquisition plans. Ensuring staff complete these job duties may lead to better services as well as improved quality-of-life and satisfaction outcomes for consumers. Even when organizations adopt an evidence-based training model, staff may not complete essential job duties in a timely manner or at all. Thus, the purpose of this study was to identify a post-training performance management procedure to address this issue. This study used a multiple baseline design to evaluate the effects of a monthly financial incentive (monetary bonus) contingent on staff completion of three sets of job duties. The percentage of essential job duties increased only when the contingent monetary bonus was available for the first two sets of job duties. Baseline data continue to be collected on the third set of duties. An archival analysis of permanent product information regarding staff turnover rates and staff satisfaction for the bonus program will also be reported.
 
 
Symposium #155
CE Offered: BACB
Functional Behavior Assessment for Behavior Analysts in Practice: From Current Practices to Best Practices
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
213AB (CC)
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leigh Pratt (University of the Pacific)
CE Instructor: Henry S. Roane, Ph.D.
Abstract: The term functional behavior assessment (FBA) refers to a range of strategies used to identify environmental variables that are functionally related to a behavior of interest. The FBA methods used in practice can vary considerably; however, the research literature suggests that the various assessment strategies are not all equally effective in terms of identifying functional relations. The extant literature has identified many procedures to assess and treat problem behavior, and a number of reviews have identified certain behavioral assessments and interventions as evidence-based practices (EBPs). Although functional (experimental) analyses are often considered the gold standard FBA method, they are not always used. One reason functional analyses might be underused is the perceived inefficiency of conducting such analyses. To date, the comparative efficiency and control of different functional analysis formats has not yet been determined. To address these various issues, the papers in this symposium will present data concerning (1) the current use of various FBA methods by behavior analysts in practice, (2) the current use of evidence-based practices, in terms of both assessment and intervention procedures, by behavior analysts in practice, and (3) the identification and empirical assessment of efficient functional analysis procedures.
Keyword(s): evidence-based practice, functional analysis, functional assessment, problem behavior
 
A Survey of Functional Behavior Assessment Methods Used by Behavior Analysts in Practice
ANTHONY OLIVER (University of the Pacific), Leigh Pratt (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: The term functional behavior assessment (FBA) refers to a range of strategies used to identify environmental variables that are functionally related to a behavior of interest. The FBA methods used in practice can vary considerably; however, the research literature suggests that the various assessment strategies are not all equally effective in terms of identifying functional relations. To get information about the FBA methods used by behavior analysts in practice, we sent a web-based survey to 12,431 behavior analysts certified by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Ultimately, 682 practitioner surveys were completed, with the results suggesting that most respondents regularly use FBA methods, especially descriptive assessments. Less than half of the respondents reported using functional analyses, although many considered descriptive assessments and functional analyses to be the most useful FBA methods. Still, most respondents reported using informant and descriptive assessments more frequently than functional analyses, and a majority of respondents indicated that they “Never” or “Almost Never” used functional analyses to determine the function of behavior. This might be cause for concern, given the research demonstrating the unreliability of informant FBA methods and the lack of correspondence between informant and descriptive assessments and the outcomes of functional analyses.
 

Examination of Assessment and Treatment Practices Among Behavior Analysts in Residential Placements

MICHAEL PATRICK MULLANE (Syracuse University), Henry S. Roane (State University of New York Upstate Medical University), Nicole DeRosa (State University of New York Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

For many individuals with intellectual disabilities, severe problem behavior represents the most significant barrier to community integration. The extant literature has identified many procedures to assess and treat such problem behavior, and a number of reviews have certain behavioral interventions as evidence-based practices (EBPs). In the present study, we sought to determine the extent to which EBPs are employed among a sample of residential placements. The functional behavior assessments (FBAs) and behavior intervention plans (BIPs) were sampled for 20 adults with intellectual disabilities and problem behavior (e.g. self-injury, aggression) from six residential settings across three states. All FBAs and BIPs were reviewed to determine: (a) the procedures employed during the FBA process, (b) the extent to which treatment recommendations were based on the results of the FBA, (c) the type of data collection conducted for ongoing program evaluation, and (d) the types of treatment recommendations that were made. Regarding the latter category, we then examined the extent to which the treatment recommendations included those procedures that have been identified as EBPs. Results will be discussed in terms of the links between research and practice for developing BIPs in residential placements, as well as suggestions for future research.

 
Defining and Improving the Efficiency of and Control in a Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior
JOSHUA JESSEL (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (Western New England University)
Abstract: The speed with which a functional analysis provides a convincing and controlled demonstration of the variables influencing problem behavior may be termed efficiency. Despite its important practical implications, the comparative efficiency and control of different functional analysis formats has not yet been determined. Through a combination of empirical analysis and literature review, we attempt to illustrate a most efficient process for conducting functional analyses of problem behavior. In Study 1, we described 16 applications of the interview-informed, synthesized-contingency analyses (process described by Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014), the first sessions of which were reanalyzed in Study 2 to determine the extent to which a functional analysis may require as little as 5 min. Via a review of all published functional analyses, the relative efficiency and control of the various formats was determined in Study 3. In addition, the procedural commitments to the Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) were assessed and reconsidered in the context of the efficiency and control of an analysis.
 
 
Panel #156
CE Offered: BACB
Training Registered Behavior Technicians: Considerations for Curriculum, Competence and Collaboration
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
205 (CC)
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: John D. Molteni, Ph.D.
Chair: Nicole C Groskreutz (University of Saint Joseph)
JOHN D. MOLTENI (University of Saint Joseph)
LAURA B. TURNER (University of Saint Joseph)
ANDREA B. COURTEMANCHE (University of Saint Joseph)
Abstract:

The initiation of the Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) credential by the BACB has provided an important framework for the training of front line staff that provide behavior analytic services. The framework lists the competencies that must be mastered before one can become an RBT. The development of a competency-based curriculum (e.g., task analysis) and implementing training methods consistent with behavior analytic principles (e.g., Behavioral Skills Training) are skills that should be a skillset that most behavior analysts possess. What can vary between programs is the means by which the curriculum is delivered (e.g., in-vivo or online), how skills are taught (e.g., didactic or role-play) and the way skills should be performed (i.e., necessary components for a demonstrated skills). This presentation will review the experiences of early implementation of an RBT curriculum including a review of data from initial cohorts. Considerations of providing RBT training in predominantly non-behavioral settings or where ABA is a smaller part of a larger system (e.g., public school and University lab school), evaluation of competency and efforts to include other certified professionals within those settings will be reviewed.

Keyword(s): RBT Programs, RBT Training, Staff training
 
 
Invited Tutorial #157
CE Offered: BACB
B. F. Skinner's Analysis of Language: Misconceptions and Misunderstandings
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Grand Ballroom C3 (CC)
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Barbara E. Esch, Ph.D.
Chair: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Presenting Authors: : MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

Some have suggested that the definition of verbal behavior offered by B. F. Skinner (1957) fails to capture the essence of language insofar as it is too broad and not functional. In this tutorial, Dr. Matthew Normand will explain how the ambiguities of Skinner's definition are not an indictment of it, and show that suggestions to the contrary are problematic because they suffer a critical error of scientific reasoning. Specifically, he will explain that (a) no clear definition of verbal behavior is possible because there is no natural distinction between verbal and nonverbal behavior; (b) attempts at an immutable definition are essentialistic; and (c) Skinner's functional taxonomy of language is in no way affected by the particulars of any definition of verbal behavior. Moreover, Dr. Normand will explain how categorical definitions, and the vagaries that sometimes arise from them, are not unique to Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs

Learning Objectives:
  1. State the two primary arguments used to question the validity of Skinner’s definition of verbal behavior.
  2. State the two ways that the term “function” is used by behavior analysts and describe how Skinner’s taxonomy of verbal operants addresses both uses.
  3. Describe the shortcomings of the argument that Skinner’s definition of verbal behavior is not functional. Use the concept of essentialism in your answer.
 
MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific)
Dr. Matthew Normand received his B.A. in psychology from Western New England College, his M.A. in behavior analysis from Western Michigan University, and his M.S. and Ph.D. in cognitive and behavioral sciences from Florida State University. He is an associate professor of psychology at the University of the Pacific and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). At Pacific, his primary responsibilities are teaching courses in the experimental analysis of behavior, basic and applied, and supervising behavior analysis research and practicum work. Dr. Normand's primary scientific interests, broadly defined, are the application of basic behavioral principles to problems of social significance (including obesity and community health issues), verbal behavior, and the philosophy of science. He has authored more than three-dozen scientific papers and book chapters and more than 100 conference presentations. He is the current editor of The Behavior Analyst, an associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, a former associate editor for the journals The Behavior Analyst, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and Behavior Analysis in Practice, and he serves on the editorial board of Behavioral Interventions. Dr. Normand is the 2011 recipient of the B. F. Skinner New Researcher Award from the American Psychological Association (Div. 25).
Keyword(s): language taxonomy, Skinner's analysis, VB definition
 
 
Symposium #158
Recent Advances in the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Automatic Feinforcement
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom C1 (CC)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
Abstract: Many operant responses persist in the absence of social reinforcement. These responses are hypothesized to produce reinforcement automatically as a direct consequence of the response. For example, scratching an itch may temporarily produce relief from the aversive sensory stimulation produced by the itch, and thus scratching would produce automatic negative reinforcement. In this symposium, we will present a series of empirical investigations examining assessments and treatments for problem behavior hypothesized to be maintained by automatic reinforcement. The paper by Haddock and Iwata examines ways of predicting the effectiveness of treatments for automatically-reinforced problem behavior based on the results of a functional analysis. Lichtblau and colleagues conducted functional analyses and treatment evaluations to evaluate the relative contributions of competing items and response blocking in the treatment of automatically reinforced pica. The paper by Wunderlich and colleagues examined the stability of automatically-reinforced problem behavior over time and the treatment implications of their findings. Finally, Pizarro et al. analyzed the relative contributions of medical interventions (e.g., gastric tube placement) and behavioral intervention (e.g., fading and reinforcement) in the successful treatment of emesis and rumination. The overall theme and implications of these for empirical studies will be discussed and summarized by Dr. Brian Iwata.
Keyword(s): Automatic Reinforcement, Functional Analysis, Problem Behavior, Treatment
 
Functional Analysis Response Patterns as a Predictor of Treatment Effects for Stereotypy
JENNIFER N. HADDOCK (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
Abstract: Problem behavior maintained by social reinforcement typically occurs at low rates during functional analysis (FA) control conditions. By contrast, control-condition responding is unpredictable when behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement. Nevertheless, these patterns might suggest which types of interventions would be more or less effective. In Study 1, we examined published data sets to determine whether patterns of responding during FAs of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement were predictive of treatment outcomes. In Study 2, we conducted FAs and a progressive series of treatments for motor stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement exhibited by individuals with intellectual disabilities to clarify the results of Study 1. As seen in Figure 1(an example), high rates of stereotypy and low rates of toy play in the play (control) condition predicted the ineffectiveness of NCR (free access to toys) as an intervention. Results such as these suggest that control-condition responding during FAs of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement may have prescriptive value.
 
Treatment of Automatically Maintained Pica Using a Combined Intervention Approach
KATIE LICHTBLAU (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valdeep Saini (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ashley Niebauer (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: The current set of evaluations sought to replicate previous research (Piazza et al., 1998) on the importance of (a) using a functional analysis to identify the variables maintaining pica, (b) conducting a competing-stimulus assessment to identify items that compete with automatically maintained pica, and (c) providing noncontingent access to competing stimuli during treatment. Functional analysis results suggested pica for two children was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Next, a competing-stimulus assessment was conducted with both subjects to identify stimuli that occasioned low rates of pica and high rates of item interaction. A combined intervention was then evaluated that consisted of providing competing stimuli, blocking pica, and redirecting the child to engage with the competing stimuli. Results showed that pica for both children, maintained at low levels across several sessions. For one subject, competing items and redirection were removed from the combined intervention to evaluate the effectiveness of blocking alone. Higher rates of pica were measured when competing stimuli were removed. Levels of pica subsequently decreased when competing stimuli were later reinstated.
 
Stability of Function of Automatically Reinforced Behavior Over Time
KARA L. WUNDERLICH (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Lindsay Mehrkam (University of Florida), Erica N. Feuerbacher (University of Florida), Catherine B Simms (University of Florida)
Abstract: Few studies have assessed the stability of the function of behavior across time. Because behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement, such as stereotypy, are often difficult to treat effectively or with long-term maintenance of treatment effects, repeated functional analyses of these behaviors may be warranted when the behaviors persist. Results of a repeated functional analysis may have new treatment implications that were not originally evident; for example, lower levels of behavior in the play condition of the functional analysis in a second functional analysis may indicate that environmental enrichment may be an effective intervention. The current study conducted a second functional analysis between one and three years after a first functional analysis to evaluate changes in responding within and across conditions. Preliminary results indicate that, overall, the function of automatically reinforced behaviors is stable across time. Implications for the treatment of behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement will be discussed in the presentation.
 
An Evaluation of Treatments for Automatically Maintained Emesis and Rumination
ELIANA PIZARRO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Bailey Scherbak (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Crystal Thomas (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Emesis and rumination are recognized as challenging behaviors among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Self-induced emesis and rumination have the potential for several negative side effects including the rupturing of the stomach wall, weight loss, malnutrition, dehydration, tooth decay, gastrointestinal bleeding, and even death. In addition to the adverse health effects, emesis and rumination may develop a negative social stigma, impeding typical social and cognitive development. Previous treatments have included overcorrection, gum chewing, stimulus fading, verbal reprimands, competing stimuli, medication interventions, and the manipulation of food consumption, all of which failed to produce a clinically significant reduction in emesis or rumination. Existing research demonstrates several aversive options for reducing emesis and rumination. In the current analysis, we will present treatments for three individuals who engaged in automatically-maintained emesis and rumination. Furthermore, we will discuss the interaction between medical interventions (e.g., gastric tube placement) and behavioral intervention (e.g., fading and reinforcement) in the successful treatment of emesis and rumination.
 
 
Symposium #159
CE Offered: BACB
Translational Investigations with Individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
214C (CC)
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
CE Instructor: Megan A. Boyle, M.S.
Abstract: Translational research involves "bridging the gap" between research and practice. It is now recognized as an area from which the field of behavior analysis would benefit with respect to theory as well as issues of social significance. This symposium includes four studies at different points along the basic-to-applied continuum. Each study incorporated methods, concepts and/or findings from basic literature to inform their investigations with individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Two studies used arbitrary responses only, one study used both arbitrary and socially-significant responses, and one study used socially-significant responses only. The findings from these studies have conceptual relevance to the indirect effects of reinforcement (behavioral contrast), reinforcer value (progressive ratio), relative effects of different reinforcer parameters, and response-class hierarchies, respectively. In addition, the findings from these studies have applied implications for the treatment of problem behavior, skill acquisition, and communication. The importance of translational research will be highlighted throughout.
Keyword(s): Human operant, Reinforcer assessment, Translational research
 
A Human-Operant Investigation of Behavioral Contrast
MEGAN A. BOYLE (Missouri State University), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University), Audrey N. Hoffmann (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Behavioral contrast occurs when a change in the reinforcement conditions in one context causes a change in behavior in the opposite direction in a second context. The exact prevalence of behavioral contrast in applied situations is unknown, but such effects have implications for the treatment of problem behavior. When behavior worsens in non-treatment contexts, caregivers may attribute such worsening directly to treatment, resulting in a withdrawal from behavior-analytic services. Results of non-human investigations suggest that different contexts may be more susceptible to contrast than others, and that contrast may be more likely to occur at certain points in time within a context. However, no studies have examined these effects with humans. This study investigated behavioral contrast with three adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities in a human-operant arrangement. Results showed that contrast was generally larger in the context that was followed by a change in reinforcement conditions than in the context that was preceded by a change in reinforcement conditions, however this was not the case will all subjects or in all conditions. Theoretical and applied implications will be discussed.
 
The Effects of Item Type and Duration of Access on Preference and Reinforcer Efficacy
AUDREY N. HOFFMANN (Utah State University), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Reinforcer magnitude and stimulus type are dimensions of reinforcement that influence behavior. Although basic and applied studies have examined their effects separately, few have examined their interaction. One category of stimuli has received little attention: high-tech stimuli. This study examined the interactions of stimulus type (high- vs. no-tech) and reinforcer magnitude (i.e. duration of access) on preference and reinforcer efficacy. Participants included four adults with disabilities. Two preference assessments were conducted to identify highly preferred high- and no-tech items for each participant. A second preference assessment then examined preference for those items when provided at different durations. We then evaluated reinforcer efficacy for those items when provided for a range of durations using progressive ratio (PR) schedules. Results suggested an interaction between stimulus type and duration of access: participants preferred high-tech items at longer durations of access and engaged in more responding when the high-tech item was provided for long durations and the no-tech item was provided for short durations. Conversely, participants engaged in less responding when the high-tech item was provided for short durations and when the no-tech item was provided for long durations. Results showed that reinforcer magnitude and item type interact to influence preference and reinforcer efficacy.
 
Manipulating Parameters of Reinforcement to Reduce Problem Behavior without Extinction
S. SHANUN KUNNAVATANA (University of Texas San Antonio), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University), Casey Clay (Utah State University)
Abstract: Many function-based interventions, such as differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), rely on extinction procedure, which may not always be feasible and can be counter-therapeutic if implemented without optimal treatment integrity. Researchers have successfully implemented DRA without extinction by manipulating various parameters of reinforcement (rate, quality, magnitude, and immediacy) to favor alternative behavior. Parameter sensitivity has been found to be idiosyncratic, and therefore warrants individual assessment. Researchers have assessed individual sensitivities to parameters of reinforcement in the context of problem behavior, resulting in problem behavior during assessment. The purpose of this study was to use arbitrary responses to assess individual sensitivities to quality, magnitude, and immediacy of reinforcement maintaining problem behavior and use the results to implement an intervention for problem behavior without extinction. The results indicate that arbitrary responses may be used to identify individual sensitivities to parameters of reinforcement that maintains problem behavior. Additionally, interventions were more effective when parameters for which the participants were most sensitive were manipulated than when parameters for which the participants were least sensitive were manipulated.
 

Using Serial Functional Communication Training to Teach Appropriate Responses to Bullying: A Preliminary Investigation

SYLVIA BARROWS (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Anne Doyle (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Little research exists validating effective strategies for teaching responses to bullying. When victims respond with aggression, they are at risk of punitive sanctions. Thus, we propose a non-violent strategy consisting of a progressive chain of conditional responses. For example, when bullied, the victim asks the bully to change her behavior. If ineffective, the victim recruits help from an adult. Finally, if bullying persists, the victim leaves the situation. However, bringing this specific sequence of behavior under control of relevant establishing operations (and prior to aggression) may be challenging as previous research suggests that response- class hierarchies can be influenced by a variety of factors (e.g., history, effort, discriminative stimuli, etc.). Notwithstanding, recent translational research has shown that it is possible to establish hierarchies through serial instructional sequencing. Specifically, it is possible to program a sequence of behavior when response-class members contact extinction by teaching and reinforcing component responses in the reverse order in which they should resurge (i.e., reversion). However, this effect has not consistently been replicated when applied to the treatment of problem behavior. Thus, we implemented a modification of serial Functional Communication Training to address a childs aggression evoked by bullying. Results, limitations, and potential implications are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #160
CE Offered: BACB
Academic and Behavioral Issues in the Classroom: Developing Effective Practices and Addressing Educator Concerns
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
210AB (CC)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
Discussant: Cynthia M. Anderson (Appalachian State University)
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium includes four papers aimed at addressing academic or behavioral issues in mainstream and special schools, with an aim toward developing effective practices whilst also addressing common concerns raised by educators. The first presentation will demonstrate how group contingencies can be used to increase academic engagement and reduce disruptions during reading instruction. The second presentation will evaluate the degree to which teachers may be trained to effectively implement a classroom management strategy called the Good Behavior Game (GBG). The third study will address concerns with the GBG commonly raised by teachers and demonstrate how the game can be adapted to meet teacher preferences, without substantially compromising treatment effectiveness. The fourth presentation will address potential contrast effects when behavior management strategies are used intermittently throughout the day. Our discussant will synthesize the outcomes of the papers and suggest directions for future research.
Keyword(s): academic engagement, classroom management, mainstream education, teacher training
 
Programming a Randomized Dependent Group Contingency and Common Stimuli to Produce Durable Behavior Change
TOM CARIVEAU (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract: Students may engage in behavior during instruction that competes with the acquisition of skills. Interventions using group contingencies are an effective way to modify the behavior of students during small-group instruction. Directly programming for generalization of treatment effects may increase the durability of behavior change and further increase the efficacy of group contingencies. The current study examined the effect of a randomized dependent group contingency and programming common stimuli on levels of academic engagement and problem behavior in second-grade participants receiving small-group reading and writing instruction using an ABABC reversal design. Higher levels of academic engagement were observed when the randomized dependent group contingency was implemented. Treatment effects maintained in all three groups when common stimuli were present and the randomized dependent group contingency was withdrawn. Our results replicate and extend prior research on randomized group contingencies and strategies to enhance generalization. Discussion will include considerations for future research and practice.
 
Training Teachers to Implement the Good Behavior Game with Children with Behavior Disorders
P. RAYMOND JOSLYN (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: The good behavior game (GBG) is a classroom management procedure that is effective across various age groups and settings, but it has not been demonstrated to be effective in a population of students with behavior disorders. In previous research, the GBG has often been implemented by a trained behavior analyst, which could make it difficult or impractical to use simultaneously in multiple classrooms at the same school. In study one, a behavior analyst implemented the GBG in three classrooms at a school for students with behavior disorders. The GBG was effective at reducing disruptive behavior in all three classrooms. In study two, teachers’ ability to effectively implement the GBG was evaluated. A behavior analyst gave teachers a brief training on the implementation of the GBG, and data on student disruptive behavior and teacher treatment integrity were recorded. The teachers were able to effectively utilize the GBG to reduce disruptive behavior with moderate to low treatment integrity. These results suggest that it would be feasible to develop procedures for school-wide GBG implementation. This would provide a more efficient means to get the various benefits afforded by the procedure into classrooms. Implications and future directions will be discussed.
 
Adapting the Good Behavior Game to Meet Teacher Preferences: Effects on Student Behavior and Teacher Acceptance
EMILY GROVES (University of South Wales), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
Abstract: The good behavior game (GBG) uses an interdependent group contingency to set the occasion for prosocial behavior and improve teachers’ classroom management skills. The effectiveness of the game is supported by a wealth of research across a range of populations and settings. However, some teachers find implementing new systems difficult, even when they know those systems are evidence-based. In the current study, we adapted components of the GBG to meet teacher preferences and assessed the effects of the game on student behavior in a primary school for children with challenging behavior. Adaptations included removing the interdependent group contingency in one classroom (with eventual introduction of teams later in the study) and having multiple teachers play the game simultaneously with different groups in another classroom. Our data showed that the adapted versions of the game were effective in reducing challenging behavior in both classrooms, although effects for individual children varied. We also found that teachers reported they liked the game and played it with integrity. We discuss some of benefits and limitations of using teacher preferences to adapt the implementation of evidence-based interventions.
 
Examining a Brief Classwide Intervention as a Multiple Schedule
Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University), KATIE WISKOW (Texas Tech University), Paul L. Soto (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: Clearly signaled interventions implemented for brief periods of time in classrooms (i.e., during one activity but not the subsequent activity) and the periods of time prior to or following those signaled intervention times can be conceptualized as multiple-schedule arrangements. Behavioral contrast effects occur when changes to the contingencies in one component of a multiple schedule produce changes in behavior occurring during both the changed unchanged components. The current study evaluated whether implementation of a brief classwide intervention for disruptive behavior affected rates of disruptive behavior during activity periods occurring immediately before and after the activity period in which the intervention was implemented. The intervention was implemented in 5 general education kindergarten classes. The intervention reduced disruptive behavior in the activity in which it was implemented, but changes in rates of disruptive behavior during the activity periods that preceded or followed the intervention period were not observed in any of the classes. These findings suggest that contrast effects are unlikely to occur when disruptive behavior is reduced via brief classwide interventions.
 
 
Symposium #161
CE Offered: BACB
Novel Applications of Functional Analyses and Choice Assessments to Address Problem Behavior Impeding School Success
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
212AB (CC)
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Hospital)
CE Instructor: Matthew O'Brien, Ph.D.
Abstract: Functional analysis methodology, which focuses on identification of the contexts and variables that evoke and maintain problem behavior, continues to be the "gold standard" in evaluation of problem behavior. This technology has been successfully applied to problem behaviors impeding school success, resulting in effective interventions to decrease problem behaviors and improve outcomes in the school setting. However, the standard procedures developed by Iwata et al. (1982/1994) may be challenged by constraints of time or setting, ambiguous results, idiosyncratic variables, and low rates of target behaviors in the assessment. Novel applications of functional analyses and choice assessments may be utilized when these challenges exist. Presentations in this symposium will describe novel approaches to functional assessment for problem behaviors leading to interventions for school success. These presentations include a look at the effect of preference for attention quality on behavior in demand contexts, the match between contingency space analysis and intervention effects for problem behavior, the use of functional analysis and choice assessment to eliminate problem behavior in an individual with Asperger’s disorder, and training school practitioners to conduct choice assessments as an alternative to functional analyses. Dr. Eric Boelter will discuss these studies at the conclusion of the presentations.
Keyword(s): choice assessment, functional assessment, problem behavior, school
 
Training the Use of Choice-Making Assessments to School-Based Challenging Behavior Teams
JOHN F. LEE (The University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract: The Iowa Department of Education contracted with experienced behavior analysts at the Center for Disabilities and Development to provide a statewide training program for challenging behavior teams (CBT) who practice in school settings. The behavior analysts trained CBT members to design, conduct, and make decisions using experimental analyses. In addition to providing direct training on the use of functional analysis (Iwata et al. 1982/1994), the behavior consultants also had to learn either the antecedent analysis or concurrent operants assessments (COA). This study will cover the direct-training model, including the associated skills and expected level of expertise the CBT members were trained by the behavior analysts, the improvement shown in their skills and independent use of choice-making (COA) procedures (Harding et al. 1999) to conduct function-based analyses that lead to interventions, matched to function, for students. Case examples of school-based COAs will be presented to demonstrate some applications of the COA procedures related to problem behavior demonstrated in school settings.
 
Systematic Examination of the Match Between Contingency Space Analysis and Intervention Effects for Problem Behavior
Meredith Peterson (University of Minnesota), JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Functional analyses that involve consequent-based manipulations are not always feasible in school settings. Researchers have been exploring ways to use descriptive data and contingency space analyses (CSA) to identify effective interventions for challenging behavior. In this study, we collected descriptive data on behavioral interactions between 4 typically developing middle school students and their teacher and peers in their classrooms. Prior to computing contingency values and plotting the values in a contingency space, we implemented three interventions and a concurrent baseline (no intervention) in an alternating treatments design to evaluate the relative effects of intervention involving positive reinforcement (peer or adult attention) contingent on appropriate behavior and negative reinforcement (escape from tasks) contingent on appropriate behavior. Finally, the intervention that resulted in the greatest improvement in classroom behavior was compared to the results of the CSA. For three of four participants, the most effective intervention was consistent with the results of the CSA. For the fourth participant, the CSA depicted the strongest contingency between challenging behavior and escape but all three interventions were approximately equally effective for improving behavior. Results are discussed in terms of utility of CSA with older, typically developing students in general education middle school settings.
 
Functional Analysis and Choice Assessment of Problem Behavior for an Adolescent with Asperger's Disorder
MARISSA ALLEN (Western Michigan University), Rebecca Kolb (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Choice analyses may be used adjunctively with functional analyses to improve the understanding and treatment of problem behaviors. This presentation will describe the functional analysis and choice analysis methodology and results used to assess problem behavior for an adolescent diagnosed with Asperger's disorder. The results of the functional analysis indicated that problem behavior was likely maintained by multiple sources of reinforcement with the highest rates of problem behavior occurring in the tangible and escape conditions. A subsequent choice analysis was conducted and the results indicated that problem behavior could be eliminated and compliance with demands could be increased when given the choice between engaging in the targeted problem behavior, avoidance of completing a task, or completing a task and also accessing varying durations of computer time contingent on the choice selected. Results of these assessments are described and the implications for treatment are discussed, including the impact on future school success.
 
The Effects of High- and Low-Preferred Qualities of Attention on Academic Demands
SARAH WEDDLE (Northern Arizona University), Trina Spencer (Northern Arizona University), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University), Alicia Garner (Northern Arizona University), Alex Davidson (Northern Arizona University), Heather Ramsden (Northern Arizona University)
Abstract: Attention is a commonly identified maintaining variable for problem behavior (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003) and different characteristics of attention contribute to the reinforcing value of attention (Piazza, Bowman, Contrucci, Delia, Adelinis, & Goh, 1999). Qualities of attention have been defined in the literature as high- or low-quality and their effects on demands with typically-developing children has been studied (Gardner, Wacker & Boelter, 2009). The current study assessed individual preferences for attention and the impact of attention quality on task demands with three children with disabilities via concurrent operants arrangement. A demand analysis (based on Roscoe, Rooker, Pence & Longworth, 2009) was also conducted prior to a functional analysis. Functional analysis conditions were then constructed based on results of both assessments. The primary purpose was to examine the effects of high-preferred and low-preferred qualities of attention on high-probability and low-probability demands. The results demonstrated clear student preferences for one profile of attention over another, and varying, but unique effects on on-task and problem behavior during the two demand conditions. These results can inform practitioners on the importance of identifying and evaluating antecedent and consequence variables, especially those involving individual preferences for attention and demands with school, clinic and home consultation.
 
 
Symposium #163
CE Offered: BACB
Variables That Influence Caregiver and Staff Training
Sunday, May 24, 2015
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
206AB (CC)
Area: TBA/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
CE Instructor: Caitlin H. Delfs, Ph.D.
Abstract:

One barrier to children receiving empirically supported treatments is the lack of community based practitioners trained to acceptable levels of fidelity. Effective interventions often have to be administered by knowledgeable clinicians with a specific educational background and clinical experiences. Training parents, teachers, and other caregivers is one solution to overcome the barriers associated with accessing quality interventions from specialists. This symposium includes four papers on methods for training others and includes some common barriers (e.g., caregiver stress, problem behavior) and interventions characteristic to working with a specialized population (e.g., self-care, braille reading). Specifically, Subramaniam and colleagues examined the extent to which challenging behavior impacted parents adherence to a distance learning package. Connolly, Baker, Robinson, and Delfs evaluated the relationship between caregiver stress, maladaptive behavior, and acquisition of material in the context of a live behavioral parent training model. Rubow and Vollmer employed a parent mediated, behavioral skills training package to increase self-care skills. Putnam and Tiger assessed the utility of a computer program to train braille-to-print relations and the effect on visual-braille reading, a foundational skill for educators working with children with visual impairments.

Keyword(s): caregiver training, community interventions, staff training
 

Predictors or Rural Parents: Adherence to a Distance-Learning Training Package

Shrinidhi Subramaniam (West Virginia University), LASHANNA BRUNSON (West Virginia University Center for Excellence in Disabilities), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), James E. Cook (West Virginia University CED), Nicholas Larson (Center for Excellence in Disabilities), Susannah Poe (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Rural parents of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may lack access to behavior-analytic services. One cost-effective method by which therapists can address this barrier is to provide parents with remote supervision. We provided 51 rural parents of children with ASD with either written or video training materials about how to implement discrete-trial training (DTT). We instructed parents to record DTT sessions and mail the memory cards to trainers using pre-stamped and addressed envelopes. Trainers provided parents with written or video-based remote supervision following a baseline assessment of treatment integrity. Of the parents who received training materials, only 28 mailed at least one DTT session. We characterized patterns of adherence using slopes obtained through least-squares linear regression and examined the extent to which challenging behavior (e.g., loud vocals, property destruction, aggression) in the first recorded session predicted patterns of adherence. We found that first-session challenging behavior predicted a decline in treatment adherence. Therapists using distance-learning training procedures might consider taking an active coaching role in assisting parents with challenging behavior prior to training academic programs.

 
Parental Stress and Perceptions of Problem Behavior Following a Behavioral Parent Training Model for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
SARAH CONNOLLY (Ball State University), Ashley Baker (Marcus Autism Center), Hannah Robinson (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Parents of children with developmental disabilities are likely to experience elevated levels of stress associated with raising a child with special needs (Hutton & Caron, 2005). Additionally, disruptive, problematic, or atypical behaviors, which are often characteristic of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), is among the most salient contributors of parental stress (Benson, 2006). Given the evident relationship between problem behavior and increased parental stress, service providers may seek to equip parents to implement behavioral treatments aimed to decrease difficult behaviors (Dillenburger, Keenan, Gallagher, & McElhinney, 2002). Participants in the current study were provided with behavioral parent training (BPT) based on principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Preliminary analyses included 220 parent-child dyads who participated in a 12-week BPT program. The primary dependent measures included in the current study were pre- and post-assessments of parent skills, parent reports of maladaptive behavior as measured by the Scales of Independent Behavior-Revised, and caregiver stress as measured by the Parent Stress Index questionnaire. Descriptive statistics will be used to present demographic information of the participants (e.g., age, diagnosis, gender). Inferential statistics will be used to examine the statistical significance in change scores in parental stress and perceptions of problem behavior following participation in a BPT program.
 
Teaching Parents to Implement Least-to-Most Procedures for Self-Care Skills
CHRISTOPHER RUBOW (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders often display deficits in self-care skills. These self-care skills are commonly targeted for intervention in clinical and school settings by trained specialists; however, the same skills may not be targeted for intervention in the individual’s home environment. Because continually practicing self-care skills across multiple settings plays a critical role in whether these skills maintain across time and generalize across settings, we developed a behavioral skills training package for the caregivers of children with autism spectrum disorders. In this study, the parent (father) was first taught to implement a prompting procedure for skills behavior analysts had previously taught to his child. Next, the parent was asked to implement the procedure on a skill the child had not yet learned. To date, one caregiver has successfully used our procedures to practice both familiar and novel self-care skills with one participant. In addition, the participant (child) acquired the novel skill under the tutelage of his parent and no intervention from the behavior analyst.
 
Teaching Braille Letters, Numbers, Punctuation, and Contractions to Sighted Individuals
BRITTANY CATHERINE PUTNAM (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract: The dearth of qualified braille instructors is a pressing problem for those charged with the education of children with visual impairments. Developing a rapid means to train general educators to teach braille may partially address this deficit. Braille-character recognition and reading are some of the foundational required skills for these teachers. Prior research has evaluated computer programming for teaching braille-to-print letter relations (e.g., Scheithauer & Tiger, 2012). In the current study, we developed a computer program (the Visual Braille Trainer, or VBT) to teach not only braille letters but also numbers, punctuation, symbols, and contractions for common words and letter combinations; we evaluated this program with 4 sighted undergraduate participants who had no prior exposure to the braille code. We conducted this study in a multiple probe design across training modules. Exposure to this program resulted in mastery of all braille-to-print relations for each participant immediately following training. We also assessed long-term maintenance of correct responding on trained relations and the effects of training on visual-braille reading.
 
 
Paper Session #164
Equivalence, RFT, Naming, or Joint Control? The Qualification of Private Events Can Move Us Forward
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
217A (CC)
Area: VBC
Keyword(s): Naming, RFT
Chair: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
 

Equivalence, RFT, Naming, or Joint Control? The Quantification of Private Events can Move us Forward

Domain: Theory
MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates)
 
Abstract:

Sidman"s (1971) pioneering work on stimulus equivalence and emerging relations ignited the field of behavior analysis. Since his original work, three alternative views regarding the explanation of the emergence of untrained relations have appeared in the behavioral literature: relational frame theory (Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roach, 2001), naming (Horne & Lowe, 1996), and joint control (Lowenkron, 1984). However, despite compiling over 40 years of data on replications, extensions, variations, and applications of these four conceptually distinct views, consensus on the analysis and identification of the relevant sources of control responsible for the emergence of new behavioral relations remains elusive. Dougher, Twohig, & Madden (2014) open their Editorial introducing the special issue of JEAB dedicated to stimulus-stimulus relations with, "One of the great challenges for a behavioral science is to provide an account of emergent stimulus-stimulus relations not explained by primary stimulus generalization" (2014, p. 1). The current paper will suggest that Skinner's (1957) analysis of private events and multiple control, along with other Skinnerian concepts, provides the sought after account of emerging relations. Several procedures for quantifying private events and demonstrating their potential role as additional independent variables (multiple control) in matching-to-sample preparations will be presented.

 
Keyword(s): Naming, RFT
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #165
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Military and Police Working Dog Training: Evolution in Response to Broader Changes in Applied Animal Behavior

Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Lila Cockrell Theatre (CC)
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Megan E. Maxwell, Ph.D.
Chair: Megan E. Maxwell (Pet Behavior Change, LLC)
STEWART J. HILLIARD (United States Air Force)
Dr. Stewart Hilliard began training sport and police dogs as a youth in 1980, and remains deeply immersed in this field. He received his Ph.D. in animal learning from the University of Texas at Austin in 1998, and was appointed to a post-doctoral position with the United States Army Military Working Dog Veterinary Service at Lackland Air Force Base in Texas. In 2005, he became a civil servant working in the 341st Training Squadron at Lackland, and has served in multiple leadership capacities in this organization, tasked with providing the thousands of patrol and substance detector dogs required by U.S. Air Force, Army, Marine Corps, and Navy security forces around the world. Thus, for more than 30 years he has been a practitioner and leader in a field of applied animal behavior that remains central to civil and national security issues for the global community; and he has been both an observer of, and a participant in, a rapid evolution of methods and principles of sport, police, and military working dog training. As a longtime journeyman dog trainer, and also an academically trained specialist in animal learning, Dr. Hilliard has a unique and penetrating perspective on the seismic changes taking place in this compelling field of applied animal behavior.
Abstract:

The training of police and military working dogs is rooted in 19th Century Europe. Dog breeds that originated as pastoral herding animals in the Old World, and in an old century, have become instruments of civil policing and military power in a global 21st Century community stitched together by satellites, airliners, and computers. The methods by which working dogs were trained 100 years ago reflected traditional coercive notions of education and behavioral management. It was taken as a given that a dog should be physically forced to perform, and that much of its performance could and should be motivated by discomfort- and stress-avoidance. In this form, working dog training developed for perhaps 75 years, influenced chiefly by European ethology, and relatively isolated from American psychology and behaviorism. In the late 20th Century, powerful methodologies founded in the obscure field of exotic animal training began to penetrate, first into dog obedience training and companion dog behavioral management, then into the methods used by participants in international working dog competitions such as IPO (International Prufungsordnung). However, until recently police and military working dog training has not reflected this influence. It is only in the past 15 years that "operant methodologies" have been integrated into the field, with consequences that are still unfolding today.

Target Audience:

Those interested in learning about dog training for military working dogs and how this training has been impacted by broader changes taking place in applied animal behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to: (1) describe at least two aspects of the ethologically driven model that dominated the training of police and military working dog training, and which still strongly influences the field; (2) understand the special challenges involved in training and utilizing police and military working dogs that are traditionally, and often of necessity, trained and deployed in intense motivational states such as predatory and aggressive arousal; (3) describe at least two examples of the role of behavior-marking in solving traditional technical dog training problems based upon the presence of Pavlovian contingencies inescapably embedded in instrumental conditioning protocols; and (4) understand the role that aversive control of behavior continues to play in managing police and military working dog trained performance.
Keyword(s): dog training, military work
 
 
Symposium #166
CE Offered: BACB
Clinical Applications of Delay Discounting
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
217B (CC)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University )
CE Instructor: Robert LaRue, Ph.D.
Abstract: Delay discounting refers to the decline in the present value of a reward as a function of the delay to its receipt. Simply put, delay discounting is an index of impulsivity that reflects an individual’s preference for smaller, immediate rewards to larger, delayed rewards (e.g., Frederick, 2006). The extent to which individuals select rewards that arrive sooner rather than later may provide useful information that can influence intervention outcomes. Delay discounting procedures can be applied to a number of human conditions to provide valuable clinical information to guide decision making. These concepts can be applied to such topics as the assessment and treatment of impulsivity in individuals with ASDs, the effects of discounting on the treatment integrity with which caregivers implement behavioral programs, and to help to describe the nature of social deficits in college students with ASDs. The current symposium outlines some unique applications for delay discounting in clinical practice.
Keyword(s): autism, behavioral treatment, delay discounting, social discounting
 

An Evaluation of the Effects of Rules and Verbal Instruction on Delay Discounting in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders

ERICA DASHOW (Douglass Developmental Disabilites Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Mikala Hanson (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Rachel Mislavsky (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Jennifer Krych (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Ethan Eisdorfer (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Impulsivity is a common concern in individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). While not a defining characteristic of ASDs, the presence of impulsivity can be pervasive and can dramatically affect the intervention process. Delay discounting refers to the decrease in the present value of reinforcers as a function of the delay of their receipt. In other words, the value of reinforcers often decreases as the length of time one has to wait for them increases. Researchers have outlined some procedures for evaluating delay discounting in human populations. However, much of this research is limited to hypothetical choices with typically developing populations. The purpose of the current investigation was the employ delay discounting procedures with individuals with ASDs. In the investigation, participants were given choices between an impulsive choice (a sooner smaller amount of reinforcement) and a self-controlled choice (accepting a delayed, larger amount of reinforcement). Indifference points (the point at which an individual switches from the smaller-sooner to larger-later reinforcement) were plotted. A waiting protocol involving a rule card was implemented in an effort to affect impulsiveness. The preliminary results suggest that using delay discounting procedures may inform treatment development for this clinical population.

 
Discounting of Treatment Outcomes Based on Effort
ALLY COLEMAN (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Caregiver commitment in behavioral treatments is vital for the treatments to succeed. The ways in which caregivers make treatments decisions can be influenced by the tendency to discount the value of delayed rewards, or “delay discounting”. Call et al. (2014) adapted the use of delay discounting methodology to assess the degrees to which caregivers discount treatment outcomes based on the percentage of treatment goals for problem behavior would be met. Treatment factors other than delay to outcomes may affect parent engagement, such as effort required to implement treatment. The present study aimed to adapt the degree to which caregivers delay treatment outcomes based on the effort required to implement the treatment. Effort was defined as the amount of time, energy, money, and effort required to implement the treatment. Six caregivers of children in a day-treatment program designed to assess and treat severe problem behavior completed a fill-in-the-blank questionnaire that compared effort required to implement treatment to the percentage of treatment goals that would hypothetically be met. Results indicate that the participants delayed treatment outcomes based on the amount of effort required to implement the treatment.
 
Examining Social Discounting by College Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (University of Georgia), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Rachlin and Jones (2007) first demonstrated that it is possible to adapt the delay discounting model and methods to evaluate whether individuals show similar discounting based on “social proximity.” It has also been hypothesized that the social impairments that are a core deficit of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are due to the degree to which individuals with ASD value social interactions. Thus, it seems reasonable that individuals with ASD may display greater social discounting than the general college student population that participated in the study by Rachlin and Jones. Participants in the current study included college students 18 years of age and older with ASD. Each participant completed an online social discounting questionnaire, adapted from Rachlin and Jones’ prior study. The degree to which each participant discounted monetary values at various social distances was compared to the data of Rachlin and Jones. Preliminary results suggest that social discounting in individuals with ASD follows the same response pattern (i.e., hyperbolic function) as in the general college student population; however, individuals with ASD demonstrate steeper discounting than those in the general college student population.
 
 
Symposium #167
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Procedures to Increase Skill Acquisition
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
217D (CC)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Victoria Smith (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Victoria Smith, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium covers procedures to increase skill acquisition in children diagnosed with Autism. Niemeier, Fisher, and Paden compared an errorless teaching procedure to an error correction teaching procedure using a receptive identification task. Results indicated that the errorless procedure was more efficient for two participants and error correction was more efficient for one. The errorless procedure was more effective for two participants, while the error correction procedure was more effective for one. Neither procedure was effective nor efficient for a final participant. Gunby and Rapp examined the effects of behavioral skills training with in-situ feedback on safe responding by children with autism to abduction lures that were presented following a high-probability (high-p) request sequence. This sequence was intended to simulate a grooming or recruitment process. Results show that all three participants ultimately acquired the safety response to abduction lures presented following a high-p sequence and maintained the safety response at 1-month follow up. Dr. Sarah Lechago, a leading researcher in the study of verbal behavior and editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior will serve as the discussant.

Keyword(s): abduction lures, errolesss teaching, error correction, in-situ feedback
 
A Comparison of the Effects of Errorless vs. Error Correction Procedures on Skill Acquisition
JESSICA NIEMEIER (UNMC Munroe- Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Children with autism often make frequent errors and have considerable difficulty when acquiring new skills. Terrace (1963, 1974) suggested that procedures that allow errors to occur frequently (e.g., error correction) produce negative emotional behaviors, which can in turn interfere with skill acquisition. However, teaching procedures that prevent errors (e.g., Touchette & Howard, 1984) have not been directly compared with those that permit and then correct errors (e.g., Grow et al, 2011) in children with autism. The current study compared an errorless teaching procedure similar to the one developed by Touchette and Howard (1984) with a commonly cited error-correction procedure in four children with autism spectrum disorder. In the errorless condition, the prompt delay was moved in 1 s increments contingent on the participant’s responding. In the error-correction condition, trials were repeated until the participant responded independently and correctly. Results indicated that the errorless procedure was more efficient for two participants and error correction was more efficient for one. The errorless procedure was more effective for two participants, while the error correction procedure was more effective for one. Neither procedure was effective nor efficient for a final participant.
 
The Use of Behavioral Skills Training and In-situ Feedback to Protect Children with Autism from Abduction Lures
KRISTIN V. GUNBY (St Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: We examined the effects of behavioral skills training with in-situ feedback on safe responding by children with autism to abduction lures that were presented following a high-probability (high-p) request sequence. This high-p sequence was intended to simulate a grooming or recruitment process (e.g., “give me a high five”, “what’s your name?”, “how old are you?”, “I have candy in my car, come with me.”). Each participant’s performance was measured during baseline (with high-p sequences), behavioral skills training (without high-p sequences), post training (with the high-p sequence and a probe without the high-p sequence), and 1-month follow up (with high-p sequences). Results show that all three participants ultimately acquired the safety response to abduction lures presented following a high-p sequence and maintained the safety response at 1-month follow up. The only exception was one participant who maintained the topography of the safety response but did not properly discriminate the lure. Instead she responded following a high-p request.
 
 
Symposium #168
CE Offered: BACB
Bridging Gaps Through Successful Collaboration: Developing Evidence-Based Programs in Public Education Settings
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
217C (CC)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Rebecca S. Raas (The ABRITE Organization)
CE Instructor: Rebecca S. Raas, M.A.
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) intervention programs have been repeatedly shown to be effective for children on the autism spectrum or those with developmental disabilities when provided within the home. However, the efficacy of ABA programs within the public school setting has not yet been demonstrated. Within the state of California, it is common practice that children who qualify for special education services receive an eclectic program that utilizes many different teaching methodologies, contrary to the research literature. Given the growing awareness of the effectiveness of ABA and pressure from families to provide these services, school districts are now collaborating with behavior analysts to develop evidence-based programs. The purpose of the current symposium is to describe how a comprehensive ABA program can be provided to students within the public school system with the use of systematic collaboration. A programmatic description of an ABA program within the special education classroom will be presented, as well as student outcomes in relation to skill acquisition and aberrant behavior within this setting. Additionally, several lessons learned as a result of the collaboration with the school district will be highlighted.
 
A Description and Evaluation of Intensive Behavior Programs Employed in Public School Classrooms
JANICE DONEY FREDERICK (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Rebecca S. Raas (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: A growing number of school districts employ or contract with behavior analysts to develop and supervise ABA intervention for their students, yet very few detailed descriptions of such programs exist in the literature. Furthermore, despite an increasing number of public school programs that employ ABA either as a primary approach or as one of many employed within a more eclectic approach to intervention, there are little data examining the effectiveness related to ABA intervention programs delivered within these settings. This program description provides details related to a collaborative model developed by an organization providing behavior analytic services and a school district in order to create programs grounded solely in ABA, evidence-based practices for children with a range of developmental delays including but not limited to autism spectrum disorder. Information related to student characteristics as well as program components such as teacher, staff and parent training, assessment and intervention strategies utilized, and methods for evaluating outcomes within and across students will be presented.
 

Behavior Analytic Public Classroom Outcomes: Results of Collaboration on Behavioral Repertoires of Children with Developmental Disabilities

VALERIE R. ROGERS (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Wilson (The ABRITE Organization), Rebecca S. Raas (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

The effectiveness of intensive behavioral intervention on skill acquisition and reduction of aberrant behavior with learners with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities is readily demonstrated within the behavior analytic community. This type of education is rarely observed within public school systems, particularly in California. The current paper presents various outcome data for students enrolled in applied behavior analysis (ABA) classrooms within a public elementary school across up to 3-years. The classrooms involved are a result of collaboration between a public school district and an ABA organization. In particular, outcomes related to IEP goals achieved, rates of skill acquisition, maintenance and generalization of acquired skills, and undesirable behavior will be presented for multiple children on the autism spectrum and children with other developmental disabilities, including downs syndrome and cerebral palsy, enrolled in two different behavior analytic classrooms. The implications of these data as well as future directions related to student progress and methods for measuring and evaluating outcomes will be discussed.

 
Important Considerations in the Creation of Classrooms Based on Behavior Analysis
GINGER R. WILSON (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Doney Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Rebecca S. Raas (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: The documented effectiveness of behavior analysis with children with autism has spurred the need for school districts to reconsider the traditional special education approach for these children. Parents of children with autism have a research literature to prove that applied behavior analysis (ABA) is the most appropriate service for their children and therefore are convincing districts to consider ABA services. While this is advantageous for behavior analysts and the children alike, this shift has created many difficulties to be considered. There is not a simple extrapolation from the research literature that highlights the components, duration, and frequency of behavior analytic services to the model implemented within the school district. The district needs to meet the educational requirements and number of hours offered to same age peers, for example. Creating a classroom that meets the needs of many individual learners with varying degrees of deficits and excesses within the special confines of this funding agency has shown that there are many threats to success for the behavior analyst to address. This presentation will revisit the many lessons that have been learned in the last three years of this collaboration and will provide an update of lessons learned in the last year.
 
 
Panel #170
CE Offered: BACB
In Memoriam Of Donald Keith Pumroy: His Pioneering Works
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Texas Ballroom Salon C (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CBM/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: W. Joseph Wyatt, Ph.D.
Chair: Judy G. Blumenthal (Association for Behavior Change)
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University)
ROGER W. MCINTIRE (University of Maryland, Summit Crossroads Press)
JUDY G. BLUMENTHAL (Association for Behavior Change)
Abstract:

This panel discussion will memorialize the contributions to behavior analysis of Donald Keith Pumroy and will provide a timeline of the evolution of the field from the 1950s to the 2000s. Pumroy was a pioneer in making the transition from research-based behavioral analysis to the application of behavioral principles in applied settings. He was the first psychologist to apply behavioral principles to a child and publish those results. Others followed his lead, and by the 1960's, behavior analysis had moved from the laboratory to wider field settings, including classrooms and mental health settings. It made its way into industry, public policy and legislation. Other contributions for which Pumroy is credited are toilet training, a time line analysis describing how behavior is learned, and school gun violence and analysis of shooter behavior regarding the application of behavior analysis to problems within the broad culture. Pumroy founded the College Park Behavior Group whose mission is to clarify and disseminate behavioral principles. Pumroy served both as the president of the Maryland Psychological Association and the president of the Maryland Association of School Psychologists, the only person to date to hold both positions. Pumroy also served as Chairman, Maryland Board of Examiners of Psychologists.

Keyword(s): Family, Parenting, Shooters, Teaching Behavior
 
 
Symposium #171
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in the Application of Behavioral Medicine
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Texas Ballroom Salon B (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ashley Eden Greenwald (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Ashley Eden Greenwald, M.A.
Abstract: Advances in biomedical interventions have increased both length and quality of life in many ways. Effective interventions are often derived from a thorough understanding of the chemical and biological variables related to disease processes and healthy functioning. However, many interventions require ongoing participation by patients to be effective, such as changing diet, increasing exercise, and completing prescribed regimens. Behavior analysis has the unique opportunity to harness behavioral contingencies to help support these biomedical interventions, making the science of behavior poised to make substantial contributions to this area. This presentation offers a conceptual account of adherence as well as a behavior analytic tool that was designed to support data collection in brain injury clinics and an empirical analysis of a behavioral technology for childbirth.
Keyword(s): behavioral medicine, brain injury, childbirth
 
Adherence to Medical Regimens: Science, Technology, and the Future
JONATHAN R. MILLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract: Advances in biomedical interventions have increased both length and quality of life in many ways. Effective interventions are often derived from a thorough understanding of the chemical and biological variables related to disease processes and healthy functioning. However, a major factor contributing to many of the deadliest illnesses among populations of industrialized countries, such as heart disease, type 2 diabetes, and certain cancers, is behavior. Furthermore, many interventions require ongoing participation by patients to be effective, such as changing diet, increasing exercise, and completing prescribed regimens. Therefore, the science of behavior is poised to make substantial contributions to this area, particularly with respect to increasing and maintaining the behavior needed for interventions to achieve positive results. This presentation offers a conceptual account of adherence and how the behavioral approach can be applied to realize therapeutic outcomes, with special consideration of the recent advances in widely available technology.
 
Momentary Prompting and Modeling of Behavior-Based Labor Strategies
ASHLEY EDEN GREENWALD (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Cesarean Epidemic is categorized by the increasing cesarean section rate in the U.S., currently 30.8% (Boyle et al., 2013), which is in stark contrast to the 5% cesarean rate during the early 1970’s (Goer & Romano, 2012). The “cascade of interventions” resulting from an otherwise healthy women utilizing the non-medically-necessary but often routine pain medications during labor contribute to the U.S.’s poor outcomes in maternal and infant health. A troubling statistic released by the United Nations in September of 2010 placed the U.S. 50th in the world for maternal mortality, higher than almost all European countries (WHO, 2010; Coeytaux, Bingham & Langer, 2011). In a report summarizing the World Health Organization’s principles of perinatal care, appropriate methods for pain relief are all suggested to be behavioral (Chalmers, Mangiaterra & Porter, 2001). However, skills learned during childbirth education are difficult to generalize and the unavailability of ongoing labor support are major contributing factors in high requests for pain medication (Goer & Ramano, 2012). This talk addresses these concerns using a contingency analysis as well as results from an empirical study utilizing a behavior analytic software program for labor support during unmedicated labor.
 
The Importance of Addressing Motivating Operations in Programming for the Client with Brain Injury
CHRIS M. SCHAUB (ReMed), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: For many years behavior analysts within the field of brain injury rehabilitation have noted the efficacy of antecedent based interventions, especially in situations where responding may remain variable secondary to altered brain structure or function. But what happens when that is not enough? This talk will explore the necessity of taking yet another step back within the four term contingency and emphasizing the role of interventions focused on motivating operation. A specific tool designed to help an interdisciplinary team monitor and manage health related issues such as pain, continence and sleep will be reviewed.
 
 
Panel #172
CE Offered: BACB
PDS EVENT: Translating "Behaviorese": Talking and Collaborating with Non-Behavior Analysts
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
204A (CC)
Area: CSE/VBC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Patrick C. Friman, Ph.D.
Chair: Stephanie L. Kincaid (West Virginia University)
AMANDA N. KELLY (Keiki Educational Consultants)
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town)
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis, like any discipline, has its own set of technical terminology. Behavior analysts benefit from being part of a strong verbal community that supports efficient communication using technical terms. However, to outsiders, it can seem as though behavior analysts are speaking a different language- "Behaviorese." This PDS event will address how professional behavior analysts translate technical terminology in order to effectively collaborate with others and disseminate findings to non-behavior analytic audiences. The panel will feature leaders in dissemination and will include discussion of issues relevant to practitioners and researchers. Points of discussion will include such issues as, "How do you speak to a broad audience while maintaining the integrity of your research?" "Do you use any technical terms when talking to outside audiences?" "What are some techniques that young behavior analysts can use to develop their skills in talking to those outside the field?" Such discussion will be useful for behavior analysts with any level of experience to develop their communication skills with individuals outside the behavior-analytic community.

Keyword(s): behavioral language, dissemination, professional development, technical terminology
 
 
Symposium #173
CE Offered: BACB
Extending the Clinical Utility of Functional Analyses
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
214B (CC)
Area: DDA/BPH; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Melissa MacDonald (Child & Community Resources)
Discussant: Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University)
CE Instructor: Alison Cox, M.A.
Abstract: Functional analyses have become prominent in contemporary approaches to behavior analysis since comprehensive models were first developed in 1982. Since this time researchers have manipulated many features of this assessment strategy in order to establish and further develop its clinical utility across a variety of settings, situations, and problem behaviors (e.g., reinforcer quality; duration of functional analysis conditions). This symposium includes two studies that worked towards further expanding the clinical utility of functional analyses. Specifically, the first study compared the behavior dimension response rate to latency as the measure of target behavior during functional analysis. Latency data was established by obtaining the first instance of target behavior across the first functional analysis session. By contrast, response rates were obtained by conducting at least five functional analyses sessions. The incidence of function agreement across these two behavioral dimensions is presented. The second study examined whether psychotropic medications alter behavior function and response rate, measured by repeated functional analyses across naturally varying drug doses. In addition to indirect measures commonly used in psychotropic drug outcome research, functional analyses presented as a viable supplementary method to determine drug impact on behavior. Clinical implications and recommendations for further research are discussed for both studies.
Keyword(s): Functional Analyses, Latency Response, Psychotropic Medications
 
Validity of Latency-Based Functional Analysis on the Motivation of Problem Behavior in Individuals with Intellectual Developmental Disabilities: A Retrospective Analysis
AMY BROWN (Student), Alison Cox (University of Manitoba), CT Yu (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: Although experimental functional analyses are considered best practice, there are some feasibility concerns. For example, some target behaviors (i.e., elopement) may not be conducive to the commonly used dimension of measurement (i.e., rate per minute). Therefore, investigating the accuracy of outcomes produced by functional analyses variations may provide more options for clinicians when faced with behaviors or situations that are not conducive to standard functional analysis. One alternative method to using rate as the dimension to measure behavior in a standard functional analysis is latency. The purpose of this study was to assess the convergent validity between the latency responses during a functional analysis and the experimental functional analysis. We looked at the first instance of problem behavior across the first session of all four conditions, and entered the exact time that the behavior was recorded. After extracting all of the data, we compared the behavior function indicated by the latency data with the behavior function indicated by the full experimental functional analysis. High rates of agreement between latency response and the outcomes of the full functional analysis suggest that latency may be a viable alternative to using rate as the measurement for standard functional analyses. Other clinical implications and future research recommendations will be discussed.
 
Variations in Behavior Function in Individuals with Intellectual Developmental Disabilities Exposed to Psychotropic Drugs
ALISON COX (University of Manitoba), Javier Virues Ortega (University of Manitoba, St. Amant Research Centre, University of Auckland)
Abstract: Psychopharmacological and behavioral interventions are used to treat challenging behaviors (e.g., self-injury, aggression, stereotypy, bizarre vocalizations) in individuals with intellectual developmental disabilities (IDD), often in combination. However, little is known about the behavioral mechanisms underlying psychopharmacological treatment. The purpose of this study was to extend and add to existing research examining whether a relation is established between psychotropic medications and behavior function. We conducted repeated functional analyses using multi-element single-subject experimental designs to assess the impact of naturally varying dosages of psychotropic drugs on behavior function. Four individuals with IDD who engaged in challenging behavior and were undergoing psychotropic medication changes participated. Drug impact across two topographies for one participant was assessed, including grabbing and table swiping. Three topographies including hand biting, skin picking, and hair pulling were assessed for another participant. Thus, a total of seven cases were evaluated. Challenging behavior was the dependent variable. Functional analysis conditions and psychotropic drug level served as independent variables. The latter was a quasi-experimental variables given that medication changes were prescribed independent of the researchers. Preliminary findings reveal two function subtractions, and three function additions; while all other medications changes produced function correspondence.
 
 
Symposium #174
Collaboration of Psychiatry and Applied Behavior Analysis: Systematic Evaluation of Treatment Packages, Medication Packages, and Emotional States
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
214D (CC)
Area: DDA/BPH; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: James Chok (Melmark Pennsylvania)
Abstract:

In the behavioral health field, medication and clinical changes are often made independently of each other. To determine the best combination of services, collaborative efforts between psychiatry and applied behavior analysis should be utilized. Articles systematically evaluating the effects of medications in comparison or conjunction with research methods of Applied Behavior Analysis are conspicuously absent from the current research (Weeden, Erhardt, & Poling, 2009). Within an interdisciplinary model, clinical decisions about treatment packages are determined based on the individuals current clinical and medical profiles. Systematically evaluating behavioral level changes prior, during, and following medication changes have allowed clinical teams to determine what the best combination of services for an individual is. Assessments such as functional analyses and treatment analyses can serve as systematic tools to evaluate behavioral changes across medication changes and emotional states. Systematic, experimental evaluations of psychiatric and behavior analytic interventions can help clinicians can gain a larger, more comprehensive view of the individuals current needs.

 
Integrating Behavior Analysis and Psychiatry: Effecting Behavioral Level Changes Through Collaboration
JENNIFER HANSON (Melmark), Anna DiPietro (Melmark), Lauren Davison (Hogan Learning Academy), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark)
Abstract: Behavior analysts and psychiatric practitioners frequently are involved in the same cases concurrently without working directly together to make changes to the individuals program. Examples of integrated efforts in the fields of psychiatry and behavior analysis are sparse in both the research literature and applied settings. The variety of potential benefits of this collaboration include more complete designs to evaluate treatment effect and more in-depth measures of behavioral changes and side effects (Blum et al., 1996). The current study examined the behavioral levels of ritualistic behavior and aggression for an individual across medication discontinuation and reintroduction, and in the presence of a behavior analytic treatment package. Changes in level trends were observed across both challenging behavior and targeted precursor behavior in correlation with the medication dosage changes implemented. Observation of level changes associated with medication variations led to the tracking of relevant precursor behavior to capture changes in rigidity of behavior. Systematic manipulation of medication dosage changes with frequent review and collaboration between clinicians and psychiatric practitioners led to a decrease in challenging behavior and a more effective data tracking system of relevant targeted behaviors.
 
Psychotropic Medications and Neurocognitive Disorder: The Impact of Medication on Behavioral Assessment and Treatment Among Older Adults
Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), DAWN SEEFELDT (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: In 1986 the Nursing Home Reform Act, as part of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA 1986), mandated that behavioral interventions be used prior to chemical or physical restraints for older adult populations. Despite this legislation, as well as several black box warnings from the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), psychotropic medication continues to be a main approach for addressing behavioral changes among older adults (Baker & LeBlanc, 2011). Given that many psychotropic medications are still being used for older adults, it is important for behavior analysts working with older adults to understand the impact that such medications can have. This presentation will include data from several clinical applications from our lab in which individuals were already on psychotropic medication or medications were added (e.g., Hadol, Xanax, Ativan). Data from functional analyses, as well as intervention analyses, will be presented and we discuss the impact of psychotropic medication in the context of assessment and treatment.
 
Varying Results of Functional Analyses across Mood States of an Individual with Autism and Intellectual Disability
ELIZABETH DAYTON (Melmark), Anna DiPietro (Melmark), Lauren Davison (Hogan Learning Academy), Jennifer Hanson (Melmark), Jennie England (Melmark)
Abstract: Functional analysis results are essential for guiding the development of an individual's behavioral plan. There are multiple variables that may affect the results of functional analysis. One of these variables is the introduction or change in medication. Research has demonstrated that medications can have differential effects on functions (Crosland et al., 2003) or topographies of behaviors (Garcia & Smith, 1999). Psychotropic medications are frequently prescribed to individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities to treat common psychiatric symptoms including irritability and anxiety. It is possible that functional analysis results differ based on an individual's mood state at the time of the analysis. The current study examined the possible evocative effect the symptoms of mania, including elevated mood, had on rates of challenging behavior for a child diagnosed with bipolar disorder and autism spectrum disorder. Although the presented data suggest elevated mood states enhanced the reinforcer value for challenging behavior, further investigation is warranted. The preliminary results have led to further discussion with the medical and behavioral team to identify measurements of mood and possible implications on functional analysis results and altering interventions based upon mood states.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #175
CE Offered: BACB

Delineating Subtypes of Automatic Self-Injurious Behavior

Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom C3 (CC)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Louis P. Hagopian, Ph.D.
Chair: Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
LOUIS P. HAGOPIAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Dr. Louis Hagopian received his Ph.D. in clinical psychology from Virginia Tech, and completed his predoctoral internship in applied behavior analysis at the Kennedy Krieger Institute. He is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and licensed psychologist. He is an associate professor of psychiatry and behavioral sciences at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and program director of the Neurobehavioral Programs at the Kennedy Krieger Institute. This includes the Neurobehavioral Unit, which provides intensive inpatient treatment for individuals with intellectual disabilities, who exhibit self-injury, aggression, and other problem behavior; as well as the Neurobehavioral Outpatient programs. He has mentored dozens of predoctoral interns and postdoctoral fellows, and has been involved in numerous efforts to promote applied behavior analysis to the broader scientific and clinical community. Dr. Hagopian's clinical research focused on understanding and treating problems related to intellectual and developmental disabilities. The National Institutes of Health has funded his research continuously since 2004 and continues through 2018. This research crosses disciplines and seeks to understand the interaction of biological and environmental factors in individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Dr. Hagopian has published his research in 21 different peer-reviewed behavioral, medical, and psychiatric journals.
Abstract:

Self-injurious Behavior (SIB) is one of the most serious problems experienced by individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities. In most cases, functional analysis indicates that SIB is reinforced by caregiver reactions (e.g., attention). In roughly 25% of cases, however, SIB levels are unaffected by social consequences. In such cases, the term "automatic" reinforcement is used because the behavior is assumed to produce its own reinforcement. In contrast to the numerous categories of social functions, automatic SIB remains a single but poorly understood category--one in great need of further explication. Although the body of research on the biological bases of SIB and pharmacological treatment of SIB has produced some meaningful findings, it informs us little about automatic SIB in particular because the majority of studies neither report on the function of SIB or have any exclusion criteria listed that would allow us to hypothesize about the function. The current discussion will summarize our initial efforts to classify automatic SIB into subtypes according to patterns of responding during the functional analysis and the presence of self-restraint--based on the premise that these observable features reflect distinct functional properties of SIB unique to each subtype.

Keyword(s): autoreinforcement, SIB
 
 
Paper Session #176
Risk-Resiliency Evaluation, Identification and Reversal of Developmental Delays
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Texas Ballroom Salon E (Grand Hyatt)
Area: DEV
Chair: Ray Brogan (Kaplan University)
 

Risk-Resiliency Trans-Disciplinary Evaluation: Integration of Developmental and Applied Behavioral Methods for Children 0-5

Domain: Applied Research
KATHRYN LELAURIN (Applied Developmental Science Consultant)
 
Abstract:

This presentation will describe a multi-agency, data-based approach to assessing child and family needs to improve the specificity of service recommendations, family service linkages and child and family progress. Authentic case illustrations will demonstrate comparable children in different family environments benefit from different service arrays resulting in better outcomes. It will illustrate multi- and single-site transdisciplinary evaluation and assessment approaches which are (1) consistent with established developmental theory and practice regarding understanding the child in the context of the family, and (2) how this is essential to the essence and spirit of IDEA related to children under five and their families. The model incorporates the family at every stage of the evaluation, uses a validated triage process for diagnostic accuracy and resource efficiency, and includes contemporary quantitative tools and cost-effective technology to streamline data use for individual cases as well as systems planning. Staff training and organization will be highlighted and vignettes of evaluations will be provided. Recommendations will be made regarding how to structure community systems triage, evaluation, service and data linkages, not only for improving the lives of children and families but how such systems can contribute to the establishment of enhanced service and program monitoring and evaluation. In addition, final commentary emphasizes how such systems could become integral to cross-site applied research endeavors focused upon intervention efficacy as well as how they could be significant contributors to data based planning for children and families across ages and organizational entities.

 
Identifying and Reversing Developmental Delay Represented by Developmental Measures In Early Childhood
Domain: Basic Research
RAY BROGAN (Kaplan University)
 
Abstract: Developmental delay has been identified as an event where an otherwise normally developing child demonstrates behavior that is more appropriate for a child of a younger age. Identifying a specific cause of the delay can lead to an exact match for intervention. This is why early intervention is effective for developmental disabilities. However, even without a clear cause of the developmental delay, there is evidence that an intervention can still be effective without being an exact match to the cause of the delay. Many times, after intervention of any kind, the child demonstrates age-appropriate behavior in later assessments. That is, there is a reversal of the deviation from normal development. However, the nature and cause of these deviations have to be explored. When early intervention is effective in reversing the effects of developmental delay, whatever was counteracted by the intervention should be considered the cause or major influence of the developmental delay. Through examining archival data and analyzing interviews with early intervention practitioners, this study will present a new understanding of the nature and cause of developmental delays. Recommendations will be presented regarding ways in which parents, educators, and professionals can enrich the environment of development in early childhood.
 
 
 
Symposium #177
Test Procedures and Equivalence Class Formation
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
007A (CC)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Christoffer K. Eilifsen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Discussant: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: In studies of stimulus equivalence, tests for equivalence class formation are commonly presented to participants immediately following the establishment of sets of conditional discriminations. Despite the absence of any programmed consequences in such tests, several studies have reported response patterns indicating that the test arrangement may involve events affecting the participants’ performances. For example, some researchers have reported data indicating class consistent responding different from the experimenter-defined classes. Others have reported response patterns indicating so-called gradual or delayed emergence of equivalence classes. The current symposium presents two studies with adult participants that investigate the effects of different test formats on equivalence class formation. The first study looks at the effect of extended testing and repeated test administration immediately following conditional discrimination training. In this study, the participants experienced 1500 test trials without programmed consequences. The second study investigates the effects of test experience on the long-term maintenance of stimulus control related to conditional discriminations and stimulus equivalence classes. Such retention of stimulus classes is investigated by either including or omitting the commonly administered stimulus equivalence test immediately following the establishment of prerequisite conditional discriminations, and subsequently assessing stimulus equivalence performance two and four weeks later.
Keyword(s): Conditional discrimination, Matching-to-sample, Stimulus equivalence, Test format
 
The Effects of Extended Testing on Equivalence Class Formation
TORUNN LIAN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: The present study investigates the effects of extended testing with two different test arrangements. The participants experienced conditional discrimination training with three 5-member experimenter-defined classes. Following training, they experienced test for equivalence class formation. In Experiment 1, the participants experienced symmetry, transitivity and equivalence test trials in random order with baseline conditional discriminations interspersed. Each trial type was presented five times, constituting a total of 300 test trials. The test was repeated five times, all together 1500 test trials in extinction. In Experiment 2, the participants experienced tests without the baseline conditional discriminations interspersed. Each trial type was presented 5 times within each test, constituting a total of 1200 test trials in extinction. The participants who performed consistently in accordance with the experimenter-defined classes in the first test also did so in the following tests. In some participants, equivalence class formation occurred only after repeated exposure to test trials. These response patterns indicate so-called delayed emergence of equivalence classes. When participants experienced testing without baseline conditional discriminations interspersed in Experiment 2, less participants demonstrated delayed emergence, but an increased accuracy throughout repeated testing was observed in several participants. An appropriate account for these performances will be discussed.
 
The Effects of Immediate Testing on the Long-Term Maintenance of Stimulus Equivalence Classes
CHRISTOFFER K. EILIFSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: While studies of the establishment of relational responding are common, the maintenance of such responding over time is less explored. A previous study from our lab assessed responding in line with trained conditional discriminations and stimulus equivalence in mixed tests in extinction conditions at several retention points over a month. Participants who responded in accordance with stimulus equivalence immediately following conditional discrimination establishment, continued to do so on maintenance tests. Participants who in the same initial test responded in line with only the trained relations did not respond in line with any relational types on later tests. To further explore this finding, the current study omitted or included stimulus equivalence tests immediately following one-to-many training across different adult participants. All participants where then tested for trained and derived relations two and four weeks later. Preliminary results show participants in both groups responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. Stimulus equivalence performance seems slightly more likely over time if tested immediately, at least if looking at performance in the second half of the two-week test. For several participants, performance seems to be more in line with the experimenter-defined stimulus classes in the four-week test compared to the two-week test.
 
 
Symposium #178
On the Generality of Interval Timing Processes
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
007B (CC)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Shrinidhi Subramaniam (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Time is an ever-present dimension of environmental events. When time serves a discriminative function, as in the fixed-interval schedule of reinforcement, behavior is predictably organized around the time to reinforcement availability. Although this pattern of interval timing is assumed to hold across many species in the animal kingdom, a majority of research on the process uses pigeons, rats, and mice as subjects. Further, this extensive research base has been used as evidence for so-called facts of timing such as mean accuracy, scalar variance, and bisection at the geometric mean of learned intervals. An integral step in testing theories of timing and allowing for the translation of theoretical principles to problems of social significance is to identify methods in which the generality of interval timing process holds across species. This symposium begins with a presentation of a theoretical framework within which to view interval timing in the fixed-interval schedule of reinforcement. The symposium concludes with two presentations on research comparing pigeon and human performance on timing procedures derived from the fixed-interval schedule of reinforcement: The fixed-interval temporal bisection procedure and the peak-interval procedure. The generality of interval timing processes and application of timing principles will be discussed.
Keyword(s): cross-species generality, interval timing, peak procedure, temporal bisection
 
Behavioral Microscopes: Isolating the Stochastic Process of Interval Timing
CARTER DANIELS (Arizona State University), Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Interval timing is characterized by an initial suppression of responding followed by a negatively accelerated increase in responding; and is found in many species including pigeons, rats, and humans. Unfortunately, there is still a dearth of knowledge concerning the micro-organization of behavior in time; thus, limiting our understanding of timing processes across species. In the present study, we developed a comprehensive understanding of interval timing. In Experiment 1, 8 naïve male Wistar rats were trained to make head-entries into a reinforcement receptacle for reinforcement on a FI 30 s until a steady-state was achieved. In Experiment 2, 8 naïve male Wistar rats were trained to make head-entries into a reinforcement receptacle for reinforcement on a FI 90 s until a steady-state was achieved, followed by a 5 session pre-feeding manipulation. Behavior was modeled using three theoretically motivated analytic models, one for each component of behavior: latencies, inter-response times (IRTs), and response durations (RDs). Simulations of the data based on the fits of each model revealed that the models provide 1) an adequate description of the data; and 2) an alternative explanation of the effects of pre-feeding on timing performance. We conclude by highlighting the implications of these models.
 
Human and Pigeon Timing in a Fixed-Interval Free-Operant Psychophysical Choice Procedure
ADAM E. FOX (St. Lawrence University), Katelyn Prue (St. Lawrence University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Relatively few studies of interval timing have used typically developing humans as subjects, and even fewer have compared human and non-human timing performance directly on tasks designed to be as similar as possible. Four pigeons and twenty six adult humans were exposed to a fixed-interval (FI) temporal bisection procedure. In the constant phase, the short FI was always the same; the long FI was 2-10 times the short FI and changed across conditions. In the proportional phase, the long FI was four times the duration of the short FI. Across both phases, pigeon mean bisection points were at the geometric mean of the two FIs, and human mean bisection points were in between the geometric and arithmetic means of the two FIs. Variability associated with timing behavior was scalar at the relatively short interval pairs, but variability increased at the long interval pairs in the constant-short phase for both species. The procedure proved to be a rapid and robust means of measuring human and non-human timing behavior. It offers a potential tool for future between-species comparisons, for testing non-human models of psycho-neurological impairments associated with deficits in temporal processing, and for diagnosing temporal processing deficits in human clinical populations.
 
Human and Pigeon Timing in Multiple and Mixed Peak Procedures
SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The peak procedure is among the most widely researched timing procedures in nonhumans. Traditional peak arrangements may not be feasible for human use when the researcher is faced with time constraints, participant boredom, or attrition. We used different procedures to capture the same interval timing process with pigeons and humans. Pigeons pecked in multiple or mixed fixed-interval 2-s and 4-s schedules of food. During occasional 12-s “peak” trials, pecks had no programmed consequences. Humans pressed buttons to fire shots on a computer program in which a target moved from the left to the right side of the monitor. Participants earned points for shots when the target reached the center of the monitor around 2 s or 4 s. The target was masked during 12-s peak trials. Red or green key lights and light or dark green backgrounds differentially signaled time to food or point availability in the multiple schedule. Differential signaling did not occur in mixed schedules. Response gradients across peak trials indicated temporal control, with the highest rate of responding occurring around the time of food or point availability. We discuss similarities in mean accuracy and scalar variance of interval timing across species and describe implications of cross-species generality.
 
 
Paper Session #179
Choice
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
006D (CC)
Area: EAB
Chair: James S. MacDonall (Fordham University)
 

A Microanalysis of the Effect of Bodyweight on Operant Behaviour With Hens

Domain: Basic Research
SURREY JACKSON (University of Waikato), Lewis A. Bizo (The University of Waikato), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato), James McEwan (The University of Waikato)
 
Abstract:

Motivating Operations (MOs) are frequently manipulated (by altering access to commodities and manipulating other variables such as body weight) in order to change responding. This study had two aims, firstly to investigate the effect of altering body weight on concurrent schedule performance of hens, secondly to investigate the effect of altering body weight on the time duration of each component of hens' pecks under these schedules when analysed from high speed videos filmed at 240 fps. Six hens (at 85% 5%) were shaped (three via the method of successive approximations and three via autoshaping) to respond for food reinforcers on an infra-red screen. Hens then responded under a range of concurrent VI VI schedules, with body weight held at 85% 5%, 95 5% and 100 5% over conditions. It was found that applying the Generalised Matching Law to the data did not result in any consistent differences in responding with the three body weights. However, response rates, inter-response times and video analysis of the individual components of the hens pecking responses did show consistent differences between responding at the three weights.

 

Analyzing Unbiased Three Alternative Choice and the Stay/Switch Model Using Compositional Analyses

Domain: Basic Research
JAMES S. MACDONALL (Fordham University)
 
Abstract:

Because human behavior typically consists of more than two choices it is essential to expand choice procedures and models to three or more alternatives. Unfortunately, the typical procedures necessarily produce a bias. The present experiment used a novel choice procedure, essentially a Findley procedure with two switching keys to prevent apparatus induced biases. The stay/switch model is a novel approach to understanding choice. In standard two choice procedures, it is unclear whether subjects are switching from an alternative or switch to an alternative, as these choices are confounded. Three alternatives unconfounds these choices. Some conditions were standard concurrent arrangements with symmetrical arrangements of stay and switch schedules. Other conditions used non-symmetrical arrangements. Four pigeons were exposed to seven to nine conditions of three alternative choice until responding was stable for five sessions. Despite the complex contingencies, preference changed in accord with changes in reinforcement schedules in symmetrical conditions. Additional analyses will compare stay/switch models based on switching to an alternative to models based on switching from an alternative. Models will be compared using Jensen's (2014) compositional analysis.

 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #180
CE Offered: BACB
10 Things Every Behavior Analyst Should Know About Behavior Analysis and Entrepreneurship
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
203AB (CC)
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson, Ph.D.
Chair: Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology)
Presenting Authors: : JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

While each entrepreneur's experience differs from the next, there are some broad strokes that can be used to paint a successful venture. Just as withclinical endeavors, data are king. This tutorial will provide the audience with an example of how behavior analytic principles (OBM) were used to found and grow Lodestone Academy, a private school in Florida that serves consumers who exhibit severe behavioral issues. In addition to an examination of organizational data, a discussion of the trials and tribulations of Lodestone will provide "life lessons" to audience members with suggestions to facilitate a smooth entrepreneurial journey. In addition to the example of Lodestone Academy, Dr. Pritchard will describe some other entrepreneurial ventures and the lessons learned from each. This tutorial will conclude with a few recommended directions that a new entrepreneur could explore which would allow for both personal success and a broadened impact of behavior analysis on society.

 
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology)
Dr. Joshua K. Pritchard earned his doctorate in psychology from the University of Nevada-Reno. He is a BCBA-D (Board Certified Behavior Analyst-Doctorate). He is currently a full-time assistant professor at the Florida Institute of Technology, program manager of the hybrid master's program and currently serves as the president of Association for Science in Autism Treatment and on several board of editors of scientific behavioral journals. He has provided behavioral services, assessments, and consultation for school settings, residential settings, in-home, and in-center for more than a decade. He also has experience consulting with a variety of agencies across the country and internationally using his experience in applied behavior analysis and organizational behavior management. He owns two companies: JKP Analysts, LLC, and Lodestone Academy, founded in 2006 and 2013, respectively. His research in OBM has examined nurse and doctor behavior in hospitals in Jordan and ethical implications of work in a Nevada brothel.
Keyword(s): entrepreneurship
 
 
Panel #181
CE Offered: BACB
PDS EVENT: Uses of Technology in Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
207A (CC)
Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D.
Chair: Cody Morris (Western Michigan University )
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas)
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)
RON VAN HOUTEN (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

From the tinkerings of Skinner to modern applications and robots, technology has always been an exciting and expanding area of interest in the field of behavior analysis. Currently the uses of technology in behavior analysis are a dynamic and growing platform, which are especially useful in training, research, and applied work. While technology has endless advantages, perhaps the most useful aspect of technology in behavioral analysis is the ability to make behavioral interventions accessible to a much larger and diverse audience. In this Professional Development Series event, a variety of speakers will discuss how they incorporate technology into their research, training, and applied work. Each presenter will discuss different types of technology and new ways to train, research, and disseminate behavior analysis using technology. Speakers will also address challenges faced when using new technology, as well as ways in which we can improve the use of technology in behavior analysis.

Keyword(s): Technology
 
 
Panel #182
CE Offered: BACB
An Update on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
214A (CC)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: James E. Carr, Ph.D.
Chair: James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
JAMES E. CARR (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
JANE S. HOWARD (Therapeutic Pathways & The Kendall Centers)
NEIL T. MARTIN (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: The panelists will discuss recent developments at the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The most current data on the BACB’s credentialing programs -- Board Certified Behavior Analyst, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst, Registered Behavior Technician -- will be provided along with a summary of the BACB’s international activities. In addition, a number of recent and impending developments at the BACB will be described, including: revisions of the BACB’s ethics code and disciplinary system, practice guidelines for autism spectrum disorder, eligibility standards, and BCaBA supervision requirements.
Keyword(s): BACB, Certification
 
 
Symposium #183
Evidence-Based Practice and Applied Behavior Analysis: Current Issues and Future Directions
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
213AB (CC)
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Evidence-Based Practice is a movement in many fields of human services. Although influential in areas such as medicine and clinical psychology, its impact in applied behavior analysis has been relatively limited. This symposium examines the current status of evidence-based practice in applied behavior analysis through three papers. In the first, Fuqua and Sanburg report the results of a survey of practitioner understanding and training need relating to evidence based practice. In the second paper, Smith and Iadarola report the results of applying criteria for evidence-based practice to ABA and non-aba therapies for autism. They highlight some of the issues that arise as AAB interacts with methodologies in which randomized controlled trials predominate. Finally, Sturmey, Madharova and Maffei-Almadovar report the results of two systematic reviews and meta-analyses of caregiver training procedures. The implications of these studies for are discussed related to the use of randomized controlled trials, small N experimental designs, treatment integrity and the meaning of effect size metrics.

Keyword(s): early intervention, evidence-based practice, staff training
 

Evidence-Based Practice and Resource Needs in Behavior Analysis: A Survey of BACB Credentialed Practitioners

R. WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University), Sela Ann Sanberg (Western Michigan University; UNMC; MMI)
Abstract:

Evidence-based practice (EBP) in behavior analysis involves a multi-component process that includes: a) identification of evidence-based behavioral interventions (EBBIs); b) selecting or modifying EBBIs based on the unique features of the client, context or therapist skills; c) implementing the EBBIs, often as modified to match unique client or context features, with high fidelity; d) continuous evaluation of clinical progress and e) modifying EBBIs based on continuous evaluation of treatment success and failure. Although the evidence-based practice model is compatible with behavior analysis training and BACB ethical guidelines, little is know about the degree to which behavior analysis practitioners implement all steps of the EBP process. We report the results of a survey of three groups of behavior analysis practitioners, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Associate Behavior Analysts and Registered Behavioral Technicians, regarding their understanding and implementation of the essential components of EBP in Behavior Analysis. We also report on the training and resource needs for survey respondents who aspire to adopt the EBP model in their behavior analysis practice.

 

Evidence Base Update for Autism Spectrum Disorder: Case Study in Applying American Psychological Association Review Criteria

SUZANNAH J. IADAROLA (University of Rochester Medical Center), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center)
Abstract:

Using criteria established by a journal of the American Psychological Association (Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology), we (Smith & Iadarola, submitted) reviewed the literature on early intervention for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). We designated one applied behavior analytic (ABA) intervention as well-established (early intensive behavioral intervention such as the UCLA/Lovaas Model), one as probably efficacious (augmentative and alternative communication such as the Picture Exchange Communication System), and two as possibly efficacious (ABA classrooms such as Learning Experiences . . . An Alternative Program and incidental teaching models such as Pivotal Response Treatment). We also found empirical support for several interventions that originated outside of ABA. However, two of the journal’s requirements for classifying an intervention as “well established” or “probably efficacious” are controversial in ABA research: (1) studies with group designs and (2) standardized manuals for the intervention. Alternative review systems that allow single-subject research to support a “well established” classification may depict the evidence base for some ABA interventions as stronger than it appears in our review, but requirements for group studies and manuals have some merit: Group studies test interventions on a large scale, and manuals enable replication by independent researchers and providers.

 
Designing Effective Protocols For Training Caregivers To Implement Behavior Analytic Techniques: Results of Several meta-analyses
PETER STURMEY (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York), Maya Madharova (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Lindsay Maffei-Almadovar (The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract: One meta-analysis evaluated the effectiveness of video modeling for training staff and caregivers of individuals with developmental disabilities to implement behavior analytic techniques. We calculated effect sizes indicated that effectiveness varied depending on the type of video model, trainees, and target skills. Three additional meta-analyses evaluated procedures to train caregivers in discrete trial teaching, preference assessment and mand training procedures.Training was less effective for parents than for staff and university students. Included studies also met criteria for quality single-subject research according to the Horner (2005) quality indicators. Combined these meta-analyses provide information for designing effective staff and parent training protocols.
 
 
Panel #184
CE Offered: BACB
PDS EVENT: A Home for the Academic-Homeless: Alternative Learning Approaches to Continuing Education and Teaching Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
205 (CC)
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Ryan Lee O'Donnell, M.S.
Chair: Dominique Stedham (University of Nevada, Reno)
T. V. (JOE) LAYNG (Generategy, LLC)
JANET S. TWYMAN (University of Massachusetts Medical School/Center on Innovations in Learning)
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Brohavior)
Abstract:

The path to mastery of the field of behavior analysis is a long and treacherous journey. On the road there are many milestones such as graduating with a master's degree, passing the BACB exam, learning specialty skills, graduating with a doctorate degree, and countless others. The current panel aims to open a discussion around the options currently available to a behavior analyst following their graduation that will ensure they are ready for the long road ahead. The panel participants will share valuable tips and tricks that will allow behavior analysts, at any milestone, to remain involved in "academia-like" behavior and to plan for their professional journey. Participants will be encouraged to create individual goals related to their impending careers, build strong support networks, stay current in the literature; we will provide an alternative outline on how to become (and remain) true masters of their science.

Keyword(s): Alternative Learning, Alternative Teaching
 
 
Paper Session #185
Cognition: Private and Public
Sunday, May 24, 2015
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
007C (CC)
Area: TPC
Chair: Andres H. Garcia-Penagos (University of Tennessee)
 
Dichotomous Discourse and the Multiscaled View
Domain: Theory
KENNETH W. JACOBS (University of Nevada, Reno), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: In this presentation we will address the notion of privacy. Specifically, privacy will be analyzed with respect to what behavior analysts describe as private stimuli or private stimulation. Based upon this evaluation, we propose that the private-public distinction stems from a dichotomous mode of speaking that obscures the seamless interaction of processes and events at various levels of analysis. As such, an alternative framework of speaking will be proposed such that a systematic investigation of all things private might ensue. By speaking in terms of scaled analyses, dichotomous locutions (e.g., the private/public distinction) will be superseded by a language of synchronous, complementary, concordant, and concurrent processes or events, for what behavior analysts are referring to with when speaking of private and public are two aspects of the same thing. This view, specifically the multiscaled view, will be exemplified via its shared affinities with field theoretic perspectives, dynamical systems theory, and the notion of nested processes in ecological psychology’s animal-environment system.
 

Dreams and Illusions: Sense and Nonscence in Behavioral Views of Privacy

Domain: Theory
ANDRES H. GARCIA-PENAGOS (University of Tennessee), John C. Malone (University of Tennessee)
 
Abstract:

Recent behavioral arguments denouncing the futility of the privacy debate have reasonably generated heated controversy vis--vis the "reality" of everyday experience. A more formal and sophisticated incarnation of this later argument has been presented many times in the history of thought suggesting that radical, naturalistic approaches to privacy cannot deal with phenomena such as hallucinations, dreams, phantom sensations and similar others. A good theory of (the futility of) privacy has to account for these seemingly anomalous phenomena. This paper will explore answers to these subtle and overt criticisms and challenges by drawing from different theoretical sources that include the works of authors like Dewey, Mead, Holt, Vygotsky, and J. J. Gibson, as well as those of recent authors in the tradition of embodied cognitive science and social psychologists like Bem, as complementary with the behavioral arguments of V. L. Lee, W. Baum, and H. Rachlin.

 
p(R): Volition, Agency, and the Five-Term Operant Contingency
Domain: Theory
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University)
 
Abstract: The complex and interrelated concepts of volition, agency, and free will have played a central role in Western-culture characterizations and explanations of mind and human behavior. The purpose of this paper is to (a) examine some of the central issues involved with the history and current usage of the concepts of volition and agency (and their possible relations to free will) in their traditional explanatory roles regarding human behavior, and (b) propose an interpretive functional analysis of the terms as they occur as properties of verbal behavior. Sources for the analysis will include some interpretive writings on the subject by B. F. Skinner, as well as recent and highly-relevant experimental research from the field of social cognition as well as behavior analysis. It will be concluded that (a) the occurrence of traditional terms such as voluntary/involuntary under the control of observed behavior are a function of the number and complexity of the variables that may be shown to be affecting the observed behavior, and (b) it may be time to expand Skinner's (1945) program for the "functional analysis of psychological terms" to also include central and culturally-important terms from traditional philosophical sources.
 
 
 
Poster Session #186
EAB Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 24, 2015
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
1. Effects of a Two-Component Chain Schedule of Reinforcement Related to an Imprinted Stimulus and Food on Chicks' Operant Responses Reinforced by the Imprinted Stimulus
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FUKUKO HASEGAWA (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Abstract: An imprinted stimulus comes to be a reinforcer for an arbitrary operant response. However, many studies reported that the responses gradually decreased as chicks or ducklings grew in laboratory settings. In that sense, we cannot confirm irreversibility of imprinting which Lorenz suggested as an important characteristic of imprinting in precocial birds. The present study investigated whether chicks' key-peck operant responses reinforced by an imprinted stimulus could maintain on a two-component chain schedule of reinforcement related to an imprinted stimulus and food. The subjects were four newly hatched white leghorn chicks. After hatching, they were imprinted to a moving red cylinder, and trained to peck a key in an operant chamber using the imprinted stimulus as a reinforcer. The experimental design was a multiple-probe design. In the baseline phase, continuous reinforcement schedule was conducted. The presentation of the imprinted stimulus was contingent on each chicks' key-peck response. After the phase, the two-component of chain schedule was conducted as an intervention phase. In the first link of the schedule, the chicks' key-peck responses were reinforced by the presentation of the imprinted stimulus. In the second link, in the presence of the stimulus, the chicks' pressing the panel produced food. During this phase, some probe sessions were conducted under CRF schedule in order to investigate the maintenance of the key-peck operant responses reinforced by the imprinted stimulus. The results showed that the chicks' key-peck response rates in the chain procedure were higher than those in the baseline phase. Moreover, the responses in the probe sessions were more stable than those in the baseline sessions.
 
2. A Comparison of Choice and Differential Reinforcement on Students' Computation Fluency
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MAUREEN O'CONNOR (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Polly Daro (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Mallory Johnson (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Whitney Strong (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Mackenzie Sommerhalder (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Natalie Hoff (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Alicia Kruger (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
Abstract: Although the antecedent strategy of task choice and differential reinforcement procedures (i.e., DRA and DNRA) appear in the literature as effective treatment options for problem behaviors maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from instructional demands, studies have yet to compare these treatments to determine which produces optimal outcomes (Geiger et al., 2010; Smith, 2011). In the current study, functional analyses were conducted to identify elementary-school students whose academic responding was under a negative reinforcement contingency. A multielement design was then used to examine the impact of four treatments (task choice, DRA, task choice plus DRA, and DNRA) on each student's rate of correct digits per minute. Results (displayed below) demonstrated that all four treatments were effective and produced differentiated patterns of responding across students. For students A and D, DNRA produced the highest rates of correct digits per minute, whereas for student C, the highest rates of correct digits per minute were obtained for the DNRA and DRA conditions. Moreover, for student B, the highest rates of correct digits per minute were obtained for the DRA and DRA plus choice conditions. The results of this study suggest that differential reinforcement procedures are more effective than the antecedent strategy of task choice and that there are idiosyncratic differences regarding whether DRA or DNRA produces the strongest outcomes. These results may stimulate future research comparing functionally appropriate treatments for other forms of academic responding.
 
3. Resurgence of Operant Variability in Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHARLES FRYE (Utah State University), Jonathan E. Friedel (Utah State University), Ann Galizio (College of Charleston), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Across two experiments we developed a method for assessing resurgence of operant variability. Resurgence refers to the reappearance of a previously extinguished behavior when an alternative source of reinforcement is subsequently placed on extinction. We first established two distinct operants which served as the target and alternative responses in a resurgence preparation using 12 pigeons as experimental subjects. In Experiment 1 we assessed the viability of producing two separate response classes: sequences that start on the right vs. left. Baseline responding consisted of a lag 5 schedule of reinforcement with 4-peck sequences. Condition 2 consisted of a more stringent schedule: LAG+CONSTRAINT. In addition to the lag 5 criterion, reinforcement was also contingent on a sequence beginning on the left (half of the subjects) or right (the other half). Condition 3 consisted of a reversal; subjects on the right and left constraints were switched to the alternative constraint. In Experiment 2 we assessed resurgence of operant variability using the distinct operants established in Experiment 1. Condition 1 and 2 were replications of the LAG+CONSTRAINT and reversal conditions from Experiment 1. Condition 3 consisted of extinction of both operants. Resurgence of the response sequences reinforced in condition 1 was assessed.
 
4. Are Behaviors at One Alternative of Concurrent Schedule Independent of Contingencies at the Other Alternative?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES S. MACDONALL (Fordham University), Mary Kate Crenny (Fordham University)
Abstract: The stay/switch model views two-alternative concurrent schedules as consisting of two independent sets of choices (to stay or to switch) one set at each alternative. In contrast, most views consider just one set of choices, to respond at one alternative or the other. Five rats were exposed to symmetrical stay and switch schedules at the two alternatives, which replicated standard concurrent scheduling. After stable responding, stay and switch schedules at the left alternative remained constant while the schedules at the right alternative became extinction. After stable responding at the unchanged alternative, baseline schedules returned. . In two set of conditions, contingencies favored responding at either the left or right alternative. Within each set of conditions there were no consistent changes in run lengths or visit durations at the constant, left, alternative as contingencies at the right alternative were either reinforcement to extinction. These results are not consistent with views of choice as respond left or respond right. They are consistent with views that there are two sets of independent choices, to stay or to switch, in two alternative choice. According these results support the stay/switch model of choice and are inconsistent with the generalized matching law view of choice.
 
5. A Concurrent-Operants Method for Measuring Gain/Loss Asymmetry: IV. Gender Differences in Performance
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FRANK ROBERTSON (Brigham Young University), Marcia Ventura (Brigham Young University), Diego Flores (Brigham Young University), Veronika Tait (Brigham Young University), Michael Seeley (Brigham Young University), Harold L. Miller Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Abstract:

In the Sub Search Game, the player uses a mouse to move a submarine icon on a computer screen in order to retrieve underwater objects. The screen is divided vertically in half, with each half containing its own submarine, objects, and barriers. The player can switch between the half-screens at any point. Occasionally, according to concurrent VI VI schedules, retrieval results in the delivery of points via an on-screen counter. Retrieval may also produce loss of points but only on the left half of the screen. The sessions consisted of six 6-min components in which the reinforcer ratio varied as did the screen color. Punishers were delivered in half of the components on the left side of the screen. Half of the 20 players were female college students; the other half male. Figure 1 summarizes the results from one component of the game consisting of a 1:1 ratio of reinforcers. Punishers were delivered on the left side of the screen with the same frequency as reinforcers. Though males responded approximately 40 percent faster than females overall, the relative decrease in responding on the left screen (where punishers were presented as frequently as reinforcers were) was approximately the same.

 
6. A Concurrent-operants Method for Measuring Gain/Loss Asymmetry: V. Loss Aversion and the Sunk Cost Fallacy
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
VERONIKA TAIT (Brigham Young University), Diego Flores (Brigham Young University), Frank Robertson (Brigham Young University), Marcia Ventura (Brigham Young University), Michael Seeley (Brigham Young University), Harold L. Miller Jr. (Brigham Young University)
Abstract:

The Sub Search computer game is a new behavior-analytic method for the measurement of gain/loss asymmetry in judgment and decision making. Alternative, cognitively-oriented methods are well-established. To date no study has compared the two types of method. This study examined the sunk cost fallacy, that is, the tendency to persevere in investing in a risky option when all prior investments have failed, in terms of loss aversion, that is, the tendency to prefer uncertain losses to sure losses. It did so by employing the scenario-based methods of the cognitive approach as well as the Sub Search game. Participants were 30 college students who completed two surveys, one measuring sunk cost in three dimensions (time, effort, and money) and the other loss aversion. In addition, participants played the Sub Search game. The data were analyzed to determine the predictive relations between the results from the two cognitively-oriented methods, , ACT score, age (see Table 1), and the relation between those results jointly and the results from the behavior-analytic method. Relations were most robust for money.

 
7. The effect of choice opportunity and reinforcement value of activities on self-control in children with typical development.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FERNANDA CALIXTO (Universidade Federal de São carlos), Giovana Escobal (Federal University of Sao Carlos), Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Self-control is understood as the choice of delayed consequence of larger magnitude in detriment of immediate consequence of smaller magnitude. Self-control enables individuals to contact with temporally distant reinforcements. This study aimed to develop a procedure to increase self-control. Two studies were conducted with eight participants, aged between 3 and 4 years. Study 1 aimed to install behavioral prerequisites for choosing between reinforcements with different delays and magnitudes. Three phases were conducted: Simple Discrimination Training, Reinforcement Magnitude Training and Reinforcement Delay Discrimination Training. Participants chose the delayed consequence of larger magnitude between 70% and 100% of choices. The same participants were exposed to Study 2. Study 2 aimed to investigate the effect of choice possibility between activities of high and low preference on self-control. Participants were exposed to Abruptly Increase of Reinforcement Delay Phase, No Choice Opportunity Condition with Low Preference Activities, Choice Opportunity Condition with Low Preference Activities, Choice Opportunity Condition with High Preference Activities and No Choice Opportunity Condition with High Preference Activities. Percentage of choices in delayed consequence of larger magnitude was above 80% when activities were high preferred independently of choice opportunity. In conclusion, reinforcement value was more significant on self-control than choice opportunity.
 
8. Food or Good Company? Choice Between Edible and Social Reinforcement in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LISA HIURA (Reed College Undergraduate), Lavinia C. M. Tan (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Abstract: The value of one reinforcer may be modulated by the availability of another reinforcer. To explore how the motivation to obtain qualitatively distinct reinforcers is influenced by the reinforcement context, we investigated how three pairs of rats responded for food and social contact under concurrent progressive ratio (PR) schedules. Responding on one lever delivered a food reinforcer, while responding on another lever opened a door to release a trapped rat into the focal chamber for 10 seconds of social reinforcement. The largest completed ratios (breakpoints) for each reinforcer type were compared across various conditions of deprivation - food deprivation, social deprivation, and combined food and social deprivation. Responding was maintained by both reinforcer types, although the breakpoints were consistently higher under food reinforcement than social reinforcement. Additionally, responding for both consequences was affected by deprivation conditions, indicating that reinforcer value is modulated by both availability of alternate reinforcers and motivational conditions.
 
9. Comparing Concurrent Choice and Demand Curve Procedures as Assessments of Reinforcer Value
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
EVAN DAHL (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Molly A Barlow (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: Within behavioral and economic fields, there are several commonly utilized methods for assessing the value of a reinforcer, including concurrent choice, progressive ratio responding and breakpoints, and demand curve analyses. While these methods are utilized when assessing consumer preference and reinforcer efficacy, prior studies have demonstrated that the results of these measures do not always align. The current research analyzes this further, by comparing choice and demand for two different reinforcer types in rats – grain pellets and Ensure. Each subject completed demand functions for the two reinforcer types separately, and were then permitted free choice between the two commodities at different ratio values. Initial results indicate that while Ensure is highly preferred in a concurrent-choice paradigm (near exclusive preference for Ensure over grain pellets), grain pellets retain as high or higher levels of demand as does Ensure. Continued work is assessing how the bias parameter in the matching law and other common assessments of reinforcer efficacy align with these results and could add to the general understanding of reinforcer value.
 
10. Signaled Extinction Determines Preference in Rats: Implications for Conditional Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TRAVIS RAY SMITH (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract: The present study assessed what factors determine preference in rats operating under contingencies of signaled probabilistic reinforcement using a concurrent chained schedule. A dependent concurrent random interval schedule arranged equal rates of transition from the initial link to the terminal link. In the terminal link, either a fixed-interval schedule of food reinforcement or extinction was arranged for center lever responses. The terminal-link stimulus in the signaled terminal link condition was different depending upon whether reinforcement or extinction was setup. The unsignaled terminal link provided the same terminal link stimulus regardless of whether reinforcement or extinction was setup. The relative probabilities of terminal link reinforcement varied between within-session components. In condition 1 the signaled option provided varying probabilities of reinforcement and the unsignaled option provided reinforcement with a 1.0 probability. Condition 2 replicated condition 1, however both options were unsignaled. Condition 3 replicated condition 1, however the unsignaled option provided reinforcement with a 0.5 probability. Overall, sensitivity to the relative probabilities of reinforcement was greater in the signaled condition. However, this was not due to an increased tendency to return to the option that previously provided signaled reinforcement, but rather a tendency to avoid returning to the option that previously resulted in signaled extinction. These results contradict the simple account of conditional reinforcement that predicts preference would be determined by preference for signaled reinforcement.
 
11. Effects of Reinforcement Magnitude and Magnitude-Specific Stimuli on Preference in Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL HARMAN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract: Pigeons will be trained on the concurrent-chains choice procedure. One terminal link will deliver a fixed duration of reinforcement (e.g., 3 s) in the presence of a white hopper light. Across conditions, the second terminal link will deliver a longer duration of reinforcement (e.g., 6 s). In some conditions, the second terminal link will deliver the longer duration of reinforcement in the presence of a white hopper light. In other conditions, the second terminal link will deliver the longer duration of reinforcement in the presence of a hopper light of a different color. Of interest is whether the pigeons reliably prefer the longer duration of reinforcement when both hopper lights are white, and then whether they prefer the longer duration to a greater degree when differential hopper lights are used.
 
12. The choice behavior of rats in multi-stage gambles using the lights as discriminative stimuli.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
XIAOTING SHI (Keio University), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University)
Abstract: According to the expected utility theory, there should be no preference between gambles that have identical outcomes. However, we sometimes see a preference due to random features of gambling—for example, the order of experienced probabilities. In the present study, rats made 120 choices between two alternatives. Each alternative consisted of two stages leading with equal joint probability to identical outcomes. In one alternative, the first stage offered higher probability of winning than the probability of the second stage. In the other, the first stage offered lower probability than the second. The rats were divided into the two groups, the ITI condition and the non-ITI condition. In the previous experiments, the alternatives were discriminated by position of levers, and their results showed strong position preference. Therefore, in the present study we used two types of lights (on steady or flashing) as discriminative stimuli. As a result, in the non-ITI condition, one rat preferred the alternative in which the earlier stage had lower probability because the alternative has higher reinforcement rate than the other. However, the other rat preferred the alternative offering higher probability in the earlier stage. The order of probabilities may influence its choice.
 
13. Comparative Analysis of Probabilistic Token Reinforcement in Pigeons and Humans
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JEFF PISKLAK (University of Alberta), Christopher Madan (Boston College), Marcia Spetch (University of Alberta)
Abstract: In laboratory studies of choice, the class of reinforcer used varies across species. Pigeons, for instance, are often reinforced with consumable primary reinforcement (e.g., grains), whereas humans are typically reinforced with non-consumable forms of secondary reinforcement (e.g., points, money). Since the consumable nature of reinforcers used for non-human animal studies prevents the administration of losses, the asymmetric predictions of Prospect Theory – greater risk aversion for gains than losses – cannot be readily tested in other species. Recent evidence also suggests that these predictions may not hold when outcomes are learned through experience (as opposed to verbal description). To test Prospect Theory’s predictions in an experience-based choice task, as well as the potential effects of reinforcer class and reinforcer delay, we conducted a comparative study with pigeons and humans using a token-based reinforcement paradigm. Both species made choices between probabilistic gains and losses of tokens that were exchanged at varied intervals for terminal reinforcement: food access for pigeons and either television clips or points for humans. Prior research has demonstrated numerous biases where human and non-human animals deviate from rational decision-making. Here we test the boundary conditions of these biases, allowing for a better understanding of the mechanisms influencing choice behavior.
 
14. White-Crowned Pigeons are More Sensitive to Immediacy than Rock Doves
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University), Shrinidhi Subramaniam (West Virginia University), DANIEL BELL-GARRISON (West Virginia University), James Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract: It is sometimes said that rats (Rattus norvegicus) and rock doves (Columba livia) are used as subjects in psychology experiments because like humans, they are generalists: species capable of thriving in a wide variety of conditions. To test the hypothesis that the behavior of generalists is more adaptable than that of more specialized species, we compared the performance of four rock doves with that of two white-crowned pigeons (Patagioenas leucocephala). Compared to rock doves, white-crowned pigeons have a more limited natural range, habitat and diet. All six pigeons pecked in concurrent-chain schedules with fixed-interval terminal links. The duration of terminal links changed pseudorandomly each session. To quantify the sensitivity of pigeons’ behavior to changes in terminal-link duration, we regressed log initial-link response ratios on log terminal-link immediacy ratios using the generalized matching equation. Contrary to expectations, white-crowned pigeons’ response allocation was more sensitive to terminal-link immediacy ratio than that of three out of four rock doves. Within sessions, white-crowned pigeons’ sensitivity increased faster and stabilized at a higher value than sensitivity for all four rock doves. The greater sensitivity of their response allocation may indicate that white-crowned pigeons are able to adjust to some environmental changes faster than rock doves.
 
15. Using a Computerized Slot Machine to Evaluate the Effect of Bonus Rounds on Slot Machine Preference
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KELTI OWENS (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Albert Malkin (ErinoakKids), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Twenty-three undergraduate students operated a computerized slot-machine simulation involving the concurrent presentation of two slot machines that were varied both in win-density and the inclusion of an embedded bonus round feature. The results suggest that both win-density (F (1, 21) = 14.53, p = 0.001) and bonus rounds (F (1, 21) = 11.24, p = 0.003) had a significant effect on the participants’ slot machine preferences. There were no interaction effects between win density and bonus rounds (F (1, 21) = 0.04, p = 0.836). These findings replicate previous research on the effect of reinforcement schedules on slot machine play, and extend these findings by suggesting that contrivances such as bonus rounds in modern slot machine games may distract gamblers from the immediate contingencies surrounding their gambling behavior.
 
16. Converting Delay to Probability: Magnitude and Sign Effects
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
WOJCIECH BIALASZEK (University of Social Sciences and Humanities (SWPS)), Piotr Zielonka (Warsaw University of Life Sciences), Maciej Gaik (Kozminski University)
Abstract: Probability and time are integral dimensions of many decisions, but their impact on choice has been rarely studied in combination. Traditional studies focus on time or probability as separate phenomena. Our investigation reports how do people estimate delay in probabilisty units. Participants (242 collage undergraduates) were asked to make a decision to adjust a risky payoff to a delayed payoff in domain of gains and losses. In other words they were giving a probability equivalent of time. The main result is that the function (i.e. time and probability tradeoff – p(t)) is strongly related to the time discounting – f(t), but not to the probability discounting – f(p). Furthermore there was a significant interaction of amount and sign in the p(t) and f(t) condition.
 
17. An Experimental Analysis of Human Preference for Choice
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ZACHARY H. MORFORD (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Over the past 40 years a variety of publications have demonstrated both animal and human preference for choice. In the standard experimental preparation, humans and animals respond on concurrent chain schedules of reinforcement in which the participants allocate responding to one of two initial links. One initial link (called the free choice link) leads to multiple response alternatives on its respective terminal link, and the second initial link (called the forced choice or restricted choice link) leads to either one response alternative, or fewer response alternatives than the free choice initial link. While there are relatively few publications along this line of research, the results are fairly ubiquitous in demonstrating that both animals and humans tend to prefer initial links associated with a larger number of response alternatives. This poster will describe several experiments with humans. It will display data from an experiment comparing two procedures that have been used in studies with humans. Additionally, it will display data from experiments investigating how the number of free choice terminal link options and the probability of reinforcement affect humans preference for choice.
 
18. Influencing Preferences for Neutral Objects
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Jon Magnus Eilertsen (Oslo and Akershus University College), Asle Fagerstrøm (The Norwegian School of Information Technology)
Abstract: To influence preference and choice is one of the main goals of branding and consumer behavior research. Within stimulus equivalence and Relational Frame Theory, the transfer and transformation of stimulus function has been used to investigate the emergence of stimulus functions to previously neutral stimuli. Previous findings have shown that the derived transfer of emotive functions has altered and established the preference for soft drinks. In a recent study by Arntzen, Fagerstrom and Foxall (accepted) a simulated consumer choice was successfully influenced using a transfer of function training and testing procedure. The present study seeks to replicate the findings from Arntzen et al. (accepted). Three 3-member classes are formed with a many-to-one training structure. With a positive outcome on the test for emergent relations, D stimuli with different known symbols are trained to A (the node). The D stimuli consisted of weather chart symbols (rainy, part sun and sun) for one group, monetary symbols (50, 200 and 500) for the second group and neutral symbols (the dikes of Holland) for the third group. Following a transfer of function test, the participants were presented with at simulated consumer choice setting, presented with three water bottles. The water bottles were labeled with pictures of the abstract and neutral B stimuli (B1, B2, and B3). The results are shown in Table 1.
 
19. What’s in a bout? Functional manipulations of response rate components.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RYAN J. BRACKNEY (Arizona State University), Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Response bouts are the temporal clustering of individual responses separated by longer pauses. Past experiments have demonstrated that response bouts contain multiple, functionally dissociable dimensions, including the bout initiation rate, within bout response rate, and bout length. In order to examine the utility of response bout analyses as a means of identifying the behavioral processes responsible for unknown behavioral changes, rats were trained to lever press under variable interval schedules of reinforcements over six experiments. Response work requirements, response duration requirements, response count requirements, response disrupters, and rat strains were varied within experiments. The combined results found that the rate at which bouts are emitted is functionally independent of the temporal structure of responses within a bout across a wide range of manipulations. These findings suggest that, far from being a statistical curiosity, response bouts may represent a more sensitive and informative measure of behavior than individual switch closures.
 
20. Do Electronic Cigarettes Promote Smoking Cessation?
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH MARTNER (University of Florida), Brantley Jarvis (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract: Electronic cigarettes are becoming increasingly popular and are often touted for their promise to help individuals quit smoking. Despite the growing numbers of electronic cigarette users, it is unknown how smokers use these devices during a quit attempt and whether electronic cigarettes promote smoking cessation. The current study will monitor conventional smoking and electronic cigarette use (referred to as “vaping”) in real time as six participants attempt to transition from conventional cigarettes to electronic cigarettes. The study will last up to 34 days and will utilize a within-subjects design. During this time, conventional smoking will be monitored using breath carbon monoxide samples that are submitted twice daily via the study website. Vaping will be measured using an electronic cigarette that tracks the time, duration, and intensity of each puff. Using these measures, along with craving and withdrawal reports, we can capture participants' smoking and vaping patterns as they attempt to quit.
 
21. Effects of Malate Supplementation on Food-Reinforced Alternation in a T-Maze
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERIC S. MURPHY (University of Alaska Anchorage), Daniel Quinlan (University of Alaska Anchorage), Katie Royer (University of Alaska Anchorage), Christa Eussen (University of Alaska Anchorage), Alice Bostick (University of Alaska Anchorage), Colin McGill (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract: We evaluated malate as a dietary intervention to improve food-reinforced alternation in male Fischer 344 rats. Sixteen aged (23 month) rats and 8 young (10 months) rats were used. The experiment was a 2 (Age: 10 months vs 23 months) X 2 (Diet: Control vs Malate Supplemented) between-subjects design. Rats were given 24 hr access to either a 10 mg/mL aqueous solution of malate (approximate dose of 200 mg/Kg) or plain water for six weeks. Following the supplementation period, food-reinforced alternation was assessed in a t-maze (10 trials each). Both young and old rats supplemented with malate (10 months: 92%, 23 months: 84%) demonstrated significantly higher alternation than control groups (10 months: 70%, 23 months: 56%). These data suggest that malate supplementation is a potent dietary intervention for the treatment of age-related decrements in behavioral performance.
 
22. The Functions of “Active Listening“
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CARSTA SIMON (Oslo and Akershus University College, Norway)
Abstract: According to communication theorists so called “backchannels”, that is sounds such as “hmm” produced by a listener, lead to continuation of a speaker’s talk. Under what conditions does verbal feedback induce the speaker to talk longer, or shorter, or slower, or faster? I pursued this question in an experiment in which individual participants watched 13 one-minute videos and reported the video’s content to a confederate. The latter varied her rate of feedback while listening to the participant’s reports. The dependent variables, the duration (measured in seconds) and speed (measured in syllables uttered per minute) of the participants’ talk varied depending on rate of feedback and instruction. Participants were either instructed to report upon the videos as long as they felt comfortable or to finish reporting and to go on to the next video as soon as they got the impression “the other participant” has understood the main points discussed in the video. Individual analyses of 30 subjects’ duration and speed of talk showed that a high rate of verbal feedback induced longer and faster talking of the subjects when they are supposed to talk as long as they feel comfortable and that higher rates of feedback have the opposite effect (inducing shorter talk) when subjects are supposed to explain the video’s main points until the listener has understood them.
 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Poster Session #187
CSE Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 24, 2015
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
23. A Crumbling Foundation? The relationship between academic instruction and experience to BA’s use of CUTs
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Heather Wilford (Penn State Harrisburg), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), YENUSHKA KARUNARATNE (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract: Despite ethical guidelines, clinical observation and empirical research continually indicates that behavior analysts struggle with choosing scientifically supported treatments for people with autism. Although ethical guidelines and training standards exist to guide the academic and practicum instruction of behavior analysts, they continue to choose Contemporary Unsupported Treatments (CUTs) and non-scientifically supported eclectic treatment approaches. This study examined academic (i.e., instructional delivery methods, academic majors) and practicum (i.e., location, type of program, level of practicum) influences that perpetuate behavior analysts’ (N=782) choices of CUTs. Surveyed BCBA-Ds and BCBAs used an array of CUTs (i.e., sensory integration, auditory integration, and facilitated communication). Instructional delivery methods, practicum experiences, and academic majors related to behavior analysts’ choices to use some of the CUTs but not for others. These results indicate that for some popular CUTs, specific remediation must be made to the instructional and practicum foundations of behavior analysts’ training.
 
24. A Latency-Based Functional Analysis of Elopement and Clinical Intervention for An Adult With Autism
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
MO CHEN (Department of Educational Psychology, University of Minnesota), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota), Jonathan A. Bergmann (University of Minnesota at Twin-Cities)
Abstract: This study conducted a latency-based functional analysis to examine the potential function(s) of highly frequent elopement in a 47-year-old male adult with autism living in a group home, and then implemented a function-based intervention for this clinical case. Functional analysis replicating the procedures illustrated by Neidert, Iwata, Dempsey, & Thomason-Sassi (2013) was conducted in a multi-element design. Results suggested the adult’s elopement was maintained by access to attention, since he eloped most quickly in both ignore and attention conditions. Subsequently, a noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) intervention strategy was implemented in a quasi-experimental AB design for the clinical application, in which the staff in the group home provided noncontingent attention (e.g., checking in the adult, making praises, directives, comments to him) at least once per five minutes, which was much more intensive than the provision of attention during baseline (about once per 20 minutes as observed and recorded by researchers). As soon as the intervention was introduced, the frequency of weekly elopements decreased dramatically from the baseline. Implications and limitations are discussed.
 
25. Participant Diversity in Studies of Parent-Mediated Behavior Interventions for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
RACHEL E. ROBERTSON (University of Pittsburgh), Kaylee Wynkoop (University of Pittsburgh), Emily Sobeck (University of Pittsburgh)
Abstract: While evidence-based practices for children with disabilities have empirical support for their effectiveness, the demographics of participants making up the evidence base are generally unknown leaving generalizability of the evidence unclear. This study presents a systematic literature review of participant racial and socioeconomic demographics in one evidence-based practice, parent-mediated behavior interventions for children with ASD, to examine participant characteristics and their similarity with the general population. Participant race, income, education level, marital status, and occupation were reviewed and aggregated across 22 studies and then compared to population-level demographics using chi-square analyses. Results indicated (a) these demographics were infrequently reported, and (b) participants did not match the general population on any demographic. Most reliable findings included an overrepresentation of highly educated parents, married parents, and Caucasian children across reviewed studies. Only two studies reported including racial minority parents. Implications of findings for service delivery and recommendations for reporting participant demographics are discussed.
 
26. Effects of Parent Implemented Visual Schedule Procedures for African-American Children With ASD in High Poverty Home Settings
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA GOLDMAN (Vanderbilt University), Carrie Glover (Vanderbilt), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Maria Mello (Vanderbilt University), Erin E. Barton (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: High poverty, minority families are underrepresented in the literature on parent training and parent-implemented interventions for school-age children with ASD. Although the use of visual supports, such as visual schedules, is considered to be an evidence-based practice for children with ASD in school, it is not known whether this strategy is effective for minority, low income families to use in the home setting. Two studies used a combination withdrawal and multiple baseline across routines design to evaluate the effects of a parent implemented visual schedule procedure on the childs independent schedule use and transitioning. Participants included two African-American children with ASD who were eligible for free-reduced lunch, and their mothers. Mothers were trained to implement the visual schedule intervention in homework, leisure, and bedtime routines. Although child use of the visual schedule and independent transitioning increased following the introduction of the visual schedule procedure, results indicate parent implementation was inconsistent for one child-parent dyad. Implications for future research, including the challenges involved in parent-implemented interventions in high poverty settings for minority children with ASD, are addressed.
 
27. Review of Studies Evaluating Vocational Preferences on the Behavioral Outcomes of Individuals with Disabilities
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
MARGOT BOLES (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University), Stephanie Gerow (Texas A&M University), Emily Gregori (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University)
Abstract: Arranging opportunities for self-determination in the vocational programs of persons with disabilities has received considerable focus within the literature on vocational habilitation and person-centered planning. Recently, the benefits of utilizing vocational preferences on related behavioral outcomes such as task completion, challenging behavior, and indices of happiness, have been explored through empirical research. The purpose of this systematic review was to assess the effects of preference on vocational performance outcomes for individuals with disabilities. A comprehensive search resulted in a total of 16 included studies. Studies were analyzed according to (a) participant characteristics, (b) setting, (c) work tasks, (d) service providers, (e) experimental design or observational methods, (f) preference assessment, (g) treatment conditions, (h) dependent measures of vocational performance, and (i) certainty of evidence. While outcomes were primarily positive in support of incorporating preferred vocational conditions, quality indicators of design were generally lacking and there are numerous areas calling for future research.
 
28. Safety skills instruction with cell phones for students with an intellectual disability in community-based settings
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA BASSETTE (University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign), Teresa A. Doughty (Purdue University), Roberto Gama (Georgia State University), Paul A. Alberto (Georgia State University), Gulnoza Yakubova (Duquesne University), David F. Cihak (University of Tennessee)
Abstract: People with intellectual disability (ID) have the right to access to their communities; however, issues surrounding dignity of risk vs. erring on the side of caution continue to be debated when discussing how to meet the needs of this population (Stock, Davies, Wehmeyer, & Lachapelle, 2011). The purpose of this study was to examine an intervention package of video modeling and system of least prompts to teach safety skills using cell phones. A multiple probe design across three middle school students with a moderate ID was used to assess acquisition to take/send a picture of a key identifier during a role play scenario of being “lost” in the community. Intervention sessions were conducted at the students’ school, primary community based instruction site, and an unfamiliar community location. All students successfully learned to take/send the picture at mastery criterion and generalized behavior. Inter-observer agreement and treatment fidelity data were collected during one-third of sessions and was 100%. This study addressed previous limitations in safety skill instruction by incorporating pictures. The implications include identifying a much needed strategy for people with ID to independently communicate they are lost to a trusted adult and therefore increase opportunities for safe and independent community access. Stock, S. E., Davies, D. K., Wehmeyer, M. L., & Lachapelle, Y. (2011). Emerging new practices in technology to support independent community access for people with intellectual and cognitive disabilities. NeuroRehabilitation, 28, 261-269.
 
29. Preliminary Assessment of the PedsQL as a Social Validity Scale for Intensive Behavioral Intervention
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
SEAN SMITH (Bancroft), Christina M. Vorndran (Bancroft)
Abstract: Despite the urgent admonitions from Wolf (1978), assessing and measuring the social validity of behavioral interventions remains a core deficit in the field of applied behavior analysis. In the autistic population, the PedsQL, a pediatric health-related quality of life inventory, has been shown to be correlated with a variety of behavioral challenges, suggesting that interventions targeting these domains should improve quality of life (Kuhlthau et al., 2010). The purpose of the present study was to assess if the PedsQL could be used as a measure of social validity by assessing whether scores on the PedsQL would accurately represent the change in behavior of individuals across their placement at a residential facility for the treatment of severe problem behavior. For each participant, the parent report version of the PedsQL was completed at least twice by the participants primary clinical manager with at least four months between assessments. The results of the PedsQL inventories were then compared to the average rate of aggressive, self-injurious, and compliant behavior during the corresponding time periods. The preliminary results show that increases in PedsQL scores are modestly correlated with increases in individuals compliance with demands and decreases in aggressive and self-injurious behavior.
 
30. A Preliminary Assessment of a Parent-Mediated ABA Intervention for Families with Limited English Proficiency
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
JULIA KINCAID (Marcus Autism Center), Ashley Baker (Marcus Autism Center), Claire Lea (Marcus Autism Center), Alice Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: The use of behavioral parent training in the treatment of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) has been shown to be effective at treating some of the associated symptoms of ASD (Wainer and Ingersoll, 2013). Additionally, these programs are often more cost-effective and take less time to implement than intensive behavioral interventions (Serketich & Dumas, 1996; Estes, Vismara & Mercado, 2013). Although ASD has been found to occur across a variety of ethnic, racial, and socioeconomic groups (CDC, 2010), further research is needed to determine how treatment outcomes are affected by cultural and language barriers when conducting parent training (Baker-Ericzén, Stahmer, & Burns, 2007). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the Community Autism Program (CAP), a 12-week, parent-mediated ABA intervention, with specific attention to the modifications made to accommodate the needs of families with limited English proficiency. These modifications include use of interpreter services, translation of materials, pace of instruction, depth of topic coverage, and others. Participants include all families with a child with ASD and at least one caregiver who completed a CAP admission in 2014. Results will include descriptive data regarding differences across groups with respect to the number of sessions, number of topics covered, and performance on measures of direct observation. In addition, social validity measures will also be examined.
 
31. Feasibility of Conducting FBA’s in the Schools with Web-based Video Recording Technology
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
PEYTON GROFF (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Dana Zavatkay (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Jason T. Cavin (Center for Leadership in Disability at Georgia Sta), Ronald Oberleitner (Behavior Imaging), Dianna Briggs (Marcus Autism Center), Carol Crothers (Behavior Imaging)
Abstract: Behavioral practitioners consulting with schools are often called upon to complete functional behavior assessments (FBA) and to develop behavioral intervention plans based on these assessments. Traditionally, comprehensive FBAs are completed through the gathering of information in-vivo, predominately through interviews and direct observations within the school setting. This process is often expensive and time-intensive; more so if the visits to the school setting require travel to distant locales. Moreover, if the behaviors targeted for intervention occur only infrequently, the amount of observation required to conduct such assessments and the associated expense is further increased. In this study, practitioners examined the utility of using Behavior Imaging(R) video recording equipment via smartphone application and remote for teachers to gather video evidence in the school setting needed to complete an FBA. Teachers then uploaded videos to a secure, web based platform allowing viewing capabilities to practitioners to complete FBAs and to provide functionally based recommendations for behavior intervention. Results of the presentation will review cost analysis regarding time spent on the project versus estimated in-vivo procedures, review of social validity for consultants and teachers, as well as preliminary quantitative and qualitative data regarding the use of this technology in the school setting.
 
 
 
Poster Session #188
EDC Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 24, 2015
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
32. Effect of Reread-Adapt and Answer-Comprehend on the Fluency and Comprehension of High School Deaf Readers
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BARBARA SCHIRMER (Defiance College), Laura Schaffer (Michigan School for the Deaf), William Therrien (University of Virginia), Todd Schirmer (Napa State Hospital)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effect of the Reread-Adapt and Answer-Comprehend intervention on the reading fluency and comprehension of deaf high school students. The four participants were selected from a convenience sample among high school students at a state school for the deaf. Ages ranged from 14-1 to 18-9 at the outset of the study. The RAAC intervention was used with the students individually for 14-26 sessions, which varied based on scheduling issues. The intervention was supplemental to the students’ classroom instruction. The passages were selected to match the instructional reading level of each student. Pre- and post-test measures included four reading subtests of the Woodcock-Johnson III Achievement Tests and the Developmental Reading Assessment. Session measures included the number of comprehension questions answered correctly and the reading level of the passages. For the distal measures, we analyzed the data using paired t-tests and Cohen’s d. We found significance for the Letter-Word Identification subtest and the Developmental Reading Assessment. Medium effect sizes were obtained. For the proximal measures (i.e., comprehension questions and level of materials), we found consistently good literal and inferential comprehension during each session and a continuous increase in difficulty level of the materials.
 
33. Behavioral Momentum and Reading: An Analysis of Reinforcement Density and the Persistence of Reading Errors
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JOSHUA GARNER (The Ohio State University), Adam Michael Peal (Pennsylvania State University), Henry S. Pennypacker (University of Florida), Gleides Lopes Rizzi (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Resistance to change has not been researched with respect to persistent, inaccurate, academic behavior. Reading is an essential component for school success and is ubiquitous across content areas (e.g., math, language arts, history, and science). Contact with insufficient instruction and correction procedures may facilitate a reading repertoire that contains many different kinds of reading errors, such as reading words incorrectly. The purpose of this study was to investigate if behavioral momentum theory (BMT) was an underlying process maintaining error responding. The results indicated that higher density schedules of reinforcement demonstrated greater resistance to change compared to lower density schedules of reinforcement when see-say responding was disrupted by an instructional rule.
 
34. An Evaluation of the Overjustification Effect in Preschool Children Based on Task Difficulty
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSAY M. KNAPP (St. Cloud State University), Mackenzie Schroeder (St. Cloud State University), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (St Cloud State University)
Abstract: The overjustification effect is the theory that an individual’s motivation to engage in activities is lost, or at least lessened, following reinforcement. However, previous research suggests the level of task difficulty may be an important variable in the occurrence of the overjustification effect. Because reinforcement is commonly used in educational settings, for activities of varying difficulties, it is important to evaluate this phenomenon and the effects of task difficulty. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate if the overjustification effect would occur following the implementation of reinforcement for maintenance (easy) and acquisition (difficult) tasks. Preliminary results are that the overjustification effect did not occur for either the easy or difficult task; however, there is a decreasing trend in the second baseline. It is possible that this trend may continue in following sessions. Based on these data, it is possible that the overjustification effect will occur following easy and difficult tasks. Implications, limitations, and suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 
35. Using Cover-Copy-Compare to Improve Sight Word Spelling Accuracy in a 7th Grade Student
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KIM SAIN (Eastern Washington University), Ryan Sain (Eastern Washington University)
Abstract: The participant was brought to the attention of the lead author because he was unable to correctly spell the sight words expected of a third grader. He is in the seventh grade. The lead author researched which interventions had empirical support for increasing spelling skills in middle school aged children. The Cover-Copy-Compare procedure has been demonstrated repeatedly to be an effective learning tool. The history of such academic interventions can be traced directly back to Skinner and the use of the teaching machine. Further, the intervention also teaches self-management skills. During baseline the student showed a maximum of four words spelled correctly on a 10 word third grade list. Words that were not spelled correctly on one week were incorporated into the next week’s list. The intervention seemed to have an effect on spelling behavior. Seventy-five percent of the intervention data was above baseline. Treatment acceptability forms were also highly positive.
 
36. Effects of Guided Notes on Students' Academic Performance During a Greek History Class
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
LEFKI KOUREA (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract: The effects of guided notes (GNs) in English speaking population are well documented. Limited to none empirical research has examined the effectiveness of GNs with other non-English speaking students. Hence, the present study investigated the effects of GNs on the academic performance of five Greek students with learning difficulties during History class at a high-school setting. A reversal ABAB design was utilized to assess students quiz performance and work completion. Two main experimental conditions were designed and implemented in an alternate manner. Condition A consisted of regular classroom instruction, whereby teacher was lecturing historical events and students were taking personal notes. Condition B consisted of students completing GNs while teacher was presenting subject content via technology. Students learning performance was measured by: (a) the number of correct responses on timed quizzes the following day; and (b) the number of complete and accurate notes. Results evidenced a strong functional relationship between students academic performance and GNs for all students. Student quiz performance improved by 23% to 30% during GNs. Effect sizes were also large, ranging from 1.7 to 2.9. Treatment fidelity and reliability checks were also conducted and produced satisfactory outcomes. Social validity results were positive for all participants.
 
37. The Effects of Direct Instruction Flashcards to Increase Sight-Word Reading Ability With a First Grade and Cover, Copy, and Compare for Spelling for a Fifth Grade Student With LD
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University), Tina Rich (Gonzaga University), KIMBERLY P. WEBER (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Dana Love (Spokane Public Schools)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of DI Flashcards to increase the sight word reading ability and copy, cover, and compare (CCC) to increase the spelling accuracy of an 11 year old fifth grade student with a documented Specific Learning Disability which impacts her ability to read text fluently and to increase the spelling accuracy of first grade spelling words which impacts her writing ability. The study was conducted in the Pacific Northwest in a Spokane public school in a room located next to the resource room. Targeted site words were selected bases on the participant's site word pretest results. Intervention of Direct Instruction Flashcard system was implemented using a single-subject multiple baseline design across four sets of targeted site words. A clear functional relationship was shown between increase of site word reading and the implementation of the DI flashcard procedure.
 
38. The Effects of a Self-Questioning Strategy on the Comprehension of Expository Passages by Elementary Students Who Struggle With Reading
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINA A. ROUSE (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Students who are at-risk for reading require extra support with instruction and learning and have a greater chance of academic failure in the future. Thus, students who struggle with reading and the comprehension of text have limited background knowledge, lack the skills to connect with the text, and do not know how to read with a purpose. This study addressed these deficits through the use of a self-questioning strategy to increase comprehension performance. More specifically, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of student-generated self-questions on expository reading comprehension of fourth grade at-risk learners. The generalization of comprehension skills was also assessed.

 
39. Using Frames to Establish Sentence Writing in Students with Moderate to Severe Intellectual Disability
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT C. PENNINGTON (University of Louisville), Allison Flick (Oldham County Schools), Kendra Smith-Weher (OCBE)
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual disability (ID) have difficulty acquiring functional repertoires in written expression. These skills are often required for success across academic, social, and vocational contexts. Of the many written expression skills, sentence writing serves as a foundational unit for more complex responses. Unfortunately, there are limited data on the effects of intervention on sentence writing for students with ID. One potential strategy for teaching simple sentences to students with MSD, involves using frames (Skinner, 1957). Researchers have used mand frames to teach students to make requests using spoken sentences and have suggested that these frames have facilitated generalized responding (Hernandez, Hanley, Ingvarsson, & Tiger 2007). Given the effectiveness of using frames to establish mands as spoken sentences, we sought to investigate the effects of this strategy on the acquisition of mands as written sentences. In the current study, we examined the effects of an intervention package on sentence writing for three participants, ages 7-12, with ID. Our findings suggest that the package was effective and produced variable levels of maintenance and generalized responding for all three participants.
 
40. Assessing Story Production and Retelling Repertoires
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELA M. RIBEIRO (Universidade Federal de Alagoas), Thaís Rodrigues Caetano (Centro Universitário Cesmac), Carmen Silvia Motta Bandini (Centro Universitário CESMAC/ Universidade Estadual), Ana Carolina Sella (Universidade Estadual de Ciências da Saúde de Alag), Heloísa Helena Motta Bandini (Universidade Estadual de Ciências da Saúde de Alag)
Abstract: Students of Alagoas, Brazil, had the worst performance in the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) in reading comprehension tasks. These results suggest that specific procedures should be designed to remediate these students performance. This, in turn, would require a systematic evaluation of reading comprehension repertoires, including their storytelling and retelling behaviors, so that specific skills could be targeted. This study reports an initial attempt to evaluate the feasibility of using two storytelling and two storyretelling tasks to assess reading comprehension repertoire deficits in children from Alagoas. Seven children aged 10 to 11 participated in the study. The storytelling task consisted in asking the participant to tell a story, and the storyretelling task, in presenting a story containing six story grammar categories, and asking participants to retell the whole story. Their performance was analyzed according to the number of words and the presence and sequence of story categories and linguistic microstructures (because, then, when, after, but, that). For storytelling tasks, we also analyzed the story theme. A comparison of participants performance to the components of storytelling and retelling described in the literature and the generality of these findings to other populations in other settings are discussed.
 
41. Determining Evidence-Based Practices Using Single-Case Experimental Designs in Special Education
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JEREMY MOELLER (The Pennsylvania State University), John Dattilo (The Pennsylvania State University), Frank Rusch (University of Illinois)
Abstract: This study examined how specific guidelines and heuristics have been used to identify methodological rigor associated with single-case research designs based on quality indicators developed by Horner et al. (2005). Specifically, this paper describes how literature reviews have applied Horner et al.s quality indicators and evidence-based criteria. Ten literature reviews were examined to ascertain how literature review teams (a) used the criteria recommended by Horner et al. as meeting the 5-3-20 evidence-based practice (EBP) thresholds (5 studies conducted across 3 different research teams that include a minimum of 20 participants) to assess single-case methodological rigor and (b) applied the 5-3-20 thresholds to determine whether the independent variables reviewed qualified as potential effective practices. The ten literature reviews included a total of 120 single-case designs. This study found that 33% of the reviewed single-case designs met Horner et al.s quality indicator criteria. Three of the literature reviews concluded that examined practices met criteria to qualify as an EBP. Recommendations related to quality indicator criteria and EBP established by the literature review teams as well as directions for future research are discussed.
 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Poster Session #189
TBA Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 24, 2015
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
42. Impact of Telepractice Preparation of Interventionists in Incidental Teaching for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
LESLIE NEELY (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Stephanie Gerow (Texas A&M University)
Abstract: Background: A recent focus on the use of telepractice to disseminate behavioral interventions has demonstrated the utility of technology in preparing parents and educators as interventionists for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, to date, research has not investigated the use telepractice technology in preparing interventionists in incidental teaching procedures. The purpose of this study is to extend the use of telepractice to the preparation of interventionists in incidental teaching and examine the impact on the communication skills of preschool-aged children with ASD. Methods: Three therapists were trained in incidental teaching using a training package consisting of an online module, self-evaluation, and feedback on their self-evaluation delivered via videoconferencing. A multiple-baseline across participants design was employed to evaluate the effects of the training package on therapists' implementation fidelity, as measured by the percentage of procedural steps completed and the number of communication opportunities offered. The effect of the therapists' use of incidental teaching on their students' subsequent manding behaviors was also obtained. Results: All therapists were able to reach the pre-set performance criteria within six sessions. Maintenance probes were conducted for two of the three therapists with both maintaining high fidelity. The students' manding behavior increased and maintained above baseline levels. Conclusions: Results suggest that telepractice may be an effective and efficient method of disseminating incidental teaching interventions.
 
43. The Effects of Staff Training for Functional Behavior Support to Severe Behavioral Problem.
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
KENICHI OHKUBO (Kio university)
Abstract: In Japan, many welfare institutions struggle with behavior problems. These problems are related to problems about abuse of persons with disabilities by staff, in certain cases, abuses trigger to mortality incidents. The purposes of the present study was examination of effects of staff training for FBA skills that enable to organize information and design BSPs properly. We evaluated effects of training program by AB design. 45 staff members who worked in welfare institutions participated in this study. I conducted lectures about basic principles of ABA, FBA, and designing BSP. And I conducted exercises for organizing information and designing BSP by using checklist and feedback. As a results, knowledge pertaining to Behavior Analysis of staff members improved, and problem behavior of users with disabilities decreased and appropriate behavior of users increased. Furthermore the points of Aberrant Behavior Checklist and depressive tendency of staff members improved. These findings suggest effectiveness, validity, and necessity to train staff in welfare institutions for conducting functional behavior support. Implications, limitations, and directions for future research are presented.
 
44. Close the Research-to-Practice Gap: Do Practitioner Papers Do Their Job?
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
ZIWEI XU (The Ohio State University), Marnie Nicole Shapiro (The Ohio State University), Sadaf Ameen (STEPS Center for Excellence in Autism), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Practitioner journals publish manuscripts which provide teachers with new ideas and tools that can be applied immediately to their daily work with children and youth with exceptionalities. Presumably, a practitioner paper describes one or more innovative, evidence-based practice in sufficient detail that it can easily be implemented by readers (i.e., technological). However, there is no research examining whether practitioner papers alone are effective and efficient in teaching new behavioral techniques to teachers and bring target skills to mastery. In our experiment, we used a multiple-baseline single-subject design across participants and skills to evaluate the efficacy of practitioner papers in teaching preference assessment (i.e., paired-stimulus assessment and multiple-stimulus without replacement assessment) and least-to-most prompting instruction to teachers who work with individuals with special needs. During the intervention, our participants read the instructions from a practitioner paper and then performed the designated behavior assessment or instruction procedure with a stimulated client. Our current data showed that practitioner papers were insufficient and additional antecedent-based (e.g., modeling) or consequence-based (e.g., performance feedback) may be needed to bring the target skills to mastery. We will discuss the implications of our findings for writing practitioner papers and effectively using practitioner papers in staff training.
 
45. The Effects of Guided Notes for Reading Assignments on Undergraduate Student Quiz Performance
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
KATHRYN ROSE GLODOWSKI (Western New England University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University)
Abstract: Due to the growing cost and demand for higher education, variables that influence quality of college teaching should be thoroughly studied. One way to assess efficacy of teaching is to evaluate student performance. Researchers have already demonstrated quizzes (i.e., smaller, less frequent tests) lead to higher scores (Daniel & Broida, 2004; Fulkerson & Martin, 1981; Narloch et al., 2006), and response cards and lecture notes during lecture increase performance on quizzes following lecture (Kellum et al., 2001; Marmolejo et al., 2004; Neef et al., 2006). Less is known regarding variables that influence student performance on quizzes prior to lecture, which was the purpose of the current study. We used a multi-element design to evaluate the use of guided notes for assigned readings on performance of quizzes administered at the beginning of each class for 23 undergraduate students enrolled in an introductory psychology course. The guided notes increased quiz performance for eight students, decreased performance for one student, and had no effect for the remaining 14 students. Overall, guided notes for reading assignments may be beneficial for some undergraduate students, but more research should be conducted to determine the boundary of generality for these results.
 
46. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction across Letter Names and Letter Sounds on Reading, Typing, and Writing Novel CVC Words for Two Preschool Students
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
KIEVA SOFIA HRANCHUK (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: A concurrent multiple probe design counterbalanced across participants was used to examine the effects of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) across letter names and letter sounds on: 1) Correct responses to letter names, 2) Correct responses to letter sounds 3) Transformation of stimulus function between typing and writing letter names, 4) Transformation of stimulus function between typing and writing letter sounds, 5) Transformation of stimulus function between typing and writing novel CVC words, and 6) Reading novel CVC words. Two preschool students, aged 4, participated in the study. Participant A was diagnosed as a preschooler with a disability and Participant B was typically developing. The independent variable was MEI across letter names and letter sounds for all 26 letters in the alphabet. Pre- and post-intervention probes were conducted on writing letter names and letter sounds, and on typing and writing novel CVC words. The results demonstrated that the intervention was successful in significantly increasing correct responses to letter names and letter sounds for both participants. The results also demonstrated that both participants ability to read, write, and type novel CVC words increased significantly following the MEI across letter names and letter sounds intervention.
 
47. Evaluation of Changes in the Value of Therapist Attention following Exposure to Functional Analysis Conditions
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH BERGTHOLD (Mississippi Bend AEA), Jill Andresen (Mississippi Bend AEA), Seth Piro (Green Hills AEA), Billie Jo Clausen (Green-Hills AEA), Amy Hoffman (Green-Hills AEA), John F. Lee (The University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract: The Functional Analysis (Iwata et al. 1994) is the gold standard when it comes to identifying the function of problem behavior. Functional Analyses have been conducted in school settings (Mueller et al. 2011) and have been conducted by a variety of professionals (Hanley 2012). There are idiosyncratic variables that may influence functional analysis (FA) outcomes (Schlichenmeyer et al. 2013). Studies have shown that pre-session social interactions can act as an abolishing operation thus reducing problem behavior (Berg et al. 2000), or motivating operation thus increasing problem behavior (Roantree, & Kennedy 2006) related to attention conditions or other functional contexts (McComas 2003). This study will highlight case examples of FAs conducted in school settings by trained education-agency behavior consultants (Challenging Behavior Teams). In each of the cases, behavior that appeared to be related to escaping/avoiding attention emerged during the control or free play context, after a test condition where the therapist evoked problem behavior. The challenging behavior teams (CBT) used experimental analyses in an attempt to provide data that would support their hypotheses that the students, who had in previous sessions engaged in social interactions with therapists, were subsequently using problem behavior to avoid social interactions with therapists.
 
48. Using SAFMEDS to Teach Educational Staff Common Field-Related Terms
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
TOBY J. HONSBERGER (Renaissance Learning Academy), Danielle Doherty (Renaissance Learning Academy), Christine M. Honsberger (Renaissance Learning Academy)
Abstract: Thirty staff members at a public charter school for student with autism spectrum disorder, including teachers, teacher's assistants, speech pathologists, vocational specialists, and occupational therapists voluntarily participated in a school-wide SAFMEDS challenge. The SAFMEDS included 58 terms common to a behavior analytic exceptional student education environment. All participants were introduced to the terms via initial employment trainings. Pretest baseline data were collected on how many terms staff were able to correctly identify untimed. After baseline, staff participated in daily, one-minute timings for approximately two weeks until he or she completed nine sessions. At the conclusion of one minute timings participants completed an untimed post test. Once all participants had completed post tests a second set of SAFMEDS were introduced which included almost all of the same terms but with applied examples as opposed to definitions. The same pretest, post test, nine session minute timings procedures were followed for the second set of SAFEMEDS. Participants showed significant improvement in their knowledge and fluency of the terms with definitions as well as the terms with applied examples.
 
49. Reading Group Attendance by Direct-Care Staff
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
TAYLOR P. BARKER (Little Star Center), William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
Abstract: Carr & Briggs (2010) described strategies and the need for contacting the scholarly literature and Parsons and Reid (2011) demonstrated the knowledge enhancement effects of reading groups with human service practitioners. Although the effects of reading groups enhanced the knowledge base of those practitioners it is notable that the reading groups occurred during normal work hours of the practitioners. For organizations that are unable to allot continuing education opportunities to their employees during business hours due to budgetary constraints, off-the-clock volunteer participation in those learning opportunities is one of the only ways to provide those opportunities. The dilemma then becomes, how do we motivate those staff to take advantage of these reading groups, off the clock, when other contingencies may hold greater control over attending the provided reading groups? The current study will analyze attendance at reading groups by direct-care staff and the contingencies in place to motivate staff to attend.
 
50. An Evaluation of the Efficacy of Interteaching in an Undergraduate Classroom
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
STEVEN ANBRO (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), John O'Neill (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract: Behavior analysis is often introduced to students for the first time at an undergraduate level. The manner in which this subject is taught should be a reflection of the behavioral principles that are being taught. In the present study, a standard lecture method is compared against a behavioral method of teaching, known as interteaching. This method of instruction requires more student involvement and participation in the learning process. An undergraduate behavior analysis class, comprised of 24 students, participated in an alternating treatments design in which lecture and interteaching were implemented. Weekly quiz scores were used as a measure of student learning. The present study demonstrates that interteaching procedures result in classroom performance that is more stable at a higher level than classroom performance following lecture procedures.
 
51. Conditioning Books as Reinforcers for Three Preschoolers with Disabilities Using an Observational Intervention
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SHAHAD ALSHARIF (Teacherss College, Columbia University in The City), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University), Kieva Sofia Hranchuk (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Abstract Using a delayed multiple probe across participants design, we tested the outcomes of an observational intervention on conditioning books as reinforcers for three participants diagnosed as preschoolers with a disability in the book area in the participants’ classroom (the carpet). Moreover, conditioning books as reinforcers was tested for generality in the toy area such that the experimenters observed if the participants would choose to look at books over toys during free play. In this experiment, we used a pre- and post-interventional probe phase, as well as an observational intervention phase where a peer confederate was used and was reinforced with books for correct responding to a pre-determined performance task. Following a mean of two sessions for each participant, the neutral stimulus acquired reinforcing properties and was therefore successfully conditioned as a reinforcer in the book area for all three participants. Choosing books over toys in the toy area was only observed to have been successfully established for one of the three participants.
 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Poster Session #190
AUT Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 24, 2015
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
52. Behavioral Intervention to Treat Phonological Disorders in Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Karuna Kini (Behavior Momentum India), Karola Dillenburger (Queens University Belfast)
Abstract:

Sufficient response-exemplar training has been used successfully to typically developing children to articulate several Norwegian words with difficult blends (Eikeseth S. & Nesset 2003). The present study extends and adapts these procedures for children with autism. One girl and 3 boys aged between 7 and 16 years in the autism spectrum participated in the study. Two of the children had a co-occurring diagnoses of apraxia. This study examined if sufficient-response-exemplar-training would improve articulation in children with autism. In addition to SRET, stimulus salience, shaping, chaining and supplementary prompts were also added to the intervention. A multiple baseline across behaviors (word sets targeted) design was used. Results showed improvement in articulating words and sounds in all three participants. Two word sets improved after training for one participant while for two participants training in one set had generalisation effects on other word sets and sounds. Intervention in the fourth participant has just begun. For 37% of probe sessions mean IOA was 91% for participant 1 and 100% for participants 2 and 3 for agreement on correct responses. IOA on treatment integrity was 85 - 100%.

 
53. A hospital-based early behavioral intervention for social engagement in a toddler with ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SOICHIRO MATSUDA (Keio University), Mika Nakagome (Dokkyo Medical University Koshigaya Hosopital), Ryoko Otani (Dokkyo Medical University Koshigaya Hosopital), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University), Ryoichi Sakuta (Dokkyo Medical University Koshigaya Hosopital)
Abstract: Children with autism are known to have difficulty in social engagement. A previous study suggests that limited social interaction has long-term implications for outcome (Howlin et al., 2013). However, there are few studies that have examined whether social engagement could be facilitated in toddlers with ASD. Since there are few clear discriminative stimuli that sets occasion for spontaneous eye contact in their daily life, establishing spontaneous eye contact without providing instruction would play the important role. The purpose of the present study was to examine whether social engagement could be facilitated in a toddler with ASD (CA: 3 years 2 months, IQ: 63). This study evaluated the full packages of time delay, physical contact, contingent adult imitation, novel adult behavior, and holding toys near eyes. An ABAB design was implemented. Results showed that the eye contacts, smiles, and eye contact with smile were facilitated by a hospital-based early behavioral intervention.
 
54. Assessment of the Reinforcing Efficacy of Tokens During Skill Acquisition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARY KATHERINE CAREY (Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Tokens economies are commonly used in teaching new skills to individuals with autism. Tokens are delivered in lieu of primary reinforcers for correct responding and then exchanged for a variety of back-up reinforcers. When used in this way, tokens are conceptualized as generalized reinforcers by virtue of being exchangeable for an array of primary reinforcers. Thus, they may be insensitive to motivating operations for certain back-up reinforcers and particularly useful if skill acquisition is being affected by satiation. Unfortunately, the effects of satiation on skill acquisition have gone largely unexamined. The purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of abolishing operations on response acquisition when tokens are used but exchangeable for only a single back-up reinforcer. First, the reinforcing efficacy of tokens was evaluated and data from one participant show that tokens were functioning as reinforcers. Second, the effects of satiation on skill acquisition was tested when tokens were exchangeable for one back-up reinforcer. Data showed a small effect of satiation on the rate of skill acquisition. Although the impact of satiation was small, these data suggest that the use of a generalized reinforcer may be warranted in some cases.
 
55. The Effects of Delayed Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior on Inappropriate Food Consumption.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY ALEXANDRA BENHART (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Children with autism sometimes eat items that are not intended for their consumption. An extensive literature base exists on the assessment and treatment of pica, but little research has been done on the inappropriate consumption of edible items. Eating items off of the floor, from trash cans, or other inappropriate places in the environment, hereafter referred to as inappropriate food consumption (IFC), is concerning because the behavior may lead to allergic reaction, orally transmitted diseases, accidental poisoning, parasitic infection, intestinal blockage, among many other undesirable and potentially dangerous consequences. The purpose of this study was to teach an alternative response to replace IFC, and to determine whether physical blocking was a necessary component of an effective intervention. Additionally, because alternative reinforcement is not always immediately available in the natural environment, we assessed the durability of the treatment effect following a delay to reinforcement. We have IOA for 33.8% of sessions and scores average 99.6% for appropriate manding and 97% for IFC.
 
56. A Comparison of Prompts for Teaching Long Response Chains to an Adolescent With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARGARET RILEY (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Research has demonstrated that manual guidance is effective at teaching long response chains and can be faded systematically using graduated guidance. In contrast, clinical findings suggest that verbal prompts might be more difficult to fade than physical prompts, because learners might come to be dependent upon verbal instructions. However, empirical evaluations are scarce comparing the use of manual guidance and verbal prompts for the acquisition and then maintenance of long response chains. The purpose of this study is to evaluate if manual guidance, faded systematically using a time delay procedure, would result in faster acquisition and then maintenance compared to verbal prompts faded in the same way. A multi-element design is being used to compare the use of verbal prompts to teach operating a washing machine with the use of manual guidance to teach operating a dryer. A pretest assessment revealed low levels of accuracy with completing steps in each of the response chains. During intervention, verbal prompts and manual guidance were used and then faded using a progressive time delay procedure. We plan to continue this analysis by continuing to fade these prompts and replicating this study with new target responses.

 
57. A Comparison of Response Rate and Preference Hierarchy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA KWOK (Western New England University)
Abstract: Reinforcing items are often used in skill acquisition and behavior management programming for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). When identifying a specific reinforcer, a variety of preference assessments can be used such as multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) or a paired stimulus (PS) preference assessment. The purpose of the present study was twofold. First, to evaluate the generality of preference assessments. Second, to evaluate the relation between preference assessment rank and response rate for behavior maintained by a variety of stimuli. Results showed correlation between preference hierarchy and response rate for edible items but not for leisure items. Interobserver agreement was scored for 33% of the sessions averaging at 88%.
 
58. Establishing Looking Behavior in the Interactive Conversation Using iPad for a Student with Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SATORU SEKINE (Keio university), Soichiro Matsuda (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often exhibit difficulties in interactive conversation. Previous researches suggest that they have difficulties to keep paying attention to the listener. This study examined the effect of video-feedback with iPad on non-verbal behavior in the social conversation setting. A boy (CA: 7;10, FSIQ: 80) with ASD participated in this study. As the procedure, the participant and a male experimenter talked together during the session (3 minutes). This study targeted two posture behavior during the conversation (looking toward the experimenter and retaining posture). This experiment consisted of four phases; baseline, video-feedback, probe-tests, and generalization-test. In the baseline, the experimenter gave no feedback to the child. In the video-feedback, the participant was given feedback with iPad at the end of session. The participant was required to watch the video of previous session via iPad. In the probe-tests, the procedure was the same as in baseline. Probe-tests were conducted 1week and 1month after the video-feedback phase. In generalization, the participant talked with a female experimenter. As result, the frequency of looking toward the experimenter and retaining posture increased in 1month probe-test and generalized across people. In this study, we suggest video-feedback is efficient to improve non-verbal behavior at the social conversation settings.

 
59. The Use of ABA Techniques in Reducing Self-Injurious Behaviors in a Three-Year-Old Girl with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA BUDZINSKA (Institute for Child Development in Gdansk), Iwona Ruta-Sominka (Institute for Child Development)
Abstract: Self-injurious behaviors are defined as behaviors which lead to inflicting pain or physical injury to oneself (Tate et al., 1966). Such behaviors are markedly varied, differing in terms of location, duration and intensity. Included in the category are both mild responses and those capable of directly endangering the sufferers life (Matson , 1989). The aim of our study was to find effective methods which could be used to reduce self-injurious behavior in a three-year-old girl with. To analyze our results we used the ABC research model (Bailey, 2002), in which stage A means the baseline measurements, whereas the measurements conducted at stages B and C show the behavioral changes that result from our therapeutic activities. The results of our research show that a set of properly selected behavior analysis techniques are very effective in eliminating self-injurious behaviours.
 
60. Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Directing and Interaction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ZINA A. ELURI (The University of Texas-Pan American)
Abstract: We conducted an assessment and treatment for problem behavior in a 7-year-old Hispanic male with autism that involved a modification of the original functional analysis methodology first published by Iwata and colleagues (1982/1994). First, a preference assessment and traditional functional analysis was conducted to identify what was maintaining his problem behavior. However, given that rates of problem behavior were low across all conditions, a modification was made to better capture the function of the childs behavior. The modification involved providing social reinforcement in the form of allowing the child to direct the interaction in the functional analysis. Once the function was identified, a treatment package involving a token economy plus response cost (TE + RC) was used to reduce problem behaviors to socially acceptable levels. A reversal design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the treatment in comparison to the relevant functional analysis condition. The importance of this modification will be discussed in the context of the current functional analysis technology. In addition, ways to enhance our current assessment procedures will be addressed.
 
61. Peer Mediated Discrete Trial Training Within a School Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTOPHER M. FURLOW (The University of Southern Mississippi), Keith Radley III (The University of Southern Mississippi), Evan Dart (The University of Southern Mississippi), Emily Ness (The University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the feasibility and effects of a peer-mediated, schoolbased, discrete trial training (DTT) protocol for students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Six typically developing elementary-age peers were trained to implement a basic DTT protocol. A multiple baseline across student interventionists design was utilized to evaluate the integrity with which trained peers implemented the DTT protocol and the efficacy of the student interventionists in training target academic behaviors. Results indicate that student interventionists acquired skills to implement the DTT protocol with high levels of integrity. Additionally, it was observed that participation in peer-mediated DTT resulted in mastery of target academic skills by participants with ASD. Measures of acceptability indicated high levels of student interventionist satisfaction with intervention procedures.
 
62. The Effects of Response Effort on Preferences of Young Children With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GREGORY R. MANCIL (Louisiana Tech University), Todd Haydon (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: Several research studies have demonstrated the success of using preferences as reinforcement for children with autism and other developmental disabilities (Roane, et. al., 1998). However, children with autism often become obsessed with just one or small set of items, which can relate to higher levels of challenging behaviors (Mancil, 2009). Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of manipulating levels of response effort on choosing between most preferred and less preferred items. A multi-element design was used to test five levels of response effort that considered amount of force and difficulty to access preferred items. Data was collected via IPad during 1-hour sessions. Prior to manipulating levels of response effort, preference assessments were conducted keeping response effort levels equal across items to obtain a ranked order of items. Assessments were conducted for each of the response effort conditions also. The amount of response effort was systematically manipulated across preferences rankings of items. Results indicate that participants chose less preferred items when response effort was increased for more preferred items. In addition, the change in response effort did not have to be a large change. Minimum increases resulted in a move to a lesser preferred item. This study potentially impacts planning for more complex systems and natural environments considering the complexities within any given behavioral economic system. IOA was 95% across all conditions and reliability with each observer's data was 100% across all observers.
 
63. A Comparison of Prompting Tactics to Teach Intraverbals to Young Adults With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERIN CONANT (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Several researchers have compared the effectiveness of tact or textual prompts to echoic prompts used to teach intraverbals behavior to young children with autism. We extended this line of research by comparing the effectiveness of visual (textual or tact) prompts to echoic prompts to teach intraverbal responses to three young adults with autism. An Adapted Alternating Treatments Design was used with two to three comparisons for each participant. The results were mixed and did not reveal a more effective prompting procedure across participants. The results suggested that the effectiveness of a prompting tactic may be idiosyncratic across individuals. The role of one's learning history and the implications for practitioners teaching intraverbal behavior to individuals with autism are discussed.
 
64. Comparing Modeling Procedures Through An Alternating Treatments Design
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACQUELINE MERY (California State University, Northridge), Madison Oddo (California State University, Northridge), Katerina Monlux (California State University, Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Comparing the efficacy of interventions for children with autism is valuable because it provides clinicians with the tools necessary to determine which intervention will be the most efficient, potentially saving future time and resources. Imitation training through in-vivo modeling and video modeling has lead to increase in participants play skills; however, the acquisition rates and overall gains in play responses (vocal and action) via these two modeling procedures has not been directly evaluated (Charlop-Christy, Le, & Freeman, 2000; MacDonald et. al, 2009). In this study, we compared these two commonly used modeling procedures for children with autism with an alternating treatments design. Three participants diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder were randomly presented with either condition, in-vivo or video modeling. A modified alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the rates of acquisition of play sequences across treatment and control conditions. Future implications and challenges encountered while using alternating treatments design were discussed.
 
65. Examining Next Steps: A Review of Higher-Order Social Communication Interventions for Young Children with ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
SARAH HANSEN (University of Oregon), Tracy Raulston (University of Oregon)
Abstract: The extant literature on social communication interventions for young children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) has been well reviewed. However, current reviews of the literature indicate more research is needed on higher-order or pragmatic social skills for young children with ASD. These more complex social skills, such as carrying on a conversation, showing empathy, or telling a joke are critical for peer acceptance in the elementary school years. The current paper will review the existing single-case literature on social communication interventions for higher-order social skills for young (4-12 year old) children with ASD. The authors define higher-order using social-communication assessments; particularly the social behavior task analysis of level three of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP). This poster will provide a matrix of included studies, an assessment of their rigor and effect size, as well as main implications and directions for future research.
 
66. Assessment of effects of word complexity on communication preference using two communication modalities: Vocal approximations and a voice output communication aid
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Sarah Luem (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutger), KATELYN SELVER (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutger), Sarah Levine (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorders are characterized by deficits in communication. To address this issue, a number of different modes of communication have been developed (i.e., picture exchange, sign language, voice output communication aides (VOCAs)). Research has shown that the rates of acquisition of each modality and preference for modality may vary across individuals (e.g., van der Meer et al., 2012). For example, a student may acquire a picture exchange response to label items in fewer trials than sign language and may also show preference for the picture exchange response (i.e., engage in that response when given a choice of both responses). The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of response effort (word complexity) on communication preference. Participants were first taught to label pictures with vocal approximations and VOCAs (Proloquo to go). The pictures included one, two, and multi-syllable words. Data were collected on trials to acquisition for each modality. Then, a choice analysis was conducted in which participants were asked to label the picture with either communication modality. Results showed that trials to acquisition were similar across modalities for one-syllable words. As the complexity of the words increased, acquisition of vocal approximations decreased. In addition, preference shifted from vocal approximation to VOCAs.
 
67. A Preliminary Investigation of Teaching a Child with Autism to ask, "What's that?"
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATIE A. NICHOLSON (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrea Clements (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Claire Turbes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lanisa Tafoya (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: An important behavioral cusp for children with autism is to learn to ask questions that lead to the acquisition of new information. In the current study, a progressive, echoic prompt delay procedure was used to teach a 4 year-old boy with autism to ask, “What’s that?” in the presence of unknown stimuli. He learned to tact the unknown stimuli simply by hearing the answer to his question with no additional training. As unknown stimuli were mastered, novel unknown stimuli were introduced until all unknown stimuli that were identified during the preassessment were mastered. He generalized the “What’s that?” response and new tacts across settings. However, many children with autism overgeneralize mands for information and ask these questions even in the absence of the relevant establishing operation (e.g., asking “What’s that?” for stimuli that are already known to the child). To assess whether proper stimulus control was established, known stimuli were interspersed among the trials containing unknown stimuli. The participant demonstrated mastery-level responding on the known items, demonstrating that the “What’s that?” response was under the control of the establishing operation.
 
68. Autism and Self-Monitoring: What is the Quality of Study Designs?
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
WHITNEY GILLILAND (Texas A&M)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders often display stereotypic, repetitive behaviors which are problematic throughout the lifespan. Self-monitoring, an intervention which involves participants self-identifying, observing, and tracking their own behaviors. Unfortunately, few studies have assessed the quality of designs for self-monitoring, and no studies have assessed the quality of designs under the Council for Exceptional Children’s (CEC) recent standards. This study aimed to assess the quality of design for studies, under the CEC’s 2014 standards. Results, limitations, implications, and directions for future study are discussed.
 
69. Developing and Validating a Standardized Inventory to Measure Socially Relevant Treatment Outcomes in a Classroom Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHIARA M. CUNNINGHAM (Marcus Autism Center at Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Dana Zavatkay (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Lisa M. Cymbor (Marcus Autism Center), Peyton Groff (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: This poster will provide information regarding the initial development and validation of an inventory created to measure meaningful treatment outcomes for children with developmental disabilities placed in public education settings, specifically in ABA based model classrooms provided by the Marcus Autism Center (MAC- MCs). While measurement of individualized, socially-relevant goals is the gold standard within behavior analysis, increasing demands for standardized methods to monitor treatment response have unfortunately resulted in few viable options. The Model Classroom Skills Inventory (MCSI) was created to be a standardized measure sensitive to treatment response following these classroom intervention strategies. Information presented in this poster will show the MCSI’s initial reliability and validity, including internal consistency, informant agreement, inter-rater reliability, sensitivity to treatment, and concurrent agreement with another treatment outcome for children, the Autism Impact Measure (AIM). In addition to these findings, the presentation will also highlight theoretical and psychometric differences between the MCSI and the AIM. Specifically, data from a yearlong treatment study with nearly 100 children will highlight how the MCSI may be more suited as an outcome measure as it focuses on measuring individual skill acquisition instead of measuring core symptomology.
 
70. Application of Stimulus Fading and Modified Extinction Procedures to Decrease the Problem Behavior in an Adult with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSE LOGUE (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Individuals with autism may display a range of socially inappropriate responses (e.g., negative vocalizations, aggressive and self-injurious behaviors). These behaviors are, at times, perceived to be symptoms of larger constructs (e.g., anxiety) which are often subjectively, rather than objectively, defined (Evans et al, 2005; Ung et al, 2013); thus making difficult the assessment and treatment for these problems. While much evidence exists for the efficacy of systematic desensitization the literature on procedural modifications to this treatment strategy for children with disabilities is limited. Utilizing a changing criterion design, the current study examined the effectiveness of stimulus fading procedures, functional communication, and modified escape-extinction procedures to decrease problem behaviors occasioned by entering public places for an adult male with autism. Treatment was effective in decreasing the client’s fear response to approaching a grocery store. The utility of these procedures and added benefit of employing a changing criterion design to evaluate individualized adaptations to traditional systematic desensitization procedures is discussed, as well as limitations and future directions.
 
71. Clinical Implications of Utilizing Discontinuous versus Continuous Data Collection
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DENA SHADE-MONUTEAUX (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: The practice of continuous measurement of teaching trials is widely implemented in early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) programs for individuals with ASD. Continuous measurement provides the most detailed information and captures every data point (Lerman, D., et al., 2011; Cummings, A. & Carr, J., 2009). This can be time consuming may detract from the fluency of instruction. A number of studies have compared continuous and discontinuous data collection with respect to rates of learning, however, the impact on session structure (the amount of time actively engaged in instruction) has not been evaluated. This study compared the number of sessions required to reach ‘mastery’ criterion across three skills and the amount of time spent collecting data both using data collection methods. Participants were able to reach mastery criterion in as many or fewer sessions with discontinuous measurement as with continuous measurement. However, the amount of time engaged in instruction was notably higher in the discontinuous measurement condition. These findings have implications on how data are collected and analyzed, as decisions with respect to data collection methods may significantly increase or decrease time spent actively engaged in learning activity for children with ASD.
 
72. Differential Negative Reinforcement of Other Behavior to Increase Wearing of a Medical Bracelet
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER LYNN COOK (Monarch House), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: A young boy with Autism Spectrum Disorder and limited communication skills engaged in extreme problem behaviour and was noncompliant with wearing a Medical Alert™ bracelet required for his safety in the community. We used a changing criterion design with three stages to evaluate the extent to which differential negative reinforcement of other behaviour (DNRO) systematically increased the duration of time for which the participant wore the bracelet. Results show that over the course of several weeks, the participant advanced from wearing the bracelet for 5 sec to a 24-hr day. In addition, as the duration intervals of acceptance increased, problem behaviour conversely decreased. These results replicate previous studies, indicating a DNRO procedure may be another option for increasing passive compliance. In addition, this study extends previous findings, demonstrating that passive compliance can be achieved for extended durations (24 hrs). Limitations of these findings are briefly discussed, as well as areas for future research.
 
73. Quickly attaining terminal multiple-schedule performance by providing and subsequently fading competing items
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SCOTT A. MILLER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valdeep Saini (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: The practicality of using multiple schedules during reinforcement schedule thinning of functional communication training may be limited by (a) resurgence or response bursting during the extinction (EXT) interval, (b) lengthy thinning progressions, or (c) requiring additional discrimination training. Providing competing items during the EXT interval of a multiple schedule might improve efficiency and practicality for caregivers and practitioners. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of competing items during the EXT component of a multiple schedule, and subsequently fade access to the competing items. Results for one child with autistic disorder who engaged in disruptive and aggressive behaviors demonstrated an immediate reduction to criterion rates of problem behavior (M = 0.13 responses per minute) relative to the control condition (M = 1.19 responses per minute). Access to competing items was progressively faded out entirely during the terminal EXT interval (240 s) of the multiple schedule while maintaining an 80% reduction in problem behavior
 
74. Skills Necessary for Post-Secondary Success for Individuals with ASD: Comparison of Perspectives from Individuals with ASD, Parents, Teachers, and Community Service Providers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROSE A. MASON (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of), Debra M. Kamps (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Joseph Furman Buzhardt (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Ben A Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Stephen Crutchfield (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Sean Swindler (Juniper Gardens Childrens Project)
Abstract: Although initially considered a childhood disorder, the incident rate of autism in adulthood is estimated to be 1 in 100, slightly lower than the prevalence rate in childhood of 1 in 88. Despite the documented increase of young adults entering the postsecondary environment with unique support needs, the evidence regarding effective intervention and delivery modalities is meager. Intervention studies are needed to assist adolescents and young adults with ASD to navigate their environments more effectively, however, established interventions should be focused on (a) pivotal skill areas that will increase capacity across education, work, and community, and (b) skill areas identified as important by key stakeholders including individuals with autism, their family members, and service providers. In an effort to identify those pivotal skill areas with high importance to the key stakeholders, 5 focus groups including individuals with autism were conducted. This poster session will provide both qualitative and quantitative data elucidating perceptions of key skill areas necessary for increasing access across post-secondary environments for individuals with autism. Implications for future research will be discussed.
 
75. Evaluating Learner Preference for Descriptive Versus General Praise During Discrete-Trial Teaching
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services), SEAN ANGLIN (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: The use of descriptive praise is a widely recommended to be provided as consequence for correct responses to with children diagnosed with autism as a component of instructional programming. Descriptive praise consists of specific feedback regarding correct and or incorrect performance of a target skill and differs from general praise which does not specify aspects of the skill targeted for acquisition or reduction. Direct comparison studies have indicated that students’ performance on skill acquisition and maintenance tasks are similar regardless of whether descriptive or general praise is provided. The present study sought to further examine the effects of different praise statements on student performance by evaluating students’ preference for praise statements using a concurrent chain procedure. Three toddlers diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) participated in the study. The results indicate that the participants did not display differential preference for either type of praise. The results are discussed in terms of variables that may affect praise as a condition reinforcer.
 
76. Using Differential Reinforcement Schedules to Reduce Inappropriate Verbalizations in Kindergarteners with Autism in Inclusion Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN MCCABE-ODRI (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Nicole M. Rzemyk (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Nicole Pease (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Jennifer Cornely (Partners in Learning, Inc.)
Abstract: Often time children with autism engage in repetitive behaviors that do not seem to be contingent on social behavior (Turner & Durham, 1999). One type of repetitive behavior may be vocalizations such as scripted language derived from videos, books, or previous conversations as well as vocalizations not understood by others. However, several studies have used functional analysis methods to assess repetitive vocalizations indentifying social attention as a maintaining contingency for adults (e.g., Dixon, Benedict, & Larson, 2001; Mace & Lalli, 1991; Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003; Wilder, Masuda, O’Conner, & Baham, 2001). This study utilizes DR (Differential reinforcement) schedules with changing criteria design to reduce inappropriate verbalizations in two kindergarten-aged students. The current study includes baseline, treatment, return to baseline and maintenance phases. DRL (Differential reinforcement of Low Level Behaviors) and DRA (Differential reinforcement of Appropriate Behaviors) schedules were used based on individual student needs. Results show that both students reduced rates of inappropriate verbalizations with their individual DR schedules. Differential reinforcement procedures have proven effective in decreasing inappropriate verbalizations and educing appropriate means of communication (Alberto & Troutman, 2008; Champagne, Ike, McLaughlin, & Williams, 1990; Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007).
 
77. Assessing Preference between Massed and Alternating Trials in Teaching Word-Picture Relations to Children with ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PAULO GUILHARDI (Beacon ABA Services), Jennifer Smith (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), Camille Rivera (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: The goal was to assess preference between massed and alternating matching-to-sample trials in children with autism. Two participants were presented with a matching-to-sample task on a computer. Sessions consisted of six trials of an unknown set of word-picture stimuli relations and six trials of known picture-picture identity relations. Prior to the presentation of the 12 trials, participants were asked to choose between three different colored stimuli randomly located on the computer screen. The participant’s choice of stimuli determined the condition for the session either mass (6 known/6 unknown stimuli relations, or vice-versa), alternating (alternation of known and unknown stimuli relations), or extinction (no reinforcement delivered). Once a condition preference to a condition was established a new set of colors were presented and preference was reassessed. Throughout a session, no prompts were delivered during the presentation of known stimuli relations, and a spoken “word” was used as prompt for the unknown stimuli relations. Prescribed prompts were faded systematically to assess acquisition of skill. All correct responses produced a token and once three tokens were earned a trade-in period occurred (unless the extinction condition was chosen). A preference for alternating trials developed during every assessment within and across participants.
 
78. An Evaluation of the Effects of Consequences in a Latency-Based Functional Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ADAM BRESSLER (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Typical, rate-based functional analyses rely on both the establishing operations put in place through manipulation of antecedent stimuli as well as the consequences delivered as potential reinforcers for engaging in the target response. Latency-based functional analyses, however, require just one instance of the target response and thus provide only one consequence per session, severely reducing the exposure of the individual’s behavior to the arranged consequences. Previous research (Carr & Durand, 1985) has shown that differentiated results can be obtained through a modified rate-based functional analysis during which no differential consequences were provided throughout conditions, but rather, only different antecedents. Follow up research, however, has been inconclusive, however. In the current study, two individuals participated in a latency-based functional analysis during which no consequences were provided for the target response, followed by a latency-based functional analysis during which consequences were provided. Results of the different modifications of latency-based functional analyses were compared. For one participant, consequences were required in order to obtain differentiated responding. For the other participant, differentiation occurred in the first functional analysis and results matched those from the second analysis.
 
79. The Interaction of Response Effort and Quality of Reinforcer on Acceptance and Food Refusal
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMBER PERSONS (Seattle Children's Hospital), Danielle N. Dolezal (Seattle Children's Hospital), Karen Barnes (Seattle Children's Hospital), Cassandra Cerros (University of New Mexico Department of Psychiatry)
Abstract: The current investigation evaluated the interaction between response effort and quality of positive reinforcement on the food refusal and solid grams consumed by a participant who consumed only pureed food. The participant was a 7-year-old boy with diagnoses of autism spectrum disorder, eosinophilic esophagitis, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, anxiety disorder not otherwise specified and a feeding disorder. He engaged in high levels of food refusal, disruptive behavior, gagging, and vomiting when asked to try new foods including advanced textures. Response effort was conceptualized as increased textured bites, consisting of fork mashed and chopped fine. Quality of reinforcement was established through a preference assessment. The evaluation included two phases: Phase I, we conducted an analysis of response effort across texture within a multielement design, and Phase II, we conducted an analysis of effort and quality of reinforcer through a multielement design embedded within a reversal. Phase I results indicated differentiated food refusal and consumption across levels of texture. Phase II results showed increased quality of positive reinforcer effectively competed with increased response effort of consuming higher textured foods when available. This information was helpful to decrease the refusal of textured bites and increase the volume consumed for this participant.
 
80. Got Reinforcement? Increasing the consumption of Non-preferred Foods Using Preference Assessment, Motivation and Pairing
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CRISTINA VEGA (Seek Education, Inc.), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Given the prevalence of feeding difficulties in children with autism, effective and non-aversive interventions are imperative. This study utilized preference assessment to develop an intervention for behavioral feeding difficulties in a child with autism and evaluated emerging preferences as a treatment outcome. In addition, the effect of motivation was examined when Highly Preferred Foods (HPF) were removed from the participant's diet and used as reinforcement for the consumption of Non-Preferred Foods (NPF) in replacement of escape extinction procedures. An A B design was implemented to measure both inappropriate mealtime behaviors and consumption of NPF. Results showed a decrease in inappropriate mealtime behavior and an overall increase in the consumption of target NPF. Pretest-posttest preference assessment demonstrated an emerging preference for previously NPF and stability of preference for paired HPF. These findings add to, and expand on emerging research supporting the use of non-aversive approaches to treating behavioral feeding difficulties.
 
81. The Effect of a Premack Procedure and Token Reinforcement on Acceptance of Previously Refused Foods
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA KING (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: It is estimated that more than 30% of individuals with developmental disabilities have issues related to food intake or food refusal (Ahearn, 2001). One procedure that has been applied to food refusal/selectivity is based upon the Premack principle. Premack procedures generally involve providing a learner with the opportunity to engage in a behavior that occurs at a high frequency at baseline, contingent upon the occurrence of a low frequency behavior where the high frequency behavior will function as a reinforcer for the low frequency behavior (Cooper, Heron, Heward, 2007). Procedures based upon the Premack principle have been used to support behavior change across a wide range of behaviors (Azrin, Vinas, & Ehle, 2007; Kane & Gantzer, 1977; Makin & Hoyle, 1993; McMorrow, Cullinan, & Epstein, 1978). In the treatment of food refusal/selectivity these procedures involve prompting the child to eat a non-preferred food, then delivering a highly preferred food upon acceptance of the less -preferred items. The present study used Premack procedures in conjunction with a token system to increase the consumption of parent-selected foods previously identified as consistently refused by the participant. The data indicate that the procedure was effective in increasing consumption of previously-refused foods.
 
82. Evaluation of Antecedent Interventions for Food Selectivity in Home-Based Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE EWRY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology (stu), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: A number of researchers have evaluated interventions to treat food selectivity in children with autism and other developmental disabilities. The high-probability instructional sequence and simultaneous presentation are two antecedent interventions with inconsistent results, but which may be especially useful for children with less severe feeding problems. Using two reversal designs, we evaluated the effectiveness of the high-p sequence and simultaneous presentation on the consumption of non-preferred foods with two mildly selective children with autism. The high-p sequence increased acceptance of two non-preferred foods for one participant but was not effective for the second participant; the simultaneous presentation method of preferred and non-preferred foods, when combined with a bite size manipulation, increased consumption of two non-preferred foods for the second participant. Finally, individuals from the child's natural environment were trained to implement the intervention, and implemented the interventions effectively, producing similar results to the therapist implementation phases. Implications for further research and practice are provided.
 
83. Utilizing Self-Initiation Training as a Part of Intensive Toilet Training to Advance Continence
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Mynaria Everett (Marcus Autism Center), JOANNA LOMAS MEVERS (Marcus Autism Center), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Toilet training is an important self-help skill allowing children with developmental disabilities live more independently. Many toilet training program focus on achieving continence via trip-training using the protocol outlined by Foxx and Azrin, 1977. This method addresses incontinence but still requires a caregiver to take the child to the bathroom for regular sits, and prevents the child from having complete bathroom independence. Self-initiated (independent mands for the bathroom) promotes effective communication and is often a secondary goal during toilet training. In addition, there is little to no research on the how to best teach a child to self-initiate, therefore research is needed in this area. In the present evaluation, training trials for self-initiation was included as part of an intense toilet training program for children with autism. Training trails were conducted in which a mand for the bathroom resulted in access to the bathroom and an edible item. The distance between the location of the training trials and the bathroom was systematically increased. In the last step of training reinforcement was only delivered when an independent mand, followed by a continent void was observed. Self-initiation was observed across participants during both training trials and within the natural environment.
 
84. An Examination of Intensive Toilet Training without Positive Practice for the Urinary Incontinence of Students with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ABIGAIL KENNEDY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Corey Miles Cohrs (Unviversity of Nebraska Medical Center), Ray Burke (The Prevention Group), William J. Warzak (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: A modified Azrin & Foxx (1971) intensive toilet training (ITT) procedure was evaluated for two children with autism ages 7 and 14 yrs old. This procedure consisted of scheduled toilet sits, increased fluid intake, positive and negative reinforcement for correct eliminations, communication training, and a urine sensor alarm. No positive practice component was included, and training only occurred in the school setting. Results were evaluated using a multiple baseline design across participants. Correct eliminations and self-initiations increased to high, stable levels for one participant, and incorrect eliminations decreased to near-zero. Results maintained over an 8 wk follow-up period. Increased correct eliminations and decreased incorrect eliminations were initially observed for the second participant, however, when the school day decreased from 6.5 to 4 hrs per day during the summer term, the second participant decreased eliminations at school to near zero levels. Preliminary data suggest that higher levels of correct eliminations resumed with an extended school day in the fall term. These results suggest ITT without positive practice was effective for both students with autism, although the second participant required a longer duration of treatment to achieve a desired effect.
 
85. Applied Behavior Analysis in Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Latifa AlJohar (University of Nevada, Reno), Sarah M. Richling (University of Nevada, Reno), NADIA ASHOUR (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The number of individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities in the Middle East demands an increase in professionals trained in empirically-based interventions. Applied behavior analysis has become an established intervention within the United States and replication of its success elsewhere is anticipated. In April 2014, the first Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) program in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (KSA) was launched. The program was only the second established in the Middle East. The project was initiated in collaboration with several entities including the University of Nevada, Reno, the Center of Autism Research, the King Faisal Specialist Hospital and Research Center, and Saudi Basic Industries Corporation (SABIC). Students involved in the project provide applied behavior analytic services to individuals diagnosed with autism under the supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA’s) in order to receive their own certification. This is considered to be a fundamental stepping stone for ABA services in KSA. The purpose of this poster is to provide an outline of the development and ongoing progress of this project in KSA.
 
86. Teaching Children With Autism To Initiate Joint Attention Using Social Reinforcers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALESSANDRA RANNAZZISI (The New England Center for Children), Diana Parry-Cruwys (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effects of social reinforcement on the generalization of joint attention initiation across different toy sets. Participants were 2 children with autism spectrum disorder. A multiple baseline, multiple probe design was used to assess the effects of training joint attention initiation using social reinforcers across nine toy sets. Participants were taught to initiate a bid for joint attention by looking at the item and then to the adult, by making a comment about the toy, and by showing the completed toy activity to the adult. Gaze shifting, commenting, and showing were taught by teacher model plus least-to-most prompting and social reinforcement. Generalization probes were conducted across and within untrained toy sets throughout training. Results show that the participants learned to initiate joint attention using social reinforcers, and that multiple exemplar training was effective in facilitating acquisition within and across toy sets. Both participants generalized the acquired skills to untrained toy sets.
 
88. Case Studies on the Effective Behavioral Intervention Plan Tailored To Individual’s Functioning and Cognitive Levels
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SANGWEON AUM (Eden II Programs), Tarek Ascar (Eden II Programs)
Abstract: The effectiveness of reinforcement (behavioral contract, functional communication) and punishment (response cost) based behavioral interventions were compared for the two adults who reside at group home residences. Both participants were diagnosed with autism and mental retardation, participant 1 in the severe rage of cognitive impairment, participant 2 in the mild range of cognitive impairment. Target problem behaviors were self-injurious behavior (SIB) (i.e., hitting head) for participant 1 and verbal and/or physical provocation for participant 2. For both participants, data were collected by supervisor level staff. For participant 1, the punishment-based response cost plan alone was not effective in decreasing his SIB. However, the addition of reinforcement-based functional communication training component resulted in a substantial decrease in his SIB. For participant 2, the reinforcement-based behavioral contract was not effective in decreasing his provocation. However, the punishment-based response cost plan resulted in a substantial decrease in his provocation behavior. Behavioral intervention plan tailored to individual’s functioning and cognitive levels is discussed.
 
89. Effects of Motor Response Interruption and Redirection on Vocal Stereotypy in a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
STEPHANIE MUELLER (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that the use of motor response interruption and redirection (RIRD) may effectively reduce the occurrence of vocal stereotypy, despite the differing topographies of the behaviors (Ahearn, Clark, MacDonald, and Chung, 2007, Casella, Sidener, Sidener, and Progar, 2011). The purpose of the current study is two-fold. The first goal is to systematically replicate previous research by assessing the effectiveness of instructed responses of a differing topography from the target behavior. Secondly, I look to extend current research by assessing the effectiveness of this intervention when implemented in the natural environment. The participant was chosen due to the high rates of vocal stereotypy engaged in which were disruptive to her learning as well as the other students in her class. Motor RIRD was implemented in the participants Pre-Kindergarten classroom throughout the four hour school day. Results show that motor RIRD significantly decreased the level of vocal stereotypy emitted. Additionally, the results demonstrate that RIRD can be an effective intervention when implemented in the natural environment.
 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Poster Session #191
DDA Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 24, 2015
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
91. The Assessment of Challenging Behavior Across Psychotropic Medication Changes in Adults with Bipolar Disorder and Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARIA G. VALDOVINOS (Drake University), Meara Henninger-McMahon (Drake University), Danielle Mroz (Drake University), Annika Basham (Drake University), Elizabeth Schieber (Drake University), Margaret Olson (Drake University), Jacob Hunstiger (Drake University), Ashley Fee (Drake University)
Abstract:

Although long-term use of psychotropics has been used to treat individuals with bipolar disorder and intellectual disabilities (ID), little research has been conducted to assess the interaction of psychotropics and environmental variables on challenging behavior in those with bipolar disorder and ID. In the present study, three participants: Ralph (SIB), 28 year old male, diagnosed with bipolar I disorder, severe ID, and autism spectrum disorder; Ben (SIB), 49 year old male, diagnosed with bipolar not otherwise specified (NOS), profound ID, and dysphasia; Kate (Refusal), 53 year old female, diagnosed with bipolar II disorder and moderate ID participated in experimental functional analysis (FA) to determine the function of each participant's challenging behavior. The Questions About Behavior form was administered at the time of each FA and one-hour direct observations were videotaped weekly. Two weeks after each medication change, another FA was conducted. All data were coded and analyzed using The Observer XT. Changes were observed for all participants although the changes observed were not uniform across participants (e.g., differences in either conditions in which behavior occurred versus frequency of behavior), which suggests function-based data collection would be helpful in the prescribing practices of psychotropics in individuals with bipolar and ID.

 
92. Using Differential Reinforcement and Token Economies to Increase Self-Feeding in Children with Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LORI BETH VINCENT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Self-feeding is an important clinical goal for children with pediatric feeding disorders, as it allows for increased independence and social participation with feeding which is often age-appropriate and decreases demands on caregivers. Nonetheless, despite substantial research on increasing food and drink acceptance in children with pediatric feeding disorders, there is limited research on increasing self-feeding. The current study evaluates the use of differential reinforcement and token economies to increase and maintain self-feeding of food and drinks in two five-year-old children with pediatric feeding disorders. Both participants were enrolled in an intensive feeding disorders program and demonstrated low levels of self-feeding of both food and drinks prior to intervention. To increase self-feeding, differential reinforcement was provided for each instance of self-feeding food or drinks. Token economies for each participant were introduced in order to thin the schedule of reinforcement over time. Both participants demonstrated an increase in self-feeding following the introduction of differential reinforcement. High levels of self-feeding were maintained using a token economy.
 
93. Improving Physical Therapeutic Outcomes for a Child with Cerebral Palsy Utilizing Precise Measurement and Reinforcement
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTINA SAMOUR (Nova Southeastern University), Sydney Webster (Nova Southeastern University), Dahlia Magdy (Nova Southeastern University), Juliana Dadalto (Nova Southeastern University), Barry Alouidor (Nova Southeastern University), Joelle Krantz (Nova Southeastern University), Leonette Lee (Nova Southeastern University), Eric Levin (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: Cerebral Palsy (CP), a neurological disorder present in infancy, results in problems with body movement and muscle coordination. Physical therapy treatments for children with CP often incorporate praise and various motivators to promote coordinated body movements. In the current study, we implemented a treatment protocol for a five-year-old male diagnosed with CP to improve his physical abilities. The treatment protocol included the use of praise, in addition to, contingent reinforcement using items identified through preference assessments. Throughout treatment implementation, external validity was promoted through the continuous involvement of the parent, collaboration with physical therapists, and application in various settings. We demonstrated that the use of contingent praise with access to preferred items was more effective in increasing his duration of standing and walking compared to access to either praise or preferred items alone. Additionally, our findings suggest the importance of collaboration between behavior analysts, physical therapists, and parents to achieve improvements in the physical abilities of children with CP.
 
94. The Relationship Between the Function of Self-Injurious Behaviors and Resulting Injuries
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALYSSA FISHER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Self-Injurious Behavior (SIB) is a common problem among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Fundamentally, SIB is a problem because it is injurious, thus measuring the severity of SIB and resultant injuries of SIB may provide a more complete outcome metric for clinical care than reducing the frequency of SIB. This research assessed differences in typography of SIB and the injuries produced by that SIB. We assessed differences in the topographies of SIB across 15 individuals with SIB maintained by automatic reinforcement and 17 individuals with SIB maintained by social reinforcement. Additionally, we examined intake physicals using the Self-Injury Trauma Scale (SITS) to determine differences in the severity of SIB, as measured by wound production for a subset in each group. Results suggest that individuals with SIB maintained by automatic reinforcement engaged in more topographies of SIB, and these topographies were more varied. In addition, individuals with SIB maintained by automatic reinforcement were more likely to produce lacerations from their SIB than individuals with SIB maintained by social reinforcement. These results suggest that individuals with SIB maintained by social and nonsocial reinforcers sometimes engage in SIB in typographically different ways, which may make certain types of injuries more probable.
 
95. Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Associated with Caregiver Separation
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JILLIAN BENSON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia Driscoll (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Young children often have difficulty separating from caregivers. For children with developmental disabilities, separation may pose a particular challenge, frequently resulting in problem behavior to re-gain access to their caregiver. The present study used a novel method to assess and treat the problem behavior exhibited by a 4-year old male diagnosed with Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder and Autism Spectrum Disorder presenting with tantrums. Functional analysis (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) results indicated that the subject’s tantrums were associated with separation from his caregiver. Following functional analysis, a formal assessment was completed to measure the baseline latency to tantrums once the caregiver left the room, which averaged 20s. After baseline data were collected, a timer training procedure was used to orient the subject to a visual timer and teach him that attention would be delivered when the timer expired. During this phase, the caregiver did not leave the room. In the treatment phase, the subject was taught to tolerate increasingly longer separations from his caregiver by using the visual timer to signal her return. Results indicate that the subject was able to increase wait time to five minutes for his mother’s return, and engaged in zero rates of tantrums while waiting.
 
96. Object Manipulation Preference and Increased Response Effort to Reduce Self-Injurious Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DIANE BERTH (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Cindy Berry (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center, Morganton, NC), Martin Thomas Ivancic (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center, Morganton, NC)
Abstract: Self-injurious behavior maintained by automatic sensory reinforcement can be difficult to treat, particularly for people with profound multiple handicaps. A multi-element design was used to identify preferred items with one individual to assess the substitutability of self-injurious behavior with appropriate object manipulation. The percentage of intervals with self-injurious behavior and object manipulation were compared across 5 conditions using wearable and chewable stimuli that could provide sensory stimulation substitution for self-injurious behaviors. Results demonstrated that when chewable items were available via stiffened padded clothing protectors in 4 conditions, rates of self-injurious behavior were lower than baseline, however, rates of appropriate object manipulation increased only slightly. A marked increase of appropriate object manipulation and decrease of self-injurious behavior occurred only during the condition with the soft clothing protector plus tubing. Increased response effort needed to self-injure or manipulate objects while wearing the stiffened protectors offers one explanation for these results (Shore et al, 1997). This study provided a method of determining individual preference for certain materials. The soft, wearable, chewable stimulus served as a substitute for self-injurious behavior and the stiffened protector and wearable and chewable stimuli offer a means of reducing self-injurious behavior without being overly restrictive.
 
97. Consultation in treatment of self-injury in a school for children with visual and auditory disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
NICOLE SCHROEER (Virginia Institute of Autism), Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Virginia Institute of Autism), Anna M. Hoover (Virgina School for the Deaf and Blind), Julie Connor (Virginia School for the Deaf and the Blind)
Abstract: Residential schools for the deaf and the blind are being challenged to serve an increasing number of students with multiple disabilities. These students bring with them learning and behavioral challenges that can stress traditional residential support systems. Recently, journals focused on issues specific to deafness and visual impairment, published articles outlining application of behavior analytic principles in order to serve this population (O'Mea, M.,L. (2013), Zane, T., Carlson, M., Estep, D., & Quinn, M. (2014).). This poster summarizes the collaboration between a behavioral analytic clinic and a residential school to decrease self-injurious behavior of a 13-year-old-male with multiple disabilities. Preference assessments, functional analysis, and treatment probes were conducted to develop a treatment plan. Staff trainings were conducted and data were collected on long-term treatment effectiveness. The functional analysis suggested an automatic function of SIB, and treatment probes indicated that matched stimuli decreased rate of SIB. A treatment package consisting of response interruption and competing stimuli was implemented. Initial treatment resulted in a reduction of SIB from an average of 150 per hour to 45. After three months of treatment, SIB decreased by an average of 71%.
 
98. Transfer of Stimulus Control of Toileting Behavior with Somali Male
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXIS WALDIN (St. Cloud State University), Marietta Nel Janecky (Holland Center), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Azrin and Foxx developed an intensive toilet training protocol for individuals with disabilities in 1971. Since the development of the Rapid Toilet Training (RTT) protocol, its efficacy has been replicated with various populations and in various settings. This study replicated the procedures used in RTT with a 6-year-old Somali male diagnosed with autism. The participant demonstrated continence in his educational environment yet demonstrated incontinence in his home environment. The treatment package was used to transfer stimulus control of his toileting behavior in his home environment to increase in-toilet eliminations and decrease accidents. Within ten days of training, accidents decreased to less than two times a day. On the 49th day of training zero accidents were observed for at least 20 consecutive eliminations. However, two-month follow-up data indicated a transfer of stimulus control of the toileting behavior was not maintained in the home environment. These results indicate the RTT procedure is an effective and rapid solution for incontinence; however, fading procedures need to be embedded for maintenance of the behavior.
 
99. Using Picture Exchange Communication System in an Adult with Developmental Disabilites
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ICHA K. ARIEF (St. Cloud State University), Kim Frost (TSE, Inc.), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: This intervention used picture exchange communication system (PECS) to teach manding in an adult with severe mental disabilities. The individual had no prior communication training prior to this intervention. Before using PECS, the individual would grab and steal items or edibles that he wants. Three phases were conducted: physical exchange, discrimination, and natural setting. A preference assessment was conducted before conducting the intervention. The materials included pictures of highly preferred items, a picture of non-preferred items, a clip board, a binder, and an edible box. Two target pictures were chosen based on the preference assessment, and trained using PECS simultaneously (pretzel and gummy bear). The results showed that the individual independently exchanged pictures at session 25 for both targets. He was also successful in discriminating between highly preferred and non-preferred pictures at session 57, and across staff at session 67. The individual is currently still in training to independently mand for highly preferred items using PECS in a natural setting.
 
100. A Function-Based Approach to the Treatment of Audible Diurnal Bruxism
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXIS WALDIN (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (St Cloud State University), Marietta Nel Janecky (Holland Center)
Abstract: Bruxism is defined as the grinding of one’s upper and lower teeth such that physical damage is caused. To date, behavioral interventions that examine environmental relations with respect to diurnal bruxism has outperformed medical and psychological treatments. However, the behavioral interventions have relied upon punitive measures to eliminate the behavior. The purpose of this study is to evaluate an antecedent intervention selected based on the function of the bruxism. The function will be determined following a four condition (i.e., attention, escape, play, ignore) functional analysis. If the results of the FA conclude the function is automatic reinforcement, a second functional analysis will analyze the hypothesized sensory stimulations (i.e., external pressure on the jaw, internal pressure on the teeth, and auditory stimulation). Upon conclusion of the function that maintains the participant’s bruxism, treatments will be selected. The treatments selected are matched stimulation (i.e., treatment that matches the function of the participant’s bruxism) and unmatched stimulation (i.e., treatment that does not match the function of the participant’s bruxism). In all treatment conditions, stimulation (matched or unmatched) will be delivered non-contingently. This study aims to evaluate if the function is a necessary consideration regarding the treatment of bruxism.
 
101. Development of Family Behavior Observation Assessment Tool for Children With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Minjoo Lee (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University), DAYON HEO (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

Problem behaviors of children with DD are often measured and assessed by direct observation of interaction between children and their parents. One of the most widely used direct observation coding systems is the Revised Family Observation Schedule (FOS-R III) (Sanders et al., 1996) using the 10 second interval coding. It is a very comprehensive measure, yet not cost-efficient because it is time-consuming to record behaviors and difficult to train observers. Therefore, cost-efficient direct observation system for children with DD is needed. The purpose of this study was to develop a direct observation checklist using the Likert scale that measures problem behaviors that are typically shown in DD population. Steps to develop the checklist were followed. First, a focus group interview was conducted with experts in assessing and treating severe problem behaviors and possible items were generated upon discussion based on FOS-R III. Second, reliability and validity of the checklist were examined using the data set of 52 pairs of children with DD (M=36, F=16) and their parents; child-parent interactions were videotaped for 20 minutes in 2 conditions: play (10 minutes) and instruction (10 minutes). Results showed acceptable level of internal consistency and high inter-rater reliability of the checklist. Concurrent validity of the checklist was observed via high correlations with the FOS-R III and the BPI-01. Few items that showed low inter-rater reliability or concurrent validity with FOS-R III were removed from the checklist. Discriminant validity was examined for 16 pairs of typically developing children (M=7, F=9) and their parents and their age matched children with DD (M=12, F=4) and their parents. Significant differences were found in most of childrens behaviors, especially in positive behaviors. However, parents showed differences only in affection, mood and tone of voice. Results showed good psychometrics properties of direct observation checklist. Since the checklist is developed in consideration of typically shown problem behaviors in DD population and cost-efficient, it may be useful in clinical settings that assess and treat problem behaviors in children with DD.

 
102. Trial-Based Functional Analysis of Aggression in a Home Setting for a Child with a Rare Genetic Syndrome and Chronic Health Problems
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY WEAVER (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: In this poster presentation, we will present results of a trial-based functional analysis (FA) of aggression conducted in a home setting for a 4-year-old girl with a Cri-du-chat syndrome and chronic health issues. Parents and a 7-year-old sibling with autism spectrum disorder were trained and coached to implement all experimental trials. We recorded both presence and absence of problem behavior across trial segments and latencies to problem behavior within trial segments to analyze response differentiation among conditions. In addition, we collected information on the presence of health-related symptoms via parent report to evaluate potential differences in response differentiation depending on the presence or absence of these symptoms. Both parents and sibling were able to implement FA trials with relatively high fidelity (though fidelity varied by condition). Results indicated aggression was maintained by multiple sources of social, and potentially non-social, reinforcement. The presence or absence of health-related symptoms did not correspond to differences in response differentiation during any FA conditions. The current study provides an extension of trial-based FAs to home settings with family members as implementers. The study also highlights challenges specific to assessing problem behavior that may be influenced by a combination of social and non-social variables, including illness.
 
103. Teaching Two Students with Severe Developmental Disabilities to Use AAC Devices in Taiwan
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
PEI-FANG WU (National Kaohsiung Normal University)
Abstract: Two studies were conducted to investigate the effects of using least-to-most prompting to teach two students with severe developmental disabilities to use AAC devices. In Study 1, an A-B design was used to teach 10 sets of vocabularies. The study was conducted in a different classroom other than the participants school during weekends. Least-to-most prompting was used during the intervention, including the use of verbal and gestural prompts. Results showed the student was able to master each set within 7 sessions. However, in Study 1, no generalization and maintenance data were collected. Study 2 is still in progress. In Study 2, a multiple probe design across 5 sets of vocabularies was used. The study was conducted in the participants home, which was a natural intervention setting for the participant. Generalization data will be collected, which investigated whether the participant will use an AAC device to communicate in community settings. The two studies will provide preliminary evidence showing effective use of least-to-most prompting to teach students with severe disabilities to communicate using AAC devices in Taiwan.
 
104. Teaching Problem-Solving Skills to Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities Using Matrix Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Kellie McKee (Stephen F. Austin State University), GLEN L. MCCULLER (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ginger Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Abstract: The present study examined the efficiency of matrix training as a format to teach problem solving skills to two children with intellectual disabilities. Matrix training provides a way to organize and train problem-solving in an efficient way. A 4X4 matrix of problems and materials related to cooking was designed. Then, participants were trained on a subset of material and problem combinations. Training was implemented using least to most prompting and errorless learning. A multiple probe across participants design was used to assess the effects of training on generalized material and problem combinations. Results yielded that both participants achieved generalization to untrained problems thus supporting previous literature of the efficiency of matrix training as a method of achieving skill acquisition.
 
105. The Effect of Teacher Greetings on On-Task Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Callie Berry (Stephen F. Austin State University), GLEN L. MCCULLER (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ginger Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Abstract: This study compared two alternating interventions on the on-task behavior of three middle school students receiving special education services. The study took place in a general education classroom. The two treatments were “neutral” and “task-specific” greetings administered at the beginning of class. The on-task behavior of the three students was measured during baseline with the teacher’s “neutral” greeting. After baseline, on-task behavior was measured in class following the randomly alternated neutral vs. task specific intervention treatments of greetings before class. Results showed that two out of three students demonstrated a higher percentage of on-task behavior with the “task-specific” greeting administered at the beginning of class.
 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Poster Session #192
VRB Sunday Noon
Sunday, May 24, 2015
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
106. The Effects of Intensive Tact Instruction on the Emergence of Vocal Verbal Operants in Non-Instructional Settings for Elementary School Students with ASD
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The current study investigated the effects of the Intensive Tact Instruction (ITI) on the emission of accurate vocal verbal operants for three elementary school students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Participants were selected from a self-contained district based classroom in the U.S. Participants included one seven-year-old female and two seven-year-old males. A non-concurrent time-lagged multiple baseline across participants design was used to identify a potential functional relation between the independent and dependent variables. The dependent variables for the study were the number of mands, tacts, and palilalias emitted during baseline sessions in the hallway, lunchtime, and free play areas. The independent variable was a mastery completion of ITI in which 100 daily tact learn units were additionally presented to the participant above his/her mean number of learn units delivered daily. Results showed that the number of tacts considerably increased and the number of palilalias decreased as the procedure of ITI progressed.

 
107. Effects of Auditory Matching on Echoics and Listener Literacy for Kindergarteners with Developmental Disabilities
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The main purpose of this study was to test the effects of the auditory matching procedure on the improvement of echoic responses and emergence of listener literacy for three kindergarten students diagnosed with developmental disabilities. The students were chosen from a self-contained, kindergarten special education classroom of a private, publicly-funded elementary school. A time-lagged multiple probe across participants design was employed to identify a possible functional relation between the dependent and independent variables. The dependent variables in the study were the numbers of full echoic responses and correct responses to the listener literacy probe trials emitted by the participants during probe sessions. The independent variable was the implementation of the basic auditory matching procedure using iPad in which the participants were required to match a target sound or word by pressing a button that emitted the correct response. Probe sessions were conducted prior to the onset of the study, as well as following the completion of the intervention. Results of the study indicate that the number of full echoic responses and correct listener literacy responses increased for all participants.

 
109. Vocabulary Learning by Typical Children and Children with Down Syndrome in a Shared Storybook Reading Procedure
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Camila Bonagamba (University of Sao Paulo), ANDREIA SCHMIDT (University of Sao Paulo)
Abstract: Reading storybook to preschool children can be an incidental vocabulary teaching procedure, probably due to the process of responding by exclusion. The aim of this study was to investigate the learning of words after the shared storybook reading, in typical children and children with Down syndrome. Twelve children (six with Down syndrome - aged 6-7 years, and six with typical development, aged 3 to 4 years) participated, in a alternate treatments adapted design. An illustrated storybook was created for this study. Throughout story, two novel fruits were each named once, but were not the focus of the plot. The storybook was read to the children twice a session (three sessions). Each reading session occurred in a different condition. In Condition 1, just reading; in Condition 2, the child repeated the unknown words (echoic) in each reading; in Condition 3 questions were asked about unknown words. At the end of each session, and one week later, learning probes were conducted. Two children from each group demonstrated consistent learning of the two words. There were no differences among the conditions, but repetition of the reading had an important effect.
 
110. Mands and Disguised Mands in Preschool-Aged Children: A Frequency Count
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Jessica Repasz (Allegheny College), Alyssa Schneider (Allegheny College), Kaelyn Conley (Allegheny College), RODNEY D. CLARK (Allegheny College)
Abstract: Skinner (1957) and others (Michael, 1993) have described what they call a disguised or softened mand. In the present experiment, normally developing children aged 2 – 5 years were observed as they talked to one another and played with a variety of toys. The number of tacts, mands, and disguised mands were observed and recorded for two consecutive hours each day for one school week (Monday – Friday) during which time the children played and exchanged toys. The sex of the speaker and listener were recorded respectively as well as the make-up of conversing pairs (male – male, male – female, female -male, and female – female). With the exception of female speaker and female listener in the two-year-old group, male speaker and male listener in the three-year-old group and female speaker to male listener in the three-year-old group, most pairs of children were observed emitting disguised mands. The disguised mands first appeared in the two-year-old group and the frequency remained fairly stable across the time of observations. Furthermore, it was observed that the overall frequency of mands tended to increase with age.
 
111. Using a Chaining Procedure to Master Complex Echoics
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY TRUONG (SEEK Education), Michele D. Wallace (SEEK Education)
Abstract:

Children with language deficiencies are often able to speak and echo simple phrases, but lack clarity as the complexity increases. We replicated a previous study by Tarbox et al. (2009) in which a chaining procedure was used to teach more complex echoic phrases. A multiple-probe design was used. During intervention, the participant was able to earn one token for each correctly pronounced syllable, on a 10 token board. Probes of both previously mastered words and untaught words were done each session. Results suggest that a chaining procedure is a highly effective method for teaching clear, complex echoics. Our participant was able to master 20 echoics of multiple complexity ranging from 2 syllabus words to compound words.

 
112. A Comparison Between Evidence Based Procedures to Elicit Speech Production in Children with ASD
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
NORAH AL-SUBAIE (Center for Autism Research at King Faisal Specialist Hospital), nadia ashour (Center for Autism Research at King Faisal Specialist Hospital), Molli Luke (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: It is estimated that in the past 10 to 15 years, about 40% of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) did not acquire functional spoken language, however, recently experts has stated that the percentage of children with ASD who do not develop functional speech has decreased to be between 20%-30% (Rogers, 2006). To facilitate the emergence of speech, there are several techniques, both from the behavior analytic perspective and from non-behavioral analytic disciplines, such as Speech-Language Pathology. Many of these techniques have shown promise at increasing the initial development of vocal behavior. This poster will outline and summarize the techniques that have empirically shown an increase of vocal behavior in children with ASD. A primary emphasis in this outline will be on literature from Behavior Analysis and, due to its similar subject matter, Speech-Language Pathology. These techniques will be compared across several dimensions, such as populations, settings and intervention types. The goal of the analysis will be to provide a guide for future interventions, research agendas and interdisplinary collaborations.
 
113. Instructive Feedback: Increasing the Efficiency of Instruction for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
PATRICIA ZEMANTIC (University of Oregon), Shaji Haq (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Traci Elaine Ruppert (University of Oregon), Megan Ledoux (University of Oregon), Claudia Suarez (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Instructive feedback (IF) involves embedding additional stimuli within learning trials. The student is not required to respond to these additional stimuli, and programmed consequences are not provided if the student does respond. Prior research indicates that IF is an efficient and effective procedure for increasing the verbal behavior of children with developmental disabilities (e.g., Vladescu & Kodak, 2013). The current study replicated Vladescu & Kodak (2013) over a longer time period and evaluated the maintenance and generalization of primary target and IF stimuli. One child diagnosed with autism participated in this study. IF stimuli were presented in the antecedent portion of learning trials. The participant acquired 6 sets of both primary target and IF stimuli. However, acquisition of IF stimuli was more efficient when comparing both the number of sessions and exposures to stimuli needed to reach mastery across IF and primary target stimuli. The maintenance of IF stimuli was comparable to primary target stimuli for 3 stimulus sets but superior for 3 stimulus sets. Generalization to untrained exemplars occurred for approximately 65% of primary targets and IF stimuli.
 
114. Frequency of Mand Instruction and Contextual Variables reported in Behavioral, Special Education and Speech Journals
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT C. PENNINGTON (University of Louisville), Melinda Jones Ault (University of Kentucky), Dominic Schmuck (University of Louisville), Jon Burt (University of Louisville), Laura Ferguson (University of Louisville)
Abstract: Researchers have demonstrated that communication deficits in individuals with intellectual disabilities are amenable to intervention and have evaluated interventions for establishing a range of skills across response topographies (Ganz, Earles-Vollrath, Heath, Parker, Ripoli, & Duran, 2012). Unfortunately, these findings may not be widely available to interventionists from related but distinct fields. In this investigation, we reviewed the last 10 years of professional literature across three sets of journals associated with three professional organizations (e.g., Council for Exceptional Children [CEC], Association for Behavior Analysis International [ABAI], and American Speech- Language and Hearing Association [ASHA]). We reported the frequency of studies per journal that involved the instruction of mands and related variables (e.g., intervention, response topography, setting, change agent, age, generalization) and drew comparisons across the three sets of professional journals. Our findings suggest a disproportionate distribution of publications involving mand instruction across individual journals and organizations. Implications for future publication, dissemination, and future research are discussed.
 
115. The Effects of Two Error Correction Procedures on the Rate of Learning.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CLEO SCHMITT (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract: Error correction procedures are implemented during teaching to increase correct responding and decrease erroneous responding. This study compared the effects of two correction procedures by looking at the rate of learning across four students diagnosed with autism. One correction procedure entailed prompting the student to respond correctly contingent on an error and then providing an opportunity to respond independently to the same demand a few seconds later. The other correction procedure involved prompting the student to respond correctly contingent on an error, then presenting two mastered demands and then re-presenting the demand that resulted in an error for an independent response. The same stimuli were used for all students and all students scored 0% during baseline. The instructional stimuli consisted of picture cards, which the students were taught to tact. The rate of learning was measured across the two correction procedures to determine if one procedure resulted in faster language acquisition.
 
116. Authorship Trends in The Analysis of Verbal Behavior: 1982-2013
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
RODRIGO DAL BEN (Federal University of Sao Carlos), Celso Goyos (Federal University of Sao Carlos)
Abstract: The Analysis of Verbal Behavior (TAVB) is the only journal entirely focused in publishing theoretical and empirical research on verbal behavior. Identifying the journal trends can offer a critical perspective of its' practices. The present research aims to access the journal authorship trends. All articles published from 1982 to 2013 were analyzed. All authors, first authors and authors' affiliations were listed. Eight dimensions were accessed: Prolific authors; Editors as authors; New first authors; New authors; Frequent authors; Prolific institutions; Institution nationality; Institution type. 324 articles by 382 authors from 178 institutions were analyzed. The number of new researchers, working with frequent ones, has been growing, probably reflecting an increase in educational and research activities on verbal behavior. The participation of editors as authors is decreasing, showing that the journal may be achieving maturity. All prolific authors and institutions are from United States of America, indicating that there is room to international actions. The participation of authors affiliated to consulting services enterprises is increasing, which may reflect applications of verbal behavior analysis. In its 31 years of activity, TAVB has been an important outlet for verbal behavior research, analyzing it critically may increase the chances that it continues to be so.
 
117. The Effects of a Peer Tutoring Procedure
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MARIA GARCIA (Teachers College, Columbia University), Sarah Orlans (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We tested the effects of a reciprocal peer tutoring tactic on the participants’ acquisition of new tact responses. The participants were 4 male students who were educationally classified as students with disabilities. The participants were ages 8 to 10 and functioned on the listener/speaker/reader level of verbal behavior with some writing skills in repertoire. Experimenters used a delayed multiple probe design across dyads. The independent variable was a reciprocal peer-tutoring tactic. The dependent variables in this study were the numbers of correct tact responses that the participants emitted during probe sessions to the sets of stimuli that they taught their peers during the peer tutoring procedure and the numbers of correct tact responses the participants emitted to the stimuli directly taught to them by their peers. The data showed that the peer tutoring procedure was effective since all participants emitted increased numbers of correct responses during the post-intervention probe sessions. During the post probes all 4 participants met criterion on the tact responses for the stimuli sets they directly learned as tutees. The participants also emitted increased numbers of correct tact responses to the stimuli they taught to their peers.
 
118. The Use Of The Verbal Behavior Milestone Assessment In The Literature Since Its Publication: A Review
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
MARIA MARTONE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Rodrigo Dal Ben (Universidade federal de sao carlos), Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: A number of comprehensively designed systems derived from the principles of behavior analysis have been developed and used by applied behavior analysts to assess and teach language skills. One of the most popular is the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (Sundberg, 2008). This review aims to determine the publications that mention The Verbal Behavior Milestone Assessment and Placement Program in their references from 2008 to November 2014 (last update carried out by the authors). The end result was 71 publications. All the publications have been analyzed by year of publication, type of journals, affiliation of the authors, keywords, and how the material has been used in each publication, whether conceptual (criticizes or endorsement the content) or applied (assessment of the participants repertoire, for instance). Systems for tracking and teaching skills have been widely reported within the field of behavioral analysis and it is important to understand what type of use has been made by behavior analysts of one of the most relevant assessments tools in the area.
 
119. An Experimental Model of Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Based on Verbal and Nonverbal Responses
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Paulo Abreu (Departamento de Psicologia Experimental, Instituto de Psicologia, Universidade de S�o Paulo), Martha Hübner (Universidade de São Paulo), KATIE E TREU (La Universidad Veracruzana), Juliana Silvério (Universidade de São Paulo, and Instituto de Análise do Comportamento de Curitiba)
Abstract:

The current study involves an experimental model of obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) using a group design with 16 verbally skilled participants without clinical diagnosis. Experiments 1 and 2 show a model of obsessive-compulsive disorder based on some functional relations established between instructions, a task of separating seeds and the non-verbal checking responses. They tested if instructions with specification of aversive or appetitive consequences could increase the percentage of checking responses compared to instructions without these specification consequences. In Experiment 1, five of the eight participants had an increase in their checking responses when they received an instruction with specification of an aversive consequence. In Experiment 2, seven of the eight participants showed an increase when they received an instruction with specification of an appetitive consequence. The conclusion was made that the instructions with specifications given to the participant altered the discriminative and/or motivating function of the stimuli involved in an experimental task.

 
120. An Arabic Verbal Behavior and Functional Skills Assessment for Individuals With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities (VBFSA IADD)
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MOHAMMAD I. AL-ATTRASH (Shafallah Center for Children with Special Needs), Mahmoud Al Sheyab (Shafallah Center for Children with Special Needs), Heyam AlSuwaidi (Shafallah Center for Children with Special Needs)
Abstract: A verbal behavior and functional skills assessment was created in Qatar to assess students with autism and other developmental disabilities in their native Arabic language to identify the strengths and weaknesses for developing effective IEP?s for each student. The assessment consists of 14 domains. The assessment was implemented initially in two classes for children with autism ranging in age from 7 to 10 years who ranged from mild to severe intellectual disabilities. The teachers in those classes were trained on the implementation of the assessment and ABA teaching procedures for two weeks by two board certified behavior analysts prior to starting the training. Teachers under the supervision of the psychologist/behavior analyst taught students on an average of 2 hours one to one a day for about 2 months. The results showed that student achieved 565 objectives ranged from 5 to 145 objectives. The average objectives that students that students learned was 79% with arrange of the objectives that were included in the IEP with range of 46% to 100%. Five of the students achieved 100% of the objective successfully during that period of time. The rest of students achieved from 46% - 90% of the objectives successfully.
 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Symposium #193
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Treatment of Inappropriate Speech in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
217C (CC)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Matthew L. Edelstein, Master of Psychology
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are likely to engage in non-contextual, repetitive, and inappropriate speech, which may impede their ability to learn and interact with others. This symposium will include three presentations on the functional assessment and treatment of inappropriate speech in individuals with ASD. In the first paper, Matthew Edelstein will present on the effects of demand complexity on immediate echolalia in individuals with ASD. In the second paper, Dewey DeLisle will present on the use of multiple schedules and schedule thinning to treat preseverative speech in individuals with ASD. In the third paper, Ethan Eisdorfer will present on the use of variation of a traditional attention condition to assess perseverative speech in an individual with ASD.
Keyword(s): autism, echolalia, functional analysis, perseverative speech
 
Effects of Demand Complexity On Echolalia in Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder
MATTHEW L. EDELSTEIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Katelyn Selver (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Echolalia, delayed or immediate repetition of an utterance, is a linguistic phenomenon common in individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Although previous research indicates that this behavior is correlated with more complex utterances (Rydell & Mirenda,1994), to date, no study has conducted a functional analysis of immediate echolalia. Study 1 examined the relationship between demand complexity and immediate echolalia in 4 students with ASD in a university-based academic setting. Mastered and novel antecedent verbal demands that required an intraverbal response were systematically alternated using a multielement design to test whether participants’ immediate echolalia was socially mediated. Results showed that for all participants, immediate echolalia was more likely to occur during complex novel intraverbal tasks than in any other condition. In Study 2, two of the four participants were taught to say “I don’t know” in response to novel or unknown demands. A concurrent multiple baseline across participants was used to evaluate the treatment. Results showed that echolalia decreased and the use of “I don’t know” increased for both participants. Additionally, the “I don’t know” response was only observed to occur during novel demands and correct responding maintained for mastered demands. Implications for the assessment and treatment of echolalia will be discussed.
 
Use of Multiple Schedules and Reinforcement Thinning in the Treatment of Perseverative Speech
DEWEY DELISLE (The New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Perseverative speech, the repetition of phrases or topics, can be problematic when the responses occur at such high frequency that they interfere with instruction or typical social interactions. Previous studies have shown that perseverative speech maintained by attention can be treated through the use of a simple differential reinforcement of alternative behavior procedure, in which perseverative speech is ignored and appropriate speech results in attention (Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003); however, this type of intervention may also result in impractically high levels of appropriate speech. In the current study, a multiple schedule was introduced to decrease problem behavior and maintain low levels of appropriate speech. First, a functional analysis was conducted on the perseverative speech of 2 participants diagnosed with developmental disabilities; results showed that their perseverative speech was maintained by attention. Next, treatment consisted of alternating between reinforcement components, during which appropriate speech was reinforced and perseverative behavior was ignored, and extinction components, during which all behavior was ignored. Schedules were gradually altered to increase the length of the extinction component.
 

Assessment of Repetitive Vocalizations in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders

ETHAN EISDORFER (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Rob Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabiliites Center, Rutgers University), Erica Dashow (Douglass Developmental Disabilites Center, Rutgers University), Mikala Hanson (Rutgers University- Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center)
Abstract:

Communication deficits and patterns of repetitive behavior are two defining characteristics of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Perseverative speech is a combination of these two deficits. These vocal behaviors may be socially stigmatizing and can interfere with the acquisition of important skills. The current investigation assessed repetitive vocalizations for a 16 year old adolescent male diagnosed with ASD. In the initial stages of assessment, ABC data collected by classroom staff suggested an attention function for the behavior. However, a traditional functional analysis (FA) yielded equivocal results. Subsequently, an adapted FA that compared a traditional attention condition, a noncontingent attention (control) condition and a condition that utilized the repeated arrival of novel therapists was conducted. High rates of repetitive vocalization were observed in the novel attention condition relative to those observed during both the traditional FA attention condition and the noncontingent attention condition. Implications for the effective treatment of repetitive vocalization will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #194
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluation of Prompting Procedures for Individuals with Developmental Disabilities and Autism
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
217B (CC)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services)
Discussant: Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services)
CE Instructor: John Claude Ward-Horner, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium reviews two studies that evaluated prompting procedures for individuals with Developmental Disabilities and autism. Such individuals often present with unique learning challenges that require specialized instruction to ensure skill acquisition. The use of errorless teaching procedures are designed to minimize errors and establish appropriate stimulus control during discrimination training and are often recommended for individuals with autism. Although errorless procedures may reduce errors some researchers have found that errorless procedures may result in slower learning (Libby, Weiss, Bancroft, & Ahearn, 2008). The first study assessed different types of prompts that reliably evoked response. Next, the researchers compared the effectiveness of those prompts used in most-to-least and least-to-most prompting hierarchies. The second study evaluated the effectiveness picture prompts and a time-delay used to teach auditory-visual discriminations (receptive labeling of pictures) to individuals with autism. The implications of these findings for instructional programs for individuals with Developmental Disabilities and autism will discussed.
Keyword(s): autism, prompting
 
A Comparison of Two Prompt-Fading Strategies on Skill Acquisition in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
MIRELA CENGHER (City University of New York, The Graduate Center), Kimberly Shamoun (Behavioral Intervention Psychological Services PC), Patricia A. Moss-Lourenco (Westchester Institute for Human Development), David L. Roll (Behavioral Intervention Psychological Services PC), Gina Marie Feliciano (QSAC), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that several prompting procedures are effective in teaching a variety of skills to children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. However, when the effectiveness of these prompting procedures was directly compared in either most-to-least or least-to-most hierarchies, research yielded inconclusive findings. In order to address this idiosyncrasy, this study explored a series of assessments meant to identify discriminative stimuli and procedures tailored to meet each participant’s educational profile. Two assessments were used to identify stimuli that were potent enough to evoke correct responding. Then, these stimuli were used as prompts and included in two prompt hierarchies: most-to-least and least-to-most prompting. The efficacy and efficiency of two of these two procedures was compared. For all participants, most-to-least prompting was more effective and efficient than least-to-most prompting. The procedures employed in this study could serve as guidelines for clinical practice in order to maximize the efficiency of training. Further implications for practice and future research are discussed.
 
The Use of Picture Prompts to Teach Receptive Labeling
TIFFANY WALLER (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Many behavioral curricula and instructional programs for individuals with autism target the development of receptive language, or responding to another’s spoken language. The use of errorless learning procedures is often recommended for individuals with autism. There are several types prompting procedures that can be used to teach receptive labeling of pictures including within-stimulus prompting or extra-stimulus prompting such as the use of physical guidance or a point prompt. Carp et al. (2012) compared the use of a picture prompt to a point prompt and found that the picture prompt was more effective for four participants with autism. The present study utilized a picture prompt and a time delay to teach receptive labeling to a 19 year old with autism. The results indicated that the picture prompt was effective at establishing receptive labeling for three sets of stimuli. The implications of the use of pictures prompts to teach receptive labeling and areas for future research are discussed
 
 
Symposium #195
Supporting Social Interactions in Children with Autism
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
217D (CC)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bethany P. Contreras Young (Utah State University )
Abstract: Programming for individuals with autism frequently includes social interaction goals. This symposium presents three data based studies that investigated a variety of ways to support social interactions in children with autism. Bartell and Betz investigated the effects of joint activity schedules, script fading, and graduated guidance on increasing vocal interactions during play activities with pairs of children diagnosed with autism. Fairman, Ingvarsson, and Mann investigated the effects of model prompts on bids for joint attention in children with autism. Finally, Peterson and Higbee investigated the utility of video-based preference assessments to identify preferred social stimuli that could function as reinforcers for individuals with autism. Data will be presented for all three studies, and implications of those data will be discussed.
Keyword(s): autism, prompting, social interactions
 
Using Joint Activity Schedules and Script Fading to Promote Social Interactions Between Children with Autism
KATRINA L. BARTELL (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Joint activity schedules and embedded script-fading procedures were used to teach three dyads of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders to engage in social interactions during a sequence of play activities. A multiple baseline design across dyads was used to evaluate the effects of joint schedules, script fading and prompting procedures (graduated guidance) on independent performance, rates of social interactions, and types of contextual verbal behavior. Following baseline, results showed an increased stable level of on-task and on-schedule behaviors as a function of the joint activity schedules. However, joint activity schedules alone did not increase and maintain social interactions for any of the dyads. Thus, scripts were embedded on play stimuli to promote more opportunities for participants to engage in conversations about the ongoing activities and events occurring in the natural environment. Specifically, script-training procedures increased both taught and untaught verbal interactions across dyads. Future research and practical implications will be discussed.
 
The Effects of Minimally Intrusive Prompts on Joint Attention Initiations Maintained by Social Reinforcement in Children with Autism.
KIMBERLY FAIRMAN (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas), Tracie B. Mann (Child Study Center)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of minimally intrusive prompts on protodeclarative joint attention initiations in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The participants were two boys and one girl, ages 6 to 10. The experimenter provided attention and social interaction following protodeclarative initiations throughout the study. During intervention with the first participant, a model prompt was delivered every 30 s if the participant failed to initiate a bid for joint attention. The model prompt was sufficient to increase the rate of protodeclarative initiations across stimulus sets. Generalization was seen across sets, but not across environments. Subsequently, a model prompt was sufficient to increase the rate of protodeclarative initiations in a second setting (classroom), and generalization was seen with a set of novel toys. For the second participant, the introduction of pictures depicting high-interest items and activities was sufficient to increase the rate of protodeclarative initiations over time. Data collection is under way with a third participant. These findings show that minimally intrusive prompts and naturalistic consequences may be sufficient to establish protodeclarative initiations in children. However, this finding may be limited to those children for whom social interactions already function as reinforcers.
 
The Effectiveness of a Video-based Preference Assessment in Identifying Socially Reinforcing Stimuli
RACHELLE PETERSON (Neurobehavior H.O.M.E. program), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract: The identification of preferred stimuli is a key component in-person centered planning. The most common forms of assessment, however, are limited to items that can be physically presented to individuals. Social reinforcers, or stimuli that involve interaction with another individual, cannot be easily assessed using this traditional format. Difficulties in assessing and identifying preferred social stimuli can severely limit individuals’ opportunity to participate in reinforcing social experiences, which are critical for development. This project examined a video-based preference assessment and the reliability and validity with which it identified a defined hierarchy of social reinforcers. The highest and lowest preferred stimuli identified in these preference assessments were analyzed in a reinforcer assessment. For each of the three participants the highest social reinforcer selected increased responding above baseline and low preference conditions. It can be determined that the video based preference assessment identified a true hierarchy of preferred and non-preferred social stimuli for each participant.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #196
CE Offered: BACB

Catchin' 'Em Early: Outcomes for Toddlers With Autism

Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Grand Ballroom C3 (CC)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
REBECCA P. F. MACDONALD (New England Center for Children)
Dr. Rebecca MacDonald is a licensed psychologist and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, who specializes in the education and treatment of children with autism through her work at the New England Center for Children. For the past 15 years, she served as the director of the Early Intensive Instructional Program providing Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention to the youngest children with an Autism Spectgrum Disorder diagnosis at the center. She has faculty appointments at Simmons College and Western New England University. Dr. MacDonald received her doctorate in developmental and child psychology from the University of Kansas. She regularly presents her research at national and international conferences and has published numerous articles and book chapters focusing on teaching social skills to children with autism. Her work has been supported by both federal (National Institute of Child Health and Human Development) and private (Organization for Autism Research) grant sources. She recently served as a federal Department of Education grant reviewer for the "Race to the Top" birth to 5 competitions. Her current research interests include assessing and teaching joint attention, the use of video modeling as a method of instruction for both children and teachers, and measuring clinical outcomes of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention.
Abstract:

It is widely known that Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) can produce large gains in social, cognitive, and language development. Changes in performance are typically measured using norm-referenced standardized assessment tools which produce a score of overall functioning level. During the past 15 years, Dr. Rebecca P. F. MacDonald and colleagues have developed an assessment tool for the direct measurement of autism specific symptomatology. The Early Skills Assessment Tool (ESAT) includes measures of imitation, language, joint attention, play, and stereotypic behavior (MacDonald et al., 2014). In their most recent work, 83 children with autism (CWA), ages 1, 2, and 3 years old and 58 same-aged typically developing children were assessed using the ESAT. CWA were assessed at entry into an EIBI program and again after one year of treatment. While significant gains were seen in all children across all age groups, the greatest gains were seen in the children who entered treatment before their second birthday. Long-term follow up data suggest long lasting gains in these children. These findings underscore the importance autism screening at 12 to 18 months, the critical role of pediatricians in early identification of ASD and the need for high quality EIBI for all identified children.

Keyword(s): autism, early intervention, outcome, toddlers
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #197
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Utilizing Visual Phonics to Supplement Reading Instruction for Students with Diverse Needs

Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon A (Grand Hyatt)
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D.
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
YE WANG (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Ye Wang, Ph.D., is an associate professor and the coordinator for Education of the d/Deaf and Hard of Hearing (EDHH) Program in the Department of Health and Behavior Studies at Teachers College, Columbia University. She earned her M.A. and Ph.D. in the School of Teaching & Learning from The Ohio State University. Her primary research interest is the language and literacy development of students who are d/Deaf or hard of hearing. Her other research and scholarly interests include multiple literacies, technology and literacy instruction, inclusive education, research methodology, and early childhood education. Dr. Wang has worked with her colleagues to provide Visual Phonics training workshops for teachers in different programs throughout the nation and to investigate the efficacy of utilizing Visual Phonics to supplement reading instruction for a variety of students who may experience difficulties. Dr. Wang has published extensively on the phonological coding of children who are d/Deaf or hard of hearing. Her 2006 study, "Implications of Utilizing a Phonics-Based Reading Curriculum With Children Who are Deaf or Hard of Hearing," was the first intervention study that directly taught phonemic awareness and phonics skills to children who are deaf or hard of hearing using Visual Phonics in the U.S.
Abstract:

Visual Phonics is a tool that uses a combination of visual, tactile, kinesthetic, and auditory feedback to facilitate the development of phonemic awareness, reading, spelling, and speech production skills. The system consists of 45 hand movements and written symbols, which represent each phoneme and relate to how a sound is produced. Visual Phonics helps deaf, hard of hearing, hearing, and special needs individuals "see" or conceptualize the English sound system and relate it to print. This presentation summarizes the results from three studies collected in three states with various age groups of children. It demonstrates that given instruction from various phonics-based reading curricula supplemented by Visual Phonics, pre-school, kindergarten, and first-grade students who were d/Deaf or hard of hearing could demonstrate improvements in beginning reading skills and the acquired skills could be sustained after intervention. Furthermore, the acquisition of beginning reading skills did not appear to be related to degree of hearing loss. Implications for the use of Visual Phonics for other populations of students in reading, spelling, and speech production are provided.

Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, practitioners, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) exhibit the basic knowledge regarding the definition of Visual Phonics; (2) explain the basic knowledge regarding the research and application of Visual Phonics; and (3) recognize and perform a few Visual Phonics hand cues and written symbols.
Keyword(s): visual phoenics
 
 
Invited Paper Session #198
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Working With and for one Another: Toward an Experimental Analysis of Social Behavior

Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
006AB (CC)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Hackenberg, Ph.D.
Chair: Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage)
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College)
Dr. Timothy D. Hackenberg received a B.A. degree in psychology from the University of California, Irvine, in 1982 and a doctorate in psychology from Temple University in 1987, under the supervision of Dr. Philip Hineline. He held a post-doctoral research position at the University of Minnesota with Dr. Travis Thompson from 1988-90. He served on the faculty in the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Florida from 1990-2009, and is currently a professor of psychology at Reed College in Portland, OR. He has served on the board of directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior, as associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, as president of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, as the experimental representative to the ABAI Council, and as the director of the ABAI Science Board. His major research interests are in the area of behavioral economics and comparative cognition, with a particular emphasis on decision-making and social behavior. In work funded by the National Science Foundation and the National Institutes of Health, he and his students have developed procedures for cross-species comparisons of behavior. He is blessed with a talented cadre of students, and has the good fortune to teach courses he cares about.
Abstract:

Social behavior is a topic of enormous scientific importance that spans disciplines from neuroscience to anthropology. While the topic has received a good deal of empirical and theoretical attention outside behavior analysis, it has largely been neglected within the field. This is unfortunate, as behavior analysis has much to contribute to this field, both methodologically and conceptually. In this talk, Dr. Timothy Hackenberg will describe some recent work in the comparative analysis of social behavior and how behavior-analytic methods and concepts can be usefully brought to bear on such work. He will focus on three areas of research and interpretation, using some recent research from his laboratory with rats for illustration. The first is concerned with cooperative behavior, in which rats coordinate their responses in relation to a mutual reinforcement contingency. The second is concerned with reciprocal behavior, in which two rats produce reinforcement for each other, alternating roles of producer and receiver. The third is concerned with the reinforcing value of social interaction, assessed in relation to food reinforcement and under various deprivation conditions. Together, these studies illustrate some ways in which behavior-analytic methods and concepts can contribute to the interdisciplinary science of social behavior.

Target Audience:

Basic and applied scientists.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this event, participants should be able to: (1) define cooperation and reciprocity; (2) identify at least one behavior-analytic method relevant to the analysis of social behavior; and (3) discuss one way in which the methods can be translated for applied use.
Keyword(s): cooperative behavior, mutual reinforcement, social behavior
 
 
Invited Tutorial #199
CE Offered: BACB
Why Behavior Analysts Should Care About Sensory Psychology
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
207AB (CC)
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Cynthia M. Anderson, Ph.D.
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (Appalachian State University)
Presenting Authors: : A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

Three-term contingencies are relations among stimuli, responses, and consequences as they interact in the context of motivational operations. The stimulus is therefore an integral part of behavior analysis. Experimental psychology courses once routinely included learning and behavior along with sensory psychology and psychophysics as substantive components, but they gradually evolved into methodology courses devoid of specific content. Behavior analysis and sensory psychology then diverged despite their commonalities, not least of which were single-subject research designs. Sensory psychology remains crucially relevant to many things we do. This tutorial explores how it has made and can continue to make significant contributions to both basic research and applications. The examples to be considered include, among others, problem behavior that is sometimes a byproduct of the sensory deficits that often accompany developmental disabilities, the auditory phenomenon of recruitment as it can occur in geriatric populations, and signal-detection analyses of the costs and benefits of false alarms and misses in discrimination tasks such as breast self-examination. Behavior is a biological system, so it should be no surprise that it shares properties with sensory processes, as when contrast effects in behavior are paralleled by similar effects in vision, hearing, and other senses.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs

Learning Objectives:
  1. Engaged participants should be able to briefly describe the basic signal-detection payoff matrix and say why it is relevant to behavior analysis.
  2. Engaged participants should be able to describe the basics of sensory psychology, including the role of inhibitory processes in edge detection, color-blindness and other visual deficits, and recruitment effects in hearing, and say why such phenomena are relevant to behavior analysts.
  3. Engaged participants should be able to describe the individual-organism methodologies of both sensory psychophysics and behavior analysis, and to identify the common features of these two areas that make them potential partners in a biologically based science of behavior.
 
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
When A. Charles Catania encountered psychology as an undergraduate at Columbia University, the curriculum developed by Keller and Schoenfeld included sensory processes along with learning as crucial components of experimental psychology. His subsequent graduate and postdoctoral work at Harvard University also called for familiarity with both operant and sensory processes. After a stint doing psychopharmacology at the SK&F Laboratories in Philadelphia, he moved to the University Heights campus of New York University and then to the University of Maryland, Baltimore County (UMBC), where he is now professor emeritus. Along the way, operant research involving sensory systems made up a rich part of his academic environment, comprising such examples as Blough's development of psychophysical procedures with pigeons, Hefferline's work on sensory feedback, Dews' treatment of pharmacological data in terms of drugs as stimuli, and Nevin's application of signal-detection theory to reinforcement schedules. That background in sensory psychology has continued to inform Catania's research, teaching and writing. He has studied visual acuity in the pigeon, extended psychophysical methods to temporal properties of stimuli, and explored parallels between interactions in sensory systems and those in behavioral systems. The current edition of his text, Learning, incorporates many examples drawn from the literature of sensory psychology.
Keyword(s): sensory psychology, sensory systems, signal detection
 
 
Symposium #200
Lessons from the Lab: Experimental Analyses of Goal Setting, Feedback, and Incentive Pay Systems
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
201 (CC)
Area: OBM/TPC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Abstract: Although goal setting and feedback are commonly used interventions in Organizational Behavior Management, experimental analyses of the components that influence their effectiveness are much more rare. In this symposium, we will present and discuss the results of four laboratory-based experiments that examine critical components of goal setting, incentive pay systems, and feedback using mixed factorial designs and statistical analyses. First, we will compare the effects of tiered goals to moderate and difficult goals at several levels of ability. Then, we will examine the relative effects of four different pay systems on performance while using tiered goals over repeated sessions. Next, we will explore the interaction between feedback source and goal specificity on performance and feedback-seeking behavior. Finally, the effects of the interaction between feedback accuracy and evaluation type (i.e., positive or critical) on performance will be presented. The symposium will conclude with questions, comments, and applied implications from a discussant.
Keyword(s): feedback, goal setting, incentives
 
The Effects of Tiered Goals and Bonus Pay on Performance
JESSICA L. URSCHEL (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This study examined the relative effects of tiered goals, difficult goals, and moderate goals on performance when individuals earn bonus pay. Participants were 44 undergraduate students performing a computerized data entry task that simulates the job of a medical data entry clerk. For each session, participants were paid a $4 base salary plus bonus pay contingent on goal achievement. Participants were randomly assigned to three groups: a) a tiered goal level condition, in which participants earned $1 in bonus pay for achieving an easy goal, $2 for achieving a moderate goal, or $3 for achieving a difficult goal, b) a difficult goal condition, in which participants only had the opportunity to earn $3 for achieving the difficult goal, and c) a moderate goal condition, in which participants only had the opportunity to earn $2 for achieving the moderate goal. A picked points analysis revealed that for the low and average performers, tiered and difficult goals produced significantly higher performance than moderate goals. However, the differences were no longer significant during the final experimental session. These results suggest the importance of repeated measures to examine the effects of goals over time.
 
The Effects of Incentive Pay Systems and Tiered Goals on Performance
DANIEL B. SUNDBERG (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Past research has shown that performance contingent monetary incentives are an effective means of increasing performance (Bonner, Hastie, Sprinkle, & Young, 2000; Bucklin & Dickinson, 2001; Condly, Clark, & Stolovitch, 2003; Jenkins, Gupta, Mitra, & Shaw, 1998; Stajkovic & Luthans, 2003). However, there is much less data on the interaction between goals and incentive systems (Jeffrey, Schulz, & Webb, 2012; Latham & Locke, 2013; Lee, Locke, & Phan, 1997; Mowen, Middlemist, & Luther, 1981). The present study examined the relative effects of three incentive pay systems, piece-rate pay, bonus pay, and threshold piece-rate pay, on performance when individuals were given the same five tiered performance goals. A fourth system, wage pay, served as a control. 60 college students were randomly assigned to one of the four conditions and performed a simulated data entry task for 6 45-minute sessions. Performance was assessed both between groups and within groups. Preliminary data suggest that while the incentive pay conditions produced better performance than the wage pay condition, the gap was not as large as expected.
 
Impact of Feedback Source and Goal Specificity on Work Performance and Feedback Seeking
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth), Areanna Lakowske (University of Minnesota Duluth)
Abstract: This research examined the influence of computer monitoring on work performance and feedback-seeking behavior under different conditions of feedback medium and performance goals. As the second in a series of three experiments, this study was conducted in a laboratory setting using a data-entry work task designed to simulate the job of a medical transcriptionist. Undergraduate students attended five 45-minute sessions, and measures of ability and keyboarding skill were collected to use in the analyses. This study used a 2 x 2 factorial design to examine effects of computer monitoring under different conditions of feedback medium (computer-mediated / researcher-mediated) and goal specificity (“do your best” / specific) on both task performance and feedback-seeking behavior. Results indicate that performance was higher, overall, when the participants received specific versus generic goals. Independent of goal type, performance was higher when a researcher delivered feedback versus when the participants, themselves, obtained feedback via the computer monitoring system. This result replicates findings from Experiment 1 in the series. Goal type did not differentially influence feedback-seeking behavior. Discussion of these results, as well as an overview of participants’ levels of stress and satisfaction with feedback medium, will be presented.
 
 
Symposium #201
CE Offered: BACB
Generalization and Social Validity of Function-Based Treatments for Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
214A (CC)
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta, Emory University)
Discussant: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Mindy Christine Scheithauer, Ph.D.
Abstract: Functional assessments, followed by function-based treatments, are best practice for the treatment of problem behavior. These treatments are often developed, and initially evaluated, in analog settings. An advantage of analog settings is they allow for maximal control of the environment. However, they may not serve as an adequate representation of the client’s natural environment. For treatments developed in controlled analog settings to achieve social validity (i.e., create significant improvement in the client’s and his/her family’s quality of life), treatment must continue to result in reductions in problem behavior when generalized outside of the clinic to more naturalistic settings. These talks focus on generalization of treatments for problem behavior that were originally developed in clinic-based settings. Specifically, programming for generalization during treatment development of a common function-based treatment (functional communication treatment incorporated into a multiple schedule) and incorporation of a brief assessment method to test for generalization outside of a controlled setting and with caregivers are discussed. These studies emphasize the importance of considering generalization and social validity when treating problem behavior and suggest methods for addressing these issues in clinical practice.
Keyword(s): Function-Based Treatment, Generalization, Problem Behavior, Social Validity
 
Assessment of Social Validity of Function-Based Treatments for Severe Problem Behavior using Unit Probes
MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Ally Coleman (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah J. Miller (Louisiana State University), Jessica Alvarez (Marcus Autism Center), Kerri C. Suiter (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Functional analyses and the evaluation of function-based treatments are often done in an analog setting, such as a session room or treatment unit. Although this setting is optimal for controlling environmental variables and measuring behavior, there could be concern about the social validity and generalizability of treatments developed in these analog settings. The current study implemented a novel method for assessing the social validity of function-based treatments with clients with developmental delays admitted into a day-treatment program for the treatment of severe problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury, disruption). Unit probes, which were designed to directly replicate the naturalistic contingencies observed in a previous home observation of caregiver/child interactions, were conducted at several points throughout the child’s admission. Data collected from these probes were compared to behavior observations made in a session room or other tightly controlled analog environment. Results from the unit probes are discussed in regards to the social validity of function-based interventions, the generalizability of treatment, and the implications of unit probes for future research and clinical work.
 
Assessing and Programming for Generalized Treatment Effects of FCT
ADAM M. BRIGGS (The University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Joseph D. Dracobly (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster (The University of Kansas), Bertilde U Kamana (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a commonly prescribed treatment for problem behavior (Tiger & Hanley, 2008). However, few studies have systematically evaluated generalization of FCT treatment effects (Falcomata & Wacker, 2013). Participants were those who engaged in problem behavior maintained by social reinforcement as shown via a functional analysis. FCT was implemented and thinned using a multiple schedule in a treatment setting, and generalization probes in which the terminal treatment schedule was implemented in the absence of extinction were conducted to determine at which point (if at all) the treatment effects generalized to the everyday environment. If treatment effects failed to generalize, an additional analysis was conducted to determine whether introducing different stimulus features (therapists, materials, schedule-correlated stimuli) from the everyday environment into the treatment setting or vice versa would produce generalization. Thus far, for two participants, treatment effects have not generalized as FCT is thinned to the terminal schedule. Furthermore, initial results suggest that programming for common therapists does not result in generalization. If generalization does not occur with introducing additional common stimulus features, our effective treatment (including extinction) will be implemented in the everyday environment. Overall results will let us know the most efficient and effective way to promote maintenance and generalization of FCT effects.
 
 
Panel #202
CE Offered: BACB
PDS EVENT: Quantitative Analyses in Applied Settings: Whether, Why, and How
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
213AB (CC)
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D.
Chair: Brent Kaplan (The University of Kansas)
JASON C. BOURRET (New England Center for Children)
THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University)
DEREK D. REED (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The experimental analysis of behavior has made several contributions to the understanding of human and non-human behavior (Waltz & Follette, 2009). However, many of these methods of examining behavior rely heavily on quantitative analyses. Because of the nature of mathematical models, including, but not limited to, (a) their complexity, (b) the need for specific behavioral measures, (c) the use of statistical methods, and (d) experience in interpreting results, quantitative analyses have not been widely adopted by applied researchers and practitioners (Critchfield & Reed, 2009). In addition, although this trend is changing, graduate training standards in behavior analysis have historically not emphasized extensive training in quantitative analyses. This seems unfortunate given the benefits quantitative analyses provide to not only understand, but also to improve the human condition. Thus, this Professional Development Series will highlight some of the barriers that prohibit applied researchers and practitioners from conducting quantitative analyses, including why individuals should be using them. In addition, there will be discussions about deciding whether the use of quantitative analyses is appropriate for the research question at hand and how to use quantitative analyses, including tools available for their use.

Keyword(s): Applied Research, Quantitative Analyses
 
 
Invited Symposium #203
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Research Funding: Introduction to NIMH's Research Domain Criteria and the Potential Application in Behavioral Studies
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Lila Cockrell Theatre (CC)
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
CE Instructor: Suzanne H. Mitchell, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) has a strategic plan that calls for “the development, for research purposes, of new ways of classifying psychopathology based on dimensions of observable behavior and neurobiological measures.” Collectively, these dimensions form the Research Domain Criteria project (RDoC) and include several dimensions of potential interest to behavior analysts, for example, positive valence systems that incorporating reward learning, responsiveness to reward, and preference-based decision-making. Several funding initiatives based on better characterizing these dimensions have been instituted and future consideration of these dimensions in guiding funding priorities is acknowledged. This symposium describes the various dimensions of the RDoC relevant to behavior analysts, and potential knowledge gaps that behavioral research could address. The symposium also provides several examples from established investigators illustrating how these dimensions may be applied to behavioral research focused directly on mental health and on drug abuse, which is associated with co-occurring mental health disorders, as well as these investigators’ perspectives on this dimensional system of behavior classification.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Addiction, ADHD
Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, practitioners, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to: (1) describe the NIMH Research Domain Criteria initiative; (2) describe how behavioral principles can address at least two knowledge gaps identified in the Research Domain Criteria initiative; and (3) describe one example of how behavior analytic research fits within this NIMH funding initiative.
 

What are the Research Domain Criteria and Why Should Behavior Analysts Care?

SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

While DSM5 provides ways to classify psychopathologies, the National Institute of Mental Health has recognized that understanding the antecedents and progression of disorders, as well as stimulating research on new treatments, may require new ways of classifying mental disorders based on dimensions of observable behavior and neurobiological measures. The implementation of this strategy has been named the Research Domain Criteria Project (RDoC). This talk will describe the background impetus for the RDoC project, the various domains of interest and the constructs included in those domains, and levels of analysis (from circuits to behavior) identified as critical research foci by work groups of scientists. However, domains and constructs of specific interest to behavioral analysis will provide the main focus. A brief overview of the knowledge gaps identified by NIMH and areas of high priority for research will be described, including explicit suggestions from NIMH for how these domains should be used to focus future research efforts by basic and clinician-scientists.

Suzanne H. Mitchell, Ph.D., is a professor at Oregon Health & Science University (OHSU) in the Behavioral Neuroscience and Psychiatry Departments. She obtained her undergraduate degree at the University of Hull, England, and her Ph.D. at State Univeristy of New York-Stony Brook. Her thesis examined the economics of foraging behavior of rats, examining the role of the energetic costs and benefits in feeding. Her committee was chaired by Howard Rachlin, whose influence made her sensitive to the role of temporal costs as well as energetic costs in determining the value of food rewards. During a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Chicago, Dr. Mitchell worked with Harriet de Wit focusing on using behavioral economics as an explanation for use of alcohol, cigarettes, and amphetamine in humans. During that time she also began collaborating with Jerry Richards on delay discounting studies with rats. Dr. Mitchell moved her lab to OHSU in 2001 from the University of New Hampshire to devote more time to research, particularly looking into why drug users tend to be more impulsive than nondrug users using human and animal models. She has received funding from various institutes including the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism; National Institute on Drug Abuse; and National Institutes of Health, has served on several study sections as a member and as an ad hoc participant and has received awards for education and mentoring.
 

Altered Reinforcement Processes and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder

SCOTT KOLLINS (Duke University)
Abstract:

ADHD is a common psychiatric condition that is characterized clinically by developmentally inappropriate levels of inattention, impulsivity, and hyperactivity. There has long been recognition that this disorder is associated with disruptions in responsiveness to reward and reinforcement learning. More recently, the neurobiological and neuropharmacological substrates underlying these disruptions have been increasingly elucidated. It is argued that careful behavior analytic inquiry into the nature of behavior-consequence relations among those with ADHD can help advance knowledge about ADHD and its association with other problem behaviors, like substance abuse, and that such an experimental approach lies squarely within the National Institute of Mental Health RDoC framework for conceptualizing psychopathology. Examples of human operant and behavioral pharmacology studies of patients with a clinical diagnosis of ADHD will be reviewed and discussed.

Dr. Scott Kollins is a tenured professor and vice chair for Research Strategy and Development in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Duke University School of Medicine. He is also the director of the Duke Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder Program. He received his undergraduate degree in psychology from Duke University in 1992 and earned his master's and doctorate degrees in clinical psychology from Auburn University in 1995 and 1997, respectively. Dr. Kollins completed his clinical internship at the University of Mississippi Medical Center, where he served as chief intern. Following his internship, he joined the faculty of the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University for three years, before joining the Duke faculty in 2000. He has published more than 120 scientific papers in peer-reviewed journals. During the past 10 years, Dr. Kollins's research has been supported by five different federal agencies, including the National Institue on Drug Abuse, the National Institute on Environmental Mental Health, the National Institute on Environmental Health Sciences, the National Institute on Neurological Disorders and Stroke; and the Environmental Protection Agency. He currently holds a mid-career K24 award from the NIDA. He also has served as principal investigator on more than 20 industry-funded clinical trials and is a consultant to a number of pharmaceutical companies in the area of ADHD clinical psychopharmacology. He is an elected member of both the College on Problems of Drug Dependence and the American College of Neuropsychopharmacology and is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association Division 28 (Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse). He has served as a standing member of the Child Psychopathology and Developmental Disabilities study section and also served as an ad-hoc reviewer for 10 additional NIH study sections and seven international granting agencies. He is an associate editor for the Journal of Attention Disorders and has reviewed for more than 50 different peer-reviewed journals. Dr. Kollins is a licensed clinical psychologist and maintains a practice through the ADHD Program's outpatient clinic. His research interests are in the areas of psychopharmacology and the intersection of ADHD and substance abuse, particularly cigarette smoking.
 
Toward a New Science of Psychopathology: Trans-disease Processes
WARREN K. BICKEL (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
Abstract: The RDoCs approach constitutes a new paradigm for the study of psychopathology and its beginning indicates the utility of the DSM as a research tool has reached its apogee. One component of the RDoC approach is its proposition that "fundamental dimensions cut across traditional disorder categories" (NIMH, 2012). As such, this system explicitly acknowledges the notion of trans-disease processes (Bickel et al., 2012) and legitimizes its study as a goal of research activity. In this presentation, Dr. Warren K. Bickel will use research on the excessive discounting of delayed rewards to illustrate that it functions as a trans-disease process that undergirds multiple disorders and show initial evidence suggesting that it may be among the most robust processes relative to a variety of deficits observed in addiction.
Dr. Warren K. Bickel is has been the director for the Addiction Recovery Research Center at the Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute and a professor in the Department of Psychology at Virginia Tech since 2011. He received his Ph.D. in developmental and child psychology in 1983 from the University of Kansas, completed postdoctoral training at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine in 1985, and then joined the faculty of the Albert Einstein College of Medicine. In 1987, he relocated to the University of Vermont, where he became a professor in the Departments of Psychiatry and Psychology and interim chair of the Department of Psychiatry for three years. He moved to the University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences in 2004. There, he held the Wilbur D. Mills Chair of Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Prevention and was the director of the Center for Addiction Research. He also served as director of the College of Public Health's Center for the Study of Tobacco Addiction at UAMS and was the associate director of the Psychiatric Research Institute. Dr. Bickel is the recipient of numerous grants, awards, and honors including a National Institutes of Health Method to Extend Research in Time Award from the National Institite on Drug Abuse and the Don Hake Translational Research Award from the American Psychological Association, and has served as president for a number of large professional societies.
 
 
Symposium #204
Preparing Early Childhood Teachers and Speech-Language Pathologists to Analyze Behavior Change of Young Children
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
206AB (CC)
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Berenice de la Cruz (Autism Community Network)
Discussant: Berenice de la Cruz (Autism Community Network)
Abstract:

Professionals working in clinical and school settings are faced with children of varying levels of function and ability. The researchers identify trends lacking in professional training followed by the effectiveness of consulting strategies and higher education preparation programs. The researchers will demonstrate a void in professional training by discussing trends in the field. Trends in behavioral needs of children with autism in Early Childhood Education classrooms and teaching language and literacy skills to children from economically challenged backgrounds will be discussed. Symposium 1 will focus on training Speech-Language Pathologists in data collection and progress monitoring. Symposium 2 will focus on training early childhood educators to provide effective intervention in their classrooms.

Keyword(s): Professional Preparation
 
Going Beyond "Percent Correct”
JESSICA FRANCO (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Project Access to Language and Literacy (Project ALL) is a program funded by a training grant from the US Office of Special Education Programs. Graduate students in training to be speech-language pathologists receive specialized training in teaching language and literacy skills to children from economically challenged backgrounds. A key component of the program includes student training in data collection and progress monitoring. Students participated in a day long workshop on analysis of behavior change, including: defining and measuring target behaviors, development and visual analysis of graphic displays, and single subject experimental design. Data from pre- and post- workshop quizzes demonstrated that students made substantial gains in knowledge. Eleven participants increased their knowledge from an average of 44% to 85%. Students had the greatest difficulty understanding interval recording and time sampling measures. Following the initial workshop training, students completed a project within a designated practicum course that involved recording data with interval recording. This hands-on practice allowed for student to experience and master different recording methods as well as creating and analyzing graphic displays. At the end of the project, students developed a written progress report with graphic displays and written interpretation of data throughout the semester. Additionally, several students in the program opted for master’s thesis that utilized single subject experimental design suggesting a growing interest in clinical research in the field.
 
Trends in Teacher Training and Behavioral Needs of Children with Autism
MEGAN G. KUNZE (Autism Community Network)
Abstract: Teachers and para-professionals in early childhood classrooms are faced with children of varying levels of function and ability. They often find themselves ill prepared to adequately teach under these circumstances and receive limited training to manage behavior in their classroom. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is an effective treatment for children with autism and has proven success in classroom settings when applied. Despite these findings many early childhood educators are untrained in this area. This study includes 20 programs and 28 children identified as behavioral concerns for classroom teachers, most diagnosed with autism. The study takes place over three consecutive years, with varying children, teachers, and classroom settings. The researchers identify the trends lacking in teacher training and effectiveness of consulting strategies with these professionals. The researchers also identify trends in behavioral needs of these children identified by school officials as needing extra assistance. Data demonstrating the effectiveness of ABA strategies taught to teachers and their effect on the child’s ability to function in the classroom will be presented. A case study of one child that participated in the study for 2 consecutive years as well as a case study of a child with extreme behaviors will be presented.
 
 
Symposium #205
CE Offered: BACB
Investigations in Joint Control: Selection, Sequencing, and Delayed Match-To-Sample
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
217A (CC)
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University)
CE Instructor: Stephen Ray Flora, Ph.D.
Abstract: Since Lowenkron's original research on Joint Control in 1984, experiments have analyzed the role of mediation, typically echoic mediation, in evoking selection and other complex behaviors. In a Joint Control paradigm, a response is controlled simultaneously by two sources of stimulus control, which has also been characterized as a descriptive autoclitic (Palmer, 2006). This symposium will focus on new developments on joint control including recent extensions of the literature, as well as future directions still requiring further investigation. Three experiments will be presented: 1. The effect of mediation in a foreign language on facilitating a sequencing task in typically developing adults, 2. The effect of textual, tact, and echoic training on the selection responses of children with autism, and, 3. The effect of echoic training on delayed match-to-sample performance in typically developing preschool children. In sum, the presentations will highlight three areas of application for joint control research. Assumptions underlying the premise of Joint Control will also be discussed and present future opportunities for debate.
Keyword(s): Joint Control, mediation, stimulus control, Verbal Behavior
 
Delayed Match-To-Sample in Preschool Children
THOMAS RATKOS (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: In delayed match-to-sample (DMTS) tasks, a sample stimulus is shown and then removed for some period of time before comparison stimuli are presented. Joint control theory (Lowenkron, 1984, 1988, 1991, 1998, 2006) explains correct selections on delayed match-to-sample tasks in terms of the joint control of behavior by the comparison stimulus and a repeated word or words originating from the sample stimulus. Eight children ages 3 to 6 were exposed to a DMTS task with visual stimuli using a 15s delay. During training, children were taught to name the stimulus cards and then repeat the name of the target stimulus card. It was observed that after training children were able to select the correct stimuli after a delay before they reached phases designed to teach covert mediation. Correct performance persisted when delays were increased and distractor cards were introduced. During the delays, some participants were observed to stop attending to the task and talk about other subjects and still choose correctly, suggesting that verbal rehearsal was not needed for correct responding. These results are interpreted in terms of latent responses and the discriminability of response strength.
 
The Effect of Joint Control Training on the Acquisition and Durability of a Sequencing Task
ALLISON DEGRAAF (CUSP. L.L.C), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, LA)
Abstract: Gutierrez (2006) experimentally demonstrated the effects of joint control and particularly the role of response mediation in the sequencing behavior of adults using an unfamiliar language. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend the procedures used by Gutierrez by comparing the effects of joint control training with the effects of a prompt-and-fade procedure on the acquisition of a sequencing task. The effects of each procedure on delayed sequencing behavior were also tested. Ten undergraduate students participated in 2 experiments. The results indicated that all participants acquired the sequencing response in fewer trials and maintained accurate delayed responding when the component responses necessary for joint control were directly taught. Finally, when the self-echoic mediation component was blocked, accurate responding deteriorated in 8 of 10 participants.
 
The Role of Textual, Tact, and Echoic Behavior in the Acquisition of a Selection Response
AMANDA GROOS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, LA)
Abstract: Previous studies on joint control (e. g., Lowenkron, 1988; Gutierrez, 2006; DeGraaf & Schlinger, 2012) have evaluated the role of response mediation in complex behavior. The current study evaluated the role of textual (Participant 1), tact (Participant 2) and echoic (both participants) behavior in the acquisition of a selection response in two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The purpose of the current study was twofold: to examine the role of joint control of a selection response by textual/tact and echoic operants, and to determine whether teaching one or both components is sufficient to evoke a selection response. Results demonstrated that both components of joint control were necessary for the participants to perform the selection response. Additionally, the current study evaluated performance on a selection response when the self-echoic component was blocked. Performance on a selection response deteriorated when the self-echoic component was blocked, further supporting the role of echoic behavior in complex behavior.
 
 
Symposium #206
CE Offered: BACB
An Evaluation of Social Skills Groups for Individuals Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom C1 (CC)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
CE Instructor: Justin B. Leaf, Ph.D.
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder have qualitative impairments in social behaviors, tend to have fewer meaningful relationships, and are more likelihood to be lonely or depressed. One form of intervention which is commonly implemented to individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder are social skills groups. This symposium will present four papers on the implementation of a social skills group for individuals diagnosed with autism. The first presentation will provide an historic overview of the clinical implementation of social skills groups as well as the empirical evidence of social skills groups for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The second presentation will describe a study which taught eight children how to play a variety of games within the context of the social skills group. The third presentation will describe a study which taught a variety of specific social behaviors within a context of a social skills group. The final presentation will describe the results of a randomized control trial looking at the overall effectiveness of social skills groups as they relate to individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Clinical recommendations and ideas for future areas of research will be described throughout the symposium.
Keyword(s): group instruction, play skills, social skills, teaching interaction
 
Behaviorally Based Social Skills Groups for Individuals Diagnosed with Autism: A Clinical and Research Review
MITCHELL T. TAUBMAN (Autism Partnership), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder have qualitative impairments in social behaviors, tend to have fewer meaningful relationships, and are more likelihood to be lonely or depressed. Today, there are several procedures that are being implemented to teach social behaviors to individuals diagnosed with autism, which include procedures that are non-empirically based (e.g., social stories, social thinking, Floor Time) and procedures that are empirically based (e.g., video modeling, behavioral skills training, the teaching interaction procedure). One teaching procedure that has been implemented clinically and has preliminary research on its effectiveness is behaviorally based social skills groups. The purpose of this talk is to provide an overview, historical analysis, and review of the research on the implementation of behaviorally based social skills groups for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The presenter will describe the evolution of social skills groups, the limitations in the current research, and how research has translated to clinical practice. Both clinical recommendations and areas for future research will be discussed.
 
Group Implementation of the Cool versus Not Cool Procedure to Teach Game Play
JEREMY ANDREW LEAF (Autism Partnership), Christine Milne (Autism Partnership), Donna Townley-Cochran (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Misty Oppenheim-Leaf (Behavior Therapy and Learning Center)
Abstract: In this study, we taught three different play activities (i.e., the sleeping game, fruit salad, and mouse trap) as part of a comprehensive social skills group for eight young individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Each target game promoted peer social interaction and included many embedded instructions (e.g., attending, conditional instructions, observational learning) within the game. To teach each of the games the researchers implemented a group cool versus not cool teaching procedure. The teaching procedure consisted of the researchers modeling the behavior (i.e., playing the games) both appropriately and inappropriately, having the participants rate the researchers’ model, and having each participant role-play the behavior with the researchers. Naturalistic probes (unprompted and unreinforced opportunities) were utilized to evaluate skill acquisition for each of the participants. We utilized a multiple baseline design across each of the three games and replicated across the eight participants. Results indicated that participants were able to learn each of the three games and were able to maintain game play after intervention was terminated. Clinical recommendations and areas for future research will be discussed.
 
Teaching Social Behaviors to Individuals with Autism: Within the Context of a Social Skills Group
CHRISTINE MILNE (Autism Partenrship Foundation), Jeremy Andrew Leaf (Autism Partnership), Donna Townley-Cochran (University of North Texas), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), Misty Oppenheim-Leaf (Behavior Therapy and Learning Center)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders have qualitative impairments in social behavior which may limited their ability to develop meaningful friendships and may decrease their overall quality of life. In this study, we taught 17 children to be more aware of their environment, make comments about their environment, and increase their social communication during non-instructional periods of time. The teaching took place as part of a comprehensive behaviorally based social skills group for young individuals diagnosed with autism. A cool versus not cool teaching procedure was utilized to teach each of the skills. The teaching procedure consisted of the researchers modeling the behavior both correctly and incorrectly, having the participants rate the researchers’ model, and having each participant role-play the behavior with the researchers. Naturalistic probes (unprompted and unreinforced opportunities) were utilized to evaluate skill acquisition for each of the participants. We utilized a multiple baseline design across each of the specific social behaviors and replicated across the 17 participants. Results indicated that participants were able to learn each of the targeted skills and maintain the skills after intervention had concluded. Clinical recommendations and areas for future research will be discussed.
 
The Effects of A Social Skills Group for Individuals with Autism: A Randomized Control Trial
JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), Misty Oppenheim-Leaf (Behavior Therapy and Learning Center), Jeremy Andrew Leaf (Autism Partnership), Donna Townley-Cochran (Autism Partnership), Christine Milne (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
Abstract: Researchers have demonstrated that social skills groups may be beneficial for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder; however, there remain several concerns that still must be addressed in the researcher. This project evaluated a 16 week behaviorally based social skills groups for young children diagnosed with and autism spectrum disorder. The sixteen participants were randomly divided into either a treatment group or a waitlist control group. Each participant was evaluated on multiple formal assessments which looked at social behaviors, adaptive functioning, language capabilities, and aberrant behaviors. These formal assessments were completed by a blind evaluator, parents, each participants teacher, the leaders of the social skills group, and the researchers of the project. The formal assessments were provided prior to the first group receiving intervention, after the first group had concluded, and after the second group had concluded. These measures allowed us to evaluate the overall increases in social behavior in the treatment group and to determine if there are differences between the treatment group and waitlist control group. Results from this project will help answer questions regarding the efficacy of behaviorally based social skills groups for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders.
 
 
Symposium #207
CE Offered: BACB
Staff Training to Increase the Quality of Practitioner-Client Interactions
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom C2 (CC)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole Heal (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Nicole Heal, Ph.D.
Abstract: A main goal of staff training is to build the skills necessary to deliver services to clients in an effective and efficient manner. The presentations in this symposium each address important skills that should be included in a comprehensive staff training program. The purpose of the first study was to teach practitioners’ to conduct functional analyses and assess for generalization of those skills across and to latency and trial-based functional analyses. In the second presentation, the important but sometimes neglected aspect of building rapport between practitioners and clients was addressed by implementing a discrimination training procedure and subsequently assessing if social interactions would function as a condition reinforcer for novel responses. In the third presentation, an antecedent intervention of pairing social interactions with access to preferred toys and activities and gradually introducing the presentation of demands to decrease avoidance behaviors during discrete trial teaching (DTT) sessions was evaluated. The final study sought to evaluate the extent to which changes in client behavior (i.e., topography of challenging behavior) affected practitioners’ behavior (i.e., correct implementation of teaching trails, delivery of reinforcement, and preference) during simulated DTT sessions in which a confederate served as a client.
Keyword(s): Conditioned reinforcement, Functional analysis, Rapport, Staff training
 
Evaluating the Generalization of Practitioners’ Skills to Conduct Functional Analyses
NICOLE M. HANNEY (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract: The skills necessary to conduct functional analyses are vital for individuals practicing behavior analysis. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate practitioners’ generalization of skills across conditions and to latency and trial-based functional analyses. During Experiment 1, generalization was probed following acquisition of one condition on performance in untrained traditional functional analysis conditions. Generalization of skills to mastery levels was not observed in any condition. However, practitioners conducted the no interaction condition without direct training. During Experiment 2, generalization of skills to latency and trial-based functional analysis was assessed following acquisition of the traditional functional analysis. All eight participants improved in one or more conditions. Three participants performed at mastery levels in one or more latency conditions. One participant performed the trial-based attention condition at mastery during generalization probes. During Experiment 3, participants were trained to implement one condition (e.g., attention) of latency and trial-based functional analyses and generalization to other conditions was assessed. Some generalization was observed for latency and trial-based functional analyses. However, all participants required training on at least one additional condition. Results suggest that practitioners require training across functional analysis conditions and types of functional analyses to perform these assessments with high integrity.
 

The Measurement and Enhancement of Rapport between Behavioral Therapists and Children with Autism

KAREN A. TOUSSAINT (University of North Texas), Carly Lapin (University of North Texas graduate studies in behavior analysis)
Abstract:

Rapport has been acknowledged as an important variable in therapeutic contexts. The current evaluation defined and assessed rapport quality between children with autism and behavioral therapists based on behavioral correlates. In addition, we evaluated the effects of an operant discrimination training procedure to enhance rapport levels for therapists with low levels of rapport. More specifically, we evaluated: (a) if the discrimination training procedure would establish therapists' social interactions as a discriminative stimulus and (b) if social interaction would function as a conditioned reinforcer for novel responses. Results suggest that the discrimination training procedure was successful in conditioning social interaction as a reinforcer for all child participants, and as a result, rapport increased.

 
Examining Antecedent Strategies to Decrease Social Avoidance Behaviors in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders during Discrete Trial Training
BETHANY HANSEN (Marcus Autism Center), Alice Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Presenting instructions during Discrete Trial Training (DTT) may evoke problem behavior (e.g., aggression, disruptions) or social avoidance (e.g., elopement) in children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Given the effectiveness of using DTT as a component of intervention for developing language skills (McEachin, Smith, & Lovaas, 1993; Roxburgh & Carbone, 2012; Smith, 1999; Smith, 2001; Tarbox & Najdoski, 2008), evaluation of procedures to increase social responsiveness and approach during DTT is warranted. By including child-preferred activities in the teaching environment and focusing on the interactions between the therapist and child, avoidance behaviors to social interactions with the therapist and to the presentation of instructions during teaching can be reduced (Finnigan & Starr, 2010; Shillingsburg, Bowen, & Shapiro, 2014). In the present study, the effect of antecedent strategies during DTT was examined. These strategies consisted of the therapist pairing social interaction with access to preferred toys and activities and gradually introducing the presentation of demands. Three participants with a diagnosis of autism and with elevated levels of avoidance behaviors (e.g., crying, aggression, elopement) during DTT were included. Following the pairing intervention, all participants showed a decrease in avoidance behaviors.
 
Bidirectional Effects of Staff and Student Interactions
TANYA MOUZAKES (Melmark New England), Jill Marie Harper (Melmark New Englnad)
Abstract: Staff interactions with their students can be very important in several different aspects. If staff members do not know how to interact with students, this could potentially lead to challenging behaviors. These interactions may also change based on whether or not there is an increase or decrease in challenging behaviors. The purpose of this study is to examine whether staff behavior is affected by changes in student behavior. In other words, do positive interactions (e.g., praise) increase as challenging behaviors decrease? An additional purpose of this study is to also examine whether negative interactions (e.g., not following the prompting hierarchy) increase as challenging behaviors increase. Newly hired staff members within the orientation period participated in this study. A concurrent chains procedure was used for staff selection of the two different conditions. Within the two conditions, confederate students engaged in aggression in one assessment room and self-injurious behavior (SIB) in the other. Data were also collected on procedural integrity, frequency of praise delivered by staff, and the frequency of problem behavior from the confederate student. The results from this study indicated that staff members allocated their choice of conditions to the assessment rooms associated with SIB.
 
 
Symposium #208
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon B (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz)
CE Instructor: Melanie H. Bachmeyer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Interventions based in applied behavior analysis have been shown to be effective in the treatment of pediatric feeding problems. However, well-established interventions are limited to escape extinction and differential positive reinforcement to reduce inappropriate mealtime behavior and increase acceptance, and physical guidance to increase self feeding (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Thus, additional research is needed to identify efficacious interventions to treat other topographies of feeding problems, such as packing. In addition, further research is necessary to determine effective assessment methods to predict the most necessary, effective, and efficient interventions to treat the wide range of feeding problems. Dieter and colleagues from Kennedy Krieger Institute will present on descriptive and lag-sequential analyses to assess emesis. Kirkwood and colleagues from UNC Wilmington will present results of a comparison of two different experimental analysis methods to identify the function of food/liquid refusal. Wall and colleagues from the Marcus Autism Center will present on a decision matrix to guide selection of interventions to establish liquid intake. Finally, Ibanez and colleagues from the Munroe Meyer Institute will present the results of a comparison of two methods to treat packing.

Keyword(s): feeding disorders, feeding problems, food refusal
 

Descriptive and Lag-Sequential Analyses of Emesis Related to Pediatric Feeding Disorders

DENISE DIETER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Vivian Ibanez (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Descriptive analyses have been used to observe food refusal directly under naturally occurring conditions. Although a history of emesis and health concerns related to emesis (e.g., reflux, food allergies) may be associated with food refusal, emesis has not been the focus of previous descriptive analyses. Emesis is not an ideal response to evaluate using functional analyses due to potential health risks, and may be more suited for evaluation as it naturally occurs. Thus, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate emesis, gagging, and coughing, for 10 children, via descriptive analyses by conducting conditional probability analyses to evaluate the most common caregiver responses following these responses. Descriptive data were also used to conduct lag-sequential analyses to examine the relationship between emesis, gagging, and coughing. Conditional probabilities for caregiver responses following emesis, gagging, and coughing were compared to the unconditional probabilities of each event. Results showed that tangible access, attention, and escape occurred frequently followed emesis. Lag-sequential analyses identified gagging or coughing as potential precursors to emesis for 60% of participants. The patterns observed may reveal the uniqueness of emesis as a target response due to its biological nature and these implications are discussed.

 
A Comparison of Two Methods of a Functional Analysis of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior
CAITLIN A. KIRKWOOD (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Amanda Criscito (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Courtney Mauzy (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Billie J. Klein (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Diane Berth (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Functional analyses have been used to quantify precisely the functions of problem behavior and develop the most effective and efficient treatments (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman 1994). Two procedural variations for conducting functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior (Najdowski et al. 2008; Piazza, Fisher, et al. 2003) have been established in the literature. We assessed the food refusal of a three children diagnosed with feeding disorders by comparing the two methods. Interobserver agreement was conducted on at least 33% of sessions. Agreement was above 80% for each child. One method identified a single function and the second method identified multiple functions for the first child, both methods identified a single function for the second child, and both methods identified multiple functions for the third child. We then examined the relative effects of interventions matched to results from each method. The intervention matched to multiple functions resulted in lower rates of inappropriate mealtime behavior and higher levels of acceptance. Results suggest that the method that identified only one function produced false negative findings. Potential operant explanations for the differential functional analysis outcomes will be discussed.
 

Establishing Liquid Intake in Pediatric Feeding Disorders: A Decision Matrix to Guide Treatment Selection and Evaluation

MEGHAN WALL (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University), Roseanne S Lesack (Marcus Autism Center), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Behavioral intervention is the only treatment for severe feeding disorders with well-documented empirical support. To date, the majority of this research focuses on establishing food consumption with comparably fewer examples of methods to increase intake of liquids. Establishing adequate consumption of liquids represents a key aspect of intervention planning, necessary to assure optimal health outcomes (e.g., adequate hydration) and a prerequisite for weaning a child from tube feedings. Past reports describing the use of behavioral intervention to establish liquid intake include non-removal of the cup, spoon-to-cup fading, and stimulus fading of drink bolus. However, few replications of these treatments are available and no guidelines exist to aide clinicians in selecting and evaluating these treatments. The current study describes an assessment and decision-making model for selecting treatment elements to increase liquid intake in pediatric feeding disorders. This model involves the combination of antecedent manipulations with extinction procedures to promote highly specific treatment packages that balance addressing the operant function of liquid refusal with maintaining the least restrictive environment. Results suggest this systematic approach to intervention may serve as a valuable tool for clinicians, with all participants experiencing a significant increase in liquid intake.

 
Treating Packing: A Comparison of Nuk Re-distribution and Nuk Presentation
VIVIAN IBANEZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer M. Kozisek (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska)
Abstract: Packing (holding food in the mouth without swallowing) may occur if a child lacks the oral motor skills and/or motivation to swallow. Previous interventions for the treatment of packing have included altering presentation method (i.e., presenting bites with a Nuk brush or flipped spoon; Sharp, Harker, & Jaquess, 2010) or re-distribution (i.e., collecting packed food from the child’s mouth and replacing it on the child’s tongue; Gulotta, Piazza, Patel, & Layer, 2005). These studies showed that both procedures increased mouth clean; however, it is not clear whether one procedure is more effective than the other. The purpose of the current investigation was to compare the effects of re-distribution using a Nuk relative to presenting bites using a Nuk on packing and mouth clean for 2 children with a feeding disorder. One child packed thickened liquids and pureed food and another child packed pureed food only. We used a reversal and multielement design to evaluate the procedures with thickened liquids and a multielement design to evaluate the procedures with solids. For both children, using the Nuk to present bites was more effective, resulting in decreased packing and clinically meaningful levels of mouth clean. We observed similar results for thickened liquids.
 
 
Symposium #209
CE Offered: BACB
Investigating Relational Repertoires in Respect to Psychological Flexibility: A Collection of IRAP Studies
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon C (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Kate Kellum, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Psychological flexibility is a broadly applicable term that provides focus and coherence to a collection of behaviors theorized to underlie psychological health. Although grounded in matters of clinical relevance, the repertoires of interest may be considered in respect to non-clinical topics as well, particularly topics such as stigma and social categorization. However, to date psychological flexibility has mostly been measured via self-report. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is a relatively new, computerized, response latency measure developed out of a behavior analytic laboratory. The IRAP measures an interlocking network of derived relational repertoires. It has been demonstrated to be sensitive to a variety of attitudinal biases, including and perhaps especially in regard to stigma and social categorization. This symposium will present a collection of IRAP studies. Three assess social stigma and involve multiple measurement strategies and some novel stimulus configurations. A fourth study attempts to directly assess acceptance/avoidance repertoires. All studies provide some new data and suggest some new directions for the future of IRAP research on psychological flexibility.

Keyword(s): acceptance, defusion, implicit cognition, psychological flexibility
 

Flexibility, Empathy, and Implicit Mental Health Stigma

SUNNI PRIMEAUX (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Mental health stigma, while common, leads to harmful consequences. Research has been inconsistent in determining the best method of stigma reduction, and even when reduction is observed with a particular method, it is typically short-lived. The current study uses the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure, a measure of bias in relational repertoires, to assess mental health stigma in a more behavioral manner as opposed to traditional, self-report methods. Participants of varying class-levels from a local university were given two vignettes, one depicting a person experiencing symptoms without having an official diagnosis, and another experiencing similar symptoms and having a diagnosis. Implicit stigma toward each individual was measured using the IRAP. We also examine social distance, empathy and psychological flexibility to assess how mental health stigma varies based on an individuals level of each. Data suggest that mental health bias is a function of education as well as an individuals willingness to interact with stigmatized individuals. Participants who were more willing to interact with a hypothetical diagnosed individual showed less of an implicit bias toward stigmatized individuals compared to participants who were less willing to interact with stigmatized individuals. Implications for creating more effective education interventions will be discussed.

 
Exploring Atypical Trial-Type Configurations with a Race IRAP
KAIL H. SEYMOUR (Southern Illinois University), Anke Lehnert (Southern Illinois University), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Understanding cognitive biases may allow better prediction of and methods to deal with a variety of issues of social concern, including racism. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is a response latency task that has shown utility in respect to the measure of racially stigmatizing attitudes. In this study, racial categories (i.e., black people; white people) were presented in conjunction with positive and negative evaluative words (e.g., smart, stupid) via a standard IRAP (SIRAP) configuration. Participants were asked to choose between two response options (similar or different) for each race-adjective pair by way of a given rule. During the orthogonal IRAP (OIRAP) trials, different stimulus pairs (i.e., black people-white people; positive evaluations-negative evaluations) were assessed. Self-report measures were also administered to assess the individuals’ explicit attitudes about the IRAP stimuli and racial issues. Participants from an introductory psychology class research pool were quasi-randomly assigned to one of four condition orders. Preliminary data indicates that SIRAP procedures may prime stereotypical race attitudes in a subsequent OIRAP, whereas OIRAP procedures may decrease bias in the subsequent SIRAP trials. These differences may be interpreted in respect to cognitive defusion, a construct relevant to psychological flexibility.
 
Generating Cognitive Defusion Using a Stimulus Alteration Strategy with the IRAP
TRAVIS SAIN (Southern Illinois University), Anke Lehnert (Southern Illinois University), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Research on psychotherapy processes is a formidable undertaking, in part because complex interventions are difficult to bring into a basic laboratory setting. Cognitive interventions in particular provide a challenging research design puzzle. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) may offer one means of modifying cognitive repertoires in a manner that would be consistent with an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy component known as defusion. The present study gathered data on 120 participants at a mid-western university (mean age of 19; 48% white, 36% black). Three IRAPs were administered to a control group and an experimental group. Each IRAP examined response latencies to trials containing the samples “Abraham Lincoln” and “Adolf Hitler”. The text in the second IRAP for the experimental group was altered in a manner coherent with cognitive defusion. The results show differences in two of the four relational repertoires assessed by the IRAP. This paradigm may provide a basis for examining a variety of factors that could influence the efficacy of cognitive defusion interventions.
 
Implicit Repertoires and Psychological Flexibility: A Fresh Look at Old Data
CHAD DRAKE (Southern Illinois University), Anke Lehnert (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Many computerized measures of implicit cognition offer a variety of windows into verbal repertoires. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) may offer an advantageous methodology compared to mainstream measures such as the Implicit Associations Test. Although these measures are commonly used to assess social attitudes and personal preferences, a small but growing collection of IRAP studies have addressed, directly or indirectly, processes theorized to embody psychological flexibility, the treatment target of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. Given the findings presented in the current symposium, some previous studies will be reconsidered here, along with a reanalysis of unpublished IRAP data regarding experiential avoidance. This data was provided by a collection of freshman psychology students attending a university in the southern United States. The IRAP was configured to assess willingness and avoidance in respect to anxiety-related words. The results provide additional support for the viability of the IRAP as a measure of psychological flexibility processes, but with unexpected relationships with self-report measures. Consideration of these data and previous studies suggest some new directions and considerations in future efforts to assess flexibility with implicit measures.
 
 
Symposium #210
Selection by Unintended Consequences: An Examination of Socially Significant Organizational Practices
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
204A (CC)
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: Through recent empirical work in verbal behavior and RFT, behavior analysis is increasingly placing itself in a position to theorize effectively and test empirically these educated guesses about the functioning of verbal behavior in organizations. The development and communication of verbal products, such as rules, instructions, leadership statements and strategic plans can not only promote but prevent socially significant impact of organizational practices on cultural change. For instance, many corporate leaders try to obscure the unsavory aspects of their production and supply chains from consumers and in so doing maintain unsustainable practices. In their role as guides, leaders create new verbal relations between the current and future state of the organization, between the future organization and its niche in the future environment, and between current employees and the future organization. On the other hand, by recognizing employees’ implicit responding and values leaders can design and implement effective organizational contingencies that promote interprofessional interactions and cooperation within the organization. This symposium will provided an overview of ways by which behavior scientific technologies may contribute to the reduction of negative organizational externalities, organizational internalities, and promote effective cooperation in organizational settings.
 

Externalities and Internalities: Hidden Consequences of Organizational Practices

DANIEL REIMER (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Biglan introduced the concept of externalities, or an unintended outcome of an organizations output, to the field of behavior analysis from the field of economics (2009). His revolutionary paper provided a model that behavior analysts working in organizational settings can use when considering the effect an organization has on the macrosystem. An economic concept closely related, the internality, is an imposed cost on an individual that is not taken into account when the individual consumes a good or service. This related concept can easily be applied in the field of Organizational Behavior Management to the organizational practices we study. This presentation will discuss internalities, their application within organizations and how they can be used to determine how organizational practices benefit or detriment the organization. This presentation will also, like Biglans paper, discuss what we can do to promote beneficial organizational internalities and discourage negative organizational internalities.

 
Let’s Talk Teams: Examining Interprofessional Communication in Medical Settings
AMBER MARIE CANDIDO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Recent literature in medical education and medical science highlight the potential side effects of ineffective communication amongst members of a medical team. The inability to effectively communicate between medical interprofessionals has led to negative consequences such as medical error on the part of the patient and increased burnout amongst members of the medical team. By drawing upon Biglan’s (2009) discussion of negative externalities—or unintended costs to society (e.g., the patient), we will provide a behavior scientific account of interprofessional communication and discuss ways by which behavior analytic technology may contribute to the reduction of associated externalities.
 
Analyzing Volunteering Behavior: Setting Conditions for Positive Social Change
CAROLYN BRAYKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Winston Churchill was cited as saying, “We make a living by what we do, but we make a life by what we give.” For many people volunteering is a vehicle by which they can give back to their community. Whether it is reading to children at the library, donating blood, or being a part of a steering committee at work, this priceless work force helps move our society forward. Unfortunately, keeping volunteers engaged with the organization is challenging and low volunteer retention can be time consuming and costly. A report in 2009 calculated an estimated $38 billion lost annually due to losing volunteer resources (Eisner, Grimm, & Maynard, 2009). Most of the literature in volunteer management incites internal causes for volunteer behavior thus rendering the organization powerless to bring about any meaningful change on the larger scale. Behavior analysis could be helpful in this arena by focusing on how creating engaging volunteer systems can develop an environment which sets the conditions for maintaining volunteer participation. This paper will first discuss how “volunteer” behavior can be conceptualized from a behavior analytic perspective. Then, volunteerism will be analyzed both on the individual and systemic levels of analysis. Finally suggestions for future research will be given.
 
Selection of Leadership Decision Making
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The development and communication of verbal products, such as rules, instructions, leadership statements and strategic plans can not only promote but prevent socially significant impact of organizational practices on cultural change. In their role as guides, leaders create new verbal relations between the current and future state of the organization, between the future organization and its niche in the future environment, and between current employees and the future organization. In many ways leader’s decision making shapes the patterns of interlocking behavioral contingencies and aggregate product. This process can bear positive or negative influences on the health of the organizational members plus the external environment (including the physical and social environment). This presentation will provided an overview of ways by which leadership decision making change the cultural landscape and practices.
 
 
Symposium #211
CE Offered: BACB
Measurement in Behavior Analysis: From the Minds Eye to the SCC
Sunday, May 24, 2015
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
007C (CC)
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kristin Robinson (Saint Louis University)
Discussant: Henry S. Pennypacker (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Ryan Lee O'Donnell, M.S.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has a unique and difficult task in the measuring behavior. The ephemeral nature, range of topographies, and functional complexity of behavior poses a challenge mostly unknown to other natural sciences. Therefore, it is of little surprise that behavior measurement is accomplished using a wide range of measuring instruments, techniques, displays, and dimensions. Behavior analysis was fortunate to have been founded in conjunction with the most sophisticated technology every devised in the pursuit of behavior measurement, the cumulative recorder. However, from a practical standpoint there is important potential for scientists and practitioners in identifying the most effective and simple measurement system, and the ability to analyze data in the absence of numbers and machines. This presentation will cover the basic philosophical roots and techniques of behavior measurement, the machine-less flexibility of measuring with the minds eye, and a guide to selecting quick and easy measurement tools from the standpoint of a seasoned practitioner.

Keyword(s): Measurement, Mind's Eye, Precision Teaching, Standard Celeration
 
The Role of Measurement in Science
SCOTT A. MILLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: The endeavors of scientists are inextricably linked to the measurement system they use. Measurement is the qualitative and quantitative categorization of events into arbitrary segments called “data.” Most events can be quantified using a wide variety of techniques. The nature of the technique employed in the quantification of events naturally sets the parameters for interpretability of those events. That is, how data is collected and analyzed directly affects the kind of interpretations that can be gleaned from those data. The art of quantitative and mathematical analysis, description, and visual display of data have continuously evolved and influenced scientists’ behaviors. In the narrative of scientific dissemination, the conflict is the motivation to produce meaningful−and simultaneously conservative data. Therefore, it may be tempting to select measuring systems that are likely to enhance the apparent robustness of an experiment. The scientific process may potentially be weakened by favoring superlative aesthetics over high quality and conservative data analysis. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss criteria and parameters when selecting a measurement system, and the influence of data on the behavior of the scientist.
 
Hear Ye, Hear Ye! What’s This Thing Called The SCC?
CAMERON GREEN (Brohavior)
Abstract: What is the Standard Celeration Chart (SCC)? What are its conceptual origins? Isn’t it part of that cultish Precision Teaching movement? When should I use it? Am I missing anything if I never use it? If you have had brushes with the Standard Celeration Chart, you may have asked yourself some of these questions. Or you may be asking yourself “What’s this funky blue chart? Didn’t it get dropped from the big exam?!” This presentation will help to introduce the Standard Celeration Chart and clarify how it can be immediately beneficial in practice as well as why it is conceptually important and related to the history of the field of behavior analysis. In addition I will also point out when alternative graphical displays may be superior to the Standard Celeration Chart and how to decide which charting method to use given the current situation while staying true to our discipline’s pragmatic roots.
 
Measurement Gripes and Glows: Clinics, Classrooms, and Centers
AMY LYNN EVANS (Fluency Factory)
Abstract: A behavior analyst must not only choose appropriate measurement tools and techniques, but also help create data-friendly cultures in applied settings. To maximize effectiveness in this endeavor, one must consider the difficulties of influencing people to collect data accurately and emphasize the importance and utility of analyzing the data that they have been asked to collect. When measurement systems are ineffectively utilized or under-utilized, what factors underlie this lapse? Common complaints among teachers and behavior analysts about measurement (especially the Standard Celeration Chart [SCC]) are likely to be comprised of anecdotal reports as opposed to empirical evidence in accounting for the reasons measurement tools go under-utilized in certain settings. Conversely, it is worth examining the variables that underlie embracing the effective utilization of measurement. Key elements of successful implementation will be discussed. Finally, we will explore the role of setting and culture in the successful implementation of measurement systems. For example, how teachers, parents, and students analyze data differently, how does using the SCC affect the culture of an organization, who uses the SCC once there are no longer requirements to do so, and which components of a measurement system survive without the watchful eye of a behavior analyst or precision teacher, are questions that will be explored.
 

Mind's Eye Data: If You Aren't Taking Data You May Be Doing Behavior Analysis!

MARK MALADY (Brohavior/HSI/WARC)
Abstract:

The mind has both historically and rightfully been waved off as a slippery slope that leads to dualistic views of behavior and practically invaluable psychological interpretations, technologies and systems. The old behavior analytic saying goes, "If you aren't taking data, then you aren't doing behavior analysis!" While this may be true under certain circumstances, it conflicts with various behaviorisms such as Skinner's radical behaviorism and functional contextualism. This presentation will begin with a short anecdote from a graduate student working late in the night while listening to behavior analytic podcasts in which Owen White suggested that we only take data when we think we may be wrong. I will suggest that there may be conditions under which the "mind's eye" is appropriate and valuable to a behavior analyst, as well as provide preliminary data on the possible conditions under which mind's eye data is a worthwhile venture for behavior analysts.

 
 
Paper Session #212
Using a Looxcie for Staff Training in a Community-Based Setting
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–3:20 PM
205 (CC)
Area: TBA
Chair: Jessica Zawacki (PAAL)
 
Using a Looxcie for Staff Training in a Community-Based Setting
Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA ZAWACKI (PAAL)
 
Abstract: The development of staff competence has long been an important topic of study in the area of service delivery in developmental disabilities. There is a rich literature on the most efficient ways of training staff to perform their duties, as well as investigations on the extent to which staff maintain skills over time. With the increasing implementation of training programs across community settings, and the lessening focus on centralized service delivery, the need for efficient staff training and mechanisms for supervision remains critical. Technology (e.g., Internet, wireless systems, smart phones, Looxcie, Bluetooth®) may have utility in these areas. The purpose of this study was to use Lookcie® technology to train staff to implement instructional protocols when teaching adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) at various community settings (e.g., grocery store, library, food stores). Specifically, supervisors listened in and viewed via live streaming video staff providing instruction without their awareness of specifically what staff behaviors were being monitored and when during the day the monitoring occurred. The target behaviors consisted of prompting hierarchy implemented by the staff participants as well as instructional program fidelity. Using a multiple baseline design across participants, the findings showed that supervisors could effectively supervise staff from a distance using this technology, and offer support in a way that reduced staff errors in implementing instructional protocols and increased fidelity of programming. Results were discussed in terms of the capacity of technology to support staff when providing services across a wide geographical area.
 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #213
CE Offered: BACB
The Nuts and Bolts of Scent Detection
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
203AB (CC)
Area: AAB/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Christy A. Alligood, Ph.D.
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom)
Presenting Authors: : TIMOTHY EDWARDS (APOPO)
Abstract:

In this tutorial, the basic requirements and ideal conditions for successfully training, evaluating, and deploying animals for scent-detection tasks will be outlined. Fundamental chemical and environmental factors that influence scent detection will be described, as will some factors to consider when selecting species and strains for this work. Because operational scent detection often involves detection of a variety of odor combinations, training requirements are similar to those for concept formation, which has important implications for selection of training samples. These and other considerations related to sample presentation will be discussed. Common training methods for both "discrete-trial" and "free-operant" scent-discrimination tasks will be presented and critical components of training highlighted. Evaluation of the scent-detection accuracy of animal detectors is a critical step prior to and during operational deployment. Some key features of precise estimation of performance will be discussed followed by a description of some operational deployment scenarios and features that are more and less conducive to success. Finally, common challenges associated with scent-detection work and some methods of overcoming the challenges will be presented for discussion.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to:
  1. Describe three factors that influence scent availability.
  2. Design a basic scent-detection training protocol.
  3. Conduct an evaluation of a scent-detection animal.
  4. Describe three challenges associated with scent detection.
 
TIMOTHY EDWARDS (APOPO)
Dr. Timothy Edwards has a Ph.D. in psychology from Western Michigan University. He has conducted basic and applied research on stimulus discrimination, conditioned reinforcement, and motivating operations, all of which are relevant to his current work at APOPO, a Belgian nonprofit organization headquartered in Tanzania that deploys giant African pouched rats to locate land mines, identify tuberculosis-positive sputum samples, and perform other humanitarian tasks. Dr. Edwards serves as APOPO's head of training and behavioral research. He investigates the influence of environmental factors, modifications to training protocol, and the suitability of the rats for new scent-detection applications. Dr. Edwards translates laboratory findings into meaningful improvements in applied scent-detection operations and takes operational puzzles to the laboratory to look for solutions. Much of his research in applied scent detection has been published, and his experience operating in a challenging field in developing countries has afforded him unique insight into the elements of training that are crucial for successful scent-detection operations.
Keyword(s): Animal behavior, Animal training, Concept learning, Scent detection
 
 
Symposium #214
CE Offered: BACB
Some Current Intervention Approaches for the Treatment of Behavioral Complications in Autism Spectrum Disorders.
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
217C (CC)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
CE Instructor: Terry S. Falcomata, Ph.D.
Abstract: Core and secondary features of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often create difficulties for individuals diagnosed with ASD in terms of skill deficits (e.g., social; communicative) as well as behaviors of excess (e.g., challenging behavior). These complications can include skill acquisition in terms of play activities, the use of appropriate communication to convey wants and needs, and difficulties with transitions between activities. In this symposium, three papers will be presented describing innovative approaches to the treatment behaviors of deficit and excess in individuals with ASD. First, Katy Davenport and colleagues will describe procedures that entail the application of lag schedules of reinforcement during play activities facilitate appropriate play and treat stereotypy. Next, Cindy Gevarter and colleagues will present data pertaining to interventions for programming for advanced mand responses with augmentative and alternative (AAC) devices. Last, Regan Weston and colleagues will show the results of a study evaluating activity schedules during play and work transitions in their effects on challenging behavior during transitions.
 
Lag Schedule of Reinforcement Increases Appropriate Play and Decreases Stereotypy in Children with Autism on a School Playground
KATY DAVENPORT (Texas State University-San Marcos), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Melissa Moore (Texas State University), Allyson Lee (Texas State University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A & M), Katherine Ledbetter-Cho (Texas State University)
Abstract: Play is a developmentally important activity during childhood; however, children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often lack appropriate play skills. Previous research has demonstrated that teaching play may reduce stereotypy, improve language, and facilitate socialization in children with ASD. The majority of play intervention research has been conducted in clinics and children’s homes and there is a relative paucity of research involving play interventions in school settings. Because children spend so much time in school, embedding play intervention into school routines would likely be beneficial. We used lag schedules of reinforcement on a school playground to increase the rate of appropriate play by three children with ASD during recess. In addition to changes in play, data were collected on stereotypy and social interactions. Although play increased and stereotypy decreased, these improvements did not result in a corresponding increase in opportunities for social interaction between the children with autism and their peers. Results are discussed in terms of implication for practice and directions for future research.
 
A comparison of schematic and taxonomic iPad® AAC systems for teaching multistep navigational AAC requests to children with ASD
CINDY GEVARTER (The University of Texas), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Nicolette Sammarco (The University of Texas at Austin), Raechal Ferguson (University of Texas at Austin), Michelle Kuhn (The University of Texas at Austin), Laci Watkins (The University of Texas at Austin), Laura Rojeski (The University of Texas at Austin), Heather Gonzales (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: This study compared how four young children (ages 3 to 8) with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) acquired advanced manding with different types of iPad® augmentative and alternative (AAC) display formats/organizational structures. More specifically, a mulitielement design was used to compare two-step navigational requesting with a schematically organized (i.e., vocabulary grouped by locations) visual scene display (VSD), or VSD plus symbol grid, to requesting with a taxonomically organized (i.e., vocabulary grouped by categories) symbol grid system. Acquisition was compared across two settings (e.g., living room, kitchen), and three categories of preferred items (e.g., drinks, food, toys). Using behaviorally-based strategies (e.g., time delay, least to most prompting), three of the four participants mastered the schematically organized systems (VSD or VSD with grid), but did not master the taxonomically organized grid. Using the schematic systems, two of these participants also generalized requesting to an untrained third location with a new preferred item, and maintained responding across all three settings. A fourth participant mastered both a schematically organized VSD and a taxonomically organized grid during training. Differences in the types of errors observed suggest possible advantages and disadvantages of each system. Results have important implications for the development of AAC assessment and implementation protocols.
 
Effects of Activity Schedules in Play to Work Transitions for Children with Autism
REGAN WESTON (Baylor University), Rachel Scalzo (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Nander Min (Baylor University), Alex Weber (Baylor University), Sami Ackard (Baylor University), Lillie Dukes (Baylor University)
Abstract: Evidence suggests activity schedules are useful tools in managing challenging behavior for children with autism spectrum disorder (Lequia, Machalicek, & Rispoli, 2012). However, the research regarding the effectiveness of activity schedules from play to demand situations for children with autism who have tangibly maintained challenging behavior is limited (Lequia, Machalicek, & Rispoli, 2012). For this reason, a single subject reversal design was used to determine the utility of this intervention. Baseline consisted of no advanced notice of upcoming transition from play to work, whereas treatment conditions included the use of an activity schedule that was reviewed prior to the session starting and again when play and work tasks ended. Results appeared variable suggesting activity schedules as a stand-alone intervention may not be enough to moderate challenging behavior in the absence of reinforcement. However, it may be useful to include activity schedules with reinforcement during demand conditions Implications for practitioners will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #215
Introducing Applied Behavior Analysis in Novel Cultural Contexts
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
217B (CC)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nidal K. Najjar Daou (American University of Beirut)
Discussant: Lise Renat Roll-Pettersson (Department of special education)
Abstract:

The numerous advancements in applied behavior analysis (ABA) seem to be centered in urban areas of developed countries, while there continues to be a shortage of behavioral-based intervention elsewhere. Nevertheless, the favorable manner through which behavior analysts view ABA and its value in autism intervention has prompted them to develop innovative opportunities for dissemination. This symposium offers examples of empirical studies that were concerned with such dissemination of behavioral intervention in a developing country (Lebanon) and a rural area in Iceland. Neither cultural context had systems that supported or facilitated the use of ABA in autism intervention. The Lebanon study used activity schedules to promote independent engagement among children with autism never offered ABA services prior to or outside the context of its research sessions. The rural-Iceland study used telehealth methods to provide effective behavioral consultation for families of children with autism. Both presentations discuss the particulars of their respective cultural contexts in terms of the status of ABA in autism intervention, and in terms of limitations and future directions relevant for behavioral research and practice in places with limited access to behavior-analytic services.

Keyword(s): Behavioral intervention, Developing countries, Rural areas
 
Conducting Behavioral Research with Children Attending Non-Behavioral Intervention Programs for Autism in Lebanon
NIDAL K. NAJJAR DAOU (American University of Beirut)
Abstract: Behavioral intervention has been recommended as one of the top empirically validated, effective interventions for autism spectrum disorders. It is, however, undersupported and only scarcely available in developing countries. In this presentation, we will take a look at one such country, Lebanon, examine the status of applied behavior analytic (ABA) services there, and offer an example of how behavioral research could be conducted in such a context. The presentation will show how behavior-analytic services were introduced to children with autism who had not received ABA services and who learned prerequisite skills necessary for independent engagement during the course of the study. In the reported empirical study, a multiple-baseline design across participants evaluated the effectiveness of treatment on independent engagement in leisure activities. Treatment included the use of photographic activity schedules, reinforcement, prompting, and backward chaining, and it demonstrated systematic increases in independent engagement across the three participants. The presentation will also include a discussion of particulars concerning the dissemination of ABA as an innovation in a novel context, limitations, and future directions of relevance to researchers and practitioners in developing countries with limited access to behavior-analytic services.
 

Rural Behavioral Consultation: An Analysis of the Effects of Telehealth Methods on the Progress of Families of Children with Autism

KRISTÍN GUDMUNDSDOTTIR (University of Akureyri), Z. Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Shahla Susan Ala'i-Rosales (UNT)
Abstract:

Despite documented effectiveness of systematic early behavioral intervention to improve functioning of children with autism and other developmental disabilities, not all children and their families have access to such interventions and the expertise required for success. One example is children and their families living in rural areas of the world. In order to increase services, numerous internet-based programs and services have been established, utilizing telehealth methods. However, evidence regarding the effectiveness of telehealth methods is very limited. This paper presents a study of the effects of telehealth methods employed on the outcomes of behavioral consultation with families of children with autism living in rural Iceland. The experimental design was a multiple baseline across parent and child skills, replicated across 5 families. Both qualitative (interviews, field notes regarding method and outcomes) and quantitative (frequency of teaching episodes, frequency of targeted child responses, intervals of synchronous engagement) data were collected and analyzed. The intervention involved parent training of basic teaching interactions primarily conducted through telecommunication methods. The results show measurable progress for parents and children across all skill areas and are discussed in the context of access to evidence-based methods for children living in Iceland and other rural areas in the world.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #216
CE Offered: BACB
Delivering Teleconsultation for Functional Behavior Assessment and Intervention: Things to Consider
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom C3 (CC)
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Anjali Barretto, Ph.D.
Chair: Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University)
Presenting Authors: : STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Providing consultation from a distance is becoming increasingly more popular, because it allows for expert consultation even if those needing consultation live far from the consultant. This applies to individuals living in rural areas as well as in urban centers, where traffic congestion can make travel to the consultation site just as problematic as driving to rural areas. Teleconsultation is a method of providing consultation using distance technology. In states where behavior analysts are in short supply but demand for their services is great, teleconsultation can be one solution to the problem. In this tutorial, the ins and outs of setting up a consultation model will be provided. Dr. Peterson will share some of the things she has learned (the good, the bad, and the ugly) during the past year and a half of starting up a new teleconsultation service in Michigan, with a goal of helping participants be prepared for the hurdles that will be encountered.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs; BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: 1.  Define the tele consultation and how it can be used in behavioral consulting. 2.  Identify some of the problems and dilemmas tele consultation can give rise to, as well as potential solutions. 3.  Identify HIPAA-related concerns and solutions in tele consultation.
 
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University)
Dr. Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is a professor and chair of the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University. Dr. Peterson earned her doctorate in special education from the University of Iowa in 1994. She has taught courses in behavior analysis and special education at several different universities (Gonzaga University, Utah State University, The Ohio State University, and Idaho State University). She also served as chair of the Department of Special Education, School Psychology, and Literacy at Idaho State University. Dr. Peterson is senior co-editor of Education and Treatment of Children and has served on or currently serves on the editorial boards of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysis in Practice, to name a few. Dr. Peterson is also an elected member of the Board of Directors for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Her research interests include the assessment and treatment of problem behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities, choice making, functional communication training, and behavior analysis in education.
Keyword(s): teleconsultation, telemedicine
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #217
CE Offered: PSY

Behavioral, Neuronal, and Genetic Analyses in C. elegans Lead to Insights Into Mechanisms of Habituation

Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
006AB (CC)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Catharine Rankin, Ph.D.
Chair: Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage)
CATHARINE RANKIN (University of British Columbia)
Dr. Catharine Rankin earned her Ph.D. in biopsychology and animal behavior at the City University of New York studying electric fish with Dr. Peter Moller. She then joined Dr. Thomas J. Carew at Yale University as a post-doc and studied the development of learning and memory in the marine mollusc Aplysia californica. In 1987, Dr. Rankin joined the Psychology Department at the University of British Columbia and began her research on learning and memory in C. elegans. Today, she is a professor of psychology at UBC and is internationally recognized for her work using C. elegans as a model system to address fundamental psychological questions about the effects of experience on the nervous system and behavior. She investigates the effects of experience at behavioral, neural system, and genetic levels. She was the first to show the C. elegans is capable of learning and memory, and has uncovered several genes that play important roles in learning and memory. Her research is beginning to shed light on the cellular mechanisms of habituation, the simplest form of learning.
Abstract:

Habituation is a fundamental form of learning highly conserved throughout phylogeny and poorly understood mechanistically. In the years that Dr. Catharine Rankin's lab has studied habituation in C. elegans, they have developed an understanding of habituation and two neural circuits underlying behaviors that habituate. They have studies both associative and nonassociative aspects of habituation as well as both short- and long-term memory. They are now focusing on the genes underlying this learning in two different, but overlapping neural circuits using a novel high-throughput behavioral analysis system, the multi-worm tracker. The first response is startle response habituation to a mechanosensory tap to the substrate holding the worm; this response is mediated by five sensory neurons. The second is habituation of a withdrawal response following optogenetic activation of a pair of polymodal nociceptors (the ASH neurons) in the head of the worm. Through analyses of these two response systems, they have found that habituation is not a single phenomenon, but is made up of the integration of different subcomponents that show different patterns/kinetics of habituation and sensitization. The integration of these components leads to behavioral outcomes that are different depending on the nature of stimulation, and are highly adaptive for the worm.

Target Audience:

Anyone who wants to understand or study the biological mechanisms underlying behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participants should be able to: (1) understand the advantages of using a high-throughput genetic model system approach to studying behavior; (2) understand how an observed behavior can be dissected into independent components and how experience can alter the components of a behavior in different ways; and (3) have a new appreciation for nonassociative and associative complexities of habituation.
Keyword(s): C. elegans, habituation, memory, sensitization
 
 
Panel #218
CE Offered: BACB
The Job Hunt: Finding University-Based Positions in the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
210AB (CC)
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Michael Chan, Ph.D.
Chair: Rachel Scalzo (Baylor University)
JEFFREY MICHAEL CHAN (Northern Illinois University)
TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (Baylor University)
SHAWN PATRICK QUIGLEY (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The search for a university-based job after earning a doctorate is a difficult, stressful, and time-consuming experience. However, the process does not have to be a mystery. Panelists will discuss their first-hand experiences finding university-based tenure-track academic and postdoctoral clinical positions in fields related to Applied Behavior Analysis. Topics will include: finding and applying for jobs, surviving the interview process, and making the most of the early years in your new position. Panelists will describe considerations one should make while choosing which jobs to apply for and how to balance personal life demands with work commitments. Navigating the tenure process will also be discussed.
Keyword(s): Employment
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #219
CE Offered: BACB

Exploring the Possible Causes of the 25 Biggest Mistakes Teachers Make

Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Lila Cockrell Theatre (CC)
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Nicole Luke, Ph.D.
Chair: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
CAROLYN ORANGE (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Dr. Carolyn Orange is a professor of educational psychology at The University of Texas at San Antonio. She earned a Ph.D. from Washington University. She owns Carolyn Orange Consulting and is a member of the National Speakers Association. She has produced a video on self-regulation and a Self-Regulation Inventory that has been used in the United States, Italy, and Canada and is translated into Turkish. She has published numerous articles in journals and has made more than 50 presentations. She is the author of 25 Biggest Mistakes Teachers Make and How to Avoid Them, which has been translated into three languages: Thai, Chinese and Slovenian; Quick Reference Guide to Educational Innovations: Practices, Programs, Policies, and Philosophies; and 44 Smart Strategies for Avoiding Classroom Mistakes. Her third book, 44 Smart Strategies for Avoiding Classroom Mistakes, also has been translated into three languages, Simplified Chinese, Arabic and German. Currently, Dr. Orange is writing a new book with Rowan and Littlefield. Some of her honors include induction into the San Antonio Women's Hall of Fame, an entry in Who's Who in the World, receipt of the Constance Allen Yellow Rose of Texas Education Award, and selection for the The Univeristy of Texas's Distinguished Achievement Award--Tenured Teaching Excellence Award.
Abstract:

This session is based on the book, 25 Biggest Mistakes Teachers Make and How to Avoid Them. The premise of the book is that teachers can avoid making mistakes by being made aware of the mistakes of others. In spite of teachers' best intentions and research encouraging best practices, teachers all over the world make mistakes when trying to control student behavior. The need for discipline and control in classrooms is universal. How teachers respond to that need, apparently, also is universal--as evidenced by translation of the book into several languages. Teachers have power--power that can be abused or used constructively. This session will examine what happens when teacher power runs rampant and anger and frustration reigns; also, the consequent effects of the teachers' mistreatment of students and why it happens. Academic trauma, defined as a result of a significant emotional event that is caused by an aversive academic experience usually involving a teacher, will be explored. The motives of teachers, who admitted to mistreating students, will be discussed to find out why they did what they did, possible psychosocial student outcomes, and recommendations for avoiding mistakes.

Keyword(s): student outcomes, teaching, teaching mistakes
 
 
Symposium #220
CE Offered: BACB
Analysis and Research on The Acquisition of Complex Verbal Repertoires
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
216AB (CC)
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Daniela M. Ribeiro (Universidade Federal de Alagoas)
Discussant: Trina Spencer (Northern Arizona University)
CE Instructor: Trina Spencer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Despite the innumerous advances our field has made in uncovering variables involved in the acquisition and maintenance of verbal behavior, the focus has been primarily on simpler behaviors, such as manding for or tacting objects, their function, class, or features. Little attention has been placed on more complex behaviors like the ones involved in the production of sentences and narratives and in reading comprehension. The papers to be presented in this symposium will focus on complex verbal behaviors. The first presentation will address autoclitic processes involved in the comprehension and production of sentences and narratives, focusing on the review and analysis of research studies that have addressed ordering and sequencing of complex verbal material. The second presentation will examine reading comprehension as a form of critical inquiry, which goes beyond answering who, when, where, and how questions, through the lenses of Skinners analysis of verbal behavior. A discussion encompassing sentence and narrative production, building toward reading comprehension, and concluding with suggestions for future analysis and research will complete this symposium.

Keyword(s): autoclitic processes, complex repertoires, reading comprehension
 
From Words to Stories: How Are Grammar and Syntax-Related Autoclitics Being Addressed?
ANA CAROLINA SELLA (Universidade Estadual de Ciencias da Saude de Alagoas), Mara Gomes Barros de Andrade (Universidade de Ciencias da Saude de Alagoas), Daniela M. Ribeiro (Universidade Federal de Alagoas), Carmen Silvia Motta Bandini (Universidade Estadual de Ciencias da Saude de Alagoas/Centro Universitario CESMAC), Heloísa Helena Motta Bandini (Universidade Estadual de Ciências da Saúde de Alagoas)
Abstract: The comprehension and production of words, instructions, songs, and stories depends on cohesive aspects of verbal behavior such as order. Autoclitic frames - and other autoclitic processes related to grammar and syntax - present ways of comprehending how sounds, letters, and words are consistently produced in a certain order in different verbal communities. The purpose of the current paper is to investigate how grammar and syntax-related autoclitics have been addressed within the scope of behavior analysis in the last decade. Studies from 2004 to 2014 were analyzed to gather information on the journals in which this subject appears more often, the main conceptual issues and target behaviors addressed, target populations, procedures used, and the most relevant results and conclusions these studies have presented. This paper provides an overview of the current state of the art regarding grammar and syntax-related autoclitics and suggests areas for future research. Given the role of order in verbal behavior, it is important to further the investigation regarding the controlling variables involved in these autoclitic processes.
 
Beyond Reading Comprehension: An Analysis of Reading As Inquiry
MELINDA SOTA (University of Oregon)
Abstract: The Common Core State Standards for English Language Arts call for three key shifts in focus from prior standards: (1) an emphasis on complex texts and academic language, (2) analysis and argumentation grounded in textual evidence, and (3) knowledge-building through engagement with non-fiction texts. These foci call for processes such as close reading, which go beyond simple comprehension; for example, in addition to understanding the meaning of a text, readers may analyze how the writer created particular effects in the reader or they may place a text within a larger group of texts, verbal community, or field of inquiry. When these types of activities are engaged in, reading becomes a form of critical inquiry, and new ideas beyond the level of the text may be developed. This presentation will analyze these activities in terms of Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior and discuss implications for education as well as scholarship in general.
 
 
Symposium #221
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on the Tact Relation in Children with Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
217A (CC)
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Tina Sidener, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will include three data-based presentations on the tact relation in children with developmental disabilities. The first study evaluated the effects of differential observing responses (DORs) and observing responses (ORs) on the acquisition of tacts in three children diagnosed with autism in a two-part experiment. Results suggested that using DORs rather than ORs may be beneficial when teaching tacts that require conditional discriminations. The second study compared the effects of successive and simultaneous training on the acquisition of tacts in three children with developmental delays. Simultaneous and successive tact training had similar impact upon listener relations, but simultaneous presentation may be a more efficient teaching method for children with limited tact repertoires. The third (on-going) study extends the research on the effects of tact-before-receptive and receptive-before-tact training sequences on the acquisition, generalization, and maintenance of tact and receptive discrimination repertoires. Results will be discussed in terms of facilitative effects and efficiency of training sequences for children with autism.
Keyword(s): listener, observing response, receptive, tact
 
Effects of Differential Observing Responses on Tact Training Involving Simple and Conditional Discriminations
CHARLOTTE LYNN CARP (McNeese State University), Lee Allen Leger Jr. (Mcneese State University)
Abstract: Research has ubiquitously demonstrated that having learners emit differential observing responses (DORs) to sample or comparison stimuli in a matching-to-sample task can facilitate acquisition of conditional discriminations. However, Kisamore and Karsten (2013) has been the only study to evaluate the effects of DORs on simple discriminations in the intraverbal relation with preschool-aged children. The present study extended this research by evaluating DORs on the acquisition of tacts in three children diagnosed with autism in a two part experiment. In both parts, a multi-element design was used to evaluate three conditions: (1) identity matching (DOR), (2) pointing (OR), and (3) no training control. In Experiment 1, the stimuli used for tact training only required a simple discrimination. Results showed no differential effects on the acquisition of tacts. In Experiment 2, the same participants were tested using new stimuli that now required a conditional discrimination. Overall, all participants showed faster acquisition of tacts in the matching condition than in the pointing condition; however, the effects were small for two of the participants. Results suggest that during tact training, using DORs rather than traditional observing responses may be beneficial when teaching tacts that require conditional discriminations.
 
The Effects of Successive and Simultaneous Tact Training on Listener Behavior
Curtis Clough (California State University, Sacramento), Amanda Chastain (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), TAYLOR SWEATT (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Besides being of theoretical interest, research on functional independence among speaker and listener behaviors could aid in the development of efficient procedures to teach verbal behavior to children with language delays. The current study compared two procedures to teach tacts, namely successive and simultaneous training using a multiple treatment design. During the successive tact training, one set of three stimuli was taught with one picture presented in each trial. During the simultaneous tact training, another set was trained with all three pictures presented in each trial. Three children with developmental delays were exposed to both teaching conditions and sets were counterbalanced across participants. Two of the individuals had over 100 tacts previously demonstrated while the third had less than ten tacts. After training, listener relations' tests were conducted and corresponding listener relations emerged for both sets for all participants. The participant with the more limited tact repertoire reached criterion in 40% less sessions with the simultaneous procedure. These results suggest that simultaneous and successive tact training both have similar impacts upon listener relations, but simultaneous presentation may be a more efficient teaching method for children with limited tact repertoires.
 
Differential Effectiveness of Tact-Before-Receptive and Receptive-Before-Tact Training in Children with Autism
LAUREN GOODWYN (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract: The purpose of this on-going study is to extend the research on the effects of tact-before-receptive and receptive-before-tact training sequences on the acquisition, generalization, and maintenance of tact and receptive discrimination repertoires. A multiple-baseline design across training sequences (i.e., receptive-before-tact and tact-before-receptive) is being employed, and the order of training sequences presented is counterbalanced across participants and across stimulus sets. While training is implemented for one set, the second set remains in baseline until mastery criterion for both probe types (i.e., tact and receptive) are met. Multiple exemplars are being taught to mastery to promote generalization across both training sequences. Generative responding is being assessed by probing stimuli in the opposite modality than they are trained in, and stimulus generalization is being assessed by probing novel stimuli. Results will be discussed in terms of facilitative effects and efficiency of receptive-before-tact and tact-before-receptive training sequences in programs for children with autism.
 
 
Symposium #222
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Staff Training in Human Service Settings
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
217D (CC)
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Jason C. Vladescu, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The proposed symposium includes four presentations addressing recent advances in staff training. The first presentation evaluated the extent to which peer observations affected the treatment integrity of the observer in a human service setting. The second presentation evaluated the effects of a video-models combined with a self-instructional manual to teach behavioral therapists to implement both discrete-trial instruction (DTI) and enhanced milieu teaching (EMT) techniques. Together, these results indicate that therapists are able to acquire a large number of skills following a brief training. The third presentation examined the effectiveness of video modeling (VM) to train staff to conduct three preference assessments. The results demonstrated that VM was effective, and staff demonstrated high integrity during generalization and follow-up probes. The fourth presentation evaluated The Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS) to assess the environmental variables contributing to poor employee performance. The indicated intervention was effective to increase performance; the non PDC-HS based intervention was ineffective. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of the PDC-HS as a tool to identify a variety of performance problems in a variety of human service settings. Collectively these studies provide support for the effectiveness of a range of training approaches for staff.

Keyword(s): staff training, treatment integrity
 

An Evaluation of the Observer Effect in a Human Service Setting

ALLISON KING (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Stapleton (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Treatment integrity is a critical component of interventions in human service settings. Previous research has demonstrated significant increases in target behaviors that pertain to treatment integrity, directly linked to the observer effect, which is demonstrated when observing the behavior of others changes the behavior of the observer. The primary purpose of this study was to replicate and extend the work by Howard et al. (2013) by evaluating the extent to which peer observations affected the treatment integrity of the observer in a human service setting. Six clinicians working in a treatment center for children and young adults diagnosed with autism and other intellectual disabilities participated in this study. Participants were assigned to 3 different dyads: one member served as the observer and the other as the designated observee. A multiple baseline design across behaviors was used to evaluate the effects of peer observations on the treatment integrity of the observer.

 

Training Novice Insturctors To Implement Discrete Trial Instruction andEnhanced Mileu Teaching Techniques Via Video-Modelsand Self-Instructional Manual

RACHEL HORSCH (The University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The current evaluation assessed the effects of a video-models combined with a self-instructional manual to teach behavioral therapists to implement both discrete-trial instruction (DTI)) and enhanced milieu teaching (EMT) techniques. For DTI, experimenters provided instruction on completing a receptive-identification program and experimenters assessed performance with: (a) a confederate role-playing a child with autism, (b) generalization across other types of DTI programs, and (c) generalization with a child participant. For EMT, experimenters provided instruction on eight EMT techniques related to creating a learning environment and correct incidental teaching procedures. Following EMT training, experimenters assessed performance with both a confederate and with child participants. Results indicate that participants increased DTI performance from 0% in baseline to mastery criterion (90% correct) across all measures following approximately 1.5 hours of DTI training. Participants engaged in moderate levels (approximately 40%) of correct implementation of EMT procedures in baseline and correct performance increased to mastery criterion (90% correct) following approximately 1.0 hours of EMT training. Together, these results indicate that therapists are able to acquire a large number of skills using two teaching techniques, DTI and EMT, following a brief training using a combination of video-models and self-instructional manuals.

 

Using Video Modeling with Voiceover Instruction to Train Staff to Conduct Stimulus Preference Assessments

JOSHUA LIPSCHULTZ (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Casey Dipsey (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

There is an ongoing need to identify stimuli that may function as reinforcers due to the reliance on reinforcement techniques during teaching. Three commonly used stimulus preference assessments (SPAs) are the single-stimulus (SS; Pace, Ivancic, Edwards, Iwata, & Page, 1985), paired-stimulus (PS; Fisher et al., 1992), and multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO; DeLeon & Iwata, 1996) preference assessments. The current study examined the effectiveness of video modeling with voiceover instruction to train staff to conduct these SPAs. The results demonstrated that video modeling was effective, and staff trainees demonstrated high levels of integrity during generalization and follow-up probes. These results support recent research that suggests video modeling is an effective approach to staff training.

 

Evaluation of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services to Assess an Employee Performance Problem

KYLE DITZIAN (Western Michigan University), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Allison King (Florida Institute of Technology), Jeanine R Tanz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Employee performance problems in human service settings can negatively impact services. The Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS) is an informant-based tool designed to assess the environmental variables contributing to poor employee performance in human service settings. We administered the PDC-HS to three supervisors to assess the variables contributing to poor performance by four staff members when securing clients in therapy rooms at a treatment center for children with autism. The PDC-HS identified a lack of appropriate consequences as contributing to poor staff performance. We then evaluated a PDC-HS indicated intervention as well as an intervention not suggested by PDC-HS results. The non-indicated intervention consisted of a prompt. The PDC-HS indicated intervention, graphed feedback, was effective to increase performance; the non PDC-HS based intervention was ineffective. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of the PDC-HS as a tool to identify a variety of performance problems in a variety of human service settings.

 
 
Invited Symposium #223
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
A Revolution in Our Understanding and Treatment of Verbal and Social Development
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon A (Grand Hyatt)
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Discussant: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate)
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The revolution in what we know about verbal behavior development changes how we should intervene and teach children with language delays, social deficits, and cochlear implants. These findings determine how we should teach children in general education as well as special education. Empirically identified verbal development cusps are driven by the presence or absence of learned social reinforcers including how, or if, these can be acquired from social learning contexts. Social learning itself is a behavioral developmental cusp also driven by learned reinforcers. Tested protocols can establish missing cusps, resulting in significant advances in children’s social, verbal, and educational prognoses.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): social development, verbal development
Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, practitioners, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to: (1) describe the function of establishing verbal behavior developmental cusps; (2) identify the role of conditioned social reinforcers in true establishment of social verbal behavior; and (3) describe the potential utility of the verbal behavior developmental protocols in the education of children with recent cochlear implants.
 

A Brief Overview of the Revolution

R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

A large and growing evidence base suggests that in order for language topographies to be verbal learned social reinforcers must be present as a function of incidental experiences or design. Establishing new reinforcers for observing responses and social reinforcers appear key to the advancement of verbal development and social development. Evidence across the range of verbal developmental cusps and social development suggest that if you build social reinforcers, verbal behavior will come. These findings point to the essential role of the establishment of collaborative reinforcement in verbal development.

Dr. R. Douglas Greer is the coordinator of the programs in applied behavior analysis at Teachers College at Columbia University. He has taught at Columbia University Teachers College and the Graduate School of the Arts and Sciences for 42 years, sponsored 170 Ph.D. dissertations, taught more than 2,000 master students, founded the Fred S. Keller School, authored 13 books and 155 research and conceptual papers, served on the editorial board of 10 journals, and developed the CABAS school model for special education and the Accelerated Independent Model for general education (K-5). He has received the American Psychology Association's Fred S. Keller Award for Distinguished Contributions to Education, the Association for Behavior Analysis International Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis, been honored for his contributions to The Fred S. Keller School, and May 5 has been designated as the R. Douglas Greer Day by the Westchester County Legislature. He is a Fellow of the ABAI and a CABAS Board-Certified Senior Behavior Analyst and Senior Research Scientist. He has taught courses at the universities of Almeria, Grenada, Cadiz, Madrid, Oviedo, and Salamanca in Spain, Oslo and Askerhus College in Norway, University of Ibadan in Nigeria, and University of Wales at Bangor in England. Dr. Greer has served as the keynote speaker at the Experimental Analysis of Behavior Group in England, the National Conferences on Behavior Analysis in Ireland, Israel, Korea, Norway, and in several states in the United States. He contributed to the development of several schools based entirely on scientific procedures and comprehensive curriculum based assessment in the U.S., Ireland, Sicily, England, and Spain. He is co-author of the book Verbal Behavior Analysis: Inducing and Expanding Verbal Capabilities in Children With Language Delays.
 

Vocal and Sign Phonemic Verbal Development in Deaf and Formerly Deaf Children

YE WANG (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The identification of verbal developmental cusps and protocols to establish them has utility for children with cochlear implants. The relevant protocols include conditioning voices, listener literacy, various naming interventions, and other protocols that act to join the speaker-as-own-listener within the skin and to establish vocal verbal stimulus control. Using these protocols in conjunction with see and say signs holds promise for advancing the reading achievement of deaf and hard-of-hearing students.

Ye Wang, Ph.D., is an associate professor and the coordinator for Education of the d/Deaf and Hard of Hearing (EDHH) Program in the Department of Health and Behavior Studies at Teachers College, Columbia University. She earned her M.A. and Ph.D. in the School of Teaching & Learning from The Ohio State University. Her primary research interest is the language and literacy development of students who are d/Deaf or hard of hearing. Her other research and scholarly interests include multiple literacies, technology and literacy instruction, inclusive education, research methodology and early childhood education. Dr. Wang has worked with her colleagues to provide Visual Phonics training workshops for teachers in different programs throughout the nation and to investigate the efficacy of utilizing Visual Phonics to supplement reading instruction for a variety of students who may experience difficulties. Dr. Wang has published extensively on the phonological coding of children who are d/Deaf or hard of hearing. Her 2006 study, "Implications of Utilizing a Phonics-Based Reading Curriculum With Children Who are Deaf or Hard of Hearing," was the first intervention study that directly taught phonemic awareness and phonics skills to children who are deaf or hard of hearing using Visual Phonics in the U.S.
 

Establishment of Socially Conditioned Reinforcers

JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Verbal behavior is fundamentally social. Its development requires the establishment not only of verbal operants, but their reinforcers. Without the proper reinforcers, social behavior and subsequent language will not develop. Evidence exists that new reinforcers can be conditioned through social contingencies, that is, by observation. This paper will present an overview of what research has told us about the observational conditioning of new reinforcers, and how it relates to verbal development.

Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D., is an assistant professor of education and psychology at Teachers College, Columbia University. She lectures in the program in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis. She teaches core master's level courses for majors in the Program in Applied Behavior Analysis. She earned her M.A. and Ph.D. in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. She believes that the best teaching practices involve the use of research-based procedures--not the latest fads. Dr. Singer-Dudek hopes to shape the next generation of effective teachers who will investigate and solve problems using the science of behavior, instead of accepting demands to use bad curricula or conform to practices that are not informed by research and student data. She believes good teachers should view a child's educational struggles in the manner that B. F. Skinner did: "The (student) is always right," and it is up to the teacher to figure out the problem and apply scientific tactics to remedy it.
 

Procedures for Reinforcing Infant Vocalizations and for Preschoolers Learning New Tacts and Spontaneous Mands

MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University), Annela Costa (Florida International University), Paulette Martinez (Florida International University)
Abstract:

We report several studies on infants' progression from vocalizations to early verbal operants. Experiment 1 showed infants vocalizations were shaped and maintained by adult echoics. Experiment 2 compared two groups of 3- to 8-month-old infants using a multi-element probe design with a noncontingent reinforcement control condition and two forms of contingent reinforcement. This distinguished between the reinforcing effects of contingent maternal echoics and motherese speech from the eliciting effects of noncontingent vocal stimuli. Experiment 3 tested the effects of an intensive tact protocol on increases in mands and tacts. Collectively, the research shows the importance of social reinforcement on verbal development.

Martha Pelaez is the Frost Professor at Florida International University. Her research is in the areas of mother-infant interactions and infant social learning processes. She has developed intervention protocols for infants at risk of developmental delays published in her book with G. Novak, Child and Adolescent Development: A Behavioral Systems Approach, in a chapter in Rehfeldt & Barnes-Holmes (2009), and in Mayville & Mulick (2011, Eds.), on effective autism treatment. Her theoretical and experimental contributions include a recently revised taxonomy of rules and rule-governed behavior (Pelaez, in press European Journal of Behavior Analysis); a behavior-analytic approach to moral development (Pelaez & Gewirtz, 1995) and the relation between derived relational responding and intelligence (with D. O'Hora & D. Barnes-Holmes, 2005). Dr. Pelaez has published more than 80 refereed articles in mainstream journals including the American Psychologist, the Journal of Child Development, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and Infant Behavior and Development Journal. She has served as program chair for the American Psychological Association Division 25 and past program co-chair for the Association for Behavior Analysis International. She is the founding editor (1990) of the Behavior Development Bulletin and has served on editorial boards including The Behavior Analyst. She was awarded fellowship status by the American Psychological Association (APA) and is a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavior Studies. Dr. Pelaez also served as a member of the Florida Board of Governors.
 
 
Symposium #224
CE Offered: BACB
A Multicultural Approach to Behavioral Gerontology: Evaluations of Behavioral Interventions for Aging Related Issues in the United States and Japan
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon D (Grand Hyatt)
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jonathan C. Baker, Ph.D.
Abstract: Over the course of the 20th century, many areas of the world experienced a greying of the population (i.e., an increase in the proportion of the population over the age of 65). Although the United States - through medical advancement and the aging of the baby boomers - has just begun to experience the greying of the population (by 2030, 1 in 5 Americans is expected to be over the age of 65), other countries have already experienced a graying (e.g., Japan, where more than 20% of the population is already over the age of 65) and have begun to evaluate the impact of well designed behavioral interventions. This symposium, a joint project between the Multicultural Alliance for Behavior Analysts and the ABAI Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest group, will present a series of studies in both the United States and Japan aimed at developing and implementing behavioral interventions to address age related changes. Talks will include evaluations of toilet training and implications for current behavioral approaches, the impact of praise and reinforcement on lower limb weakness, basic research on the impact of reinforcement probability on motor tasks, and research assessing for behavioral independence.
Keyword(s): Behavioral Gerontology, Multicultural, Older Adult, Reinforcement
 
The relation between knee extension strength and lower extremity behaviors
YOSHITSUGU OMORI (Department of Rehabilitation Medicine, St. Marianna University, Yokohama City Seibu Hospital)
Abstract: Lower limb weakness has been identified as an important risk factor for inability to perform behavioral functions. Despite the benefit of behavioral training programs, little is known about the relation between knee extension strength and behavioral functions. We assessed the relation between knee extension strengths and socially valid behavioral functions. One hundred and eighty three elderly male patients (median age 81.0) were enrolled in the study. Throughout the strength measurement, each subject was given consistent verbal encouragement and praise as reinforcement. To identify the relation between knee extension strength and lower extremity behaviors, R2 was conducted to compare the strength with behaviors. The R2 between the strength and behaviors were high, according to logarithmic function (R2 = 0.49). Moreover, threshold levels of knee extension strength existed that could predict lower extremity behaviors in elderly people. Below 0.37 of normalized strength against body weight, the walking speed reduced remarkably. These cut-off values of knee extension strength contribute towards prediction of the loss of lower extremity behaviors.
 
Motor cortex-evoked activity correlates with reinforcement of trial-and-error behavioral learning
MAKOTO SUZUKI (Kitasato Univers)
Abstract: Reward may induce reinforcement of transmission efficiency of cortical circuits. We investigated M1 excitability during the performance of trial-and-error tasks. Participants were 13 healthy volunteers. Each trial began with one of five colored circles presented as a cue. Two seconds after the presentation of the cue, the reward/cost stimulus was presented to the subject. Each color contained a 10%-90% reward probability. Each subject was instructed to decide whether to perform wrist flexion in response to the cue, and if the picture of a coin appeared after wrist flexion, the subject received the coin after the experiment. However, if a mauve circle appeared after the wrist flexion, the coin was deducted from the total reward per occurrence. We delivered transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) of the M1 at 1 s after the reward/cost stimuli. Behavior probability was increased in accordance with the increase of the reward probability that could be described by a binary logistic function. Motor potentials evoked by TMS were highest for 70% and 90% reward probability, whereas those after cost stimulus presentation were not changed. These results implied that reward probability could differently alter both behavioral probability and M1 excitability including the reward-related circuit.
 

Toilet training in the gerontological and neurologically-challenged populations: sensory and behavior implications

Fengyi Kuo (Indiana University), JANE YIP (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Individuals with brain-based disorders are often plagued with incontinence due to compromised processing between the peripheral and central nervous system. These individuals often have lower cognition level and may exhibit abnormalities such as encopresis, enuresis and fecal smearing. Toilet training also plagues the gerontological population as neural disconnection hinder the flow of information required to effect continence. The most commonly used behavior strategy is a combination of the Azrin & Foxx method (1971) and operant conditioning. Although these program have resulted in successful training in most cases, there is a considerable proportion of individuals who have not accomplished bladder and bowel control and therefore require intensive caregiving staff. A paucity of data precluded conclusions regarding the abnormality in individuals resistant to toilet training. This paper reviews methods to achieve independent self-care through behavior analytic approach, and proposes a sensory-neural understanding of the toilet training-resistant cohort, which is largely unknown. Case studies demonstrate how sensory experiences affect toilet training success and argues for its consideration in the toilet training regimen. Future collaboration between occupational therapy and behavior analysis will foster both theoretical development and practical application on treating neurologically challenged individuals in the most intimate aspect of self-care.

 
Predicting behavioral independences and disturbances in patients with dementia
AKI WATANABE (Kitasato University)
Abstract: The accurate prediction facilitates proper definition of goals of intervention for individual patients with dementia. We provide data on predicting the behavioral independences and disturbances by logarithmic regression. This study included two rounds of data collection comprising 29 dementia patients enrolled in the first round for the purpose of identifying the time course of behavioral independences and disturbances in the group data, and 19 dementia patients in the second round for the purpose of ensuring that the correlation of the group data applied to the prediction of each individual’s degree of behavioral independences and disturbances. In the first round, Functional Independence Measure (FIM) and Dementia Behavior Disturbance Scale (DBDS) scores were assessed, and the scores were regressed on the logarithm of time. In the second round, calculations of FIM and DBDS scores were made for the first two scoring times to tailor logarithmic regression formulae. The time course of changes in FIM and DBDS scores resembled logarithmic functions. In addition, FIM and DBDS scores sampled at two baseline points based on logarithmic regression modeling could estimate prediction of FIM and DBDS scores accurately. This logarithmic modeling is simple enough to be adopted in daily clinical practice for dementia.
 
 
Symposium #225
CE Offered: BACB
Examinations of Error-Correction Procedures
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
212AB (CC)
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, Ph.D.
Abstract: There are several error-correction procedures that instructors can use when a learner makes an error during instruction. Some error-correction procedures may not require an active student response from the learner. For example, the instructor may demonstrate the correct response and remove the trial materials without requiring the learner to imitate the instructor’s behavior. Other error-correction procedures require the learner to engage in an active student response. For example, the learner may be required to respond correctly when the trial is re-presented following an error. Error-correction procedures requiring active student responses may also vary in relation to the number of times the trial is re-presented and whether mastered tasks are interspersed between trial re-presentations. Although prior research demonstrates the efficacy of several of these error-correction procedures, the specific procedures that lead to the most efficacious and efficient skill acquisition is unknown. The studies included in this symposium compared the efficacy and efficiency of error-correction procedures, evaluated the participant’s preference for an error-correction procedure, examined the role of active student responses during error correction, and evaluated the effects of interspersing mastered tasks between error correction trials on skill acquisition.
Keyword(s): error correction, instructional efficiency, skill acquisition
 
Comparing the Efficiency of Error-Correction Procedures and Assessing Children’s Preference for Instruction
SAMANTHA MOBERG (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Vincent E. Campbell (University of Oregon), Tom Cariveau (University of Oregon), Jake Mahon (University of Oregon), Traci Elaine Ruppert (University of Oregon), Kristin Rush (University of Oregon), Eva Kurtz-Nelson (University of Oregon)
Abstract: We extended McGhan and Lerman (2013) by evaluating the efficiency of several error-correction procedures commonly used in practice. We compared differential reinforcement without prompts, demonstration, time delay, single practice, and multiple practice to identify the most efficient and least intrusive procedure(s) to teach sight words and tacts using an adapted alternating treatments design. Five students diagnosed with a developmental disability participated in the study. Our dependent variables to assess efficiency included sessions, exposures, and instructional time (seconds) to mastery; however, not all of the DVs identified the same procedure(s) as the most efficient for each participant. For three participants, the total instructional time was the most accurate measure of efficiency. After identifying the two most efficient interventions, participants had the opportunity to select their intervention prior to each session. Three of the five participants demonstrated preference for instruction in a format other than the most efficient. This study provides recommendations for clinical practice as well as future research on the use of error-correction procedures, measures of efficiency, and child-selected interventions.
 
A Comparison of Different Error-Correction Procedures on Skill Acquisition During Discrete Trial Instruction
REGINA A. CARROLL (West Virginia University), Brad Joachim (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Nicole Robinson (West Virginia University)
Abstract: A variety of error-correction procedures have been shown to facilitate skill acquisition during discrete trial instruction (DTI). In the current study we compared the effects of four commonly used error-correction procedures on skill acquisition for two typically developing children, and three children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. The results showed that for each participant multiple error-correction procedures were effective; however, for each participant one or two specific error-correction procedures led to more efficient skill acquisition. In general, participants acquired the target skills in the fewest number of teaching sessions during an error-correction procedure that consisted of re-presenting a trial following an error until the participant engaged in a correct independent response. Overall, the findings of the current study suggest that it is important to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of different error-correction procedures for an individual learner during DTI. Future research examining more efficient ways to assess the effectiveness of different error-correction procedures for an individual learner are discussed.
 

Are Active Student Responses during Error Correction Procedures in Discrete Trial Training Necessary?

ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Empirically testing and validating error correction techniques is important for the development of best clinical practices for discrete trial training. Some research has found that error correction procedures that incorporate an Active Student Response (ASR) are more effective than error correction procedures with no active response (NR) required on the part of the learner. However, other research has found that ASRs may not be necessary or advantageous across some learners and skill domains (cf. McGhan & Lerman, 2013). In the current study, we compared the acquisition of target items in a receptive identification task using follow-up prompted trial error-correction techniques to two forms of error-corrective informational feedback: 1) participants were not inhibited from making an active response during corrective feedback or 2) the role of active feedback was minimized by placing the target stimulus out of reach of the learner during corrective feedback. For two learners diagnosed with autism, results revealed that target stimuli in each condition reached acquisition with some idiosyncratic differences in the number of trials to acquisition. Implications for using ASR based error-correction techniques and potential mechanisms by which learning still occurred in the absence of an observable ASR (e.g., covert responding) will be discussed.

 
Interspersing Mastered Targets during Error Correction when Teaching Skills to Children with Autism
LAUREN PLAISANCE (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Courtney Laudont (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Wai-Ling Wu (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Error correction involves various procedures to respond to errors when teaching new skills to learners. In one method, the instruction is given and, upon the occurrence of an incorrect answer or no response, the therapist provides a prompted response. Following the prompt, the initial instruction is re-presented so that the learner has an opportunity to give an independent correct response. Some authors recommend inserting “distractor trials” between the prompted response and re-presentation trials, but no studies have directly examined the benefits of this approach. For this study, we manipulated the use and placement of maintenance distracter trials to examine the efficiency and effectiveness of this error correction procedure. In the interspersal condition, a distracter trial was inserted between the prompted response and the re-presentation of the initial instruction. In the no-interspersal condition, the initial instruction was re-presented immediately following the prompted response. Four participants were each taught 18 targets across three target sets. Results indicated that the more efficient and effective treatment may be idiosyncratic to the individual. However, the no-interspersal procedure did not appear to have detrimental effects on acquisition for any participant.
 
 
Symposium #226
CE Offered: BACB
Current Applications of ABA with Military Service Members and Veterans
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
213AB (CC)
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kent Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Discussant: Megan Miller (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: Kent Corso, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Suicide, post-traumatic stress disorder, and traumatic brain injury remain the hallmark wounds of the War on Terror. Common across all of these problems is a degradation in functioning in any of the following areas: occupational, interpersonal, communication, cognitive performance. Although cognitive and behavioral treatments which address these functional impairments have been developed and broadly disseminated across the Department of Defense or the Department of Veteran Affairs, applied behavior analysis (ABA) remains unknown across most mental health and neuropsychological points of care within the Military Health System (MHS). Four research and practice initiatives will be discussed during this symposium including one-minute-timing and standard celeration charting of problematic private events, the development of a verbal operant learning channel instrument for veterans and service members with TBI, using modeling to examine training outcomes of veteran law enforcement officers versus non veteran law enforcement officers, and the application of the single case research design and standard celeration charting to improve suicide prevention program evaluation. Collectively, these projects illustrate how ABA can and will continue to be useful for helping this population.

Keyword(s): military/veteran, PTSD, suicide, verbal behavior
 
Standard Celeration and One-Minute Timing: Changing Inner Behaviors of the Service Members and Veterans
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract: Soldiers went to war and veterans came home. All are changed by their experiences, with roughly 20% of them damaged beyond what society considers normal. The military continues to search for ways to help rehabilitate these men and women, enlisted or officers. Behavior analysis techniques can be useful, particularly the standard celeration chart (SCC) combined with the one-minute timing to impact inner behaviors. There are examples of this techniques working to change the effects and affects of post-traumatic stress disorder. Appearing deceptively simple, we have over 1,000 charts to show that we can change inner behaviors of thoughts, feelings, and urges by counting, charting, and on many occasions, by introducing antecedent or a possible consequent event to change an undesirable behavior. Beginning with examples of urges, a respondent behavior, and progressing to thoughts and feelings, this presentation will show that an individual can change private, self-destructive behaviors. Data presented includes charts showing the effectiveness of the combination of the SCC and the one-minute timing on inner behaviors in troubled individuals. Other data include statistics of the PTSD population from our various ears of the past 100 years. Conclusions include thoughts and plans for what to do next.
 

Video Simulation Training in Law Enforcement: Veterans versus Non-veterans Performance

James Meador (Graduate student), KENT CORSO (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Abstract:

The law enforcement (LE) field generally accepts video simulation as one of the gold standard methods for teaching officers to handle lethal situations and use of force appropriately. The training relies on video contingencies which LE officers interact with, but the training also relies on rule-governed contingencies, and didactic instruction. Despite the psychological research on training in general, little empirical research exists on simulator training in the law enforcement community (Bennell, 2007). Considering the importance of contingency-governed behavior versus these other methods of learning (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007; Sidman, 1989), this gold standard training method for the LE field warrants some exploration by the field of applied behavior analysis. Since one study found that the greatest magnitude of learning occurs in the earliest stages of simulation training (Justice and Safety center, 2002), the author tested modelling techniques prior to video simulation LE training, and found that modeling yielded higher performance and faster engagement with the training module than teaching as usual. The author expands his analysis of this work to evaluate performance of veterans versus non-veterans in video simulation LE training. Findings and implications for future ABA integration in LE training are discussed.

 
The Development of an Instrument that Assesses the Verbal Operants of Military Service Members and Veterans with Traumatic Brain Injury: An Update on the VOCAL-MilVet
ALEXANDER BRITT (George Mason University), Kent Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC), Theodore A. Hoch (George Mason University), Rekha Sharma (George Mason University), Adam Dreyfus (Sarah Dooley Center), Mark R. Clingan (WVU - CED Retired)
Abstract: The Verbal Operant Channel Assessment of Language for Military and Veterans (VOCAL-MilVet) is an instrument which assesses the verbal repertoires of military and non-military adult survivors of acquired brain injury, stroke, TBI, or other neurological assault. VOCAL-MilVet shares a similar format as the Behavioral Language Assessment and the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (Sundberg & Partington, 1998), which offers precise assessment of verbal repertoires and yield precise instruction in verbal repertoires for children and adults with autism and other disabilities, and revolutionized how verbal behavior is assessed and taught for these populations. Considering that the wars since 9/11 have resulted in over 253,000 traumatic brain injuries (TBI; Congressional Research Service, 2013) revolutionizing how verbal behavior is assessed and taught in the military and veteran population would also be beneficial. Methods for assessment and remediation of verbal repertoires for these adults is currently limited to speech and language pathology services. Actually, no behavior analytic services are even available officially or unofficially within the Department of Defense or the Department of Veteran Affairs. We describe the process of item development, and share matching to sample task content, while also describing the challenges and progress associated with this instrument’s development.
 
Suicide Prevention Program Outcome Evaluation using the Standard Celeration Chart and Single-Case Research Design
KENT CORSO (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Abstract: In 2010 U.S. civilian suicides equaled 38,364—the total U.S. population was 308,745,538, which equals a crude rate of 12.4. Since 2001 military suicides have increased, and in 2010 equaled 17.4, which is considerably higher than the civilian rate (National Center for Telehealth and Technology, 2011). The author charts military suicides since 9/11 across multiple military services and displays these trends. Clearly the SCC can be used as part of any treatment (i.e., to track the rate at which suicidal symptoms change prior to a death by suicide), which would bolster current methods used in contemporary suicidology. Yet, utilizing the SSC as a program outcome evaluation tool for military suicide prevention programs fulfills an unaddressed need. The Defense Department as of 2013 spent 107 million dollars on suicide prevention (Rand, 2014), but no military service currently conducts formal program outcome evaluation other than the rudimentary tracking suicides overtime and drawing conclusions annually. The author describes using the SSC as a program outcome evaluation tool for military suicide prevention programs. Single case research design is leveraged to overcome limitations of statistical power in examining suicide trends. Current methods, challenges, and progress of this work are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #227
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Methods of Training Behavior Assessment and Intervention Protocols.
Sunday, May 24, 2015
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
214A (CC)
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital)
Discussant: David M. Richman (Texas Tech University)
CE Instructor: David M. Richman, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behavior analysts often train others in assessment practices and in intervention protocols. Understanding the effectiveness of different training delivery methods may help to lead to better outcomes. This symposium includes four papers that evaluate outcomes of training conducted through different delivery methods. Two papers are focused on practices related to training assessment, and two are focused on practices related to training intervention protocols. Schwartz et al. evaluated factors contributing to the success of trainees’ acquisition of skills in conducting experimental analysis independently via a training model that incorporated didactic and in-vivo training. Schnell et al. evaluated the use of a computer-based training module to train individuals to analyze functional analysis data. Gibson et al. evaluated the effects that providing in-vivo feedback had on caregivers’ ability to implement a feeding protocol. Abby et al. evaluated the effects of training undergraduate students to conduct academic intervention while manipulating the delivery of the training (in-vivo vs. telemedicine). Together, all four papers discuss considerations for behavior analysts who provide training in assessment and intervention protocols.
Keyword(s): Caregiver training
 
Understanding Trainee Skill Development in Behavior Assessment when Participating in Iowa’s Challenging Behavior Service
JESSICA EMILY SCHWARTZ (The University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Shaun Wilkinson (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract: Since 2009, the Iowa Department of Education (DOE) has been working to improve services for students with challenging behavior in Iowa schools through the Challenging Behavior Service (CBS). CBS is a project funded by the Iowa DOE in which behavior analysts from the Center for Disabilities and Development provide hands-on training to challenging behavior specialists across Iowa who conduct behavior assessments in schools. Training focused on preference assessments, concurrent operants assessments, antecedent analyses, and functional analyses. By the end of the fifth year of the project, twenty-five trainees reached Advanced level criteria (defined by NIH Competencies Proficiency Scale). We are investigating variables that influence the time needed to obtain advanced level skills. On average, trainees needed to participate in 43 assessments to reach Advanced level. Participation was categorized in terms of “active” and “passive” roles. Active roles include preparation, decision making, and/or conducting procedures for an assessment. Passive roles include data collection, graphing, and data analysis. The main purpose of this study was to evaluate variables that influenced rate of skill acquisition for components of behavior assessment (e.g., discipline, years of experience, passive/active roles).
 
Effects of a Computer-Based Training Tutorial on Procedural Modifications to Standard Functional Analyses
LAUREN K. SCHNELL (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri)
Abstract: Extensive research has been conducted on training individuals with limited functional analysis experience to implement the antecedents and consequences necessary to conduct functional analysis conditions. Only a handful of studies, however, have examined how to best teach individuals to examine outcomes of functional analyses with only one study conducted on training individuals to analyze outcomes of functional analyses and make decisions regarding next steps in the assessment process when data are undifferentiated. The current study evaluated the use of a computer-based training tutorial to teach 10 college students to analyze functional analysis data and make decisions to implement a series of procedural modifications. Participants were exposed to training materials using an interactive software program that was enriched with written material, quizzes, voice over, and feedback over a one-day session. Following the computer-based training tutorial, mean scores of the posttest, novel stimuli probe and maintenance test improved for participants. These results replicate previous findings in which participants were taught to identify the relevant antecedent and consequences across functional analysis conditions, interpret multielement functional analysis graphs, and respond to undifferentiated functional analysis data by suggesting a variation to the protocol.
 
Training Caregivers to Implement Pediatric Feeding Protocols: Is In-Vivo Feedback Sufficient?
AMANDA L. GIBSON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Courtney Mauzy (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Billie J. Klein (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Training caregivers to implement feeding protocols accurately is a vital component to any treatment program because they will ultimately serve as the behavior change agents in the natural environment, and without continued procedural integrity, gains may be lost or progress may be halted. A limited number of published studies have examined the necessary and sufficient strategies for training caregivers to implement feeding protocols (e.g., Mueller, Piazza, Moore, & Kelley, 2003; Sieverling, Williams, Sturmey, & Hart, 2012). Using a multiple baseline design across caregiver dyads, we examined the effectiveness of using only in-vivo feedback to increase the correct delivery of prompts and consequences by caregivers implementing feeding protocols. Interobserver agreement was conducted on at least 70% of sessions. Agreement was above 90% for each dyad. Percentage of correct prompts and consequences was low during baseline (written instructions only), increased to clinically acceptable levels with in-vivo feedback, and remained at high levels post training and at follow-up for all 4 dyads. The effectiveness and efficiency of using only in-vivo feedback will be discussed.
 
Training Undergraduates to Implement Components of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention via Telemedicine and In-Vivo Instruction
LAYLA ABBY (Texas Tech University), David M. Richman (Texas Tech University), Anna Marie Schaefer (Texas Tech University), Laura Melton Grubb (Texas Tech University), Adam Brewer (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: The current study compared the efficacy and efficiency of telemedicine and in-vivo training to teach seven undergraduate students to implement empirically supported components commonly used with discrete trial training. A multiple baseline probe design across skills combined with an alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training (i.e., vocal instructions, modeling, role play with feedback) in teaching participants to implement: (1) multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment, (2) setting up the instructional context, (3) antecedent instructional prompts, and (4) consequences for accurate and inaccurate responding. Two skills were trained via telemedicine and two skills were trained in-vivo. Insterobserver agreement was above 84% across all phases of the study, and treatment integrity was above 88%. Results showed that telemedicine training was as efficacious and efficient as in-vivo training for all four skills. Five of six participants showed high levels of maintenance of the skills taught, and the skills generalized to a more complex teaching task regardless of the training modality. Finally, participants reported high acceptability ratings across training modalities, but three out of six participants reported a preference for in-vivo instruction while the remaining three participants did not report a preference.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #228
CE Offered: BACB
Epicurus and B. F. Skinner: Uncommon Resemblances and Springboards to the Future
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Lila Cockrell Theatre (CC)
Area: TPC/CSE; Domain: Theory
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Timothy D. Hackenberg, Ph.D.
Chair: Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Presenting Authors: : ALLEN NEURINGER (Reed College)
Abstract:

This talk identifies aspects of Epicurean philosophy that are related to the ideas promoted by B. F. Skinner. A Greek philosopher who lived at the time of Plato and Aristotle, Epicurus was an empiricist who maintained that lawful interactions among atoms were the bases for all things, including physical, biological, and behavioral. He also posited that atoms swerved randomly, this providing for voluntary actions and the creation of novel things. Epicurus argued against soul (in contemporary terms, mind or cognitions) being independent of body, and against superstitious beliefs, including life-after-death and godly influences on humankind. Animals shared, according to Epicurus, many of the same attributes as humans, and he posited that life existed on many worlds other than our own. Epicurus created and lived in a utopian community, the Garden, that was similar in many ways to Walden II--in its emphasis on work and simple rewards, in avoiding aversives and emphasizing positives, and in its inclusion of all members of society, rich and poor, women and men. This talk will compare Skinner and Epicurus and explore why their common views may be helpful to us as individuals, to our culture, and to our world.

 
ALLEN NEURINGER (Reed College)
Allen Neuringer obtained a B.A. from Columbia University in 1962 and Ph.D. from Harvard University in 1967. He has been teaching at Reed College in Portland, OR, since 1970 where he is currently MacArthur Professor of Psychology, Emeritus, and teaches one upper-division course, Functional Variability, each year. He has served on National Science Foundation graduate fellowship panels and many NSF and National Institutes of Health research study sections. Dr. Neuringer's research, which has been supported by NSF and NIH, is currently directed at operant variability (see Neuringer, A. [2004]. Reinforced Variability in Animals and People. American Psychologist, 59, 891-906; Neuringer, A. & Jensen, G. [2012] Operant Variability. In G. J. Madden (Ed.) APA Handbook of Behavior Analysis, Volume 1: Methods and Principles (pp 513-546). Washington, D.C.: APA). His most recent work describes a theory of volition based upon operant variability (see Neuringer, A. & Jensen, G. [2010] Operant Variability and Voluntary Action. Psychological Review, 117, 972-993; Neuringer, A. [2014] Operant Variability and the Evolution of Volition. International Journal of Comparative Psychology, 27, 62-81). He also has published on self-experimentation, self-control, the "Protestant ethic effect," music discrimination in pigeons, percentage reinforcement, pigeon intelligence (Hick's law), and choice under concurrent reinforcement schedules.
 
 
Paper Session #229
Contingencies that Support Non-Behavior Analytic Treatments
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
204B (CC)
Area: CSE
Chair: Thomas P. Kitchen (Mercyhurst University)
 
If Not Us, Then Who?: The Struggle for Equal Footing in Non-Behavior-Analytic Climates
Domain: Service Delivery
THOMAS P. KITCHEN (Mercyhurst University)
 
Abstract: It has been 36 years since Montrose Wolf (1978) implored the field to present itself as an approachable consumer-driven discipline ready to tackle the “best human goals and social problems.” It has been even longer since the establishment of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. The field has amassed decades of peer-reviewed, rigorously vetted evidence for its effectiveness in addressing problems across contexts and populations. However, behavior analytic intervention may arguably still be characterized as an “underdog” in the contest for prominence as the most popular approach to most human issues, with autism perhaps being a lone exception in recent years. If the field is to ever realize its potential in changing the world on a massive scale, then behavior analysts must analyze contingencies maintaining widespread consumer selection of less-evidence-based approaches, and change their own behaviors accordingly. Who better to do so? If behavior analysts are not analyzing these contingencies and engineering alternate contingencies that lead to more evidence-based treatment selection, then they are not applying their science to their own dilemma. This paper examines contingencies likely responsible for adoption of non-behavior-analytic approaches and makes suggestions for engineering those that will lead to more widespread adoption of behavior analytic approaches.
 
 
 
Paper Session #229a
Paideia Individualized Education Technology
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
209 (CC)
Area: EDC
Keyword(s): Paideia, PIE
Chair: Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation)
 
A Teacher Consensus Method for Achieving Reliability in Assessing Non-Academic Competencies
Domain: Applied Research
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation), Tim Fredrick (Queens Paideia School), Laurilyn Dianne Jones (The Mechner Foundation)
 
Abstract: The Paideia Individualized Education technology places equal emphasis on academic and non-academic competencies. 17 non-academic competencies, covering social interaction, self-management, and learning skills are assessed and tracked by means of teachers' ratings. The research being reported demonstrates a method for overcoming the unreliability of such ratings. Five teachers, each of whom had daily individualized contact with each of the students, rate every student on a ten-point scale for each of the 17 categories of non-academic competency. The five ratings for each competency for each student are then averaged and analyzed statistically to determine the probability that the ratings were due only to chance. A consensus average rating is said to exist when the probability that the five ratings are due to chance is less than 5%. Validity is thus based on a consensus of multiple independent observers When the ratings of a category for a student do not reflect a statistical consensus, the definition of the category is considered inadequate for a reliable assessment of that category, the category is considered unsatisfactory. This consensus-based method of assessment is made possible by the PIE technology's team approach, in which several teachers have daily contact with every student. The results of applying this assessment method will be presented.
 
Keyword(s): Paideia, PIE
 
 
Panel #230
CE Offered: BACB
Risky Business!: Ethics and Applied Interventions in the Area of Sexuality
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Grand Ballroom C2 (CC)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Fawna Stockwell, Ph.D.
Chair: Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
PETER F. GERHARDT (JPG Autism Consulting, LLC)
BOBBY NEWMAN (Room to Grow)
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract:

In general, when we as applied behavior analysts carry out behavioral interventions, we must look carefully to address or eliminate potential ethical concerns. When working with sexual behaviors in particular, potential ethical concerns abound, especially when those we work with have intellectual or developmental disabilities. There are also legal implications of which we must be cognizant when working in the delicate domain of sexual behavior. Using research and clinical case examples to illustrate their points, members of this panel will address some of the legal and ethical concerns and themes that commonly arise when clinicians are called upon to address issues related to sexual behavior in applied settings. Panelists will also discuss reasons why behaviors that are sexual in nature may warrant targeted behavior change efforts through empirically verified sex education curricula and behavior reduction programming, as well as situations in which it would be unethical to target such behaviors.

Keyword(s): autism/developmental disabilities, ethics, sex education, sexuality
 
 
Symposium #231
CE Offered: BACB
Interventions to Improve Response Variability in Autism Spectrum Disorders
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
217B (CC)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
CE Instructor: Russell Lang, Ph.D.
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is diagnosed, in part, by the presence of restricted and repetitive patterns of behavior and interests. This characteristic of ASD often manifests as limited response variability and may negatively influence communication and physical health. For example, children with ASD may (a) fail to produce the typical variety of verbal utterances and this restricted speech may result in communication breakdown and/or (b) may only eat a very small variety of foods to the extent that suboptimal nutrition may cause health concerns. In this symposium, researchers from the University of Texas at Austin and from Texas State University-San Marcos will present three intervention studies aimed at the amelioration of problems caused by limited response variability. First, Muething et al. demonstrate that a delay to reinforcement procedure can increase variant responding within functional communication training and then discuss the importance of their findings in terms of prevention of clinical relapse. Second, Katy Ledbetter-Cho et al., describe a replication of research indicating that script fading can increase the frequency and variety of verbal interactions between peers with ASD and then extend previous research by evaluating the extent to which script fading produces not only produce novel unscripted utterances but also changes in conversation topic. Finally, Silbaugh use lag schedules of reinforcement to directly target response variability in the context of a feeding intervention designed to increase the variety of foods consumed by children with ASD and food selectivity concerns.
Keyword(s): intervention, lag schedules, response variability, script fading
 
An Evaluation of Delay to Reinforcement and Variant Responding
COLIN S. MUETHING (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Cayenne Shpall (Student)
Abstract: Procedures for increasing variant responding have been evaluated within both the basic (e.g., Page & Neuringer, 1985) and the applied behavioral literature (e.g., Duker & van Lent, 1991). For example, previous research has suggested the utility of delay to reinforcement to increase variant responding in animals that initially exhibited low response variability (e.g., Wagner & Neuringer, 2006). However, no studies have evaluated the inclusion of a delay to reinforcement to increase variant responding within the context of functional communication training (FCT). In the current study, we evaluated the effects of delays to reinforcement on variant responding during FCT for individuals with challenging behavior. We first evaluated the function(s) of challenging behavior via functional analyses. Next, we conducted mand topography assessments to confirm that participants were able to independently engage in target communicative responses. Last, we conducted FCT in which multiple mands were reinforced on a tandem concurrent FR1/FR1/FR1/FT 10 s schedule of reinforcement (i.e., FCT + Delay). Preliminary results suggested the inclusion of a delay to reinforcement increased the response variability pertaining to communication responses. Results will be discussed in terms of prevention of clinical relapse during challenges to treatment.
 

Effects of Script Fading on Scripted and Novel Utterances in Conversations between Peers with Autism

KATHERINE LEDBETTER-CHO (Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Katy Davenport (Texas State University-San Marcos), Melissa Moore (Texas State University), Allyson Lee (Texas State University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often present with deficits in communication and social interaction. One intervention option is script fading. During script fading, scripts provide learners with a model of appropriate language for specific social situations. In this intervention study, three children with autism were taught to initiate peer-to-peer social interactions using a script fading intervention during group play. Results demonstrate that scripted initiations increased for all three participants. Additionally, response generalization in the form of novel unscripted utterances emerged. In some cases these novel utterances included age and context appropriate changes in the topic of conversation. Generalization across novel toys, settings and peers was also observed. Results are discussed in terms of response variability and future research directions.

 

Control of Operant Variability and Variety of Food Consumed by Children with Autism Using Lag Schedules of Positive Reinforcement

BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin, Special Education Department), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Hollie Wingate (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Behavioral interventions for repetitive and stereotyped behavior (RSB) primarily reduce rather than replace RSB with adaptive behavior. Evidence suggests replacement of RSB might be achieved by directly reinforcing operant variability. Applied studies have shown that lag-schedules of reinforcement can increase variability in the verbal and play behavior of individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The current study extends research on lag-schedules to the problem of repetitive and restricted feeding by children with ASD and high food selectivity (HFS). HFS is viewed here as a form of RSB consisting of the excessive repeated consumption of a narrow range of edible stimuli despite alternatives being readily available. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a lag-schedule on independent variant food consumption and variety of food consumed in a discrete-trial format using an ABAB design. One participant has completed the study thus far. A decrease in variable food consumption was observed across baseline sessions under a continuous schedule of reinforcement. A lag 1 schedule of reinforcement increased the variety of edible stimuli consumed and decreased repetitive food consumption. This is the first demonstration of increased operant variability and variety of food consumption using lag-schedules in children with ASD.

 
 
Symposium #232
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Literacy Skills to Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Grand Ballroom C1 (CC)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nancy Marchese (Breakthrough Autism)
CE Instructor: Nancy Marchese, M.A.
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) may have great difficulty in learning to read unless they have effective behavioral instruction in various literacy skills. Three studies are presented that directly examine strategies for enhancing various literacy skills with school-aged children. One study compares the effectiveness of two commercially available behavioral instructional programs (i.e., Headsprout, Reading Mastery) in a randomized controlled trial. Another study examined the effects of strategies (i.e., picture prompts, picture fading, no pictures [i.e., text only] for teaching sight word skills. The final study examined the effects of strategies for teaching (i.e., my-turn-together-your turn, token economy) de-coding skills. In summary, learning to read is difficult because so many component skills must become interdependent and fluent to produce an effective reading repertoire. Each presenter will discuss their findings in the context of making instruction in literacy skills effective and readily available to children with ASD.
Keyword(s): direct instruction, literacy skills, oral reading, sight reading
 
Teaching Children with Autism to Read: Comparing an Intranet-Based Behavioral Intervention (Headsprout) and Direct Instruction
NANCY MARCHESE (Breakthrough Autism), Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Jonathan Roland (Kinark Child and Family Services), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Direct instruction (DI) is a behavioral manualized intervention that has substantial evidence of effectiveness with typically developing children and those at-risk for academic problems. Headsprout (HS) is a behavior analytic computerized instructional program that teaches literacy skills. This study compared the effects of these two behavioral interventions for teaching reading using a randomized control group design. Children with autism were matched on pretest DIBELS oral reading fluency skills and were randomly assigned to one of the two treatment conditions. Each treatment was implemented multiple times per week either by a live instructor (DI) or via the intranet (HS) until a matched point in the curriculum was completed or until 50 total hours of instruction had been delivered. Upon completion of the program or the instructional limit, the DIBELS measure was repeated as a post-test. Results were analyzed for a) magnitude of effects on oral reading, b) time to completion, c) problem behavior and problems with acquisition, d) modifications required to resolve acquisition problems. The HS program was completed more quickly and with fewer instances of problem behavior in all instances. Successful modifications were developed for the most common problems in the HS instructional program; however, several problems with acquisition in the RM condition could not be successfully resolved. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of technology-based interventions and the critical aspects to examine in direct comparison studies.
 
Increasing Decoding Skills Using a My Turn–Together–Your Turn Procedure with Children with Autism
JENNIFER FROSCH (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), Yvonne L. Goddard (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Little research has focused on strategies to teach academics, particularly reading, to students with autism spectrum disorder. Although academics are not a core deficit for people with autism spectrum disorder, communication deficits are often a predictor of poor reading performance. This reading intervention study aimed to determine effects of a letter-sound correspondence, or phonics, intervention using Direct Instruction principles, specifically My Turn-Together-Your Turn procedures and a token economy, to increase the reading skills of three children with autism spectrum disorder. “My Turn” involves the instructor modeling pronunciation of individual sounds displayed on square letter tiles, then modeling blending them together. Then, participants and the instructor simultaneously pronounce sounds and blending. Lastly, students independently pronounce sounds displayed on letter tiles as they touch each letter and blended sounds. Three 4-to-6-year old participants, who were enrolled in a behavioral clinic, were included in this research. This single-case research study utilized a multiple baseline design across students with baseline, intervention, and maintenance phases. Results demonstrated that the intervention positively impacted participants’ abilities to decode consonant-vowel-consonant and consonant-vowel-consonant-variant words. The presenters will offer an overview of one promising intervention to provide early reading instruction to people with autism and related developmental disabilities.
 
Fading Picture Prompts When Teaching Sight-Word Reading to Children with Autism
KALLY LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Melissa Nissen (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Ashley Neal (University of Houston – Clear Lake)
Abstract: Past research has shown that picture prompts can hinder the acquisition of sight-word reading (Didden, Prinsen & Sigafoos, 2000). However, results of several studies indicate that picture prompts may be highly effective for teaching other types of skills, such as intraverbals (Ingvarsson & Hollobaugh, 2011) and auditory-visual conditional discriminations (Carp, Peterson, Arkel, Petursdottir, & Ingvarsson, 2012; Fisher, Kodak, & Moore, 2007). In addition, picture prompts are commonly used to teach sight words in educational settings. As such, the purpose of this study was to determine if gradually fading in picture prompts as needed, using a least-to-most prompting strategy, would facilitate the acquisition of sight words. Four children with autism participated. The effectiveness of teaching with picture prompts, picture fading, and no pictures (text only) was compared in a multielement design. Results suggested that picture fading improved performance during teaching sessions and decreased the interference that is typically associated with picture prompts. However, in the majority of comparisons, participants mastered the sight words more rapidly when text was presented without pictures.
 
 
Symposium #233
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Behavior Support Practices in a Large Behavioral Organization Serving Individuals with ASD and Developmental Disabilities Using A Data-Based Multi-tiered Framework
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
217C (CC)
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health)
Discussant: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health)
CE Instructor: Robert F. Putnam, Ph.D.
Abstract:

School-wide Positive Behavior Support, a data based multi-tiered framework has been shown to be effective in schools in improving behavior support (Sugai & Horner, 2009). The use of data-based decision making incorporating applied behavior analysis /evidenced-based practices at the universal, secondary and intensive level has not been implemented in large organizations serving both children and adults with autism spectrum disorder and developmental disabilities in day and residential programs. A critical feature of an effective, multi-tiered data-based approach is to have efficient and effective data systems that allow teams to make timely data-based decisions at each tier. The use of technology to improve access and quality of services will be highlighted in this data-based symposium. The first data-based presentation will highlight the development and implementation of an electronic data collection system to track, discrete behavior data, skill acquisition and physical management and other incidents across a large (2,100 staff) behavior analytic organization serving both children and adults with ASD and/or developmental disabilities. This electronic data system has been shown to improve behavior support and skill acquisition practices through timely data based decisions. The second data-based presentation will demonstrate the development and implementation of multi-tiered behavior support systems, data-based decision making and applied behavior analytical practices to increase the effectiveness and efficiency of behavior support practices across the same organization.

Keyword(s): Autism, Behavioral Organization, Developmental disabilities, OBM
 

CANCELLED: Development and Implementation of a Useable, Efficient and Effective Data Collection and Analysis System Across all PBIS Tiers in a Large Behavior Analytic Organization

ROBERT F. PUTNAM (May Institute), Deidre Donaldson (May Institute), Bonnie Souza (May Institute), Melanie DuBard (May Institute), Terese Brennan (May Institute), Erin McDermott (May Institute), Tom Quattromani (May Institute), Eileen Porro (May Institute and National Autism Center)
Abstract:

The hallmark of any effective multi-tiered system of support using behavior analytic/evidenced-based practices is timely data-based decision making by representative data teams at each tier. The use of paper-based systems and the timely and efficient conversion of this information into representative visual presentations using excel and/or other graphing programs to allow teams to make data-based decisions consumes significant staff resources. Additionally, the use of functional assessment information to establish system level interventions is often lacking. As this organization has moved to implement a timely, data-based multi-tiered decision model the need for electronic data collection and automatic visual presentation of these data was a high priority. This organization has worked over the past four years to develop and implement an electronic data collection and graphing system to be used across 150 programs throughout the country. The system tracks critical data such as program treatment integrity across the tiers, behavioral incidents, physical management, discrete behavior tracking, and skill acquisition data. This presentation will review the ongoing development and implementation of a system to collect system-wide data used to determine the effectiveness of both system-wide and individual behavior supports. . In addition the system allows the review of location, time, activity and staff involved in these procedures to assist in the improvement of its behavior support practices on a program-wide basis. Presentation of data as well as the effective use of data to make system-level changes in interventions will be presented.

 
Developing and Implementing a Multi-tiered System of Behavioral and Instructional Support in a Large Behavior Analytic Organization
GORDON A. DEFALCO (May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute), Margaret Walsh (The May Institute), Rachel Fox (May Institute), Thomas Stanton (May Institute), Kate Fontana (May Institute), Paul Hough (May Institute)
Abstract: This data-based presentation demonstrates the development and implementation of multi-tiered behavior and instructional support systems, data-based decision making and applied behavior analytical practices to increase the effectiveness and efficiency of behavior support practices across a large, national applied behavior analytical organization serving both children and adults with ASD and/or developmental disabilities. An example of the building multi-tiered systems that include data based representative teams, action planning and capacity building of competency based training and coaching capacity will be presented. Secondly, the use of electronic data (treatment integrity, behavioral incidents and physical management, discrete behavior and skill acquisition data, and staff satisfaction) to make data based decisions will be presented. Finally, an example of using the data to conduct functional assessments to inform effective and efficient practices will be shown. Treatment integrity data will be presented on the implementation of multi-tiered systems of support. At the universal level an example of universal plan will be presented along with data showing its effectiveness. At the intensive level data on the improvement of the organization-wide applied behavior analytical practices, e.g., increased timely graphing of problem behavior to allow teams to make timely data based decisions, will be shown. An increase in the number of graphs of problem behavior showing decreasing trends and individuals who show a response to behavior support programing also will be presented.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #234
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

A Frontier for Applied Behavior Analysis: Altering the Natural Platform of Social Brain Development in Infants and Toddlers With Autism

Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
006AB (CC)
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Jennifer N. Fritz, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
AMI KLIN (Emory University)
Ami Klin, Ph.D., is the Georgia Research Alliance Eminent Scholar Professor and chief of the Division of Autism and Developmental Disabilities at Emory University School of Medicine, and director of the Marcus Autism Center, Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta. He obtained his Ph.D. from the University of London, and completed clinical and research post-doctoral fellowships at the Yale Child Study Center. He directed the Autism Program at the Yale Child Study Center, Yale University School of Medicine, until 2010, and moved to Atlanta in 2011. The Marcus Autism Center is one of the three research centers in the country designated as a National Institutes of Health Autism Center of Excellence.
Abstract:

Highlighting the critical role of early diagnosis and intervention in attenuating the symptoms of autism, data will be presented on early diagnostic indicators obtained through eye-tracking-based behavioral assays that quantify social disabilities. Results generate "growth charts" of normative social engagement, and deviations from the norm are taken as early indicators of risk. The ultimate goal of this effort is to develop objectified and quantified tools for the detection of autism in infancy, tools that might be deployed in primary care and pediatricians’ offices. Both the science and the translational efforts described in this presentation set up a new challenge to ABA technologies. The natural platform for social and communication brain development in infants and toddlers is reciprocal interaction between children and their caregivers. In autism, this learning environment represents the instantiation of genetic vulnerabilities into atypical social and communication experiences, likely due to children’s attenuated social orienting and engagement behavior. The derailment of reciprocal social engagement appears to lead to the emergence of autism symptoms in the second year of life. How can we alter this process, within the confines of naturalistic mother-child social engagement, defines new challenges to ABA, indeed a new frontier.

Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, practitioners, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants should be able to: (1) recognize the early symptoms of autism, and new research shedding light on disruptions of foundational mechanisms of socialization; (2) describe efforts to redefine autism for the biological sciences, resulting from advances in genetics and social neuroscience, and will recognize the significant of these new insights to clinical practice; and (3) explain the new opportunities that this body of research opens for early intervention and for new research combining molecular genetics and social neuroscience. 
 
 
Symposium #235
Using Laboratory Models to Identify Therapeutic and Detrimental Effects of Drugs
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
008A (CC)
Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: David R. Maguire (University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio)
Abstract: Drugs are widely used, both therapeutically and recreationally. Assessment of the therapeutic and detrimental effects of drugs, for the purposes of both developing effective medications and understanding drug addiction, has relied heavily on research in behavioral pharmacology and the development of a sophisticated science of behavior. This symposium covers several lines of research from different laboratories assessing the behavioral effects of drugs using laboratory models. The first presenter (Kangas) examines effects of daily methamphetamine self-administration on learning and cognitive flexibility in squirrel monkeys. The second presenter (Soto) compares the effects of current and potential medications for attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder on delay discounting in rats. The third presenter (Maguire) discusses interactions between the therapeutic and abuse-related effects cannabinoids (e.g., Δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol) and opioids (e.g., morphine) in rhesus monkeys. Taken together, these presentations will provide a sampling of current research in behavioral pharmacology. Moreover, they will highlight the complex interactions among drugs, behavior, and environment and will underscore the importance of behavioral pharmacology for the assessment of therapeutic and detrimental effects of drugs.
Keyword(s): abuse, drugs, preclinical, therapeutics
 
Effects of Self-Administered Methamphetamine on Discrimination Learning and Reversal in the Monkey
BRIAN D. KANGAS (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Worldwide use of amphetamines exceeds that of heroin and cocaine combined and the illicit use of methamphetamine presents a global health challenge. Chronic exposure to methamphetamine has profound neural impact that may be related to adverse effects on learning. The present study assessed the effects of daily intravenous methamphetamine self-administration on touchscreen-based models of learning in monkeys. Subjects engaged in a repeated acquisition task in which the rate of discrimination learning was assessed over time. Subsequently, the discrimination reversal task was introduced requiring subjects to inhibit a previously reinforced response and respond to the initially ineffective stimulus to obtain reinforcement. Time course between self-administration and touchscreen session was also evaluated. Results indicated that daily methamphetamine self-administration produced markedly deleterious effects on the development of discrimination learning. Importantly, the magnitude of adverse effects was highly correlated with the level of daily methamphetamine intake among individual subjects. Discrimination reversal was largely unaffected. However, when the interval between self-administration and the touchscreen session was reduced, reversal performance was more vulnerable to the direct effects of methamphetamine. These results indicate that methamphetamine can have dramatic deleterious effects on learning and highlights interesting differences between its direct acute effects and the consequences of chronic exposure.
 
Effects of Benztropine Analogs on Delay Discounting in Rats
PAUL L. SOTO (Texas Tech University), Amy Newman (National Institute on Drug Abuse), Jonathan L. Katz (National Institute on Drug Abuse)
Abstract: Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is a prevalent behavioral disorder characterized by symptoms of inattention, impulsivity, and hyperactivity. In the laboratory, discounting the effectiveness of delayed reinforcers is used to study impulsivity. Delay-discounting refers to the tendency to select small-immediate over larger-delayed reinforcers. The current study evaluated effects on discounting of therapeutic standards, methlyphenidate (MPH) and d-amphetamine (d-AMPH), cocaine, as well as several benztropine analogs (AHN1055, AHN2005, JHW007). During sessions, completion of five responses by rats on one lever produced one pellet immediately or if on the other lever four pellets after a delay. The delay to the four pellets varied across blocks of trials within sessions in either an ascending order, or in another group in a random order. Baseline rates of discounting were higher in the Ascending-Order compared to Random-Order subjects. d-AMPH and MPH dose-dependently decreased or showed a trend to decrease discounting in both groups. Cocaine was without consistent effects on discounting. AHN1055 decreased discounting in both groups. In contrast, AHN2005 and JHW007 did not produce consistent effects on discounting in either group. Results indicate that presentation order can affect discounting, and that this preclinical procedure predicts therapeutic effects of AHN 1055 like those of the clinical standards.
 
Interactions Between the Discriminative Stimulus Effects of Mu Opioid Receptor Agonists and Cannabinoid Receptor Agonists
DAVID R. MAGUIRE (University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio), Charles Patrick France (University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio)
Abstract: Cannabinoids such as Δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) enhance some (antinociceptive) but not other (e.g., discriminative stimulus) effects of opioids, suggesting that cannabinoids can be combined with opioids to treat pain without also increasing abuse. Cannabinoids more effectively enhance the antinociceptive effects of drugs with high efficacy at the mu opioid receptor as compared with those having lower efficacy. Whether efficacy impacts the interactions between other effects of opioids and cannabinoids is unknown. This study examined whether the cannabinoid receptor agonists THC and CP55940 differentially impact the discriminative stimulus effects of agonists varying in efficacy at the mu opioid receptor. In monkeys discriminating the mu opioid receptor agonist fentanyl, etorphine and nalbuphine dose-dependently increased drug-lever responding. Smaller doses of THC and CP55940 were required to shift the nalbuphine dose-effect curve rightward as compared with those required to shift the fentanyl or etorphine curves. These data indicate that the discriminative stimulus effects of the lower efficacy drug nalbuphine are more easily attenuated than those of the higher efficacy drugs fentanyl and etorphine. That the discriminative stimulus effects of some drugs are more susceptible to attenuation than others might have implications for assessing abuse liability of drug combinations, especially if combinations have therapeutic potential.
 
 
Symposium #236
CE Offered: BACB
Tacting Process: Ecological Momentary Assessment for Self-Observation of Interrelated Private Events
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon B (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Trinity Isaac (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group)
Discussant: Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Scott A. Herbst, Ph.D.
Abstract: In the self-assessment of behavior, researchers and clinicians typically rely on questionnaires that require reflection on past experiences. This method of surveying is associated with recall bias, decreased ecological validity, and disconnect between behaviors and their immediate contexts. Ecological momentary assessment (EMA) is a research methodology that involves repeated sampling of behavior in real-time in the context of the subjects’ every-day lives and serves to address issues associated with commonly used methods. The use of EMA allows us to examine relationships between behaviors being emitted together in the moment that would not ordinarily be possible. This becomes important when trying to increase behaviors that may be more adaptive and promote the health and well-being of the individual. The first paper in this symposium uses EMA to examine the relationships among anxiety, experiential avoidance, and valuing. The second paper looks at the relationships among self-compassion, psychological flexibility, empathic concern, and altruistic behavior in subjects’ daily lives. The implications of these specific research projects and the use of EMA as a methodology will be discussed.
Keyword(s): assessment, ecologically-valid self-reports, EMA, private events
 
What Matters in the Moment: Relationships Among Anxiety, Experiential Avoidance and Valuing in Daily Experiences
ALYSON GIESEMANN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Gina Quebedeaux Boullion (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Coming into contact with one’s chosen values has been associated with numerous positive outcomes, including decreased defensiveness, increased openness to and effective action in the face of perceived threat, increased quality of life, decreases in suffering, and help to establish a sense of purpose and meaning in life. One verbal contingency that causes significant problems for people in the area of valuing is the rule that negatively evaluated private events are threatening and need to be controlled, resulting in experiential avoidance which includes any attempts to escape, control, or avoid private events. This type of avoidance has been found to be particularly important in the etiology and maintenance of anxiety disorders and anxiety-related struggles, as the most common response to intense feelings of anxiety is experiential avoidance. The purpose of this study was to explore the relationships among anxiety, experiential avoidance and valuing in daily experiences using a method called ecological momentary assessment (EMA), which refers to repeated self-reports of multiple behaviors that are completed in-the-moment. Results suggest that experiential avoidance is what moderates the direction of the relationships between anxiety and valuing. Implications for these increasing valuing and the use of EMA in this area will be discussed.
 
(Self) Kindness is Key: Relationships among Self-Compassion, Psychological Flexibility, Empathic Concern and Altruism
JESSICA AUZENNE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Self-compassion has been shown to consistently predict psychological health and well-being, increased social connection and kindness toward the self and others, as well as other-focused concern in some populations (Jazaieri et al., 2013; Neff & Pommier, 2013; Smeets et al., 2014). In a college sample, self-compassion was associated with other-focused concern within the domains of perspective-taking and forgiveness, but not empathy or altruism, although these were related to self-compassion within a sample of meditators and a community sample. Although this was theorized as being related to life experiences, other factors might play a role in the discrepancy between displays of altruistic behavior and empathic concern in college students and other populations. Possible factors might include psychological flexibility and valuing, as values affirmation has also been related to an increased likelihood of assisting both friends and strangers alike (Tesser, Matin, & Cornell, 1996). The purpose of this study is to further assess the relationships between self-compassion and psychological flexibility in a college sample, and to examine their relationships to empathy and altruistic behavior using ecological momentary assessment (EMA). Implications for increasing altruistic behavior and psychological and psychosocial well-being more broadly will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #237
CE Offered: BACB
Functional Behavioral Assessment: Understanding & Treating Psychiatric Disorders in Children
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon C (Grand Hyatt)
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D.
Abstract: Typically, functional behavioral assessment (FBA) has been used with children with developmental disabilities, including autism spectrum disorders. Traditional counselors view aberrant behaviors in children with psychiatric disorders as symptoms of underlying constructs, proposing more global treatments such as evidence-based therapies or medications. Behaviorists view those behaviors as serving an environmental function, treating them effectively by replacing them with a more acceptable behavior serving the same function. Presenters in this symposium will discuss the process of conducting FBAs and providing function-based treatments in home and school settings for children with reactive attachment disorder, oppositional defiant disorder, anxiety disorders and non-suicidal self-injury.
Keyword(s): children, functional assessment, psychiatric disorders
 
The Learning History and Biobehavioral States Behind Callous and Unemotional Behaviors
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Emmi Scott (East Carolina University)
Abstract: In the DSM-V there is a subset of individuals with conduct problems and anti-social behaviors described as having “callous-unemotional” traits. Children who are diagnosed with this subset of conduct disorders appear to have a limited repertoire of emotional behaviors (e.g., excluding fear, guilt, and empathy) and often respond differently to both pleasurable and aversive events. These so-called traits could instead be learned behaviors that were functional in environments where children experienced abuse, neglect, and unpredictable contingencies. Prior punishment for behaviors that appear to be related to emotions may serve as abolishing operations for lack of emotional responsiveness. These traits could also be due to bio-behavioral states that act as motivating operations mediating the salience and effectiveness of various reinforcers and punishers. The presenter will discuss how functional assessments and knowledge of bio-behavioral states can facilitate the development of efficacious treatments for these children in the context of a case study.
 
Being Part of the Solution: Antecedent Interventions for a Student with Anxiety-Related Behavior
JESSICA MINAHAN (NESCA)
Abstract: The National Institutes of Health (NIH) reports that one in four thirteen to eighteen year olds has had an anxiety disorder in their lifetime. Anxiety-related behaviors create a unique set of prior learning experiences, discriminative stimuli for reinforcement and punishment, and establishing operations. A functional assessment and behavioral analysis of anxiety-related behaviors including the identification of: the effect of prior learning history of reinforcement and punishment for anxiety-related behaviors, discriminative stimuli that signal anxiety-related behaviors and establishing operations for anxiety-related behaviors will be provided. When anxiety-related behaviors are due to skill deficits, explicitly teaching coping skills, self-monitoring, and alternative responses is crucial. Using antecedent interventions with these children may be more effective than reinforcement- and punishment-based consequences that are used in more traditional behavior plans. Through a case study, the reduction of self-reported anxiety-related behavior by use of antecedent management and explicit instruction in self-regulation and self-monitoring strategies will be discussed.
 
Functional Assessment of Non-Suicidal Self-Injury in Adolescents
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Ashley Lauren Bouknight Wingard Wingard (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Non-suicidal self-injury (NSSI) includes cutting, burning, marking, picking sores and other forms of bodily mutilation without reported suicidal thought or intention. Traditional psychologists associate these behaviors with a diagnosis of borderline personality disorder and might use a manualized treatment protocol of dialectical behavior therapy with a child exhibiting these problem behaviors. However, these behaviors can occur in nearly half of the students in a typical middle school environment. Setting events such as bullying, relationship problems and familial conflict may serve as establishing operations for cutting and other forms of NSSI. Functions of NSSI may include access to attention, access to preferred activities, escape from painful feelings and sensations, and escape from aversive situations. By identifying the maintaining functions of NSSI, effective treatment protocols with appropriate replacement behaviors can be developed. This presentation will provide a case study of how functional behavioral assessment of NSSI was used to develop effective treatment.
 
 
Panel #238
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysts Behaving Beautifully (And Others Not So Much)
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
002A (CC)
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University)
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College)
THOMAS L. ZANE (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College)
JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts historically been committed to science and the scientific procedure for studying human behavior. The major behavioral organizations, ABAI and BACB, have set forth standards of conduct that require behavior analysts to use effective treatment procedures. The BACB's Guidelines for Responsible Conduct specifically state that behavior analysts must use scientifically supported most effective treatments. However, there are a number of BCBAs who have been found using practices that are pseudoscientific or fads. This symposium will address this concern by reviewing criteria for evidence to which behavior analysts should adhere, providing examples of behaviorists behaving beautifully, and behaviorists behaving not so well, and offering strategies to convince these behavior analysts to once again behave according to our scientific principles, or how to deal with such transgressions.

 
 
Symposium #239
Computer Gaming and Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
007B (CC)
Area: EAB/AAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: James Heys (St. Cloud State University)
Discussant: Zachary H. Morford (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: One force driving advances in science are technological innovations. The development of micro arrays has revolutionized research in genetics. Innovations in computer technology may be dived into software and hardware advances. The present symposium will examine technological advances brought about by the popularity of computer gaming. In the last few years several devices were developed that detect a wide variety of human behavior and computer games were developed in which users did not click buttons but behaved much as they might in the natural environment. The presentations today combine these technological advances with behavior analysis to explore how they may advance field. Computer gaming offers opportunities to promote new behaviors, such as sports skills in environments in which contingencies are more easily and immediately controlled. The first presentation examines the use of games as a method for training sports skills. Gaming technology produced cameras capable of recording in three dimensions. The second presentation uses one such device, the Kinect, to detect behaviors in pigeons and assesses the utility of this method.
Keyword(s): gaming, kinect, sports, vision technology
 

Naive Bowlers Produce Similar Bowling Patterns from Training in Natural and Analogue (PlayStation 3) Environments

JAMES HEYS (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Many people in the United States consume more calories on a daily basis than they expand, partly due to a sedentary lifestyle involving television and video games. Research that capitalizes on preferred activities like video games to increase caloric expenditure would stand to improve the health of many individuals. While commercially-available videogames have been used in research for decades, more recent advances such as motion-based controls have expanded their use, demonstrating that these videogames can be useful in increasing activity levels of those who play them. The current study extends previous research in motion-based gaming by exploring their utility in bringing out sport-related behavior. Specifically, five naive bowlers demonstrated that with repeated interaction with analogue (i.e., video-game) and real bowling situations skill, defined as number of pins knocked down in ten frames, became less variable. General results support the idea that these games can be used to alter sport-related behaviors, and future research is explored in terms of behavioral cusps.

 

Using a KINECT to Detect Fine and Gross Behavior in Pigeons

JAMES S. MACDONALL (Fordham University), Damian Lyons (Fordham univesity), Kelly Cunningham (fordham university)
Abstract:

In behavior analytic research, simple electromechanical devices are virtually the only method of automatically detecting behavior in humans and animals, which limits the responses and questions investigated. KINECT is a device that takes three dimensional images in real time and with appropriate software detects human action. It is a popular computer gaming device. The purpose of this research was assess the usefulness of the KINECT in detecting pigeons fine, key pecking, and gross, feeding, behavior. Five pigeons experienced pecked a Gerbrands pigeon key for food reinforcement. The contingencies and pecking data were controlled and recorded using MED-PC IV. In addition, a KINECT recorded sessions at approximately 30 frames per second. The KINECT data was then fed through two filters to detect pecking and feeding. After sessions, key pecks recorded by MED-PC IV and those by the KINECT were compared, as were feeding. We found over 95% agreement between the MED-PC IV data and the KINECT derived data. The KINECT opens doors to research that previously was very difficult to accomplish. For example, investigations methods of shaping behavior, or examining multiple typographically difference behaviors simultaneously, such as pecking, leg lifting, and a wing flap are possible.

 
 
Symposium #240
CE Offered: BACB
A Basic Analysis of Stimulus Control and Derived Relational Responding
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
007A (CC)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College)
CE Instructor: Russell W. Maguire, Ph.D.
Abstract: Derived relational responding involves the formation of untrained stimulus-stimulus relations and is achieved through various procedural arrangements. Multiple conceptual interpretations exist to explain the formation of derived stimulus-stimulus formations that are evident in these three experiments. Results were interpreted within a verbal behavior and stimulus equivalence framework. In experiment one, typically developing children were taught to form conditional and simple discriminations, using experimental stimuli. Results demonstrated emergent manding, tacting, and listener behavior, following errorless training procedures. In experiment two, the effectiveness of multiple exemplar instruction and the demonstration of emergent listener behavior were evaluated, following tact instruction. Results indicated that emergent listener behavior was demonstrated in typically developing children, following multiple exemplar instruction. In experiment three, the effectiveness of differential outcomes with thematically-related consequences (DO/T) was compared to non-differential outcomes (NDO) for forming stimulus classes through trained and derived stimulus-stimulus relations. Results indicated that discrimination training involving the DO/T procedure was most effective in forming stimulus classes. All three experiments demonstrate basic research approaches to forming derived relations through procedural variations.
Keyword(s): differential outcomes, naming, stimulus equivalence, verbal behavior
 
A Stimulus Equivalence Analysis of Emergent Mands, Tacts, and Listener Behavior
CHRISTINA M. BOYD-PICKARD (RCS Learning Center), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting), Jacqueline Adams (RCS Learning Center)
Abstract: A series of experiments were conducted to assess the effectiveness of training three stimulus-stimulus relations (tact and visual-visual stimulus matching) and then testing for the emergence of nine additional untrained relations: tacts (naming or labeling), mands (requesting), and listener behavior (physically dissimilar stimuli to one another). In experiment one, three typically developing adults were taught to name three different nonsense forms from two classes (B1, B2, B3 and C1, C2, C3) where one stimulus from each class was named a cug (B1 and C1), one named a vek (B2 and C2) and one named a zid (B3 and C3). Following training, participants were tested in matching nonsense symbols of the same spoken name (e.g. B1 and C1). Participants were then taught to match B comparison stimuli (B1, B2, B3) to three novel stimuli (D1, D2, and D3, respectively). Testing was then conducted on all possible stimulus-stimulus relations, including D-naming (emergent tacting) and A-D matching (emergent listener behavior). Finally, participants were taught to sequence stimuli (first, second, third). Once they acquired these sequences one stimulus was removed and to complete the sequence, the participant was required to request (e.g. mand) the missing stimulus. Data were collected on the participants’ mands for missing stimuli. The results of experiment one were that all possible post-tested relations emerged and three-four member equivalence classes were demonstrated. In experiment two, the results and procedures were systematically replicated with typically developing four-year old children serving as participants.
 
Multiple Exemplar Instruction and Increasing Listener Behavior in Children with Autism
KELLY HURLEY (RCS Learning Center)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effectiveness of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) on emergent auditory-visual (A-B) relations in young children with autism spectrum disorder. The participants were first taught to tact (B-A) arbitrary stimuli (“cug”, “vek” and “zid”) using a delayed prompting procedure until they reached 100% accuracy across each of the stimuli. Following tact training, the participants were then tested for the corresponding auditory - visual responses. If participants failed to demonstrate the bidirectional relation following this initial tact training then multiple exemplar instruction was implemented. During the MEI phase, the participants were taught to tact novel stimuli that shared the same name as the initial stimulus. Multiple exemplar instruction was then followed by a test for emergent listener behavior. Experimental results indicated that multiple exemplar training was effective in establishing emergent listener behavior for individuals who were not able to demonstrate the auditory-visual response after the initial tact instruction
 
The Role of Differential Outcomes in Conditional Discrimination Training for Typically Developing Adults
COLLEEN YORLETS (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Christina M. Boyd-Pickard (RCS Learning Center)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that discrimination training involving outcome-specific reinforcement contingencies, results in more rapid rates of acquisition than reinforcement contingencies which are not outcome specific (e.g., Goeters, Blakely, & Poling, 1992). Within Experiment 1, an alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of teaching conditional discriminations using two different procedures: one with differential outcomes where events were thematically related to training stimuli (DO/T) and one with non-differential outcomes (NDO). Results demonstrated that participants met criterion performance on all occasions when instruction involved the DO/T procedure and during only 55% of all opportunities when taught by the NDO procedure. The current experiment is a systematic replication of Experiment 1 which compares procedures involving differential outcomes to those without differential outcomes. Participants in this study were three typically developing adults. It was demonstrated that the procedure involving differential outcomes was most effective in conditional discrimination training.
 
 
Symposium #241
Engaging the Community through Adaptive Physical Education: Connecting Pre-service Teachers with Children with Disabilities and their Families through CAPES (Children's Adaptive Physical Educ Society)
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
210AB (CC)
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Natalie Allen-Williams (Weber State University)
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Children's Adaptive Physical Education Society! (CAPES!) is a community-based teaching and learning experience designed to enhance the efficacy and pedagogy of pre-service teachers in the interaction, teaching, and lesson development of individuals with disabilities between the ages of 5 and 12 years. This symposium will focus on two separate components of CAPES: a) the impact of CAPES on pre-service teachers and b) the impact of weekly parent training on the interaction between parents and their child with a disability. The first presentation will focus on the self-perceived skills and attitudes of pre-service teachers it relates to teaching students with disabilities. The second presentation will focus on the weekly parent training and its impact of the families who participated in CAPES. The Parental Education and Support Program was designed around parent interests and needs and delivered via weekly training sessions. Parent satisfaction with the training program was assessed upon completion of the 10-week program.

Keyword(s): adaptive PE, community engagement, parent training, pre-service teachers
 
Self-Perception of Pre-Service Teachers toward their 'Will and Skill' in Working with Students with Disabilities
NATALIE ALLEN-WILLIAMS (Weber State University), James Zagrodnik (Weber State University)
Abstract: This presentation will focus on the pre-post questionnaire scores of pre-service teachers and their self-perceived ‘will and skill’ of working with students with disabilities in the classroom. Sorensen, Tarpley and Warnick (2005) reported that teachers perceive themselves as having low levels of ability in teaching students with disabilities. Conversely, Dormody and colleagues reported that teachers that had more formal coursework felt it less challenging to include students with disabilities in their classrooms (2006). CAPES! is designed to provide pre-service elementary, special and physical education teachers with weekly interaction with individuals with disabilities in a more formal approach that may address the concerns reported by Tarpley and colleagues (2005). Surveys questions were designed around subcategories in understanding, confidence, willingness and skills in working with students with disabilities. Additionally, surveys included questions related education satisfaction. Preliminary dependent t-test data indicate that pre-service teacher perceptions significantly (p< .05) increase following weekly interactions with students with disabilities and their families.
 

Evaluating Parent Satisfaction for the Parental Education and Support Program of CAPES!

PATRICK LEYTHAM (Weber State University), Summer Ferreri (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Encouragement, support, and information about and inspiration from other families has long been considered an important aspect of raising a child with a disability (Gartner, Lipsky, & Turnbull, 1991). The need for parent training and support was identified by the families who were participating in CAPES! Each week while their child with a disability is engaged with pre-service teachers, a parent training and support class provides opportunities to receive encouragement, support, and information about working with their children with disabilities. Some of the topics covered include the IEP process, special education law, addressing challenging behaviors and post-school transitions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the satisfaction of the parents regarding the training they received. A modified 20-item parent satisfaction questionnaire was used to determine parental approval of the content delivered, the teaching tools used, and their level of confidence in working with their children. Descriptive statistics will be used to report the findings.

 
 
Panel #242
CE Offered: BACB
Putting Context Into Context
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
007C (CC)
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: T. V. (Joe) Layng, Ph.D.
Chair: Zach Layng (Styler LLC)
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
PAUL THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University)
T. V. (JOE) LAYNG (ChangePartner LLC)
Abstract:

In recent years there has been a growing emphasis on context in both the experimental and applied analysis of behavior. The term, at times, has been used to emphasize the role setting variables may play in the analysis of behavior, and at other times the way in which stimulus control relations may emerge from exposures to certain programmed contingent histories. While both of these do suggest the importance of context they are not sufficient to understand the scope of the concept. This panel will discuss the meaning of context as it applies to behavior analytic investigations, both experimental and applied. We will examine how the consequential contingency provides the basis for contextual considerations. Included will be a discussion of the work on the role of context by those scientists from the instrumental conditioning tradition (for example, Wyrwicka, 2000), the role of alternative sets of contingencies which define the intercontingency context, the intracontingency context, the contextual implications of the intertwining of abstraction and dimensional stimulus control, as well as setting events, among others, will be examined.

Keyword(s): consequential contingency, context, contextual, setting
 
 
Symposium #243
CE Offered: BACB
VB SIG Student Event: Recent Advances in Strategies to Establish Verbal Behavior
Sunday, May 24, 2015
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
217A (CC)
Area: VBC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell College)
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D.
Abstract: The symposium will highlight recently developed teaching strategies to establish verbal behavior in typically developing children and adolescents with learning disabilities. The first paper by Greer, Longano, Hranchuk, and Forinash will describe two studies that evaluated the number of incidental naming experiences required to establish names of novel stimuli; and compared a standard learn unit with model demonstration learn unit to establish these repertoires in preschool children. The second paper by Aguirre, Rehfeldt, and Richmond describes a procedure that incorporated the use of covert verbal behavior and non-verbal behaviors to teach a common academic skill (spelling) to adolescents with learning disabilities. Both studies present results that may inform researchers and practitioners alike. Thus, discussion will focus on the implications of these studies for research-practitioners working with varied populations.
Keyword(s): adolecents, children, verbal behavior
 
Comparing Standard Learn Unit Presentations to Model Demonstration Learn Unit Presentations for Preschool Children Who are Able to Learn Language Incidentally
R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School), KIEVA SOFIA HRANCHUK (Teachers College, Columbia University), Madeline Forinash (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: During Part A of the current study, experimenters investigated the number of incidental naming experiences required for four typically-developing preschool males, with the naming capability within their repertoire, to learn the names of novel 2D stimuli using a delayed non-concurrent multiple probe design. The number of naming experiences required for the participants to learn the names of stimuli were calculated following the independent variable of incidental naming experiences in which the joint stimulus control for hearing and seeing was demonstrated. The mean number and range of naming experiences required to learn the names of 2D stimuli were calculated and compared across participants. The results demonstrated that all participants learned the names of novel 2D stimuli incidentally. During Part B of the current study, a counterbalanced ABAB design was used to compare standard learn unit presentations with model demonstration learn unit presentations for students who acquired language incidentally. This was done in order to assess whether the use of an accelerated independent learner model (a modified version of the CABAS AIL® Decision Protocol) would decrease the number of learn units required to meet objectives for the target participants. Preliminary results have demonstrated that students who learn language incidentally can acquire objectives at a much faster rate when model demonstration learn units are presented and an accelerated independent learner model of teaching is used.
 
An Evaluation of the Effects of Echoic Instruction and Auditory Imagining on the Spelling Performance of Adolescents with Learning Disabilities
Angelica A. Aguirre (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), RYAN RICHMOND (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Behavior analysts agree that covert verbal and non-verbal behaviors occur, however, there is still a lack of researchers studying such behavior. Utilizing Skinner’s (1957) interpretation of private events may lead to interventions to teach such behavior, which may play an important role in establishing more complex academic repertoires. The current study used a multiple-probe design to evaluate the effects of echoic and auditory imagining instruction on the emergence of written spelling responses with two adolescents with various learning disabilities. After participants were provided echoic instruction on vocal spelling responses, they were instructed to imagine hearing themselves spell the target word in their head, after which they were instructed to spell the word aloud. Participants’ corollary responses such as finger spelling, echoing the dictated word, or looking away were collected on a trial-by-trial basis during probe and instructional sessions. One participant met mastery criterion of untaught written spelling responses after error correction and reinforcement were added with the auditory imagining condition. A second participant reached mastery criterion during the auditory imagining condition alone, however, echoic instruction greatly enhanced untaught written spelling responses. Limitations and future research will be discussed.
 
 
Special Event #244
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Presidential Scholar Address: The Origin of Emotionally Modern Humans: How Did Humans Become Such "Other-Regarding" Apes?
Sunday, May 24, 2015
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Lila Cockrell Theatre (CC)
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Linda J. Parrott Hayes, Ph.D.
 

Presidential Scholar Address: The Origin of Emotionally Modern Humans: How Did Humans Become Such "Other-Regarding" Apes?

Abstract:

Humans are remarkably similar to other apes. Like us, chimpanzees and orangutans are extremely clever, use tools and exhibit rudimentary understanding of causality and what others intend. However, other apes are not nearly as good at understanding the intentions of others nor nearly so eager to accommodate or help them. By contrast, right from an early age, humans are eager to help and share. It was this combination of understanding what others intend along with impulses to help and please them that enabled our ancestors to coordinate behavior in pursuit of common goals—with spectacular consequences later on. So how and why did such other-regarding capacities emerge in creatures as self-serving as nonhuman apes are? And why did they emerge in the line leading to the genus Homo, but not in other apes? In her lecture, Dr. Sarah Hrdy explains why she became convinced that the psychological and emotional underpinnings for these “other-regarding” impulses emerged very early in hominin evolution, as byproducts of shared parental and alloparental care and provisioning of young. According to widely accepted chronology, large-brained, anatomically modern humans evolved by 200,000 years ago, while behaviorally modern humans, capable of symbolic thought and language, evolved more recently still, in the past 150,000 or so years. But Hrdy hypothesizes that emotionally modern humans, interested in the mental and subjective states of others emerged far earlier, perhaps by the beginning of the Pleistocene 1.8 million years ago.

 
SARAH BLAFFER HRDY (University of California-Davis)
 
Evolutionary anthropologist Dr. Sarah Blaffer Hrdy is professor emerita at the University of California-Davis. She is a former Guggenheim fellow elected to the National Academy of Sciences, the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, the California Academy of Sciences, and the American Philosophical Society. Her research spans the reproductive and parental investment strategies of both human and nonhuman primates, and her books include The Langurs of Abu: Female and Male Strategies of Reproduction, The Woman That Never Evolved, Mother Nature, and most recently, Mothers and Others: The Evolutionary Origins of Mutual Understanding, an exploration of psychological implications of humankind’s long legacy of shared child-rearing. Mothers and Others received the 2012 J.I. Staley Prize from the School of Advanced Research and the Howells Prize at the American Anthropological Association. In 2014, she was awarded the National Academy of Sciences award for scientific reviewing. She is also co-editor of Infanticide: Comparative and Evolutionary Perspectives and Attachment and Bonding: A New Synthesis and serves on the editorial boards of Human Nature and Evolutionary Anthropology. A mother and grandmother, Dr. Hrdy lives in northern California, where she and her husband, Dan, combine habitat restoration with growing walnuts.
 
Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, practitioners, and graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to explain the following: (1) to paraphrase Faulkner, the past is not dead. It isn't even past, it lives on as part of our basic natures. Along with recent history and past experiences, our evolutionary heritage, or "deep history," provides important insights for understanding emotional responses; (2) an ape with the life historical attributes of Homo sapiens could not have evolved unless mothers had had help caring for and especially provisioning their very slow maturing youngsters. Research on child-rearing among people still living by hunting and gathering more or less as our ancestors did in Pleistocene Africa, suggests that alloparents as well as parents played important roles; and (3) although the mother remained the central attachment figure, reliance on other group members shaped Darwinian selection pressures on human immatures with important implication for their sociocognitive capacities. The comparative study of development in in humans and other apes offer important insights into the processes involved.
 
 
 
Special Event #244a
Behavior Analysis and the Arts Performance
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
004 Mayor Cockrell Room (CC)
Chair: Travis Thompson (University of Minnesota)

The Behavior Analysis and the Arts Special Interest Group (BAARTS SIG) is pleased to announce a program of poetry and music immediately following the Presidential Scholar Address on Sunday, May 24, from 6-6:50 pm. A cash bar will be available. Please add this to your calendar and join us for a celebratory occasion. Program: Welcome: Travis Thompson (University of Minnesota): Haiku: "Susquehanna Lad," "Hey Diddle Skinner," "Requesting Tactfully" Reading: Martha H�bner (University of S�o Paolo): "Inimitable Example of Fred S. Keller" by Robert Azzi and playing/singing "Nao eixe o samba morrer" ("Do not let the Samba Die") Poetry Reading: Charlie Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) Viola: Michael Domjan (University of Texas, Austin) Poetry Reading: Peter Killeen (Arizona State University) Playing/Reading: Ben Reynolds (University of Nevada, Reno) "Girl From the North Country," "Crazy," and an original composition Closing: Travis Thompson (University of Minnesota) Haiku: "Behavior Analysis," "Sid a Bijou Among the Redwoods," and "Roots and Branches (of BA)"

Keyword(s): Arts, BAARTS, Celebration
 
 
Business Meeting #245
Organizational Behavior Management Network and Journal of Organizational Behavior Management - Joint Meeting
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
217B (CC)
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
This is the annual meeting of the Organizational Behavior Management Network and the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM). All are invited to attend and discuss topics related to organizational behavior management, the Network, JOBM, and the JOBM editorial process. Additionally, network officers and the JOBM editor will present data summarizing the status and development of the organization and journal.
Keyword(s): OBMN, JOBM
 
 
Business Meeting #246
Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts 2015 Business Meeting
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
217A (CC)
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts)
Presenting Authors:

Annual Business Meeting

Keyword(s): culture, multicultural
 
 
Business Meeting #247
Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
204B (CC)
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health)
Presenting Authors:

Positive behavior support uses behavioral principles to redesign environmental contexts that enhance quality of life while decreasing problem behavior and increasing socially valid replacement behaviors. Behavior analysts involved in positive behavior support operate in various levels including direct child and/or interventionist level to broad systems level (e.g., schools, organizations). The Positive Behavior Support Interest Group provides a forum for behavior analysts to discuss issues relevant to the profession. A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, providing input on the goals and objectives, and to develop plans for disseminating accurately information about positive behavior support and promoting its presence at future conferences. All interested persons are encouraged to attend this meeting chaired by Rose Iovannone.

Keyword(s): behavior support, business meeting
 
 
Business Meeting #248
Gambling Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
211 (CC)
Chair: Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Presenting Authors:
The gambling special interest group meeting is open to anyone interested in how behavior analysis is involved in gambling and the gaming industry. Those with interests in the experimental analysis of behavior, the experimental analysis of human behavior, clinical interventions, game design and gamification, ethical considerations, or are simply fascinated by the workings of gambling scenarios are encouraged to join. Topics covered will include the future of the SIG, multi-SIG collaborations, the semi-annual GSIG conference, and many other exciting areas for growth and development.
Keyword(s): gambling, SIG, technology
 
 
Business Meeting #249
Association for Behavior Analysis International Student Committee Business Meeting
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
217C (CC)
Chair: Jonathan E. Friedel (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors:
The mission of the ABAI Student Committee is to provide organizational support for ABAI Student Members that will promote participation in ABAI, enhance professional development, and enable contribution to the science of behavior analysis. This meeting will cover our activities for the previous year as well as plans for the upcoming year.
 
 
Business Meeting #250
Users and Friends of Malott and Shane's Principles of Behavior (PofB)
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
218 (CC)
Chair: Gerald C. Mertens (St. Cloud State University)
Presenting Authors:
Users and friends of Malott and Shane's Principles of Behavior, 7th edition, join Dick Malott and other users of PofB for a discussion of issues related to the text, sharing of teaching gems, activities used in teaching text material, test questions and other materials you are willing to share, problems encountered in teaching the text, and suggestions—surprise us with what you bring, or just come to enjoy the friendship of people who share an interest in principles of behavior.
Keyword(s): behavioral principles
 
 
Business Meeting #251
Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
201 (CC)
Chair: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell)
Presenting Authors:
The Applied Animal Behavior (AB) SIG brings together individuals who specialize in or who have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the appreciation, understanding, and management of animal behavior across species. The AAB SIG has three primary purposes to (1) promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of animal behavior; (2) advocate for and promote high standards in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change with animals in applied settings; and (3) support in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change of animals in applied settings. Membership of the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers, and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with, or interested in animal behavior in applied settings. All interested parties are welcome to attend.
Keyword(s): animal behavior, applied animal
 
 
Business Meeting #252
Military and Veterans SIG
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
206A (CC)
Chair: Kent Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Presenting Authors:

The Military and Veterans (MilVet) SIG is devoted to the application of behavior analysis to United States and United Kingdom military service members and veterans' issues. This is a group whose emphasis concerns U.S./U.K. veterans of all wars. Governments have been concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, mental health problems, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active duty service. In each of these areas, behavior analysis has developed effective treatments. This SIG promotes awareness of these issues and facilitates the research and practice of ABA with this population.

Keyword(s): clinical, law enforcement, standard celeration, verbal behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #253
Rehabilitation and Independent Living (R.A.I.L.) Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
206B (CC)
Chair: Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Presenting Authors:
The Rehabilitation and Independent Living (R.A.I.L.) Special Interest Group continued to support the expansion of Behavior Analysis in the field of rehabilitation, neurorehabilitation and related areas. Meetings at the ABAI conference are a great opportunity for professionals from many states to share ideas. We welcome all those interested for a lively discussion on populations outside of autism, on staff training, program development and future prospects for change. The R.A.I.L. SIG Facebook page has continued to assist with contact and information exchange for its members. Visit the page to check it out and join/like, the URL is - http://www.facebook.com/pages/ABA-Rehab-Special-Interest-Group/118243448217580 . Individuals can join the SIG anytime by sending a message through the Facebook page to chairman Chris Persel or visit the group at the next conference SIG business meeting.
Keyword(s): Brain Injury, Rehabilitation
 
 
Business Meeting #254
Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
213AB (CC)
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Presenting Authors:
The behavior analysis for sustainable societies (BASS) special interest group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, over-consumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include to (a) encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues, (b) collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI who have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues, (c) disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions, (d) develop curriculum, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis, (e) compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues, and (f) develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues.
 
 
Business Meeting #255
Atlantic Provinces Association for Behaviour Analysis
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
214D (CC)
Chair: Paul M. McDonnell (University of New Brunswick)
Presenting Authors:
This meeting is the second annual meeting of our chapter at ABAI. Our chapter was approved as a chapter of ABAI in February 2014. We are still in the process of development but our membership is growing well and we have had a busy year. The meeting at ABAI this year will enable our colleagues and any others interested an opportunity to meet with our executive and we will review our activities from the past year and outline goals for the coming months. At that time we will be able to introduce the new executive and discuss ways to improve services to our membership. We look forward to meeting you all. .
Keyword(s): Atlantic Provinces, Business meeting
 
 
Business Meeting #256
Health, Sports & Fitness Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
209 (CC)
Chair: Bethany W Nelson (Endicott College)
Presenting Authors:
All conference attendees interested in the application of behavior analytic techniques, procedures in health, sport, and fitness are welcome. During this meeting, the business aspect of the HSF special interest group will be conducted. As we did last year, the HSF SIG will have a discussion of current and future research projects. The aim will be to facilitate collaborations and stimulate discussion on this topic. Anyone interested in these areas should attend. Future events and activities will also be discussed.
Keyword(s): HSF SIG, HSFSIG
 
 
Business Meeting #257
Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
204A (CC)
Chair: Tracie L. Lindblad (Monarch House)
Presenting Authors:
Our Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group business meeting is open to anyone interested in promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech and language disorders. Admission is free and membership in the SIG is not required in order to attend. The meeting will consist of member reports on SIG mission-related activities and invited presentations of professional interest to attendees. The SPABA award winners -- the Student Research Grant award winner and the Dissemination Award winner -- will present on their winning submissions. The SPABA business meeting will also include a social/networking component to encourage interaction and discussion among SIG members, new members, and interested attendees. Please feel free to join us and bring your friends. To further support the Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group please consider formally joining our SIG by registering online at www.behavioralspeech.com.
Keyword(s): interprofessional collaboration, speech therapy, speech-language pathology, verbal behavior
 
 
Business Meeting #258
Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice SIG Business Meeting
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
214C (CC)
Chair: Brigid McCormick (Instructional ABA Consultants)
Presenting Authors:
All individuals attending the ABAI convention who have an interest in sex research, sex education, and/or procedures used to change sex-related behaviors are invited to attend the Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group's annual meeting. Items of business will include a discussion of current SIG activities occurring both at and outside the ABAI convention, the sharing of relevant research findings, and plans for the next year of SIG activities.
Keyword(s): sex education, sex research, sexual behavior, sexuality
 
 
Business Meeting #259
Human Development Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
214A (CC)
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Presenting Authors:
This is the annual business Meeting of the Human Development SIG. All members and nonmembers who are interested in human development are invited to attend. The agenda is rather informal, but includes reports about the SIG, Finances, plans, the SIG's journal (Behavioral Development Bulletin), and election of officers.
 
 
Business Meeting #261
Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
207AB (CC)
Chair: Carla T. Schmidt (University of Hawaii at Manoa)
Presenting Authors:
The purpose of the HABA business meeting will be to inform participants of current events related to behavior analysis in Hawaii, recruit new members, and extend a bit of Aloha. Please join us!
Keyword(s): Affiliate chapter, Hawaii
 
 
Business Meeting #262
Direct Instruction Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
212AB (CC)
Chair: Ann Filer (Beacon ABA Services)
Presenting Authors:
To be effective, the instructional process must be efficient and designed to maximize learner engagement. However, effective instruction further requires that the educator be knowledgeable and skillful in several critical domains. The successful educator is able to identify the essential skills or learning objectives to be taught and utilizes effective procedures for teaching those skills; this includes evaluating, selecting, and modifying instructional programs and materials to meet the unique needs of the learner. The effective instructor utilizes assessment data to appropriately place learners and to regularly monitor their progress. The successful educator utilizes effective lesson presentation techniques including appropriate pacing of instructional tasks, attending to the motivation of learners, and the diagnosis and correction of learner errors. Finally, the effective instructor analyzes assessment data and uses assessment results to guide instructional decision making. The purpose of the DI SIG business meeting is to: Increase membership in the SIG Explore ways to advance the exposure, training and utilization of Direct Instruction through ABAI Establish overall goals for the SIG Establish future directions Advance Direct Instruction Research
 
 
Business Meeting #263
Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of ABAI
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
210AB (CC)
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College)
Presenting Authors:

The Behavioral Medicine SIG annual business meeting is open to all conference attendees interested in behavioral health and medicine. The meeting will be conducted to discuss various administrative matters relevant to the Behavioral Medicine SIG, and to provide new or interested members an opportunity to ask questions, and join the SIG. The Behavioral Medicine SIG of ABA-I focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the SIG to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine SIG offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine SIG. We hope that the SIG will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field.

Keyword(s): Behavioral Health, Behavioral Medicine
 
 
Business Meeting #264
Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group Meeting
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
214B (CC)
Chair: Christine Hoffner Barthold (George Mason University)
Presenting Authors:
Looking to get involved in a SIG? This meeting is for you! You don't have to be a TBA member or invited to attend. Teaching Behavior Analysis (TBA) is a special interest group of the Association for Behavior Analysis. TBA's purpose is simple - to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis in any setting where those activities occur. Those settings include formal classrooms; agencies and organizations that design behavioral interventions for children, adults, and animals; business concerns that provide performance management training for their personnel or consultees; and homes where the main concerns are caring and effective child-raising, supportive family relationships, and enjoyable, well-mannered pets.
Keyword(s): General BA, Teaching
 
 
Business Meeting #265
Practitioner Issues Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 24, 2015
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
205 (CC)
Chair: Michael Weinberg (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC )
Presenting Authors:

To discuss the business of the Practitioner Issues SIG of ABAI.

 
 
Poster Session #266
EAB Sunday PM
Sunday, May 24, 2015
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
1. Olfactory matching- and non-matching-to-sample in rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ASHLEY PRICHARD (UNC Wilmington), Catharine Nealley (UNC Wilmington), Tiffany Phasukkan (UNC Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: University of North Carolina Wilmington Control by the relation between sample and comparison stimuli is the basis for “true” matching- (identity) or non-matching-to-sample (oddity). There is evidence for such concept learning in nonhumans including apes, monkeys, sea lions and pigeons. Research with rodents has generally been less successful, but recent work from our laboratory has shown matching and non-matching to sample in rats using manually-presented odor stimuli. The present study was an effort to replicate these findings using a computer-controlled olfactometer apparatus. Rats were trained on successive conditional discrimination procedures (Go-No-Go) under matching or non-matching-to-sample contingencies with four different odor stimuli. When accuracy criteria were met, a different set of four odor stimuli was introduced, either under the same or reversed contingencies. Rats developed high levels of accuracy on both matching and non-matching contingencies and most showed evidence of transfer when novel stimuli were introduced. High levels of transfer are particularly noteworthy given the relatively few trained exemplars that preceded exposure to novel stimuli.
 
2. Generalized Oddity relations in rats with olfactory stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Mirela Louise Alves (UNESP - Universidade Estadual Paulista), CELSO SOCORRO OLIVEIRA (UNESP - Sao Paulo State University), Fabio Leyser Goncalves (Universidade Estadual Paulista)
Abstract: The aim of this study was to adapt a method of training conditional discriminations to generate oddity from sample relations. We used olfactory stimuli and a digging into sand response. Three male Wistar rats completed the experiment. A wooden box was constructed to present the sample and the alternatives. The experiment was held in 4 phases: Pre-training, Phases 1, 2 and 3. The pre-training consisted of the shaping of the digging response, a sucrose pellet was used as reinforcer. The other 3 phases consisted of the training of the oddity relation with one pair of olfactory stimuli, each, and a test of generalization of the oddity relation, made under extinction. Phase 1 started with only one alternative for choice to minimize errors. Two of the three subjects (E2 and E3) showed generalized oddity after the training of only one pair of stimuli. Subject E1 completed the training of the three pairs of stimuli and also showed generalized oddity. Results are discussed considering the ecological validity of the response and the problems related to the use of extinction in this kind of test. The use of non-differential reinforcement is suggested to further facilitate the development of generalized oddity.
 
3. Procedures to Establish Object-Photo Matching in a Child With Autism: A Case Study
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Elms College), William J. McIlvane (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract: Photos, pictures, and symbols are often used when teaching young children and individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders (e.g., educational television programming, icons in communication systems, etc.). By the age of 2 years in typical development, children recognize that two-dimensional (2D) images represent their three-dimensional (3D) counterparts and are functionally equivalent (e.g., both may be given the same label). For children with neurodevelopmental disorders, development of 3D2D equivalence may be delayed or absent. This creates difficulties when the individual is non-verbal and use of a selection-based communication system is prescribed. We report data from one non-verbal child with autism who did not develop 3D2D equivalence by 9 years of age. We explored multiple training procedures to establish 3D2D equivalence between photos and objects, including using cutout photos that looked more like their real-world counterparts, an interspersal procedure, and a stimulus-equivalence training structure. These efforts resulted in an a final 3D2D accuracy that improved relative to baseline but still fell short of mastery. Establishing 3D2D equivalence when it fails to emerge with development is not as simple as it may first appear. Emerging technology may be useful in identifying the sources of stimulus control in these procedures.
 
4. On the Asymptotic Level in a Titrating Delayed Matching-to-Sample Procedure
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FELIX HOGNASON (ICEABA), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to explore the maximum length of delays or the asymptotic level in a titrating delayed matching-to-sample (TDMTS) procedure. Potentially three 5-member classes were formed with a linear series training structure with a simultaneous protocol. Abstract shapes were used as stimuli. The TDMTS procedure was as arranged with 1000 ms steps. Hence, the software evaluated if the performance was above 90% correct in a 12 trials block (one of trial type represented) or not. If the correct responding was above 90%, the titration step increased by 1000 ms. On the other hand, if it was below 90% correct, the titration step decreased by 1000 ms. The results so far show an upper titration level of 68,000 ms (see Figure 1). More participants will be included and for each participant the TDMTS procedure will continue until they have reached an asymptotic level of the titration.
 
5. Teaching Left-Right Discriminations in a Down Syndrome Participant: From Perceptual to Symbolic Control
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ALVARO TORRES CHAVEZ CHAVEZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Angel Tovar y Romo y Romo (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Natalia Escobedo (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Arely Hernández (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Carla Herná (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Sharon Urbán (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract: In a series of studies our research group has observed facilitation in learning symbolic stimulus relations (i.e., equivalence relations between dissimilar stimuli) by participants with atypical development, with procedures that allow a transfer from perceptual stimulus control to symbolic stimulus control. In the present study we aimed to replicate these facilitation effects in a younger boy with Down syndrome (ten years old) who learned left-right discriminations. A laptop computer connected to a touch-screen was used for this task. In each trial an auditory stimulus was presented; half of the trials the auditory stimulus was the word “left” and the other half was the word “right”. Two visual stimuli were presented on the screen; one on the left side and one on the right side; the child’s task was to touch the stimulus that correctly matched the presented word. To facilitate learning, the stimuli appearing on the left side were always presented in blue and the stimuli appearing on the right side were always presented in red; we also put a blue colored glove in his left hand and a red colored glove in his right hand. The colors on the stimuli were gradually faded to black. During the final trials and during generalization tests the stimuli on the screen appeared in black on a white background. The child showed high accuracy levels during tests. We argue that transfer from perceptual to symbolic stimulus control is a reliable procedure to teach participants with developmental disabilities.
 
6. Stimulus equivalence and neurocognitive disosders
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIANA DUCATTI (University of São Paulo), Andreia Schmidt (University of Sao Paulo)
Abstract: The processes of stimulus control can be affected by Neurocognitive disorders (NCDs). The purpose of this study was to investigate if "delayed-cue procedure" and "teaching by exclusion" would be effective in teaching arbitrary conditional relations for elderly people with mild cognitive impairment and Alzheimer’s dementia, and to test the formation of equivalence classes would. The participants were four elderly women (75 to 85 years). The training structure used was one-to-many, associated with the delayed-cue procedure and teaching by exclusion. Were taught three classes of visual stimuli with three stimuli in each class (photographs, names and professions). Baseline maintenance, equivalence and naming tests were presented at five and eight days after the completion of the teaching. The results showed that all the elderly women learned the conditional relations taught, but only one formed equivalence classes. The performance of this participant deteriorated in the test after eight days. The success in the teaching procedure is probably a result of the set of manipulated variables (use of structure one-to-many, delayed-cue procedure, teaching by exclusion, familiar stimulus and few comparision stimulus.
 
7. Operant Blocking of Learning Japanese Words and Kanji in Typical College Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Rose Danek (Columbus State University), STEPHANIE P. DA SILVA (Columbus State University), Shannon Pillot (Columbus State University), Emily Murray (Columbus State University)
Abstract: This study sought to extend literature on operant blocking by testing its occurrence in typically developing adults. Students were assigned to learn first either kanji symbols or phonetic translations of Japanese words. Each image of the symbol or phonetic translation was presented individually on a computer screen across trials. Researchers recorded accuracy of participants’ vocal answers and provided feedback to participants on each trial. Following this first session in which participants mastered the initial stimulus set, participants returned for a second session in which compound stimuli (i.e., both the kanji symbol and phonetic translation) were presented on the computer screen during each trial. All participants then were tested for any blocking by recording their answers to the second set of stimuli they did not learn initially. Blocking occurred for participants, as indicated by the significant decrease (p < .05) in number of correct responses in trials where the initially learned (i.e., “blocking”) stimulus was removed from the screen. The implications of the findings, along with factors that may enhance or minimize blocking in such situations, are discussed.
 
8. Control of Responding by Aspects of Human-Like Stimuli Uncorrelated With the Consequence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ARTURO CLAVIJO (Universidad Nacional de Colombia), Gerson Yukio Tomanari (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract: Portions of the environment uncorrelated with a consequence may affect the establishment of control by correlated aspects and gain control by themselves. Two experiments evaluated control of responding by sets of human-like images uncorrelated with the consequence. Both experiments had simple discrimination tasks and tests. In the discrimination tasks, only the color of the pants of human-like images correlated with the consequence. Experiment 1 had four phases. Phases 1 and 2 consisted of simple discrimination tasks. Phase 2 and 4 were attention tests that evaluated the control gained by the uncorrelated images in Phases 1 and 2. Experiment 2 had five phases. Phases 1 and 4 had discrimination tasks. Phases 2, 3, and 4 consisted of categorization tasks between old and new images. In Phases 2 and 4, responding to images uncorrelated with the consequence in Phases 1 and 3 respectively produced the consequence. Phase 3 was a categorization task between two sets of new images. The images of one of the sets were the positive stimuli arbitrarily. Results show that the stimuli uncorrelated with the consequence gain control of some responding and affect the establishment of control by the correlated parts.
 
9. Effects of Semantic Related Words as Meaningful Stimuli on the Transfer of Function in Equivalence Classes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIELE CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Julio de Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Studies using a semantic differential (SD) to verify transfer of function among equivalent stimuli showed that the meaningful stimulus valence affects differently the degree of transfer of meaning (e.g., lower deviation for stimuli that were equivalent to happy faces than for stimuli that were equivalent to the angry faces). This study used an SD to verify transfer of function in equivalence classes when semantic related words were employed as meaningful stimuli. Ten college students formed equivalence classes that consisted of arbitrary stimuli (B, C, D, and E) and words related to human emotions - happiness, angriness and neutrality (A). After showing equivalence class formation, participants evaluated D stimuli with an SD. Using the same device, an untrained control group (n=20) evaluated the words. Results demonstrated lower deviation scores for stimuli that were equivalent to the angry words than for stimuli that were equivalent to the happy words. These findings are different from those observed in the previous studies that employed faces expressing emotions as meaningful stimuli (lowest deviation scores for stimuli that were equivalent to the happy faces), indicating the nature of the stimuli as well their valences as relevant parameters to the transfer of function among equivalence classes.
 
10. An Evaluation of the Role of the Warning Stimulus in Discriminated Avoidance
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NICOLE M. DAVIS (Simmons College), Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College), Ronald F. Allen (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College)
Abstract: Throughout the last century there have been numerous proposed explanations of the variables that contribute to the development and maintenance of responding followed by the delay or avoidance of some event. Yet, experimental analysis of such hypotheses continues to be lacking. The purpose of the current study was to expand the experimental literature, by evaluating the characteristics of the warning stimulus in a discriminated avoidance experiment. Participants played a video game during which non-contingent point loss occurred following a warning stimulus. Responding resulting in termination of the warning stimulus was measured when both followed by and not followed by avoidance of the point loss. Additionally, responding which resulted in presentation of a warning stimulus preceding point loss was examined. Results indicated differential responding followed by termination of the warning stimulus between conditions where point loss was avoided and those conditions during which responding resulted in termination of the warning stimulus but points were still lost. In contrast, high rates of responding resulting in the presentation of the warning stimulus occurred throughout all conditions. Such results suggest that warning stimuli may function as both negative and positive reinforcement within the same discriminated avoidance paradigm.
 
11. Joint Control of Responding by Exteroceptive Stimuli and Inter-reinforcer Intervals in a Multiple Schedule
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL BROOKS (Central Michigan Univeristy), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Previously in our lab a novel form of temporal discrimination was demonstrated during a modified 3-ply multiple schedule procedure in which components were separated across sessions. During this study, lever-pressing in rats came under the discriminative control of the longest inter-reinforcer interval of a variable-interval 60-s schedule. Despite the presence of stimuli correlated with the non-availability of food, rats responded in extinction components until a span of time equal to the longest inter-reinforcer interval had elapsed. The present study attempted to reproduce this temporal control of behavior. Three Sprague-Dawley rats lever-pressed under a 3-ply multiple schedule, in which components of VI 60 s and extinction alternated across sessions. Similar to the previous study, analysis of inter-response times indicated that rats responded during extinction sessions until a span of time equal to the longest inter-reinforcer interval on the VI 60-s schedule had elapsed, after which responding was disrupted or ceased. Analysis of response probabilities further indicated higher probabilities of responding in the presence of food-correlated stimuli during the start of the components. These findings indicate that responding was under the joint control of the exteroceptive stimuli associated with the VI schedule and the temporal discrimination of the longest programmed inter-reinforcer interval during VI sessions.
 
12. Can Stimuli Never Related to Reinforcement Join Equivalence Classes?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CATHERINE ELIZABETH GRAHAM (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Brittany Williams (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Anna Tillery (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Allison Fisher (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Ben Longton (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Lauren Broadwell (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: In Experiment 1, four children learned simple discriminations among abstract stimuli in which selection of the discriminative stimulus resulted in presentation of a class-specific reinforcer, while selection of S- stimuli resulted in delivery of a class-specific punisher. Equivalence was then assessed among discriminative stimuli with shared class-specific reinforcers, and among S- stimuli with shared class-specific punishers. Three children demonstrated equivalence with both positive and non-positive stimuli (Fig. 1). Experiment 2 included five children. AB and AC conditional discriminations were trained with class-specific reinforcers, and exclusion trials without programmed consequences were designed to establish XY relations. Identity matching was then conducted with the X stimuli and the class-specific reinforcers from conditional discrimination training. Probe tests evaluated the formation of three equivalence classes (A1B1C1X1Y1, A2B2C2X2Y2, and A3B3C3X3Y3). Experiments 1 and 2 investigate the potential for stimuli never related to reinforcement to become equivalence-class members.
 
13. Error Patterns in Standard Protocols under Linear-Series Training Structure with and without Zero-Delay Matching-to-Sample
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ABDULRAZAQ A. IMAM (John Carroll University)
Abstract: Simultaneous (SIM) protocols typically yield poorer stimulus equivalence outcomes than simple-to-complex (STC) protocols. Imam and Warner (2014) reported better equivalence yields under a hybrid SIM training and STC testing compared to a standard SIM protocol using a comparison-as-node training structure. The present study replicated that study with fourteen (Experiment 1) and twelve (Experiment 2) participants presented with two independent groups of three three-member equivalence classes in two conditions, under standard STC and SIM protocols respectively, using linear-series training structure. Experiment 2 implemented procedures with 0-delay matching-to-sample. Although there were no consistent differences in overall accuracies in both experiments across conditions, session durations were significantly longer in Experiment 2 for SIM protocol. Error patterns on requisite equivalence relations showed 1) errors across all relations and 2) independence of equivalence properties more in STC than in SIM protocols. The results suggest protocols may interact with training structures to determine equivalence properties’ independence.
 
14. Distractors and conditional discriminations
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALEKSANDER VIE (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to explore if exposure to distractors on baseline relations alone reduced matching performance. In previous studies it has been shown that math tasks and dictation as distractors affect responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence negatively. The distractors in the previous studies have been introduced between the offset of the sample stimulus and the onset of the comparison stimuli in the test for responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. One implication of presenting the distractors during tests for derived responding may be that the distractors are introduced at the same time as novel test trials in the form of symmetry and equivalence trials. To test if distractors affect matching performance, the distractors were introduced after the programmed consequences were thinned to 0 %. The results showed that the distractors did not affect equivalence responding when they are introduced without novel test trials (see Table 1).
 
15. The Enhancing Effect of Three-Member Equivalence-Class Pre-Training and Testing on Subsequent Five-Member Equivalence-Class Formation Yield
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell), KATERINA THANOPOULOS (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: In a potential five-member stimulus-equivalence class of non-representational forms, ABCDE, past research has shown a high percentage (yield) of participants demonstrate equivalence relations if the C stimuli were meaningful (familiar pictures). The present experiment investigated such classes by asking whether three-member equivalence-class pre-training and testing would enhance the subsequent yield of five-member classes of the type described above. Five-member equivalence-class outcomes in groups of college students were compared under three conditions: (1) No Pre-Training, to establish the fundamental effect; (2) three-member (FG, FH) Equivalence-Class Pre-Training; and (3) an equivalence control condition: Conditional-Discrimination Pre-Training (FG, HJ). The results showed that the yields of the No Pre-Training and Conditional-Discrimination Pre-Training groups were similar, 44% and 53%, respectively, but that pre-training with conditional discriminations may have a small enhancing effect. However, the Equivalence-Class Pre-Training group yields were substantially higher, 77%, thus demonstrating a clear enhancing effect on five-member stimulus-equivalence class yields. The results will be discussed in terms of the relation of the present data to past results, the importance of pre-training and testing prior to the study of five-member equivalence-class yield, and the potential implications for training equivalence classes in clinical populations.
 
16. What the Stimulus Equivalence Paradigm has been telling us about memory?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Natalia Aggio (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: The stimulus equivalence paradigm is consolidated as an important tool to produce knowledge about symbolic behavior. Research has also proved this paradigm importance on the development of educational behavioral technology. This work intends to present evidences demonstrating this paradigm have also been contributing to the development of knowledge about remembering, specifically focusing on research about the stability of equivalence classes and on distortion of remembering. Experimental investigations demonstrated equivalence classes stability can vary according to experimental parameters such as class size and nature of stimuli. Nature of stimuli has also been seen as important on the stability of transfer of function between stimuli in equivalence classes. Furthermore, new research have been demonstrating equivalence relations can be responsible for distortions in remembering, resulting in the so-called “false memories”. Only few researchers have been dedicating to investigating aspects related to remember using the stimulus equivalence paradigm, but we believe this paradigm can present important contributions to this phenomenon investigation, in basic and applied fields.
 
17. Transfer Of Functions Through Merged Equivalence Classes Established Via Class-Specific Outcomes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Marcelo Vitor Silveira (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), MARIELE CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Julio De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: In this experiment seven participants were trained to perform 12 conditional relations A1B1, A2B2, A3B3, A1C1, A2C2, A3C3, D1E1, D2E2, D3E3, D1F1, D2F2 and D3F3. Correct responses resulted in the presentation of class-specific outcome Sr1, Sr2 and S3, specifically related to each one of the potential stimulus classes. After training, participants demonstrated the emergence of BC, CB, EF and FE relations and the merging of classes by exhibiting high levels of accuracy on BE, EB, CE, EC, BF, FB, CF, FC. Participants were also successful on test for the inclusion of class-specific outcome in the merged classes. Finally, it was evaluated if emotional functions from stimuli A would be transferred to stimuli B and E. The results shown that participants evaluated B and E stimuli through the semantic differential was similar to them evaluation that participants from a control group had made from stimuli A. This finding was considered as a demonstration that, class-specific outcomes can mediate the class merger phenomena and the transference of functions through members of merged classes
 
18. The Effects of Conditioned Taste Aversion on Sweeteners Intake in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALMA GABRIELA MARTÍNEZ MORENO MORENO (University of Guadalajara), Antonio López Espinoza Espinoza (University of Guadalajara), Hugo Miguel (University of Guadalajara)
Abstract: Conditioned taste aversion learning is expected to result from the association between any kind of food and an illness. In the behavioral laboratory, conditioning to rejection to food by administering LiCl, a substance which cause evident signs of physical discomfort, has been shown. Nevertheless, there are few evidences about the effects of conditioned taste aversion on sweetened solutions intake in rats. The present study assess the efficacy of conditioned taste aversion on different sweeteners. Thirty rats were exposed to standard food and sweetened solution with sucrose (Group 1), stevia (Group 2) or sucralose (Group 3) in free access condition in Phase 1. All groups received a dose of LiCl by intraperitoneal injection during Phase 2. Groups had free access only to their respective solutions. In the final phase, all groups returned to the conditions of Phase 1. Results showed a significant decrease in sucrose, stevia and sucralose solutions intake after conditioned taste aversion was applied. These data suggest that conditioned taste aversion is an effective procedure to decrease sweetened solutions intake in spite of the properties of sweeteners.
 
19. Non-reciprocal behavioral contrast in multiple VI-DRL schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Nicole Holder (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Brendan Falk (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Derrick Bisnett (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), MATTHEW E. ANDRZEJEWSKI (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater)
Abstract: Behavioral contrast refers to a change in responding in one component of a multiple schedule induced by changes in reinforcement probability in another component. Eight rats were exposed to a 2 component multiple schedule, where lever presses in one component were reinforced on a DRL-15” schedule, and a VI schedule in the second component. The value of the VI (15”, 30”, 60”, 90” and 120”) was manipulated across phases within-subjects in a pseudo-random way and changed only after stable performance was obtained. Preliminarily, it appears that DRL responding does not change as a function of VI value, disconfirming a likely prediction from the behavioral contrast literature. Indeed, our previous research demonstrated a robust contrast effect on VI-responding when DRL value was manipulated. This suggests a non-reciprocal relationship between VI- and DRL-maintained behavior in a multiple schedule arrangement. Data from this experiment will be compared and contrasted to prior experiments in light of the Matching Law and other quantitative models of multiple schedule performance.
 
20. Mimic Me Please, but Don’t Tell Me About It: The Link Between Mimicry, Awareness and Liking.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
WOJCIECH KULESZA (University of Social Sciences and Humanities), Dariusz Dolinski (University of Social Sciences and Humanities)
Abstract: There is an abundant evidence that mimicry pays off for the mimicker, and that mimickees are not aware of being influenced by the mimicry. In this study we investigated the link between mimicry, awareness and liking using a 2 (mimicry: yes/no) x 4 (awareness manipulation) experimental design. We found a main effect of mimicry (confederate was liked more in the mimicry condition) and an interaction between mimicry and awareness. Awareness manipulation had a limited effect on the association between mimicry and liking. Providing participants with no information or with short information about mimicry (did not include any statement about its consequence) had effect on the association between mimicry and liking. However, when participants were informed about the interpersonal consequences of mimicry, mimicry did not influence liking.
 
21. Testing the Validity of the Mixed Trial Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (MT-IRAP): Determining the Relationship Between Prosocial Attitudes and Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Mixed Trial Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (MT-IRAP) is a new tool that has shown promise for assessing and measuring the implicit attitudes of individuals in applied research. However, little research has been done with this new assessment tool, particularly in regard to its predictive validity. The current study aimed to investigate the relationship between explicit, implicit, and overt measures of prosocial attitudes, using the MT-IRAP. The MT-IRAP was tested with 56 undergraduate students using prosocial words. The prosocial words were derived from inventories commonly used to assess individuals’ attitudes toward helping others, charitable organizations and volunteerism. In addition, the relative antonyms of these words were used as an antisocial word set for the MT-IRAP test. Results revealed relationships between MT-IRAP effects and self-reported volunteer histories and community/citizenship values. No relationship was found between the MT-IRAP effects and the overt behavioral measure, though suggestions for future studies investigating the predictive validity of the MT-IRAP are proposed. Additionally, refinements to the assessment tool including the relationship between error rate, implicit and overt measures, as well as the method of determining consistency and depicting valence of individual participant responses are discussed.
 
22. A Parametric Evaluation of Backup Reinforcer Class Size
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KORTNIE COTTER (Mercyhurst University), Jonathan W. Ivy (Mercyhurst University), Susan Johnson (Mercyhurst University)
Abstract: Token economies are a systematic behavioral technology based on increasing a target response via positive reinforcement (Ayllon & Azrin, 1968). In these systems, tokens are often earned contingent upon the presence of some dimension of at least one identified target behavior; access to one or more stimuli from a backup reinforcer class is permitted only once all of the necessary schedule requirements are satisfied. While there currently exists evidence that highlights the empirical value of such an intervention, there still exists a need for more information to best understand the specific components of systems of this type (Hackenberg, 2009). For example, research holds a limited focus on the composition of the backup reinforcer class within token economies. While the value of this component within these schedules is immediately evident, little information is available to guide best practice. This study examined the effects of the magnitude of backup reinforcer class size on participant responding during a reinforcement-based intervention.
 
 
 
Poster Session #267
TPC Sunday PM
Sunday, May 24, 2015
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
23. The Evolution of Superstitious Behavior
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
AMEDEE MARTELLA (University of Colorado Boulder)
Abstract: Superstitious behavior has not been highly researched in evolutionary biology. From a psychological perspective, it is understood that superstitious behavior can be conditioned through the accidental reinforcement of behaviors. There have been a couple of evolutionary models that have been proposed to explain the fitness advantage of displaying superstitious behavior. I am investigating whether or not organisms inherited the biological ability to recognize patterns due to a selective advantage. There are three main biological hypotheses to explain the establishment of superstitious behavior in a myriad of species: (a) Superstitious behavior provides a selective advantage that has a genetic basis. (b) Superstitious behavior does not have a genetic component but rather is the result of learned behavior. (c) Superstitious behavior is a combination of genetics and cultural/environmental factors. The evidence to date supporting patternicity seems to be inconclusive due to a lack of research. It seems possible that patternicity is a necessary but not sufficient causal variable for superstitious behavior. We, along with other animals, may have inherited the biological ability to recognize patterns due to a selective advantage, but behaviors based on these patterns may not manifest themselves until there are environmental and/or cultural variables present that support such behavior.
 
24. An Understanding of the Behavior of the Critic with Respect to Creative Behavior
Area: TPC; Domain: Basic Research
MARIA ISABEL MUNOZ BLANCO (University of Guadalajara), Maria Antonia Padilla Vargas (University of Guadalajara)
Abstract:

Creative behavior is said to be novel and unique with respect to previous behavior, but this position leaves open more questions than answers. It is suggested that the analysis of "creative behavior" involves two behaviors: the behavior of the creator (as the person that engages in creative behavior) and the critic (as the individual that identifies the behavior or behavioral product as creative). A review of the behavior analytic and interbehavioral literature on creativity showed that the behavior of the critic has been so far neglected from experimental research. In the present poster an analysis of the behavior of the critic as part of the study of "cultural behavior" as defined by Kantor (1982) is proposed. This involves the study of the reactions with respect to institutional stimuli of persons belonging to a different group, comparison of individuals of the same group but with different subgroups, and finally, the study of the origins and changes of the person's behavior through a study of the products of its own cultural group. Challenges and future directions of this research are also discussed.

 
25. The Investigative and Interpretive Subsystems of Interbehaviorism: How Does One Conduct Interbehavioral Research?
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
SARAH M. RICHLING (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Molli Luke (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Kantor (1888-1984) dedicated his career to the development and promotion of a comprehensive, integrated, and coherent psychological system which he termed interbehaviorism. Kantor’s scientific system of Interbehavioral Psychology consists of various subsystems including the investigative, interpretive, and applied domains. One of the often-mentioned critiques of interbehaviorism is lack of interbehavioral research being conducted. Interbehavioral research is simply research that is closely guided by the philosophical assumptions of the interbehavioral system as a whole. This approach necessitates a precise consideration of how the scientist’s assumptions interrelate with the selected subject matter, methods, procedures, treatment of data, and formulation of conclusions. Given the perceived lack of interbehavioral research currently being conducted, this poster provides an outline of how one may go about conducting interbehavioral research. This poster is constructed utilizing the typical organization of the scientific procedural system as presented by Kantor (1958), which is in accordance with the typical structure of current published research papers.
 
27. The Hard Problem of Consciousness: Radical Behaviorism and Qualia
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
DIEGO ZILIO (State University of São Paulo)
Abstract: According to philosophers of mind, there are two problems of consciousness. There is the easy problem, related to the cognitive aspects of the phenomenon (e.g, attention, thinking, imagery, and intentionality) and the hard problem, related to the qualitative aspects of experience (e.g., the qualia of being in pain, tasting an apple, smelling a rose, seeing a movie, hearing an opera, and so on). My goal here is to discuss the so-called hard problem of consciousness from the perspective of radical behaviorism. I will first present a definition of qualia, including its principal characteristics subjectivity and ineffability. Second, I will propose an interpretation of these characteristics as being aspects of behavioral relations, instead of qualitative mental properties. Finally, I will discuss the very existence of qualia as a qualitative property different from the physical substance that constitutes and the relational aspect that defines behavioral relations. I will argue that, in dealing with the qualitative aspect of experience, it is not necessary to propose the existence of qualia as a qualitative property.
 
 
 
Poster Session #268
CSE Sunday PM
Sunday, May 24, 2015
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
28. Bicycle Safety: A Year of Behavioral Observations
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research
MICAH ROEDIGER (Virginia Tech), Angela Suraci (Virginia Tech), Taylor Jones (Virginia Tech), Cassandra Wright (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: In 2010, the Center for Disease Control reported nearly 800 deaths and 515,000 bicycle-related injuries (“Bicycle-related injuries”, 2013). Not wearing a bicycle helmet is one of the main risk factors associated with bicycle-related injuries. Conservative estimates of risk reduction are 45% for head injuries and 29% for fatal injuries while wearing a bicycle helmet (Fullerton & Becker, 1991). In 2002, the American College Health Association set a goal of 24% for on campus helmet use. Research assistants from the Center for Applied Behavior Systems observed bicycle helmet use at marked locations; their field observations included helmet use, perceived age, and perceived gender. This poster will present data from 14,412 cyclists observed during the 2013/2014 academic year at a large southeastern university, 2,946 or 20.4 % were properly wearing a bicycle helmet. However, for individuals under 35 only 16.6% (2,210 of 13,333) were observed properly wearing a helmet. For all observations, the proportion of cyclists wearing a bicycle helmet was lower than the American College Health Association’s recommended goal (Z=-10.12, p<.001) as well as for individuals perceived under age of 35 (Z=-20.01, p<.001). The low use of bicycle helmets presents a serious public-health risk for college students needing to be addressed.
 
29. Chronic Fatigue Syndrome: A cross-cultural study
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
NORMA COFFIN (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Constanza Miralrio Medina (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Hector Borja (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Angelica Gonzalez (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Leonard A. Jason (DePaul University), Madison Sunnquist (De Paul University)
Abstract: Etiology and probable causes for CFS/ME are many and various; however, a concrete and sustained explanation has not aroused. In Mexico, no diagnosis paths are developed to know its sate. In order to diagnose patients with Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, based on the Fukuda et al (1994) criteria, they require to fulfill the following: persistent and recurrent fatigue over a period of six or more months, and present at least four out of the main eight symptoms not present prior to their condition. A main goal of this study was developing a cross-cultural study, in terms of knowing prevalence of CFS/ME. A virtual version of a CFS/ME Questionnaire developed by Jason, at the De Paul University was developed for Mexican population (CUVED site, UNAM). The Mexican sample was selected depending on those teachers who allowed taking their students to a computer lab, in order to answer this questionnaire, which permitted carry out this study. Ethical guidelines were stated: informed consent, and anonymous and voluntarily answers. The sample was of 139 college students. Comparing data with CFS patients in Chicago, profiles determined some demographic characteristics both samples share (education level, gender, race), resulting in relation of some cultural factors associated to CFS malaise. Data show that there were prevalence symptoms among participants in both samples
 
30. The Relative Effects of Negative vs. Positive Prompts on Hand Washing.
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research
BOYOON CHOI (Chung Ang University), Kwangsu Moon (Chung-Ang University), Kyehoon Lee (CLG), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine relative effects of negative and positive prompts on hand washing on restrooms. Male and female adults who used the restroom were served as participants of this study. The dependent variable of this study was the percentage of hand washing with soup. We adopted a multiple baseline design across settings in which the three different type interventions were introduced. Independent variable was the difference of description of prompts contingency (a) negative-contingency prompt defined as a prompt followed by negative results description (i.e. "If you dont wash your hands with soup, youll be infected by the disease.") ; (b) positive-contingency prompt defined as prompt followed by positive results description (i.e. "If you wash your hands with soup, youll not be infected by the disease.") ; (c) no-contingency prompt defined as prompt followed by no results description (i.e. "Please wash your hands with soup.") After baseline phase, each different type interventions were introduced at six different restrooms. Results showed that the percentage of hand washing increased after the negative-contingency prompt and no-contingency prompt implemented. However, the positive-contingency prompt did not increase hand washing behavior.
 
31. Shaping Advocacy and Activism for Just and Sustainable Societies
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of I), Molli Luke (Behavior Analysts for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group)
Abstract: Many behavior analysts became interested in the science believing that it had the potential to have an impact on our most serious social and environmental issues. Especially as behavioral systems science has advanced, the potential for significant contributions seems clear, and a good number of preliminary conceptual analyses and some data have been been produced. Nonetheless, very few behavior analysts have chosen social and environmental work as their primary emphasis, either in research or practice. The issue of course is that contingencies to encourage, shape, and support a commitment to such action. In this poster we will present an matrix of practices across two dozen sectors (including behavior analysis education, related disciplines, non-governmental organizations, business, community groups, ABAI, publication outlets, and others) with potential for supporting or opposing commitment to advocacy and activism for just and sustainable societies. The analysis presented will include attention to potential motivative operations and critical contingencies and metacontingencies that might impact the practices of the identified sectors as a partial response to Skinner’s dilemma of “why we are not acting to save the world.” The analysis presented will suggest a substantial number of hypotheses for testing as well as action steps.
 
32. Changing cultural practices: the case of Brazil´s Bolsa Família
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERTA LEMOS (Universidade de Brasilia), Joao Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia)
Abstract: Macrocontingencies can be identified in the behavior analysis of public policies. Metacontingencies (i.e., interlocking behavioral contingencies leading to aggregate products selected by cultural environment consequences) and macrobehaviors (i.e., multiple independent behavioral contingencies producing a cumulative social effect) seem to be useful concepts to understand the public policy making process. Bolsa família is a conditional cash transfer program focused on families in extreme poverty and poverty. Prior to the implementation of the program, the Federal Government observed low educational levels and low health care among the poor. To change the cultural practices related to these cumulative social effects in education and health, the transfer of a specific amount of money to the families was conditioned to particular behaviors of family members. The aim behind the conditionality of the cash transfer was to mitigate poverty and promote the practice of social rights in health and education. To make this possible, a complex governmental apparatus was established which involved behavioral contingencies from members of public organizations and civil society. These interlocking contingencies lead to a chain of aggregate products selected by different social consequences (supporting metacontigencies). The behavior analysis of social policy change is a promising area to understand cultural planning and explore the possibilities of contribution of behavior analysts.
 
33. Your Mileage May Vary: A Behavioral Assessment of Eco-Driving
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory
ANGELA SANGUINETTI (University of California, Davis), Ken Kurani (University of California, Davis), Jamie Davies (University of California, Davis)
Abstract: The role of vehicle driver behavior has been ignored in prior energy and environmental policy-making. Laboratory procedures that produce the fuel economy estimates posted on every new car sold in the US are designed to nullify the effects of differences between drivers. However, every vehicle also states the caveat, “Actual results will vary for many reasons, including driving conditions, and how you drive and maintain your vehicle.” Eco-driving as means of strategically taking advantage of this variability has been inconsistently defined in conceptual analyses and variously operationalized in empirical analyses. Existing typologies of eco-driving are incomplete or insufficiently detailed. The present research uses a behavioral analytic approach to clarify, synthesize, and expand on prior classifications and definitions of eco-driving, resulting in the development of a comprehensive and precise typology of eco-driving behaviors. The resultant typology includes mutually exclusive, positive behavior factors that apply generally to all vehicles as well as factors specific to internal combustion engine vehicles and factors specific to hybrid, plug-in hybrid, and electric vehicles. This systematic approach establishes a basis from which more rigorous behavioral research can be conducted to determine effective interventions for various types of eco-driving.
 
34. A Behavioral Typology of In-Vehicle Eco-Driving Feedback
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory
ANGELA SANGUINETTI (University of California, Davis), Hannah Park (University of California, Davis), Ken Kurani (University of California, Davis)
Abstract: The design, deployment, and evaluation of in-vehicle eco-driving feedback technologies has relied largely on implicit assumptions about human behavior. Aside from select efforts, little attention has been given to how behavioral science can contribute to the design of effective eco-driving feedback. This paper presents a systematic analysis of a large sample of on-market in-vehicle eco-driving feedback displays. We identified attributes of these feedback displays relevant to behavior change, including behavioral sensitivity, behavioral granularity, temporal granularity, temporal proximity, mode of interface, gameful design, and affective design. The identification of attributes was predominately based on principles of behavior analysis, but we also considered feedback intervention theory (Kluger and DeNisi, 1996) and several theories of design. We conducted a cluster analysis of feedback displays based on these attributes to create a behaviorally-relevant typology of in-vehicle eco-driving feedback. We define each feedback type, present examples, and discuss behavioral implications.
 
35. Assessment of Contextual Variables on Moderate to Vigorous Physical Activity in Children
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
CHERILYNN BLUMENTHAL (enrolled in the MS ABA at Regis College)
Abstract: Participation in regular moderate to vigorous physical activity (MVPA) is of paramount importance to help decrease the growing obesity epidemic in children. We used a multi-element design to evaluate the variables that affect moderate to vigorous physical activity with 2 participants. To evaluate the causal variables, our design consisted of the following conditions: baseline, peer present, adult present, control, and adult led vigorous activity. We found that the adult led vigorous activity condition produced the longest duration of MVPA in both participants.
 
36. The Brohavior Point System
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Brohavior), Dominique Stedham (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark Malady (Brohavior; HSI/WARC)
Abstract: One can quickly type in behavior analysis in a web-based search and find a wide range of interesting materials. In the wide range of results one finds on the internet there are several options for online communities which include social media pages, listserves, and discussion sites. One online group called Brohavior (derived from “brotherhood”) has recently created a refuge for behavior analyst looking to continue their own development. The group aims to create a collaborative environment where students of behavior analysis are exposed to and pursue behavior analytic literature, philosophy and research that is outside of the scope of the BACB approved course sequence. The expectations are that members will actively pursue gaining new skills, collaborate with others and learn about the science of behavior. There are weekly meetings, classes, guest speakers, a listserve and a website. In order to improve the active participation of the members and to monitor member participation a point system was created. The point system will be reviewed and the general impact on member’s activity will be discussed.
 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Poster Session #269
EDC Sunday PM
Sunday, May 24, 2015
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
37. An Evaluation of Bonus Points for Paced Study Habits
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ALLISON BICKELMAN (Autism Behavior Intervention), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, LA)
Abstract: One topic of interest in the field of applied behavior analysis is general education, particularly, how to maximize student learning. Pertinent factors in the effectiveness of education are test scores, study habits, and how a course is structured. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the delivery of bonus points on the submission of completed learning objectives. The participants were 44 undergraduate students in a 10-week psychology course at California State University, Los Angeles. A multiple-baseline across participants design was used to examine the effects of bonus points contingent upon the timely completion and submission of learning objectives. Results showed that bonus points did not function to increase the submission of learning objectives. The results of this study will potentially add to the behavior analytic literature on study habits and general education in general.
 
38. Using Goal-Setting, Public Posting, and Feedback to Improve the Performance of Collegiate Volleyball Players
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (The University of South Dakota), Candice Climer (Mount Marty College)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was twofold: (1) to examine the relative effects of three interventions (i.e., goal setting plus verbal feedback; public posting plus verbal feedback; and goal setting, public posting, and verbal feedback together) on the performance of collegiate volleyball players, and (2), to determine the extent to which these effects show generality to game settings. Participants of this study consisted of three female volleyball players at the collegiate level (1 outside hitters, 1 middle hitters, and 1 right side hitter) that are a part of from a 4 year private college in the Midwest. Three dependent variables were measured. The percentage of correct defensive blocks performed was evaluated to determine whether the participant blocked an attacker spiking the ball over the net effectively. Data was collected by videotape and analyzed by the primary research after respective practices and games. Each performance of blocking attempts, blocking footwork, and arm movement for the blocks, footwork, and arm movements when engaged in a swing block were coded as either correct or incorrect and subsequently converted to percentages for both practices and games. Three packaged intervention conditions were evaluated after an initial baseline was conducted: (1) goal setting plus verbal feedback; (2) public posting plus verbal feedback; and (3) goal setting, public posting, and verbal feedback together. Results from the data collection of (1) effective blocking, (2) correct footwork, and (3) correct arm movements when engaged in a swing block were compare based upon their relative effects in each of the three intervention approaches. Consumer satisfaction rating by the target players and their respective collegiate volleyball coaches are also presented. Additionally, interobserver agreement and procedural integrity data are provided to additional credibility and internal validity for both the measurement system and the implementation of the intervention. Implications and recommendations for practice in highly competitive collegiate settings as well as possibilities for future research in women’s athletics are also discussed.
 
39. A Lab on Line for Writing Project and Research
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DIANA MORENO RODRIGUEZ RODRÃƑƒÂ­GUEZ (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de Mé), Daniel Reyes (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala-UNAM), Jesus Camacho (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala-UNAM), Lorie E Vazquez (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala-UNAM), Eduardo Velázquez (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala-UNAM), Osmaldo Coronado (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala-UNAM)
Abstract: A review of the literature related with the development of skills associated with writing projects and research reports, indicates that the attempts are diverse. In the case of psychology teaching, teachers have focused on teaching the content of the Manual of Style (APA) (Fallahi et al., 2006; Luttrell et al., 2002). Leaving aside that research is a process that begins with a project and ends with its report, which should be reflected in a paper of quality. The objective of this report is to show the prototype of a system (LABORATORY FOR WRITING PROJECTS AND RESEARCH REPORTS, LABWPRR) that allows college students the design their research projects and prepare the report of their research work. The system includes three modules one for students, another one for teachers and one for tutors. We present the prototype construction process and its operation and self-evaluation that users have made their own research reports. Thrity two students participated, who through LABWPRR developed and self-evaluated a research report. Results indicate that users were able to make a critical analysis their research reports, also of qualify their reports based on the recommendations of the APA Style Manual. This paper was support by PAPIME (PE304813)
 
40. Exploring environmental factors that increase and decrease novel responding within college students.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
REGAN GARDEN (University of North Texas), Andrew R. Kieta (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: To date, few studies investigating novelty, or even variability, have included college students, yet novel responding is a critical skill in the modern workforce. Within this study, we used a reversal design to investigate if novel responding can be increased and decreased as a result of the reinforcement contingency within college students using a simple shaping game apparatus. In the game, subjects interacted with a small object placed on the table in front of him or her. During the first condition, reinforcement was delivered contingent on a repeated topography. Within the second condition, reinforcement was delivered contingent on the repetition of a second topography. In the any condition, reinforcement was delivered contingent on any type of interaction with the shaping game object. In the novel condition, reinforcement was delivered when the subject interacted with the object in a way that was topographically different from the previous responses. Mean interobserver agreement was 90%. During the novel condition, the number of topographies increased. Several of the new topographies were combinations of the first two reinforced topographies. Teaching multiple forms of a behavior prior to reinforcing novelty may be an effective strategy for increasing a student’s tendency to combine different skills.
 
41. Ex-post Facto Analysis of Effects of Feedback on Improving Students’ Learning in University Class
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MASAKO YOSHIOKA (Aichi University)
Abstract: A teacher and students strongly influence each other. Investigating their activity is important to find feasible variables to enhance spontaneous learning. For this purpose, this study conducted ex-post facto analysis of effects of teacher’s feedback on undergraduates’ written report in six classes (three subjects for two years). Students wrote their questions and thoughts in communication-sheet about the given lecture. The written reports were classified into following four categories, “question”, “ideas”, “others”, and “no answer” (writing dates only). Main target of the intervention was to increase reports of “question”, because they are supposed to enhance creative learning. The intervention was mainly consisted of 1) reply to questions and some thoughts, and 2) praise for the target reports. The feedback was given to the whole class in the first year, to individuals in the second year. In the second year, the number of “question” reports increased in two subjects, however, the average number of letters per students decreased in all subjects. The distribution of “question” reports in subject1 showed only a few students wrote questions more than four times. It is considered that the students’ basic skills of thinking and the types of subjects were interacted with the effects of individual feedback.
 
42. Examining the Effects of Varying the Availability of Positive Feedback on Performance of a Multiplication Task
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
CADE T. CHARLTON (Utah State University), Christian Sabey (Utah State University), Shawn R. Charlton (University of Central Arkansas)
Abstract: The availability of positive feedback is considered an essential feedback of quality instruction. This study examined the effects of varying levels of positive and negative feedback on performance during a complex, fast-paced multiplication task . The study consisted of 100 2 x 1 digit multiplication problems (e.g., 22 x 4). Each trial lasted 12 seconds, including up to 8 seconds to answer the problem, 3 seconds of feedback, and a variable ITI. Feedback was provided immediately after an answer or after 8 seconds, whichever occurred first. Positive feedback for correct answers consisted of the word "correct" with a positive graphic that was primarily green in color. An incorrect response or timeout resulted in either Negative ("Incorrect" and a negative graphic that was primarily red in color) or Encouraging ("Good Effort" and a graphic that was primarily green in color) feedback, depending on the condition and trial (encouraging feedback began after the 25th trial). Encouraging feedback was provided whenever the proportion of positive/encouraging feedback over the previous 10 trials was below a randomly assigned cutoff of 0.8, 0.5, or 0.2. Results indicate that participants receiving the highest rate of positive feedback exhibited a significantly higher rate of correct responding than those in the other conditions.
 
43. The Effects of a 3:1 Positive to Negative Ratio on Performance During a Pattern Recall Task
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTIAN SABEY (Utah State University), Cade T. Charlton (Utah State University), Shawn R. Charlton (University of Central Arkansas)
Abstract: Many researchers and practitioners recommend that teachers maintain a ratio of 3:1 positive to negative interactions (PN ratio) with students. One way that teachers could achieve this ratio is supplementing natural reinforcement with praise or verbal encouragement. In this translational study the effect of praise on engagement during a challenging pattern recall task was examined. Sixty-two undergraduate students participated. Participants were randomly assigned to one of four conditions and performed a computer-based pattern recall task. Participants were shown a sequence of colors and asked to recall the sequence in order. The length of the sequences varied based on each participant's performance to test the effects of praise when correct recall was likely and unlikely. Two conditions allowed for a 3:1 PN ratio by adjusting the difficulty of problems to ensure success (i.e., easy conditions). The presence and absence of praise (i.e., low and high reward conditions) were tested in both high and low success conditions. The latency between responses, a measure of engagement, and the number of problems correct were measured. Results indicate that participants in the low success condition without access to supplemental praise produced more errors and were less engaged. When supplemental praise was delivered participants’ engagement was significantly improved, but their accuracy on the recall task was not.
 
44. An Evaluation of the Effects of Reinforcer Type on a Preference for Fluent vs. Disfluent Schedules of Reinforcement
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TYLER LOY (Immaculata University), Nina Carraghan (Graduate Student), Heather Wilford (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (St Cloud State University)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that individuals with autism spectrum disorders prefer fluent work schedules to disfluent work schedules. A fluent work schedule includes completing all required work prior to receiving access to reinforcers. A disfluent work schedule includes receiving reinforcement periodically throughout a work session. The purpose of the current study was to replicate previous research on preference for fluent and disfluent work schedules with typically developing preschool-aged children, and to extend previous research by the evaluating the effects of the type of reinforcers provided on preferences for fluent and disfluent work schedules. In the current study, children were provided access to edibles, long-access leisure items, and short-access leisure items. Each participants preference for fluent vs. disfluent work schedule was evaluated, using a concurrent-chains arrangement, across the types of reinforcers. Three of four participants had a preference for the fluent work schedule, and one of the fours participants did not show a preference for either the fluent or disfluent work schedule.
 
45. An Evaluation of the Effects of Task Difficulty on a Preference for Fluent vs. Disfluent Schedules of Reinforcement
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TYLER LOY (Immaculata University), Rocio Cuevas (Pennsylvania State University), Tempest Kreft (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (St Cloud State University)
Abstract: Previous research has indicated that some individuals prefer fluent work schedules, meaning all required work is finished before the participant receives access to reinforcers, to disfluent work schedules, meaning reinforcers are periodically provided throughout session following shorter periods of consistent work. It is possible that the type of task presented may affect this preference for fluent and disfluent work schedules. The purpose of the current study was to replicate previous research with typically developing preschool-aged children, and to extend previous research by the evaluating the effects of the type of tasks presented. In the current study, task difficulty was defined as maintenance (easy) vs. acquisition (hard) tasks. These two types of tasks were randomly alternated across sessions, and a concurrent-chains arrangement was used to evaluate participants preference for fluent and disfluent work schedules. Two of three participants had a preference for the fluent work schedule over the disfluent work schedule, and one of the three participants did not show a preference for either work schedule.
 
46. Improving Middle School Reading Comprehension Using Read to Achieve
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Nancy Marchand-Martella (Eastern Washington University), CHARALAMBOS C. CLEANTHOUS (Eastern Washington University), Ronald C. Martella (Eastern Washington University), Gregory J. Benner (University of Washington, Tacoma)
Abstract: In contemporary society, reading is fundamental to school and college success, reducing dropout rates, and professional development. The Read to Achieve program was tested for its efficacy in teaching reading comprehension. The experimental group was comprised 20 middle school students: 75% male and 25% female. Forty percent were in the 7th grade and 60% in the 8th grade. Thirty-five percent received special education services. Fifty-five percent received either freed or reduced price lunch. The experimental group received reading instruction for 22 weeks. The comparison group was comprised of 17 students from the same middle school: 53% male and 47% female. Forty-seven percent were in the 7th grade and 53% in the 8th grade. None received special education services or free or reduced price lunch. The dependent measure was the score on the AIMSweb MAZE CBM, a widely used assessment for reading comprehension. The intervention produced statistically and educationally significant effects; that is, the experimental group made greater gains than did the comparison group on reading comprehension. The Read to Achieve reading program holds promise as an efficacious intervention for middle school students who experience reading comprehension difficulties.
 
47. Use of Computer Software to Teach Fractions
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: We will be exploring the effectiveness of using precision teaching methodologies to teach neuro-typical clients how to reduce fractions. These clients are preparing for state assessments, to include the MCAS, Regents and PARCC. Pre-instruction is delivered through a short video clip and students work to a pre-determined level of fluency, with rate correct and rate incorrect. Feedback is delivered on both correct and incorrect answers. Data is plotted on a standard celeration chart. All work is completed on the computer, using a proprietary program, Math Facts. Baseline data shows that no clients are able to complete twenty problems within one minute and also that no clients are able to achieve 100% accuracy. We will be looking at the effectiveness of the video instruction, retention of the skill over time and generalization of the skills from the computer to pencil and paper, to include achievement on state assessments.
 
48. Using Constant Time Delay to Teach Braille Word Recognition
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH IVY (Florida State University)
Abstract: Braille illiteracy is a severe and serious issue concerning education for students with visual impairment. Time delay is a systematic response prompting procedure with a strong evidence base to teach functional and academic skills to students with a range of disabilities. Although time delay is considered an evidence-based strategy to teach literacy skills to children with severe disabilities, research on the efficacy of time delay to teach literacy skills to children with severe visual impairment has not been published to date. In this poster session, the presenter will share the results of two single subject studies using constant time delay procedures to teach braille learners. In one study, prompts included physical guidance, modeling, and pointing out salient features of braille words to teach highly motivating words to four students with multiple disabilities. In the second study, verbal prompts were used to teach braille or Nemeth code to three students transitioning from print to braille. The results of these two studies provide strong evidence of the promise of constant time delay as an effective and efficient intervention to teach students with the most severe visual impairments, with and without additional disabilities.
 
49. An Evaluation of the Reinforcing Efficacy of General Praise and Behavior-Specific Praise in Typically Developing Preschool Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY HUTTER (St. Cloud State University), Nina Carraghan (Penn State Harisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (St Cloud State University)
Abstract: Research on problem behavior has indicated that attention will function as a reinforcer, and that certain types of attention may function as stronger reinforcers than other types. One type of attention that may function as a reinforcer is praise. It has also been suggested that behavior-specific praise, or praise that described the target behavior, is more effective than general praise, which does not describe the target behavior. The purpose of the present study is to evaluate whether behavior-specific praise will result in higher levels of behavior than general praise in typically developing preschool children. A multielement design was used to compare behavior-specific and general praise delivered for correct responses on a maintenance task. Our data indicate that both behavior-specific and general praise functioned as a reinforcer; however, behavior-specific praise resulted in slightly higher levels of correct responses. This indicates that behavior-specific praise may be a more effective reinforcer than general praise; therefore it may be beneficial for therapists and teachers to use behavior-specific praise to increase classroom and academic behavior.
 
50. A Comparison of the Reinforcing Effectiveness of Different Types of Attention on Skill Acquisition in Typically Developing Preschool Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NYIMAS K. ARIEF (St. Cloud State University), Valerie LaCerra (Penn State University, Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (St Cloud State University)
Abstract: Previous research on problem behavior has shown that different types of attention may be more effective reinforcers than other types. This is an important consideration for teaching new behaviors. Different types of attention (i.e., praise, conversation, or physical touch) may have varying levels of reinforcing efficacy for different children. The efficacy of these types of attention has been evaluated with regard to maintenance tasks, and shown a consistent differentiation of the efficacy of the different types; but little research has focused on their varying effect with regard to skill acquisition. The present study evaluated the reinforcing efficacy of three types of attention when delivered for an acquisition task. A multielement design was used in which three attention-type conditions (i.e., praise, conversation, or physical touch) were alternated in a quasi-random order to teach sight-word reading. Results showed that, all three types of attention functioned as a reinforcer, and that physical attention (e.g., high-fives and tickles) was most effective for both participants. These results indicate that physical attention, and not praise or conversation, should be used with these children to maximize skill acquisition.
 
 
 
Poster Session #270
TBA Sunday PM
Sunday, May 24, 2015
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
51. Evaluating School- and Clinic-Based Behavior Evaluations Conducted Through Iowa's Challenging Behavior Training Service
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
DEVA CARRION (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Jessica Emily Schwartz (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract: The Challenging Behavior Training Service employs experienced behavior analysts at the Center for Disabilities and Development at the University of Iowa Children’s Hospital to train school-based challenging behavior specialists in the use of experimental analyses and preference assessments with the support of the Iowa Department of Education. Across 5 years, consultants conducted behavior evaluations with 394 children. Students referred for evaluation were between the ages of 3 and 20, and 45% were identified as typically developing, 55% were identified with a developmental disability, and 52% were identified with a communication disorder. All students were referred for the assessment and treatment of challenging behaviors. We questioned if the presence of a developmental disability and/or a communication disorder affected consultants’ decisions for type of assessment to conduct and affected assessment outcomes. Students who were typically developing were more likely to be referred for task refusal and less likely to be referred for self-injurious behavior than students diagnosed with a developmental disability. Preliminary analyses of 63% of evaluations show that concurrent operants assessments (COAs) were more likely to be conducted with students who were typically developing than students with a developmental disability. COAs were also more likely with individuals without communication disorders.
 
52. Evaluation of the Baseline Assessment in a Single Subject Design used to Evaluate Discrete-Trials Teaching Performance
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
LISA HUNTER (University of manitoba), Jade Wightman (University of Manitoba), Alison Cox (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: Abstract Discrete-trials teaching (DTT) is a method used to teach skills to individuals with developmental disabilities. Numerous researchers have evaluated the effectiveness of a self-instructional manual to teach DTT (Fazzio & Martin, 2011). Previous research suggests that repeated baseline testing may result in improvement in DTT teaching accuracy independent of training. Therefore, unintentional learning during baseline may pose a threat to the internal validity of the research design. The current study examines this possibility by comparing the effects of repeated exposure to baseline testing across two different baseline conditions. Condition 1 was called Typical Baseline and had been used in previous research. Condition 2 was called Modified Baseline, where a participants’ opportunity to come in contact with any reinforcement or extinction contingencies provided by the confederate that may shape their DTT skill acquisition was minimized. The means of the slopes of each condition were not significantly different from zero. However, the Modified Baseline condition sessions were completed significantly faster than the Typical Baseline sessions. These results empirically validate the baseline assessment that has been used in previous research, and also suggests how we may increase the efficiency of baseline sessions in future experimental evaluations of training packages to teach DTT. Keywords: discrete-trials teaching, baseline assessment, developmental disabilities
 
53. Improving observable and measurable IEP objectives using pyramidal staff training
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS L. ZANE (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), Rachel L. Zetino (Beverly School for the Deaf), Erika Majeskey (Beverly School for the Deaf)
Abstract: Individualized Education Plans (IEP) serve as the foundation for special education programming. The goals and objectives that are written as part of these plans guide the instruction that will take place for the student. It is important that these goals and objectives are measurable and observable, so that the student's instruction is clear to all involved. More importantly, the inclusion of measurable and observable objectives allow for data collection to take place, making it easier for progress to be measured. The purpose of the study was to use a pyramidal approach of staff training and teach staff working with special education students and deaf or hard of hearing student to write observable and measurable objectives. Nine staff were selected as group leaders who attended a training on the material, before presenting to their respective staff groups. Didactic instruction was utilized in combination with models, practice, and feedback on the writing of IEP objectives. IEP objectives were evaluated at baseline and post pyramidal training. Results showed an improvement in written objectives that met the stated criteria. Implications for improved student programming and performance will also be discussed.
 
54. A Component Analysis of an In-Class Review Game
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Georgian Court University), Amanda Guld Fisher (Temple University), Amanda Kowalski (Kaufman Children's Center)
Abstract: College students often lack skills for effective studying (e.g., Emanuel et al., 2008; Houston, 1987; Thomas, Bol, & Warkentin, 1991). For example, they often do not devote sufficient time to studying and/or do not discriminate which material to focus on when studying. The results of previous research have suggested that review games improve performance on in-class quizzes (e.g., Neef, Perrin, Haberlin, & Rodrigues, 2011). Despite positive findings, questions remain regarding the specific components of these interventions that effect change. For instance Neef et al. had students generate questions and answers based upon assigned readings, after which the students played a review game in which they took turns asking other students those questions. The current investigation conducted a component analysis of the review game used in the Neef et al. study. Specifically, quiz performance was evaluated after students participated in (a) a review game using questions generated by players or (b) a review game that did not require students to generate the questions.
 
55. ABA Concentration at the Emirates College for Advanced Education in Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
MICHELLE P. KELLY (Emirates College for Advanced Education), Lilly Tennant (Emirates College for Advanced Education)
Abstract: In 2007, the Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE; www.ecae.ac.ae) was officially established by the President of the United Arab Emirates (UAE) and Ruler of Abu Dhabi. ECAE is a specialist teacher training college in the UAE. It was established to be a teacher preparation, educational research and school development centre and is funded by the government to play a key role in the modernization of school education in the UAE and throughout the Middle East in collaboration with the Abu Dhabi Education Council (ADEC). This poster describes the ABA concentration offered by the Health and Special Education Division, which is responsible for program offerings, research, and community engagement related to the academic areas of health and special education. The four courses in the ABA concentration were granted Approved Course Sequence (ACS) status by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) on December 17th, 2014. ECAE also offers intensive practicum in a local ABA center for individuals with autism.
 
56. Effectiveness of Incorporating Peer-Review in a Computer-Aided System of Instruction to Teach Discrete Trials Teaching
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
CHLOE WANG (Brock University), Jade Wightman (University of Manitoba), Maurice Feldman (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Toby L. Martin (St.Amant Research Centre), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), CT Yu (University of Manitoba), Marileide Antunes Oliveira (University of Manitoba), Heather Yates (Brock University), May S. Lee (University of Manitoba)
Abstract:

An online teaching method called Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI) has been recently tested to teach knowledge and application of discrete-trials teaching (DTT). Research shows that peer-reviewing, defined as marking done by students, contributes to the learning of students who act as peer-reviewers. This multi-site study evaluated the value of incorporating peer-review into a CAPSI DTT training package by comparing two groups: (a) with simulated peer-review (SPR) and (b) without simulated peer-review (WOSPR). The purpose was to investigate whether or not the peer-review would help the peer-reviewers to improve their comprehension of the DTT training package. The baseline required the participants to conduct a 12-trial DTT, write a test, and assess two video clips with research assistants conducting DTT. In the training period, participants were required to read a self-instructional manual and take a three-question quiz on CAPSI after finishing every chapter. For the post-study, the participants repeated the baseline. The results did not find any differences between the two groups. However, the study indicated that CAPSI is an effective method for teaching individuals DTT. Implications of the study include that using CAPSI could be more efficient for supervisors training new staff where turnover rates may be high.

 
57. Enhancing Online Instruction with the Educreations App
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
JAMIE M. SEVERTSON (Southeast Missouri State University)
Abstract: Educreations is an app that functions as an interactive white board, allowing the user to create a video of what is being written and spoken. It is available as an iPad app and is also accessible online. As a tool in an online learning environment, Educreations can be used by instructors or students to explain concepts, demonstrate examples, provide feedback, and engage with learning material. In a course on the basic principles of behavior analysis for example, a student could use the Educreations app to diagram and explain examples of behavioral contingencies, which would help the student to learn how to think and speak like a behavior analyst. A completed recording of each Educreation can be easily embedded as a unique hyperlink into an online forum or other course materials. Videos can be made private, such that they will not appear in the search results in search engines or the Educreations website. Demonstrations of Educreations will be provided during the poster session.
 
58. Use of Invertebrates in the Classroom to Demonstrate Principals of Learning and Dominance Hierarchies.
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTOPHER DINGES (Oklahoma State University), Charles I. Abramson (Oklahoma State University)
Abstract: Since the mid-1990s, the Laboratory of Comparative Psychology and Behavioral Biology at Oklahoma State University has developed a number of exercises appropriate for classroom use to demonstrate principles of learning and other forms of behavior. These activities have primarily focused on the use of invertebrates such as planarians, houseflies, earthworms, and honey bees. We have also developed exercises using fish based on an inexpensive apparatus called the Fish Stick. Other exercises to be discussed are Salivary Conditioning in Humans; These various teaching activities are summarized, and the advantages and limitations are discussed.
 
59. Supervision Solutions for Behavior Analysts: Addressing Barriers to Supervising Aspiring BCBAs
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
KATIE SUSZEK (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University), Rebecca Renee Wiskirchen (Western Michigan University), Yannick Schenk (Western Michigan University), Erin E. Watkins (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Many supervisors training people to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts serve in other professional roles as well. These roles may effectively compete with the responsibilities of supervising. Having materials to reduce the effort of supervising may increase the likelihood of supervisors carrying out the full process of behavioral skills training, which would help increase the proficiency with which their supervisees can perform the skills outlined in the BACB Fourth Edition Task List. The purpose of this presentation is to introduce some tools for increasing the efficiency and effectiveness of supervision and facilitating the process of behavioral skills training for BCBA supervisors.
 
60. The Brohavior Mentorship Program
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Brohavior), Dominique Stedham (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark Malady (Brohavior; HSI/WARC)
Abstract: Following graduation of maters programs many behavior analysts find themselves in a cold dark world where they are searching for the light of peers that share their approach to the subject matter of behavior. One online group called Brohavior (derived from “brotherhood”) has recently created a refuge for behavior analyst looking for the light in order to continue their own development. The group aims to create a collaborative environment where students of behavior analysis are exposed to and pursue behavior analytic literature, philosophy and research that is outside of the scope of the BACB approved course sequence. As the organization grew it became clear that there needed to be formal guidelines for selection of appropriate members. One such guideline became the mentor project. The purpose of the mentor project is to teach new skills to the potential recruit and to create a meaningful project that is related to the mission of the organization. Current projects will be reviewed and viewers will be encouraged to utilize the projects that are hosted online for free.
 
61. Applying ABA to "See One! Do One! Teach One!": Using ABA Principles to Revise the Ways in Which the Time Honored Mantra of Medical Education is Applied in Clinical Educational Settings
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
RICHARD COOK (Penn State)
Abstract: "See one! Do one! Teach one!," the time honored mantra of training medical students, residents, and those physicians teaching them, has a catchy sound, but often isn't adequate for the complex, and even not so complex, procedures and practices of clinical medicine, and is especially inadequate for teaching generalization of the basic concepts to the myriad circumstances, and human tragedies, of day to day clinical medicine. Though it is time honored, as sometimes practiced, it is now becoming more and more readily seen as inefficient, and unsafe. Integrating basic principles of behaviorally based education into the traditional practices of medical education can be challenging in that it must overcome several hundred years of learning history and traditional practices of those teaching ("When I was a resident.....") but is itself best achieved by applying those same principles to changing attitudes (private behaviors) of those most influential in the education of a given student. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), a scientifically based psychological discipline, traces its roots to physiologists/physicians including Pavlov, and focuses upon observable, measurable behavior, not imagined psychological constructs. Applied behavior analysts systematically assess observable behaviors, stimuli that come before them, consequences that come after the behaviors, and gather objective data from which to draw inferences, develop hypotheses, implement programs for behavior change, evaluate their impact, and revise and reevaluate them. A branch of ABA, organizational behavior management (OBM), applies the scientifically derived principles of behavior change to workplace and organizational settings. Applied behavior analysts who practice in medical school/teaching hospital settings can become leaders in helping medical school faculty revise teaching practices, to the benefit of patients, students, teaching clinicians, and the discipline of ABA itself
 
 
 
Poster Session #271
AUT Sunday PM
Sunday, May 24, 2015
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
62. Establishing Temporal Relational Frames Using the PEAK Relational Training System
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KYLE ROWSEY (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Ryan C. Speelman (Southern Illinois University), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The current study evaluated the effectiveness of the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System: Transformation Module (PEAK-T) curriculum in training temporal relational responding with two children with autism. A non-concurrent multiple probe design across both skills and participants was used to train the temporal relations of ‘before’ and ‘after’ using stimuli familiar to the participants. Throughout all phases, tests for derived relational responding involving the concepts of 'before' and 'after' and their application to months of the year were tested. First, the concepts of before and after were taught, then the concepts were applied to the months of the year. The results suggest that the relational training was effective in developing accurate responding to trained temporal relations as well as facilitating the emergence of derived temporal relations in the absence of direct training. These results represent the first empirical demonstration of the emergence of temporal relational responding in children and provide evidence supporting the efficacy of the PEAK-T for promoting the emergence of complex language in children with autism.
 
63. Skinner’s Verbal Behavior and Autism Severity: Evaluating the Relationship between PEAK and the GARS-2
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Kyle Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to examine the relationship between Skinner’s verbal operants and autism severity across 48 children with autism. The first two Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) assessments, PEAK – Direct Training and PEAK – Generalization, were developed from Skinner’s influential conceptualization of human language and are a valid and reliable language assessment for use with children with autism. Children’s PEAK scores on both assessments were correlated with their scores on the Gilliam Autism Rating Scale, Second Edition (GARS-2), and several regression equations were fit to the data. The results of the study suggest that children’s scores on PEAK were predictive of their scores on the GARS-2, and a cubic regression provided a strong fit for the data. The data provide further support for the psychometric validity of PEAK, as well as the relationship between language development and autism severity.
 
64. Competence and Confidence in Instructional Control Reported by Parents of Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GILAH HABER (Kerry’s Place Autism Services), Jennifer Fairfield (Kerry’s Place Autism Services), Mary Konstantareas (Kerry’s Place Autism Services)
Abstract: A research gap appears to exist regarding levels of instructional control and confidence for parents of adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). This study examined self-reported levels of instructional control and confidence of 5 parents with adolescents diagnosed with ASD aged 11-18, currently enrolled in Kerrys Place Autism ABA Services, using a Pre-Test/Post-Test design and following a Four-Phase Behavioral Skills Parent Training model. Researchers administered a Parenting Perspective Questionnaire pre-test. Parents then participated in a Four-Phase Behavioural Skills Training followed by a Parenting Perspective Questionnaire post-test to determine possible changes in their view of their abilities to manage their childs behavior. Interobserver Agreement (IOA) data were collected for 90% of the sessions. Mean IOA was 98.9% (range was 96%-100%) across the 5 participants. This research study demonstrated that providing didactic instruction combined with a Behavioural Skill Training model for training instructional control to parents of youth aged 11-18 diagnosed with ASD, correlated with increased levels of parent competence and confidence. The parents self-reported levels of both competence and confidence were corroborated by data from the Pre-Test/Post-Test Questionnaire. Instructional Control Component Checklist also revealed that parents skills in gaining instructional control improved across all participants.
 
65. The Effect of KINECT Video Games on Naturally Occurring Social Interactions for Children with ASDs and Neurotypical Peers
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
JOVY QUIOCHO (West Health Institute), Christina Whalen (West Health Institute), Michael Casale (West Health Institute)
Abstract: Video games are emerging as a motivating end effective tool for teaching cognitive, academic, and social skills to children with ASDs. Data collection, accessibility of the intervention, cost, and child motivation are benefits for using this approach. As part of an iterative development process for building a KINECT-based video game to teach executive function and social skills to school-age children with ASDs, a pilot study is being conducted comparing social behaviors in waiting room and video game conditions with children with ASD and their neurotypical peers. Sixteen children have completed the study to date between the ages of 6-13 years. We are currently in the process of observing a minimum of 8 more children in these conditions. Preliminary data shows at least slight increases in social engagement in the video game conditions with either 1 or 3 peers compared to a waiting room condition. Data is currently being coded looking more closely at social behaviors using interval coding to assess differences in commenting, positive and negative affect, social responding, social initiations, joint attention, and engagement with the KINECT games. This data is important for development of a new intervention to determine what behaviors are naturally occurring with games and what skills need to be targeted in the ABA-based game. The importance of observing naturally occurring behaviors as part of an intervention development, the use of ABA in video games, and the importance of peer inclusion in social skills research and intervention will be discussed.
 
66. Do You See What I See: Generalization of Gaze Shift Across Contexts
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
THERESA FIANI (The Graduate Center, Queens College, City University of New York), Ivana Krstovska-Guerrero (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract: Eye gaze is severely impaired in children with autism. Impairment in eye gaze is observed in early social-communication contexts including requesting and joint attention. In both contexts young children shift gaze from an object to another person’s eyes. Gaze behavior, JA, and requesting are all considered pivotal skills or behavioral cusps. A behavioral cusp is a behavior that, when learned, results in access to new contingencies as well as new behaviors. The study examined the effectiveness of prompting and reinforcement to teach gaze shift to a toddler with autism spectrum disorder in the contexts of requesting and JA. Generalization to different requesting and joint attention contexts as well as across other social communicative responses (i.e., imitation) will be assessed. After intervention, we saw increases in GS responses in the context of responding to request, responding to joint attention, and initiating joint attention. The child also showed generalization to different JA and requesting contexts.
 
67. Interventions to Treat Echolalia for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LESLIE NEELY (Texas A&M University), Stephanie Gerow (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Nathan Pullen (Texas State University)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder often display social-communication deficits that can take the form of idiosyncratic and echolalic speech. Communication abnormalities, such as echolalia, can impede learning and cause social impairments. The purpose of this article is to systematically review studies involving the treatment of echolalia for individuals with ASD. A total of 10 studies were described in terms of: (a) number of participants with ASD, (b) participant age, (c) participant gender, (d) description of the participants' verbal and language skills, (e) description of the targeted echolalia (f) hypothesized function of the echolalia, (g) description of the intervention, (h) study design, (i) maintenance, (j) generalization, (k) social validity of the intervention, (l) study outcomes, and (m) certainty of evidence. Overall, 7 of the reviewed studies indicated that effects were positive and 3 studies found mixed results. Of the 10 studies reviewed, only 4 were classified as providing conclusive evidence. Therefore, the current literature base does not conclusively support any one intervention for the treatment of echolalia for individuals with ASD. Implications for treatment, practice, and future research will be discussed.
 
68. Using a Function-based Treatment to Increase Fluent Responding
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHRYN MANN (Monarch House), Jennifer Lynn Cook (Monarch House)
Abstract: Two young boys diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) displayed excessively slow responding when engaging in task demands and conversations with both adults and peers. Results of a single-function functional analysis indicated that slow responding to intraverbal (conversational) tasks occurred in response to being presented with questions relating to non-preferred items or activities (e.g., academic tasks). Subsequently, a function-based intervention was introduced to increase fluent responding whereby participants were provided with escape from intraverbal tasks contingent on fluent responding. Results indicated that contingent escape was not effective in decreasing response latencies for one participant and the addition of a positive reinforcement contingency did not result in significant increases in fluent responding. These findings highlight the importance of developing effective interventions that can improve the social interactions and educational gains of children with autism spectrum disorder. Some limitations of these findings, as well as areas for future study, are briefly discussed.
 
69. Teaching discriminated requests to individuals with autism using different augmentative and alternative communication displays
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CINDY GEVARTER (The University of Texas), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Laci Watkins (The University of Texas at Austin), Michelle Kuhn (The University of Texas at Austin), Nicolette Sammarco (The University of Texas at Austin), Heather Gonzales (The University of Texas at Austin), Laura Rojeski (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: The wide variety of available augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) applications available on devices such as the Apple iPad®, necessitates research comparing different application components. In this study, six children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) were taught to request preferred items using four different AAC displays on an iPad®-based speech-generating device. Acquisition was compared using multielement designs, and participants were taught to use each display via time delay and least-to-most prompting. Displays included a symbol grid, a photo image with embedded hotspots, a hybrid, and a pop-up symbol grid, all within the application AutisMate. Four participants mastered requesting items from a field-of-four with at least two displays, and one mastered requesting items in a field-of-two. The sixth participant did not acquire discriminated requests. Individualized display effects were present, but the photo image appeared to have provided the most consistent advantages for four participants. Some errors were more or less common with specific displays and/or participants. The results have important implications for AAC assessment and implementation protocols.
 
70. Improving Parent-Child Interactions to Increase Vocalizations in Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BETHANY HANSEN (Marcus Autism Center), Kelly D. Schleismann (Marcus Autism Center), Alice Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) is a manualized behavioral intervention originally developed by Eyeberg (1988) to address disruptive behaviors in young children. Although there are previous research findings that support the contention that components of PCIT would positively impact communication, behavior, and adaptive skills (Howard et al., 2005; Lovaas, 1987; Remington, et al., 2007) in children with developmental disabilities, few studies have been shown in the literature. In a modified version of PCIT, caregivers complete two phases of intervention. During the Child-Directed Interaction (CDI) phase, the caregiver follows the child’s lead during play while increasing attention to appropriate behavior and ignoring mild inappropriate behavior. Caregivers were also taught strategies for increasing mands for preferred items and to evoke and praise appropriate vocalizations. During the Parent-Directed Interaction (PDI), caregivers are taught to give effective commands, follow through to ensure compliance, and implement an effective time-out procedure. Data from three participants diagnosed with autism will be presented showing an increase in appropriate caregiver behaviors and child vocalizations, as well as a decrease in inappropriate caregiver behaviors. A discussion of the use of PCIT, and methods to examine the use of the provided information will be presented.
 
71. Establishing Derived Variable Categorical Responding in Children with Disabilities Using the PEAK-E Curriculum
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KYLE ROWSEY (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (The University of Mississippi), Ryan C. Speelman (Southern Illinois University), Dena Kime (Student), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to evaluate a procedure to generate derived variable categorical responding in three children with disabilities, as well as promoting the emergence of intraverbal categorical responses. In the study, three four-member equivalence classes including three stimuli (A,B, and C) and a category name (D) for each class were trained using a match-to-sample procedure. Trained relations included A-B, B-C, and D-A. Test probes were taken for derived categorical responses (A-D, D-B, and D-C) as well as the emergence of intraverbal categorical responses throughout the study. The results of the study suggest that relational training was effective at promoting the emergence of variable categorical responding for all participants, and two of the three participants demonstrated the emergence of additional intraverbal responding without prior training. The results provide further evidence supporting the practical utility of stimulus equivalence as well as the PEAK-E curriculum for teaching children with autism and related disabilities.
 
72. Using PEAK-E to Teach Auditory – Visual – Gustatory Equivalence Classes to Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CALEB STANLEY (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The present study used the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge – Equivalence (PEAK-E) curriculum to establish three multi-sensory equivalence classes across three children with autism. [A] stimuli included the vocal names of food items (i.e., apple, bread, and carrots), [B] stimuli included pictures of food items, and [C] stimuli included pieces of food items. An A-B-C multiple-baseline across-subjects design was used, including baseline, A-B training, and C-B training. In A-B training, pictures of food items were presented in an array, and a match-to-sample procedure was used to train the A-B relations. In C-B training, pictures of the food items were presented in an array, and the participant was asked to taste a small piece of a food item and indicate which item they had tasted given the array. The derivation of A-C and C-A relations were probed randomly throughout all baseline and experimental phases. The results suggest that equivalence training was effective in establishing both trained and derived multi-sensory stimulus relations.
 
73. Evaluation of a DRO + Blocking Procedure to Decrease Repetitive Finger-biting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CLAIRE LEA (Marcus Autism Center), Robin Landa (Marcus Autism Center), Jordyn Turner (Marcus Autism Center), Amy Rosenblum (Marcus Autism Center), Alice Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Children with autism engage in higher rates of repetitive behaviors than their same age neuro-typical peers. These behaviors can lead to self-injury and interfere with daily routines and learning opportunities. Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedures have been commonly used to decrease problem behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement (LeBlanc, Patel, & Carr, 2000). DRO procedures have also been effectively used as part of a treatment package paired with other procedures. In the current investigation, a reversal design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of a DRO + blocking + stimulus control procedure to decrease the finger-biting behavior of a five-year-old boy with autism. Treatment sessions included free access to leisure items and consisted of two conditions: 1) in the presence of a red card, finger-biting attempts were immediately blocked until the predetermined omission criteria was met 2) in the presence of a green card, no social consequences were provided for finger-biting for the set reinforcement interval. The intervention resulted in a significant decrease in finger-biting behaviors during DRO intervals as well as reinforcement intervals. Finger-biting remained low as the omission requirement was increased and as demands were faded into sessions. These findings add to the literature supporting DRO treatment packages as effective in decreasing repetitive behaviors.
 
74. Improving Treatment Integrity of Extinction Procedures Implemented by Parents
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ROBERT GULICK (Achievement Center), Colleen Quinn (Achievement Center)
Abstract: Accurate and consistent implementation of behavioral change procedures is often difficult to attain in the home setting - particularly when it comes to the use of extinction procedures by parents. This study investigates the function of what is often termed "parental resistance" and suggests the use of stimulus fading technology as a means to address inaccurate and inconsistent implementation of extinction procedures. The subject of this study is a 39 year-old female who is the mother of a four year-old male diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder who presented with frequent tantrum and non-compliant behavior during discrete trial instruction sessions in the home. A modified Functional Behavior Assessment was conducted with the mother from which was hypothesized that the function of her targeted problem behavior (loosely defined as "resistant behaviors") was escape. Baseline data were also collected as to her accuracy with implementation of her son's prescribed extinction procedure and the latency between child tantrum onset and the display of her targeted problem behavior. A stimulus fading procedure was then implemented that required progressively longer periods of accurate implementation of the extinction procedure with negative reinforcement consequences following successful trials. Results indicated an improvement in accuracy from 50.5% to 98% and an increase in response latency from the baseline 12.4 seconds to 4.5 minutes in 29 session (12 days). Moreover, the child's tantrum behavior demonstrated a robust decline once the stimulus fading procedure was put in place. Follow up data for the next 3 months reflected continued improvements in parental performance and corresponding low rates of child tantrum. These data are very encouraging and clearly indicate the need for more controlled study of the use of stimulus fading procedures to improve treatment integrity in home-based programs.
 
75. Acquisition of Discrete Trial Training Skills Through Brief Training Modalities: A Comparison of In-vivo and Video Training with Feedback.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSE LOGUE (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Training is a critical component of displaying proficiency in any skill. In the human service field training to reach proficiency can be a lengthy process lasting from 8 hours to several days, and in some cases trainees do not reach mastery. Compounded by the high turnover rate of direct-care staff, it is essential that employers utilize cost effective training methods that save on time and money. The current study compared 5-minute live and video trainings to assess the acquisition of Discrete Trial Training (DTT), the generalization of DTT, the accuracy of implementation at a one week follow-up, and the acceptability of each training format. Results indicated that there was not a significant difference between groups as both 5-minute live and video trainings on DTT led to high implementation accuracy during acquisition, generalization, and follow-up, and both trainings were deemed acceptable. Limitations of the current research and future directions are also discussed.
 
76. The Effects of Differential Reinforcement and Errorless Teaching Procedures on Rates of Learning with Children with Language Delays
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAITLIN JOHANNSEN (Verbal Behavior Associates), Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), Elizabeth Sarto (CABAS, Columbia University), Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University)
Abstract: Recent research has suggested the use of two different teaching methods to teach children with autism new skills, errorless teaching and differential reinforcement. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a differential reinforcement procedure versus an errorless teaching procedure on the rates of acquisition for new tact operants. Four children with autism between the ages of 5 and 6 participated in this alternating treatments design utilizing matched pairs. One pair of children had demonstrated the capability of naming (the ability to acquire listener and speaker functions without direct instruction) and one matched pair had not demonstrated naming. With these participants the errorless and differential reinforcement procedures resulted in similar rates of learning for tact responses. With these participants, it appears that both teaching methods are effective for children with autism.
 
77. ConnectedKids: Training Parents to Use Developmental & Behavioral Strategies with their Child with ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACOB THOMAS SINGER (Oklahoma Autism Network, The University of Oklahom), Rene Daman (Oklahoma Autism Network, The University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center), Julie Smith (Oklahoma Autism Network, The University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center), Ginger Wells (Oklahoma Autism Network, The University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center), Annie Baghdayan (Oklahoma Autism Network, The University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center)
Abstract: ConnectedKids trained parents to use developmental and behavioral strategies with their young child with ASD. The program focused on the use of evidence-based techniques to increase the child's social communication skills with the parent during play and daily routines. Trainers worked with families in their homes over a four month period of time with 1, 3, and 6 month follow up visits. Participants showed significant improvement in communication, cognition, fine and gross motor skills, and self-help skills following intervention and to the six month follow-up. As a group, the amount of time the children were engaged with their parents improved significantly following intervention through the six month follow-up. Twelve of fifteen participants showed improvement in social communication. Parents also rated their children's temperament as less difficult following the intervention. As a group, parents increased their mastery of new skills, including use of simplified language, waiting for their child to initiate interaction, modeling and expanding play skills, and providing reinforcement for desired responses.
 
78. Attendance and Completion Rates of a Group-Based Parent Training Class
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
PIK WAH LAM (Texas Tech University), Jason Cohen (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: Consistent participation of parents in trainings to address children’s behavior issues at home have been a constant battle for parent training programs. The Behavior Support Clinic housed in The Burkhart Center at Texas Tech University faced the same challenge. The clinic adopted Helping Parents with Challenging Children, the parent training curriculum developed by Durand & Hieneman, to provide trainings to parents in west Texas. The curriculum is an eight-session program in positive behavior support. During the training, parents learned how to develop a behavior intervention plan for their child by setting goals, defining behavior, collecting data, developing hypothesis of the function of the behavior, selecting strategies to address the behavior, and monitoring the effectiveness and progress of their plan. The parent training class has been offered three times to the community on a sliding scale fee of up to $100, and a total of 13 parents attended at least one session. Data revealed that both the attendance and completion rates were low. This poster aims to present the attendance and completion rates of the class, share experiences on providing trainings to parents, and discuss possible reasons for the low attendance and completion rates.
 
79. Managing Severe Behavior by Teaching Waiting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
COLLIN SHEPLEY (University of Georgia), Andrea Zawoyski (University of Georgia), Jessica Burger (University of Georgia), Meg McDuffie (University of Georgia), Katie Smith (University of Georgia), Jennifer Lenz Alexander (University of Georgia)
Abstract: This study evaluated the effects of differential reinforcement, response blocking, and functional communication training on teaching appropriate waiting and requesting to an elementary-aged child with autism, Anna, exhibiting severe and challenging behavior in the presence of preferred food. Therapists also provided behavioral skills training (BST) to the child's parent, Donna. Sessions were conducted during weekly 1 hr. appointments in a university out-patient student-training clinic (services were provided free-of-charge to families). Procedures were effective in increasing the amount of time Anna engaged in appropriate waiting before accessing presented foods and having her use a picture exchange communication system (PECS) to request food after appropriate waiting intervals. BST was effective in teaching Donna to implement procedures with fidelity with decreased instructor coaching across sessions. Recommendations for programming and providing effective services through a weekly out-patient model are provided for practitioners.
 
80. Operationalizing the Therapeutic Relationship? Behavioral Measurement of Therapeutic Alliance in an Intervention for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
PRISCILLA BURNHAM RIOSA (York University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Maria Khan (York University), Jonathan Weiss (York University)
Abstract: Although therapeutic alliance (TA) is frequently cited as an important component of treatment success across various treatment modalities, it is seldom defined objectively. The goal in the current study was to behaviorally measure TA in a 10-week intervention (based on principles of cognitive behavior therapy and applied behavior analysis) designed to improve the emotion regulation skills of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Specifically, the objective was to measure child- and parent-therapist TA behaviors using a validated behavioral coding scheme. Two trained coders established excellent reliability (95%) across early, middle, and late video-recorded therapy sessions. Alliance was measured by rating overt client behaviors (e.g., client throws objects; client verbalizations such as “I like talking to you”, “I hate you”, “Your ideas are helpful”) and client-therapist interactions (e.g., mutually directed prosocial behaviors such as sustained eye contact). To date, 39 unique therapy sessions have been coded across 15 child-parent dyads for child-therapist and parent-therapist alliances. Visual inspection of the data across sessions indicates high behavioral ratings of TA across early, middle, and late sessions. Preliminary findings also suggest a concordance between behavioral TA ratings and other measures of TA. Practice and methodological implications of the findings will be discussed.
 
81. ABA Autism Services in Costa Rica: Barriers and Limitations to Availability and Access
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KYLAN S. TURNER (Arizona State University), Samuel DiGangi (Arizona State University), E. Amanda Amanda Boutot (Texas State University)
Abstract: The rate of autism spectrum disorders (ASD) in Costa Rica is thought to resemble that of the rest of the world. There are very limited data available on the resources and barriers to effective ASD services within the country. Interviewing key stakeholders in the ASD community will assist in identifying existing services as well as barriers and gaps in service provision.This study used mixed methods to analyze data from 30 interviews with stakeholders in Costa Rica, results of which will be shared at this poster presentation. Recommendations based on these data will be shared with ABAI conference attendees, with discussion on the current research and understanding of autism and ABA services in Central and South America.
 
82. Survey of Treatments used by Parents of Children with Autism in Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE P. KELLY (Emirates College for Advanced Education, Abu Dhabi), Lilly Tennant (Emirates College for Advanced Education, Abu Dhabi), Suha Al-Hassan (Emirates College for Advanced Education, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates)
Abstract: Green, Pituch, Itchon, Choi, O’Reilly, and Sigafoos (2006) developed an internet survey to identify which of the 111 listed treatments were used by parents of children with autism in the United States of America. Specifically, parents were asked to indicate whether they were: currently using the treatment with their child; had used the treatment in the past, but were not currently using it; or had never used the treatment. Of the 552 respondents, on average the parents reported using seven different treatments with one parent reporting the current use of 47 treatments. The most frequently reported intervention was speech therapy (70% currently using this intervention) followed by visual schedules (43.2%), sensory integration (38.2%), and applied behavior analysis (36.4%). The aim of the current research was to replicate this survey (in both hard and soft-copy format) to assess the number and types of procedures, programs, or approaches used by 119 parents in the treatment of their children with autism in Abu Dhabi in the United Arab Emirates. The survey was provided in both English and standard Arabic to ensure comprehension across all respondents. This research aims to aid service providers understand the decision-making processes that underlie treatment selection by parents of children with autism in Abu Dhabi.
 
83. An Evaluation of Interventions to Increase Incidental Teaching Trials in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI).
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DAVID M. CORCORAN (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis has significant empirical support for the treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Discrete Trial Training (DTT) often is the primary mechanism to foster basic skill acquisition. However, skills acquired in this context must also be demonstrated in natural environments. Natural Environment Training/Incidental Teaching is one commonly used tool for this. This service delivery study, evaluated the effects of a series of interventions to increase the frequency of Incidental/Natural Environment trials run by staff in a home-based ABA program. A group design was used to compare differences within and between training conditions. The Baseline condition was staff orientation which included a specific Incidental brief verbal introduction, and written instructions, and finally a condition combining in-depth training Teaching module, a comprehensive training condition conducted in-vivo, a data sheet only condition with with the introduction of the incidental teaching data sheet. Independent variables were the number of incidental teaching trials run per hour for mands, tacts, intraverbals and response to name. Baseline data showed very few trials being run and comprehensive training alone produced only modest improvement, however introduction of a specific data sheet with clear instructions and general targets produced similar improvement as combining the data sheet with in-depth training.
 
85. A Comparison Between Functional Analyses Conducted in English and in Spanish in a Bilingual Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PAULA YSASI (Presenting Author), Lorie Zamarripa (Second Author), Valeria Yllades (Third Author), Drake Benson (Fourth Author), Zina A. Eluri (The University of Texas-Pan American)
Abstract: This poster evaluates the similarities and differences in functional analyses conducted with a 3 year old bilingual child with autism. It was suggested that she may have different behaviors in response to consequences presented in English and in Spanish. To evaluate these differences functional analyses were conducted in English and in Spanish and various trends in responses were observed. Behaviors that were evaluated include disruptive behaviors, self-injurious behaviors, dangerous acts, and tantrums. These trends will be discussed with respect to the current state of the literature and how this may affect choosing treatment protocols for bilingual participants. In addition, future directions will be mentioned in helping behavior analysts better assess and treat bilingual individuals. Limitations to this project will also be addressed as it relates to time allocated for assessment, availability of trained bilingual staff, behavioral programming, treatment implementation, and parent training procedures. Suggestions will be provided regarding overcoming these limitations when working with bilingual groups.
 
86. Assessing Challenging Behavior via Telehealth: Standardized Descriptive Assessment and Functional Analysis Procedures for Self-Injury
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA J. SIMACEK (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Stephanie Meyer (University of Minnesota), Stephanie Snidarich (University of Minnesota), Adele Dimian (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Telehealth has previously been studied as a technology for the remote coaching of parents in the delivery of functional analysis and subsequent treatment for challenging behavior. The current study examined the use of a standardized descriptive assessment of self-injury to inform functional analysis of an identified pre-cursor behavior; the assessment procedures were implemented by a parent via telehealth coaching from research staff, for a boy (age 5) with autism. First, tantrum behavior was identified as a pre-cursor to self-injury through a standardized descriptive assessment. Second, a consequence-based functional analysis was conducted on the pre-cursor tantrum behavior. Results are discussed in relation to the efficacy of the functional analysis via telehealth, with implications supporting the utility of telehealth as a tool for behavioral assessment. Standardized descriptive assessment is also discussed as a pre-functional analysis observational tool, particularly helpful for remote assessment of challenging behavior that may be dangerous during consequent-based functional analysis.
 
87. The Effects of Mand Modality Assessment to Select Mand Topographies for Functional Communication Training to Address Multiply Maintained Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CAYENNE SHPALL (University of Texas, Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Raechal Ferguson (University of Texas at Austin), Kasey Mills (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Numerous studies have demonstrated the utility of functional communication training (FCT) in the treatment of challenging behavior. However, limited research exists for identifying mand topographies to be incorporated into FCT. Ringdahl et al. (2009) evaluated the role of efficiency across mand topographies with regard to the effectiveness of FCT. Ringdahl et al. found that FCT was more effective when higher efficiency mand topographies were targeted during FCT in the treatment of challenging behavior with a single function. To date, no studies have assessed modality efficiency across functions with multiply maintained challenging behavior. In the present study we conducted a mand modality assessment (MMA) with children who engaged in challenging behavior with multiple functions. Results suggested that mand modality efficiency varied across functions of challenging behavior. These results suggest that care should be taken when selecting modalities of communication to be used during FCT with multiply controlled challenging behavior. Specifically, multiple modalities may need to be targeted with multiply controlled challenging behavior to increase acquisition and limit changing behavior in the process. We will also be presenting additional data (currently being collected) comparing the effectiveness of FCT across low and high efficiency mands across the identified multiple functions of challenging behavior.
 
88. Identifying Functional Reinforcers Masked by Automatic Reinforcement in a Functional Analysis of Self-injurious Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANA M. BAMFORD (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: When assessing the function of self-injurious behavior (SIB) using a functional analysis (FA), elevated rates of SIB in an alone conditions or elevated rates across multiple conditions, may suggest an automatic function. One complication in the latter situation is differentiating between automatic reinforcement alone or multiply maintained behavior. The purpose of the current study was to determine if a social function was being masked by automatic reinforcement in a 12-year-old male who engaged in severe SIB. A multielement FA showed elevated rates of SIB in the alone, attention, tangible, and demand conditions. Following this, we implemented sensory extinction in all FA conditions using a multiple baseline design. SIB was reduced significantly in the alone, attention, tangible, and demand conditions during sensory extinction. In a final analysis, access to restraint on others was provided contingent on SIB, and SIB occurred at consistent and efficient rates both with and without sensory extinction. Through the implementation of sensory extinction, we identified that SIB was maintained by access to restraint, a reinforcer that may have originally been masked, and ruled out several other social reinforcers. This information was used to develop a treatment addressing social and automatic reinforcement.
 
89. Using an Alternative Response to Identify the Function of Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CAITLIN FULTON (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sean Peterson (The Pier Center for Autism), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract: Extreme forms of problem behavior pose a significant threat to the safety of the direct care staff providing behavioral services thus limiting the utility of assessment and treatment procedures. In the current study, functional analyses were conducted with two males who were referred for extremely aggressive and destructive behavior. Therapists provided the participants with rules indicating that only an alternative, incompatible response would be reinforced and the therapists did not provided the programmed consequences for the target problem behavior. The therapists stated “If you feel yourself getting angry, you can hit the big black pad” which would result in the therapist providing the programmed reinforcer in the respective functional analysis condition. Additionally, the participants were informed that aggressive behavior directed towards the staff member would not result in a stimulus change. Results of the functional analyses for both participants indicated that the alternative response was maintained by access to highly preferred tangible items. These results informed the development of function-based treatments which resulted in clinically significant maintenance of low rates of the extreme aggressive and destructive behavior as well as a decrease in the alternative response for both participants.
 
90. Aversive assessment of objects and tastes to be included as potential punishers for the reduction of vocal stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATELYN SELVER (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Sarah Luem (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers), Laura C. Dolan (Rutgers University), Shelley Bertino (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers), Deb Cohen (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers), Jaimie Decker Mulcahy (Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy is commonly observed in individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Some forms of vocal stereotypy (e.g., non-contextual vocalizations above conversation level) may be socially stigmatizing and disruptive to the environment. When reinforcement-based procedures alone are ineffective in treating vocal stereotypy, punishment procedures may be warranted. The present study includes a 10-year-old male participant with autism who engages in loud, disruptive, automatically reinforced vocal stereotypy at high levels throughout the school day. Previous interventions including differential reinforcement of other behavior and response interruption and redirection were ineffective. In addition, extended exposure to one punisher (non-preferred noise) resulted in possible habituation to the treatment. Therefore, we conducted a systematic replication of Zarcone et al. 1999 to identify a variety of potential punishers for vocal stereotypy. Caregivers were interviewed to identify a variety of stimuli (e.g., auditory, tactile, tastes) for use in the assessment. Sessions were 2 minutes in length and one stimulus was presented per session. Prior to the session, the participant was exposed to the stimulus. During the assessment, the participant could avoid or escape the presentation of the stimulus by pushing it away or turning his head. Data were collected on rate and percentage of avoidance responses. Results showed differential rates of avoidance responses across the different stimuli. Four stimuli identified by these assessments have been integrated into the learner’s intervention plan to reduce his vocal stereotypy. Classroom data indicate that the use of varied punishers is effective at reducing vocal stereotypy.
 
91. A Functional Analysis of Dangerous Climbing
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
ASHLEY CARVER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Monica Lugo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Children with intellectual disabilities and autism are at a higher risk of developing dangerous topographies of problem behavior than their typically developing peers (Doehring, Reichow, Palka, Phillips, & Hagopian, 2013). Topographies such as climbing may be difficult to assess in a functional analysis due to the potential risk of injury. To date, no studies have been published identifying a safe method to assess a function for climbing (Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013). The current study aims to safely conduct a functional analysis of climbing displayed by an 11-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. Derek was admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of aggression, destructive behavior, and climbing. A 3mx 3m padded room was baited with furniture to resemble Derek’s home where climbing was frequently reported. To ensure patient safety, the primary dependent measure was latency to climbing. Five conditions were assessed in a multi-element design. Results clearly suggested that climbing was maintained by caregiver attention. Subsequent functional assessments found that climbing was also maintained by access to tangibles, as well as, in part by automatic reinforcement. Reliability data were collected on climbing for an average of 79% of observations and averaged 95% across assessments.
 
92. Assessing the Reinforcing Value of Attention for a Learner with Inconclusive Functional Analysis Data
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA R. YOUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mariana Torres-Viso (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Carver (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Functional analyses have been proven valuable in the development of function-based treatments; however, results are not always conclusive (Vollmer, Marcus, Ringdahl & Roane, 1995). The present study assessed the reinforcing value of different forms of adult attention for Amy, a 12-year old female diagnosed with Smith-Magenis syndrome and autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Amy presented with aggressive, disruptive, and self-injurious behavior, and her initial functional analysis results suggested that Amy’s problem behavior may be maintained in part by positive reinforcement in the form of adult attention. An initial treatment evaluation was conducted to address attention-maintained problem behavior but her problem behavior dropped to near zero. Thus, an attention preference assessment and a reinforcer assessment were initiated to further evaluate the reinforcement value of various types of adult attention (e.g., positive or negative verbal attention, and physical attention). Results indicated that verbal positive attention was the most reinforcing form and was the first to be addressed during subsequent functional communication training (FCT). Results from this study shed light on the potential supplemental role that additional assessments may play in determining the value of functional reinforcers for problem behavior.
 
93. The Use of Concurrent Operant Choice Assessment for Determining Functions of Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER PETRELLI (Bancroft), Patrick Thulen (Bancroft), Sonam G Dubal (Bancroft), Sean Smith (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft)
Abstract: Low rates of responding during a traditional functional analysis (FA) may prevent differentiated results across conditions. An alternative approach may be to evaluate relative preference among competing reinforcers to assess the function of problem behavior. In an evaluation of reinforcement effects comparing single or paired stimuli, Berg et al.(2007) found that a paired choice presentation of socially mediated stimuli could identify relative preference for social reinforcers. The current study evaluates if the function of problem behavior can be accurately identified using a concurrent operant choice assessment. During the choice assessment, the session room was divided in half and two reinforcers, analogous to the those available during a typical FA, were available. Each reinforcer was exclusively available in a different half of the room, but provided noncontingently once a participant moved into that half of the room. The relative preference for each reinforcer was determined by the duration allocated to each reinforcer. Results of the choice assessment were compared to the results of each participants FA, revealing that relative preference for specific FA conditions corresponded to functional relations identified in a typical FA and suggesting that concurrent operant choice assessments might be able to identify functions of problem behavior.
 
94. Differential Exposure to the Establishing Operation for Self-Injury During the Initial Stages of Functional Communication Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
WENDY STRANG (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: DeRosa, Fisher, and Steege (2014) showed that various communication modalities can result in differential exposure to establishing operations (EO) and thus increase the likelihood for problem behavior. In the current investigation, we extended these findings by evaluating differential EO exposure for one 4-year-old boy’s self-injurious behavior (SIB) when the same communicative modality (a card touch) was selected for FCT. Following a functional analysis that suggested the boy’s self-injury was maintained by access to tangible items, two FCT interventions were evaluated. In the EO-Exposure condition, the therapist physically guided the boy to touch a card following a 5-s delay after the removal of the boy’s preferred items. In the EO-Controlled condition, a 0-s prompt delay was used to immediately guide card touches. We observed lower rates of SIB during the EO-Controlled condition and found that brief exposures to the EO for SIB often produced higher rates of self-injury in the EO-Exposure condition than those observed under baseline. Additionally, the fixed 5-s prompt delay was not associated with significantly higher rates of independent card touches. Results are discussed in terms of how even brief exposures (e.g., 5 s) to EOs can produce relatively high rates of problem behavior.
 
95. Assessment and Treatment of Denied Mands Related to Rearrangement and Body Positioning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARIANA TORRES-VISO (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Ashley Carver (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of), Brionn Johnson (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: For some individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), an insistence on sameness and an inflexible adherence to routines leads to maladaptive behavior when rituals are interrupted or prevented. The present study assessed and treated problem behavior exhibited by Amy, a 12-year old female diagnosed with Smith-Magenis syndrome and ASD presenting with aggression, disruptions, and self-injury. A test-control comparison indicated that Amy's target behaviors were maintained by denied mands for others to reinstate the arrangement of objects and people. Functional Communication (FC) training was introduced, where Amy was taught an alternative response to request for others to restore her environment (e.g., "move book, please"), and target behaviors were placed on extinction. Following stable responding, the reinforcement schedule was thinned, incorporating a multiple schedule design with FR1 and extinction components. In this phase, Amy's requests for others to modify her environment were reinforced when a green stimulus was present, and extinction was implemented in the presence of a red stimulus. Results demonstrated a significant reduction in problem behavior and stable and efficient rates of the FC response. Similarly, the systematic fading of novel instructors and caregivers resulted in the maintenance of FC responses and low rates of problem behavior.
 
96. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Various Treatments in Reducing Motor Stereotypy in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROGAIYAH HAMIDADDIN (The Center for Autism Research), Sarah M. Richling (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This poster presents the relative effectiveness of various strategies for reducing stereotypy in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The interventions include response blocking, mild verbal reprimand, and matched stimulation for targeted stereotypic motor behavior. In the blocking alone phase, the therapist gently blocks or stops the movement of the body or hands when the client is attempting to engage in stereotypical behaviors. In the verbal reprimand plus blocking phase, the therapist first gently blocks or stops the stereotypical behavior and then provides a mild verbal reprimand. In the matched stimulation phase, the child will be provided with visual stimulation closely mimicking the stimulation produced by the stereotypic motor behavior. Results of a brief functional analysis indicated that motor stereotypy persisted in the absence of social consequences. During the treatment evaluation, the interventions were assessed using an alternating treatments design. Clinical implications and limitations of the findings will be discussed.
 
97. Using Delayed Auditory Feedback to Reduce Vocal Stereotypy in an Individual with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy is repetitive, noncontextual vocal behavior prevalent in autism that has been hypothesized to be automatically reinforced by the sensory consequences it produces (e.g., Iwata, 1999). Automatically reinforced behavior does not rely on social mediation for its maintenance, and therefore can be difficult to treat behaviorally. However, altering the sensory consequences produced by this behavior may change (increase or decrease) its rate. In the present study, we examined the effects of delayed auditory feedback (DAF) on vocal stereotypy. A 10 year old boy with autism participated. DAF was produced and manipulated by capturing emitted vocal stereotypy using a microphone and playing the resulting stimulus through headphones at a short delay. The effects of DAF were evaluated using an alternating treatments design in which baseline (0 ms delay) sessions were alternated with DAF (120 or 240 ms delay). Results revealed that DAF decreased the rate of vocal stereotypy and increased the rate of word production compared to no delay. Implications for the use of DAF to treat vocal stereotypy by enhancing the effectiveness of response interruption and redirection procedures and by facilitating transfer of stimulus control of the stereotypy to a socially-mediated stimulus (e.g., echoic control) will be discussed.
 
98. A Component Analysis of a Combined Contingency Functional Analysis of Self-injurious Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HOLLY WIGGINS (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Maureen Kelly (The New England Center for Children), Michael Heiberger (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: A functional analysis was conducted to determine the maintaining variable for the self-injurious behavior (SIB) in a 12 year old girl with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and a secondary diagnosis of a mood disorder. The participant wore protective equipment in the form of a helmet, arm limiters, and leather gloves across the day by request and contingent on any SIB. The first phase of the functional analysis included a series of alone sessions to rule out maintenance by automatic reinforcement. Next, a pairwise functional analysis based on that described Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) was conducted. This analysis included a test condition informed by an open-ended interview, combined establishing operations (protective equipment removal, demand presentation, no attention, and denied access to preferred toys and edibles), and combined reinforcers (removal of demands, presentation of protective equipment, attention, toys, and edibles). Because this condition was labor and resource intensive and may have included the presentation of more reinforcers then were necessary, a component analysis of each of the combined contingencies was evaluated to determine whether all reinforcers were functionally relevant to SIB. Interobserver agreement was calculated on 68.5% of sessions and averaged 97% (range, 70% to 100%).
 
99. Impact of Schedule and Quality of Fixed-Time Attention on Noncompliance in a Child with ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TIFFANY BORN (May Institute), Melanie DuBard (May Institute), Danielle Iezzi (May Institute), Kimberly Belanger (May Institute), Nathalie El-Saieh (May Institute), Sasha Georges (May Institute), Traci Taber (May Institute)
Abstract: Noncompliance is a common problem behavior among school-aged children with autism spectrum disorders (Machalicek, O’Reilly, Beretvas, Sigafoos, & Lancioni, 2006). Fixed-time, non-contingent reinforcement (NCR; Carr, Severtson, & Lepper, 2008) has been shown to be effective in reducing rates of problem behaviors. However, little research exists examining the feasibility and impacts of NCR procedures implemented in classroom settings during regular daily schedules. Moreover, there is little guidance as to the quality of reinforcement required. Utilizing an alternating treatments design, the first phase of this study found that fixed-time high quality attention (enthusiastic praise and physical touch) was superior to low quality attention (neutral statements without physical touch) at reducing rates of noncompliance during the school day. The student was noncompliant for an average of 7.37 min per hour when receiving non-contingent high quality attention and an average of 15.49 min per hour when receiving non-contingent low quality attention. Schedule of reinforcement had less impact on results. The second phase of this study is ongoing and is examining the differential impacts of the NCR procedure with a DRA procedure utilizing an alternative schedule of reinforcement. Treatment integrity, IOA, and social validity data will be reported.
 
100. Shaping Procedures used to Treat Problem Behavior in a Hispanic Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ERIC ESCAMILLA (The University of Texas-Pan American), Stephanie Ramos (The University of Texas-Pan American), Norma Rodriguez (The University of Texas-Pan American), Zina A. Eluri (The University of Texas-Pan American)
Abstract: This poster focuses on using shaping procedures to motivate in-seat behavior and attempt to decrease problem behavior in a 4-year old Hispanic child with autism. A functional analysis was conducted and it was determined that noncompliance was maintained by escape from demands and that disruptive behavior was maintained by escape from demands and access to tangible items. After implementing some procedures that were found to be ineffective, we decided to try to shape up in-seat behaviors and determine whether there was a reduction in problem behaviors as a result. This poster will show the results of this shaping procedure as it relates to in-seat behavior, noncompliance, and disruptive behavior. In addition, attempts to fade out the reinforcers will be tracked to determine if there is a maximum capacity in which reinforcement cannot effectively compete with the environmental demands on a child. The implications of using shaping to motivate behavior will be discussed and its impact on problem behavior will be addressed.
 
101. Decreasing drooling in a teen with autism and brain damage using differential reinforcement, overcorrection, and fluency-based goal fading.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CASEY N. MOORE (Little Star Center), Amanda Satchwill (Ball state university), Vincent LaMarca (HABA (Hoosier ABA)), William Tim Courtney (Little Star Center)
Abstract: A teenage female diagnosed with autism and periventricular leukomalacia was exposed to an intervention designed to decrease the daily frequency of instances of observable drooling. The interventions selected included the differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior and an overcorrection procedure following errors. Standard-celeration charts were used to track the frequency of success intervals and error intervals and develop a progressive schedule gradually increasing the requirement for reinforcer delivery. The criterion for success is an average of 2 or fewer instances of drooling throughout an 8 hour period. The initial interval for reinforcement was set at 2.5 minutes, and each 2 day period in which the participant met the criterion for success the interval duration was increased. As the participant continues to progress though the steps, the interval between reinforcer deliveries will increase, until deliveries are several hours apart.
 
 
Keyword(s): Poster
 
Poster Session #272
DDA Sunday PM
Sunday, May 24, 2015
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
102. Teaching Strategies and Behavior Interventions for Deaf Students: The Case of Ty
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
HOLLEE ANDERSON (Steps center for autism), Sadaf Ameen (STEPS Center for Excellence in Autism)
Abstract: Outlining effective teaching strategies and behavioral interventions for children who are deaf has been a topic of research for educators in recent years. Ty is an 11 year old boy at STEPS Center for Excellence in Autism in Strongsville, Ohio diagnosed with Dyspraxia and Enlarged Vestibular Aqueduct (EVA) fragility, which has resulted in profound hearing loss bilaterally. Ty has received two cochlear implants which have been activated. He uses sign language and vocalizations as his main form of communication. He can use 2-3 signs in succession for simple requests, and is working on functional communication training to increase his mand repertoire. A functional behavior assessment revealed that access to tangibles, access to attention and escape from task were the main functions of Ty’s problem behaviors (aggression, screaming/yelling, property destruction). Ty’s treatment team included a sign language interpreter, a teacher of the deaf, and a Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA). It was noted that Ty’s problem behaviors decreased only when the teacher and interpreter were removed and he worked in a 1:1 setting with a BCaBA. In this case study we will present a comparative analysis of all teaching and behavioral interventions used with Ty in the classroom and discuss why some were may be more successful than others. We will present limitations and future implications of the methodology used to teach Ty and suggest improvements we will be incorporating in our future endeavors with him and children with similar deficits in the academic setting.
 
103. An Application of Generalizability Theory to Direct Observation Measures of Problem Behavior and Classroom Contingencies
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JOHANNA STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Behavior analysts rely on direct observation to measure target behaviors and behavior-environment contingencies. Measurement samples are used to assess behavior and evaluate effects of interventions, thus it is essential that they are sufficiently reliable and representative. Generalizability theory (GT; Cronbach, Gleser, Nanda, & Rajaratnam, 1972) may be used to assess sources of variability within a set of measurement samples and may be applied to existing observational data sets to identify how many observation sessions are necessary to yield reliable and representative estimates. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the number of observations necessary to produce reliable estimates of problem behavior, antecedent-behavior contingencies, and behavior-consequence contingencies for 7 students with I/DD and severe problem behavior during 1:1 instruction in classroom settings. Results indicated that although five, 30-min sessions were sufficient to produce reliable estimates of student problem behavior, reliability coefficients for antecedent-behavior and behavior-consequence contingencies were variable, suggesting that the amount of observational data necessary to yield reliable estimates of contingencies between two behaviors or events is likely to exceed the amount necessary to yield reliable estimates of each behavior in isolation. Future work related to obtaining representative estimates of behavior and contingencies will be discussed.
 
104. Reducing Response Latency in a Young Adult With Developmental Disabilities Using Over-correction
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JACQUELINE KINYUA KINYUA (Kaizora Consultants), Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Consultants)
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities experience challenges that impede learning. One commonly reported challenge is response latency which occurs when an individual takes long to respond to instructions. Failure to follow instructions in a timely manner limits an individual's opportunity to learn many skills. The subject was Rahab a 22 year old girl with a developmental disability who struggled to follow instructions in a timely manner. Several reinforcement based procedures were attempted to reduce her response latency without much success. As a result an overcorrection procedure was implemented. The procedure involved giving the subject an instruction and when she did not respond within one minute, she was required to walk to the instructor who was a distance away and the instruction was re-administered. This procedure was repeated until she complied with the instruction. Differential reinforcement was provided when she complied with the instruction within a short time period. During the baseline phase of the study, it was found that she responded to the instruction after an average of 3 minutes but with time she was found to respond to instructions in one minute. Data collection is still in progress.
 
105. IPad, IPhone, and IPod Applications for Special Education Practitioners: Evidence-Based Practice
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SAEED ALQAHTANI (University of Iowa)
Abstract: With the increase in the use of new technologies (NT) in today's society, it is important to investigate their usefulness in special education settings. Traditional technology (e.g., desktop and laptop computers) has been used to support special education teachers in improving students’ performance in a variety of skills; though, the use of NT (e.g., iPad, iPhones, and iPod) may enhance this goal and maximize students learning activity, engagement, and motivation. The purpose of this literature review is to evaluate how NTs have been used in research in order to highlight their effectiveness for evidence-based practice. Thirty studies that used NT and targeted students with developmental disabilities (DDA) were obtained, reviewed, and synthesized. The findings indicated that NTs have been used effectively for individuals with DDA in a variety of skills including academic, social, communication, employment, and independent skills. In addition, teachers could use NTs to either teach skills or to deliver instructions, alone or combined with teaching strategies. These findings will inform teachers, practitioners, and policy makers to consider the new technology in order to increase the teaching quality and students’ outcomes. Also, it will help audience to explore scientific approaches (apps and built-in-features) when using NT to teach individual with disabilities.
 
106. An analysis of the rate of acquisition and the accuracy of discrimination across communication modalities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark), AMANDA GILL (Melmark), Claire Lovero (Melamrk), Tracy Chin (Melmark), Rebekah Lush (Melmark)
Abstract: Carr and Durrand (1985) evaluated communication modalities for functional communication training (FCT) as a way to reduce and replace problem behavior for individuals with developmental disabilities. However, there is minimal empirical research evaluating the most appropriate mode of communication for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, especially in regard to discrimination across modalities. As discussed by Tiger, Hanley, and Bruzek (2008) the main areas of research examining the selection of a communication modality include: a) response effort; b) the social recognition of the response; and c) the rate of acquisition. The current study looked to expand on current research by examining the rate of acquisition and accuracy of discrimination. The modalities examined included a button press, picture exchange system, sign, vocal responding, and three-dimensional objects. The results indicate acquisition for the modality was similar across multiple modalities, however, discrimination was highest with the use of 3D objects.
 
107. An evaluation of a competing items assessment on fire alarm pulls maintained by automatic reinforcement.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark), REBEKAH LUSH (Melmark), Amanda Gill (Melmark)
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation is to extend the current literature on competing items assessments focusing on the aberrant behavior of fire alarm pulling. The current study extends the research conducted by Piazza, Adelinis, Hanley, Goh, and Delia (2000) for the treatment of automatically maintained behavior. The functional analysis conducted identified the behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Prior to completing the competing items assessment, a paired-choice preference assessment was conducted to rank preference for two classes of items. The first class included items from the individual’s current treatment plan, and is defined as unmatched items. The second class is fire alarm related, and is defined as matched items. The results of this assessment indicate the majority of items competed with fire alarm pulling when compared to the conditions with no item. Further evaluation is warranted to determine long term effects of the competing items on fire alarm pulls in the natural environment.
 
108. Sign Language as an Intervention Strategy for Individuals with Developmental Disabilities: A Literature Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University), Robert Bachar (Northern Illinois University), HANNAH KRAWCZYK (Northern Illinois University), Jacquelyn Messick (Northern Illinois University), Jenna Poppen (Northern Illinois University), Melissa Steinborn (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract: Sign language is often used as an intervention strategy with individuals with autism and developmental disabilities. The purpose of the current literature review was to analyze peer-reviewed journal articles that examined the use of sign language as an instructional method with individuals with autism and developmental disabilities. We included 11 articles in the review, and the following information was analyzed: participant characteristics, setting, intervention implementer, intervention components, research design, and results. Additionally, we analyzed the inclusion of generalization, maintenance, treatment fidelity, and social validity data in all of the studies. Results of the synthesis indicate that sign language was often used as part of a treatment package, and multiple studies examined the comparative effects of sign language vs. other strategies. Almost half of the studies were conducted in school environments, while other settings included the home, laboratory, and residential facilities. The ages of participants ranged from 5 to 61 years old. Researchers reported positive results in most studies. Implications for practice and future avenues for research will be discussed.
 
109. Direct observation-based data collection on the prevalence of problem behavior among individuals with intellectual disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
TONY VETS (St. Mary's Residential Training School), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University), Niamh Doyle (Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Previous literature on the prevalence of problematic behavior (e.g., self injury, aggression) among individuals with intellectual disabilities has been based on caregiver interview or behavioral rating scales. The validity of unsubstantiated reports has been well documented. In the current study, partial-interval recording was used to collect data on the occurrence of destructive behavior (e.g., aggression, stereotypy, pica, masturbation) among a sample of over 200 individuals with intellectual disabilities in a residential treatment facility. Data were collected across 933, 60-s intervals divided into observation windows of 10 min, and interobserver agreement data were collected on 100% of observations (averaging 92% agreement on the occurrence of problem behavior). Data were recorded on the occurrence of separate topographies of problem behavior among groups of 5 to 9 individuals, with variable occurrences observed. The obtained data will be discussed relative to previous studies in this area, as will the implications of using observation-based data collection in residential settings.
 
110. An Evaluation of the Individualized Levels System in 11 Inpatient Cases
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTI JEFFERY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Behavioral levels systems are multi-component interventions that generally involve differential reinforcement and response cost organized within a system of two or more “levels,” each of which is associated with different opportunities to access reinforcement. Higher-level status is associated with increased access to materials and privileges that are preferred; while lower level status is associated with less reinforcement. Promotion and demotion is contingent upon behavior. Although levels systems are widely used in residential and hospital settings, they are generally applied universally across all participants rather than individualized. Only a few studies, describing a small number of cases have reported on levels systems designed based on functional assessment and preference assessment outcomes (Grace, Thompson, & Fisher, 1996; Hagopian, Rush, Richman, Kurtz, Contrucci, & Crossland, 2002; O'Connor, Sorenson-Bursworth, Rush, & Eidman, 2003). The purpose of the current study was to report on 11 participants who were treated with individualized behavioral levels systems. At least an 80% reduction in problem behavior from baseline was achieved in 10 of the 11 cases.
 
111. Effects of a Medical Condition on the Outcomes of a Functional Analysis of Disruptive Behaviors
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTI CORTEZ (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Gloria N. Maillard (University of North Texas), Christina DeLapp (University of North Texas), Carla M. Smith (University of North Texas), Katy Atcheson (University of North Texas)
Abstract: A functional analysis was conducted with a 52 year-old man to determine the variables influencing disruptive behavior. Disruptive behavior showed two distinct patterns during the analysis. Periods of relatively high and undifferentiated responding alternated with periods during which disruptive behavior occurred primarily in the attention condition. It was subsequently determined that the subject was diagnosed with medical conditions during periods of the evaluation that corresponded with high, undifferentiated response patterns. Resolutions of the medical conditions were followed by decreases in disruptive behavior in all conditions except the attention condition. These outcomes suggest that disruptive behavior was, in part, a function of the participant’s health status. In the absence of medical conditions, disruption appeared to be sensitive to social positive reinforcement only; however, when medical conditions were present the behavior appeared to be automatically reinforced or maintained by multiple contingencies. The effects of medical conditions on functional analysis outcomes must be interpreted with caution due to the correlational nature of the analysis; however, covariance between these variables was observed multiple times in the current study. These results are consistent with prior research indicating that medical conditions can alter the outcomes of functional analyses of problem behavior (O’Reilly, 1997).
 
112. A Treatment Evaluation of Pervasive Dropping in an Individual with Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
REBECA TORRES (Bancroft), Katie Donohoe (Bancroft), Lauren F. Troy (Bancroft)
Abstract: Current best practice in Applied Behavior Analysis is to analyze a function of behavior and then develop an intervention based on the function(s). In some cases, however, conducting a functional analysis can be challenging due the severity of the problem behavior or other environmental difficulties. For example, in 2013, Lehardy et. al, described challenges in conducting a functional analysis of elopement due to the need for the participant to have repeated opportunities to engage in the behavior. In the current study, similar difficulties were encountered in attempts to analyze and intervene on the pervasive dropping behavior of an 18-year old female diagnosed with Autism, Psychosis, and Generalized Anxiety Disorder. Observing the behavior repeatedly during contrived analogue conditions was nearly impossible due to the timing of onset and lengthy duration of the dropping behavior. An intervention was chosen based on functional assessment of other challenging behaviors, and data suggest that was effective in decreasing dropping while transitioning home from school. However, this has not generalized to other important transitions such as fire drills and attending doctors appointments. The purpose of the current study is to conduct a treatment evaluation of dropping, in a design similar to a functional analysis, in order to simultaneously determine both the probable function and an effective treatment. An alternating treatments design will be used, in which escape, attention, and tangible test treatments will be contrived to reinforce the target behavior of compliance with walking.
 
113. A Comparison of Functional Communication Consequences for Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARCELLA HANGEN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lena V. Willse (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mandy M. Park (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a commonly used treatment for problem behavior displayed by individuals with intellectual disabilities. FCT involves identifying the function of problem behavior, the selection and teaching of a communication response, and the application of differential reinforcement (for the communication response) and extinction for problem behavior. When problem behavior is maintained by escape from demands, the communication response typically results in a brief break from demands. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate whether consequences other than a break from demands (i.e., help or attention) would be effective in the context of a FCT treatment for an adult with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Three separate communication responses were trained and evaluated separately in a multielement comparison. A second comparison involved allowing the participant to request help, attention, or a break at any time during demand sessions. All three FCT consequences produced clinically significant reductions in problem behavior when evaluated singularly. The most significant reduction in problem behavior was obtained when all three FCT consequences were available concurrently.
 
114. Effects of Video Prompting versus Behavioral Skills Training and Fluency Training on the Acquisition and Maintenance of Vocational Skills of Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL KRANAK (The Ohio State University), Eliseo D. Jimenez (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Mary Sawyer (The Ohio State University), Margo Vreeburg Izzo (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: With the shift in Ohio State Legislation regarding competitive employment outcomes for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, agencies are looking for better ways to effectively teach skills that can maintain over time after the removal of job coach supports. The goal of this study was to compare the effects of video prompting to Behavioral Skills Training with fluency training on the acquisition and maintenance of vocational skills with individuals with intellectual disabilities. This study highlights the effects of job coaching and fading procedures. Using an Adapted Alternating Treatments Design (AATD), the study examined the time it took to reach mastery of a skill and then using the data to inform researchers on the most appropriate fading procedure/model. Two college-age students were taught two vocational skills. One intervention was assigned to one task; the other intervention was assigned to the second task. This procedure was counterbalanced for the second student.
 
 
 
Poster Session #273
PRA Sunday PM
Sunday, May 24, 2015
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Exhibit Hall C (CC)
115. The Effects of Lecture about Behavioral Contingency on Welfare College Students’ Care-giving Behaviors
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
NOBUHIRO WATANABE (Tokiwa University), Suzuka Sato (Aino Sato Support Facility for Person with Disabil), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Abstract: The present study compared the effects of two lectures on welfare college students’ care-giving behaviors. The two lectures were on behavioral contingency and traditional welfare practice. While inner and/or cognitive causes of users’ problem behaviors were matter of concern to the traditional welfare practice, functional relationships between users’ behaviors and their consequences were emphasized in the lecture on behavioral contingency. Four students received those lectures and then role-play sessions. In the role-play sessions they were asked to give some appropriate responses to another student playing as an aged wandering user. The sessions consisted of two phases; the traditional care support and the behavior analysis phases. In each phase, four students were asked to make consideration for principles they learned in each lecture, and to give a reaction to the wandering user. The dependent variable was each student’s latency to emit an adequate response to the user. Four students showed their appropriate responses to the user more promptly in the behavior analysis phase than in the traditional welfare care support phase. From this result, the lecture about behavioral contingency may be more effective for prompting welfare college students to respond adequately to aged wanderers than the lecture about traditional welfare practice.
 
116. A Comparison of Antecedent Strategies Combined With Differential Reinforcement and Escape Extinction to Treat Passive Food Refusal in an Individual With a Pediatric Feeding Disorder
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BILLIE J. KLEIN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jessica Keane (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Natasha Chamberlain (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Courtney Mauzy (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Escape extinction and differential reinforcement have been shown to decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior (e.g., head turning, batting at spoon or feeders hand, covering mouth) and increase acceptance in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders (e.g. Reed et al., 2004; Piazza, Patel, Gulotta, Sevin, & Layer, 2003). However, not all children with feeding difficulties present with these active food refusal topographies. Using a multi-element design, we compared the effects of a variety of antecedent interventions (angled spoon presentation, immediate or delayed finger prompt, and lip closure prompt) combined with differential reinforcement and escape extinction to decrease teeth clenching and acceptance of the spoon without clearing the bolus. Interobserver agreement was conducted on 34% of sessions and was above 80%. Results indicated that an immediate finger prompt paired with a lip closure prompt was most effective at decreasing teeth clenching and increasing acceptance of the entire bite. Both prompts were then systematically faded. Bite acceptance remained high and refusal remained low throughout the fading procedure. Potential operant mechanism for these findings will be discussed.
 
117. The Effects of Conducting a Functional Analysis on Problem Behavior in Other Settings: Evaluating the Possibility of Interaction Effects
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER M. HODNETT (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Kennedy Krieger Institute & Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Studies have shown that basing treatments for problem behaviors upon the results of a functional analysis (FA; Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richmann, 1982/1994) results in better outcomes (Didden, Korzilius, van Oorsouw, & Sturmey, 2006; Campbell & Herzinger, 2010). However, it has been suggested that reinforcing problem behavior during functional analyses (FAs) may be unethical (e.g., Carr, 1977), the implication being that doing so may result in an increase in problem behavior outside of FA sessions. The current study assessed whether conducting an FA resulted in increases in problem behavior outside of the FA setting for 9 participants. The rate of problem behavior was measured outside the FA setting prior to and during an FA. Idiosyncratic results suggest that problem behavior outside of the FA setting may increase, decrease, or be unaffected by conducting an FA.
 
118. The changes over time in dressing ability after stroke
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
SHOTARO SASAKI (2Department of Rehabilitation Medicine, St. Marianna University, Yokohama City Seibu Hospital), Yoshitsugu Omori (Department of Rehabilitation Medicine, St. Marianna University, Yokohama City Seibu Hospital), Makoto Suzuki (Kitasato Univers)
Abstract: A lot of stroke patients need assistance in putting on a shirt after the onset. A practical level of putting on a shirt requires shorter duration as well as the accuracy. Although, the changes over time of the time in putting on a buttoned shirt as a fluency of performance has not been well studied yet. The objective of this study is to clarify the changes over time of the time in putting on a buttoned shirt. In our study, 18 patients who could not put on a button shirt themselves in daily living at initial stage were enrolled. For the measurement, one examiner measured the time using a stopwatch from putting a subject’s arm into a sleeve to putting buttons on the right buttonholes. In the last session, 9 of 18 patients could put on themselves in daily living. The 9 independent patients showed that the time of putting on became shorter and independence was improved as the sessions were repeated. It is concluded that the time required for putting on a buttoned shirt has a certain relation to patient independence. Fluency of putting on is important for independence in daily living.
 
119. Development of an upper extremity behavior measures for patients with post-stroke hemiparesis
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
KOSHI MATSUOKA (Tamakyuryo Hospital), Makoto Suzuki (Kitasato University), Aki Watanabe (Kitasato University), Koji Misawa (Tamakyuryo Hospital), Michinari Fukuda (Kitasato University)
Abstract: Behavioral learning is important in the rehabilitation of daily activities in patients with an affected upper extremity after stroke. However, a scale that reflects the function of the affected upper extremity as it relates to the performance of daily activities has not been developed, and therapists select practice programs empirically. Therefore, we developed the Activities Specific Upper-extremity Hemiparesis Scale (ASUHS), which evaluates the activities that can be performed by an affected upper extremity. The items of the ASUHS that relate to upper extremity behaviors of individuals with post-stroke hemiparesis (dominant hand, 207 items; non-dominant hand, 159 items) were created by referring to previously developed scales that focus on behavior measurement for rehabilitation patients with neurological and musculoskeletal impairment in daily life. Scores range from 1 point (does not attempt with the affected upper extremity) to 4 points (movement appears to be normal). Fourteen stroke patients were enrolled in the study and were assessed by ASUHS. Cronbach’s coefficient α was 0.999 for both the dominant-hand and non-dominant-hand scales, indicating that the ASUHS has high internal consistency. The ASUHS might serve as a meaningful outcome measure for comparing practice methods of rehabilitation activities and predicting prognosis.
 
120. Comparing Two Prompt Types For Individualized Skill Acquisition
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
LESLIE QUIROZ (New England Center for Children), Tracey Toran (New England Center for Children), Kimberly M. Walter (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and related developmental disabilities may have difficulty acquiring new skills, and not all teaching procedures may be equally effective across individuals. The current project replicated the prompt evaluation methods reported by Seaver and Bourret (2013) to compare delayed modeling and delayed physical prompts using most-to- least fading for two individuals diagnosed with ASD. Data collection is completed for one individual and is in process for the second. Delayed modeling prompting produced more rapid skill acquisition for one individual during a leisure activity. To further evaluate the generality of these results, skill acquisition was compared during two hygiene-related tasks. The task taught using delayed modeling prompting was acquired where the task taught using delayed physical prompts was not. After a switch to delayed modeling prompting the individual rapidly acquired the targeted hygiene-related task. Interobserver agreement was at or above 97% in 45% of sessions. Prompt evaluation with the leisure task is underway for a second individual. The project demonstrated generality of results from the prompt evaluation across tasks and the efficacy of prompt evaluation to determine which procedure is most efficient for an individual.
 
121. Fading Tactile Prompts: A Comparative Approach
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
WHITNEY BOWMAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Tactile prompts have proven effective in minimizing errors when teaching learners with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) and other disabilities; however research systematically evaluating prompt fading for these types of prompts is limited to prompt delay procedures. The current study compared two techniques for fading tactile prompts in an alternating treatments design within a multiple baseline across participants design for four participants with ASD and two typically developing participants. The researcher compared fading intensity and progressive time delay for two discrete orientation responses (e.g., moving left and moving right) through a transfer of stimulus control from the tactile prompt to a discriminative stimulus. A third condition was used as a control condition to evaluate internal validity concerns (i.e., history effect). In addition to assessing the utility of each of the fading techniques with tactile prompts, the researcher assessed the relative efficiency of the two methods based on trials to criterion, errors, and generalization across environments. Results indicated both prompt fading techniques were equally effective and efficient for five of the six participants. However, intensity fading is recommended for practitioners based on the ease of implementation in the naturalized or classroom setting.
 
122. A Comparison of Indirect Functional Assessment Measures in an Outpatient Pediatric Sample
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRYSTAL E.R. JANSZ RIEKEN (Texas Tech University-Burkhart Center for Autism), Rebecca Beights (Texas Tech University-Burkhart Center for Autism), Jason Cohen (Texas Tech University), Pik Wah Lam (Texas Tech University), Nancy I. Salinas (Texas Tech University), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: The Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF; Matson & Vollmer, 1995) questionnaire aims to identify maintaining variables of aberrant behavior. Although the QABF was primarily designed and validated for adults with severe aberrant behavior in institutional settings with care-staff as informants , it is commonly used to assess less severe behavior across different populations (e.g., children) and settings (e.g., outpatient clinics, schools). Freeman et al. (2007) expanded the literature on the QABF in one of the only studies examining psychometric properties of the QABF in a pediatric outpatient setting with parent informants. This poster presents further data from a study that extended Freeman et al. (2007) through procedural replication and examination of convergent validity between the QABF and three other commonly used and evaluated indirect functional assessment measures: the Problem Behavior Questionnaire (PBQ; Lewis, Scott, & Sugai, 1994), the Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS; Durand & Crimmins, 1992) and the Functional Assessment Screening Tool (FAST; Iwata & DeLeon, 2005). Preliminary results found strong correlations for all subscales of the MAS and QABF, consistent with Freeman et al. (2007), and internal consistency between the QABF and MAS, but not the PBQ. Additional data will be added as they are collected.
 
123. Conducting Functional Behavior Assessments via Remote Technology
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
DENICE RIOS (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Yannick Schenk (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Currently, the demand for behavior analytic services far exceeds the number of individuals that can provide them. Specifically, in rural areas, the lack of access to qualified behavior analysts often results in the postponement of services for many families. In order to address this problem, researchers and practitioners have begun to provide such services via remote technology. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy and feasibility of the remote implementation of functional behavior assessments. Specifically, we collaborated with service providers to assess the function of problem behavior via a live-view camera. In this poster, we provide a case description of one participant whose assessment was conducted through the live-view technology. The participant was an 8-year-old boy with autism who received behavior analytic services through a public organization. Behavior analysts at a university setting provided training, on-going consultation, and live feedback to the client’s staff on conducting a functional behavior assessment. Results of the assessment showed problem behavior was maintained by access to tangibles. In addition, staff implemented the functional analysis with an average of 91% procedural fidelity. Outcomes of this study provide evidence of the effectiveness of implementing functional behavior assessments via remote technology.
 
124. Visual Analysis of Data by Editorial Board Members and Practicing BCBAs
Area: PRA; Domain: Basic Research
ROBERT BARRY (Eastern Connecticut State University), Brett Gelino (Eastern Connecticut State University), James W. Diller (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Abstract: The use of visual inspection of data is a hallmark of behavior-analytic research, leading to changes in research designs or adjustments of treatments. It is imperative that individuals who evaluate this type of data respond consistently to what they see. In a replication of a study by Kahng et al. (2010) we compared interpretations of graphically displayed data between members of the editorial boards of JEAB and JABA and practicing Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Participants reviewed 18 graphs depicting hypothetical data in an alternating-treatment design which varied in terms of the level of mean shift, variability, and trend. For each graph, participants indicated their confidence in the presence of experimental control, identified if there were trends present, and if the data were stable. With respect to evaluating experimental control, the BCBAs (non-editorial board members) had an ICC of .48. The editorial board members had an ICC of .89, suggesting that they were more consistent in their evaluations than the behavior analysts who were not editorial board members.
 
 
 
Business Meeting #273a
IGNITE
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–9:50 PM
217A (CC)
Chair: Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Presenting Authors:
IGNITE is a worldwide phenomenon promoting exciting presentations that are only five minutes long. Each speaker submits a slideshow with 20-slides preprogrammed to advance every 15-seconds. The Chair collects the slideshows and organizes them on one laptop so there is no equipment change between speakers. The presentations are intended to IGNITE the interest of audience members and to stimulate conversation and encourage further exploration of topics. Come enjoy a series of fast-paced, explosive presentations aimed to inform and educate. Come get your passion for behavior analysis ignited!
Keyword(s): IGNITE
 
 
Reunion #274
Behavior Analyst Certification Board Approved Course Sequence Coordinators Reception
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Crockett A (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Christine L. Ratcliff (BACB)
Coordinators for BACB approved course sequences are invited to join us for an informal gathering. Come connect with BACB staff and other coordinators in a relaxed, social atmosphere.
Keyword(s): ACS, BACB, BCaBA, BCBA
 
 
Business Meeting #275
The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
217D (CC)
Chair: Malcolm D. Neely (Standard Celeration Society)
Presenting Authors:
The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share provides an opportunity for all to see, hear, and share data across the behavior spectrum using paper, transparency, and digital daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly Standard Celeration Charts presented rapidly in spirited friendship.
 
 
Reunion #276
University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon D (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas (UNT) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more that three decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at UNT.
 
 
Reunion #277
Teachers College, Columbia University, and CABAS Reunion
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Crockett B (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
This event is a social gathering for current students and graduates of the programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis of Teachers College and the Columbia University Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, as well as CABAS professionals and friends from around the world.
Keyword(s): CABAS, Columbia University, Reunion, Teachers College
 
 
Reunion #278
St. Cloud State University Reunion
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon E (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Gerald C. Mertens (St. Cloud State University)
This will be an educational, fun time for alumni, students, faculty, and friends of St. Cloud State University. Celebrating 50 years of behavior analysis at St. Cloud State.
 
 
Reunion #279
Western Michigan University: Reunion for Alumni, Students, Faculty, and Friends
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon C (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
This is a social reunion for Western Michigan University alumni, current students, current and past faculty, and friends of the program. Please come by for a visit! We would love to see you!
Keyword(s): Reunion, Social
 
 
Reunion #280
Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Republic B (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
This year marks the 24th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to celebrating the following accomplishments with our colleagues and students at ABAI 2015: • We were awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010. • The Program has Conferred over 40 Ph.D. degrees. • The On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees. • The Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations.
 
 
Reunion #281
The Chicago School, B. F. Skinner Foundation, and Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Reunion
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon B (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Mary Caruso-Anderson (University of Manitoba)

This event provides an opportunity for all ABAI convention attendees involved with or interested in the B. F. Skinner Foundation, the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and the Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) departments of The Chicago School of Professional Psychology (Chicago, Los Angeles, Washington, DC and Online campuses) to get together, get updates on activities, and make plans for the future. Dr. Julie Vargas will be present on behalf of the BF Skinner Foundation; Dr. Hank Pennypacker will represent the Cambridge Center; and Drs. Leslie Morrison, Mary Caruso-Anderson and Marlene Cohen are the Department Chairs of the ABA departments in LA, DC, and Online respectively. This event is a great time to meet a diverse group of behavior analysts and friends of behavior analysis, from students to seasoned faculty, to well-known researchers in the field. All ABAI attendees are invited to network, discuss common interests, and have an all-around good time!

Keyword(s): Cambridge Center, Chicago School, reunion, Skinner Foundation
 
 
Reunion #282
Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group - Social and Networking Reception
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Crockett C (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Tracie L. Lindblad (Monarch House)
The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group welcomes its members, and any other ABAI attendees, for an occasion of informal social interaction and dialogue. This is an opportunity for speech-language pathologists, behavior analysts, and students in the fields of SLP and/or ABA to meet and talk about areas of common professional interest and to further interprofessional collaboration. This social reception will provide our members and other interested professionals with ample opportunity to connect and converse. All current, previous, and future SPABA members welcome. Bring your friends!
Keyword(s): interprofessional collaboration, speech therapy, speech-language pathology, verbal behavior
 
 
Reunion #283
University of Kansas
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Crockett D (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Edward K. Morris (The University of Kansas)
At the University of Kansas, 2014 marked the 50th anniversary of the founding of its behavior analysis programs in the Department of Human Development and Family Life (1964-2004). They are sustained and evolve, today, in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science (2004-2014), which celebrates its 10th anniversary in 2014. The ABAI reunion offers anyone associated with the programs an opportunity to meet again and meet anew, whether they are current and past faculty members, undergraduate and graduate students, alumni and friends of the departments, or their families.
 
 
Reunion #284
The Ohio State University
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon F (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
The Ohio State University special education program will be hosting its annual reunion. All alumni, faculty, students, and friends are invited.
 
 
Reunion #285
Beacon ABA Services and Friends
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Seguin A (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Steven Woolf (Beacon ABA Services)
Please attend Beacon’s 6th annual ABAI reunion event. Beacon’s reunion is open to all professional acquaintances, MassABA members, staff and friends. Please join us for food, music, drinks, door prizes, and stimulating conversation. A good time to be had by all!
 
 
Reunion #286
Ball State University Social
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Sequin B (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
This is a celebration of Ball State University's students, alumni, and faculty. Our goal is to socialize and congratulate each other on our continued hard work!
 
 
Reunion #287
SIU Reception/Reunion
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Republic A (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Karl Gunnarsson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Come here all about the latest developments at Southern Illinois University and reunite with old friends. We will have representative’s on hand to inform potential students about training in Chicago, online, and in Carbondale. We will also have the chance to all socialize and reflect back upon fond memories of the world´s first Behavior Analysis degree program in the world.
 
 
Reunion #288
Fresno State ABA
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Republic C (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Timothy Michael Yeager (Behavioral Sciences Institute at Fresno State)

Fresno State welcomes faculty, students, alumni, and friends of the ABA program.

Keyword(s): ABA, Fresno State, Master's degree
 
 
Reunion #289
Florida Institute of Technology ABA Online Reception
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Texas Ballroom Salon A (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Tech)

For students, alumni, staff and instructors from the ABA Online Program at Florida Tech to meet, socialize, network, and gather.

 
 
Reunion #290
University Of Wisconsin - Eau Claire Reunion
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Presidio A (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)

All current students, faculty, alumni, and friends are invited to join us and socialize at this year's University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire reunion.

Keyword(s): UWEC Reunion
 
 
Reunion #290a
Simmons College Department of Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 24, 2015
9:00 PM–11:00 PM
Presidio B (Grand Hyatt)
Chair: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College)

For current and past students of the behavior analysis department from Simmons College.

Keyword(s): Simmons College
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}